automate command set into manuals.
+14Feb03=======================================================================
+1. some major changes to the structure of the manual documentation. To bring
+the manuals into line, they now have the language tag (like
+installation_en.html). Hopefully someone will translate the manuals
+eventually :-) I have left the old files in CVS for now to allow
+everyone to change any symlinks etc to the new filenames. I will remove the
+old files shortly, please update your links! (g0vgs)
+2. docs makefile updated and commands2sgml.pl added from M0AZM. This script
+inserts the helpfiles automagically from Commands_en.hlp into the relevant
+manuals. (g0vgs)
+3. Commands_en.hlp adjusted slightly to ensure at least one space before
+examples for the purposes of the above script. (g0vgs)
09Feb03=======================================================================
1. Correct some typos in the manuals and update perl modules etc. Also
amend some help files to show correct syntax, around the 'clear' commands
=== 9^UNSET/DEBUG <name>^Entfernt den debug level von <name>
Folgende <name> sind gueltig :-
-chan
-state
-msg
-cron
-connect
+ chan
+ state
+ msg
+ cron
+ connect
Mit SHOW/DEBUG kann man sehen wofuer debug gerade eingeschaltet ist.
=== 0^SET/LOCATION <lat & long>^Setzt Breiten- und Laengengrad der eigenen Station
Beispiel:-
-SET/LOCATION 52 22 N 0 57 E
+ SET/LOCATION 52 22 N 0 57 E
=== 9^SET/SYS_LOCATION <lat & long>^Setzt Breiten- und Laengengrad des Clusters
Diese Eingabe ist notwendig um genaue Angaben von einigen Tools des
Wenn noch nicht SET/QRA gesetzt wurde, sollte man dies jetzt nachholen
mit dem Kommando Beispiel :-
-SET/LOCATION 52 22 N 0 57 E
+ SET/LOCATION 52 22 N 0 57 E
=== 0^SET/LOGININFO^Informiert wenn eine Station lokal einloggt
=== 0^UNSET/LOGININFO^Informiert wenn eine Station lokal ausloggt
=== 0^SET/NAME <your name>^Setzt den eigenen Namen
Beispiel :-
-SET/NAME Dirk
+ SET/NAME Dirk
=== 5^SET/NODE <rufzeichen> [<rufzeichen>..]^Setzt ein Rufzeichen als AK1A Cluster
Auf diese Weise weiss das System das <rufzeichen> ein AK1A Cluster ist und
werden um die Ausgabe besser auf seine Beduerfnisse zu
erzeigen, dies sind :-
-on <band> - z.B. 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm (!)
-on <region> - z.B. hf vhf uhf shf (siehe SHOW/BANDS)
+ on <band> - z.B. 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm (!)
+ on <region> - z.B. hf vhf uhf shf (siehe SHOW/BANDS)
-<number> - die Anzahl von Spots
-<from>-<to> - <from> Spot Nummer <to>
+ <number> - die Anzahl von Spots
+ <from>-<to> - <from> Spot Nummer <to>
-<prefix> - fuer ein gespottetes Rufzeichen beginnend mit <prefix>
-*<suffix> - fuer ein gespottetes Rufzeichen endend mit <suffix>
-*<string>* - fuer ein gespottetes Rufzeichen welches <string> enthaelt
+
<prefix> - fuer ein gespottetes Rufzeichen beginnend mit <prefix>
+ *<suffix> - fuer ein gespottetes Rufzeichen endend mit <suffix>
+ *<string>* - fuer ein gespottetes Rufzeichen welches <string> enthaelt
-day <number> - startend mit <number> Tage zurueck
-day <from>-<to> - <from> Tag <to> Tag zurueck
+ day <number> - startend mit <number> Tage zurueck
+ day <from>-<to> - <from> Tag <to> Tag zurueck
-info <text> - jeder Spot der <text> im Info Feld enthaelt
+ info <text> - jeder Spot der <text> im Info Feld enthaelt
-by <rufzeichen> - jeder Spots gespottet von <rufzeichen> (spotter <call>
-ist das gleiche).
+ by <rufzeichen> - jeder Spots gespottet von <rufzeichen> (spotter <call>
+ ist das gleiche).
-qsl - schaut automatisch nach jeder QSL Info fuer das Rufzeichen
- in der Spot Datenbank nach.
+ qsl - schaut automatisch nach jeder QSL Info fuer das Rufzeichen
+ in der Spot Datenbank nach.
-iota [<iota>] - Sollte die Iota Nummer fehlen, wird nach dem String Iota
- geschaut und alles was aussieht wie eine IOTA Insel Nummer
- wird ausgegeben. Es kann auch die IOTA Nummer eingegeben
- werden, dann wird nach jedem passenden Spot gesucht.
+ iota [<iota>] - Sollte die Iota Nummer fehlen, wird nach dem String Iota
+ geschaut und alles was aussieht wie eine IOTA Insel Nummer
+ wird ausgegeben. Es kann auch die IOTA Nummer eingegeben
+ werden, dann wird nach jedem passenden Spot gesucht.
-qra [<locator>] - Hier wird nach einem Locator gesucht.
+ qra [<locator>] - Hier wird nach einem Locator gesucht.
Beispiele:-
=== 9^UNSET/DEBUG <name>^Remove a debug level from the debug set
You can choose to log several different levels. The levels are
-chan
-state
-msg
-cron
-connect
+ chan
+ state
+ msg
+ cron
+ connect
You can show what levels you are logging with SHOW/DEBUG
In addition you can add any number of these commands in very nearly
any order to the basic SHOW/DX command, they are:-
-on <band> - eg 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm
-on <region> - eg hf vhf uhf shf (see SHOW/BANDS)
-on <from>/<to> - eg 1000/4000 14000-30000 (in Khz)
- <from>-<to>
+ on <band> - eg 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm
+ on <region> - eg hf vhf uhf shf (see SHOW/BANDS)
+ on <from>/<to> - eg 1000/4000 14000-30000 (in Khz)
+ <from>-<to>
-<number> - the number of spots you want
-<from>-<to> - <from> spot no <to> spot no in the selected list
-<from>/<to>
+ <number> - the number of spots you want
+ <from>-<to> - <from> spot no <to> spot no in the selected list
+ <from>/<to>
-<prefix> - for a spotted callsign beginning with <prefix>
-*<suffix> - for a spotted callsign ending in <suffix>
-*<string>* - for a spotted callsign containing <string>
+
<prefix> - for a spotted callsign beginning with <prefix>
+ *<suffix> - for a spotted callsign ending in <suffix>
+ *<string>* - for a spotted callsign containing <string>
-day <number> - starting <number> days ago
-day <from>-<to> - <from> days <to> days ago
- <from>/<to>
+ day <number> - starting <number> days ago
+ day <from>-<to> - <from> days <to> days ago
+ <from>/<to>
-info <text> - any spots containing <text> in the info or remarks
-
-by <call> - any spots spotted by <call> (spotter <call> is the
- same).
+ info <text> - any spots containing <text> in the info or remarks
+
+ by <call> - any spots spotted by <call> (spotter <call> is the
+ same).
-qsl - this automatically looks for any qsl info on the call
- held in the spot database.
+ qsl - this automatically looks for any qsl info on the call
+ held in the spot database.
-iota [<iota>] - If the iota island number is missing it will look for
+ iota [<iota>] - If the iota island number is missing it will look for
the string iota and anything which looks like an iota
island number. If you specify then it will look for
that island.
-qra [<locator>] - this will look for the specific locator if you specify
- one or else anything that looks like a locator.
+ qra [<locator>] - this will look for the specific locator if you specify
+ one or else anything that looks like a locator.
-dxcc - treat the prefix as a 'country' and look for spots
- from that country regardless of actual prefix.
- eg dxcc oq2
+ dxcc - treat the prefix as a 'country' and look for spots
+ from that country regardless of actual prefix.
+ eg dxcc oq2
- You can also use this with the 'by' keyword so
- eg by W dxcc
+ You can also use this with the 'by' keyword so
+ eg by W dxcc
-e.g.
+ e.g.
SH/DX 9m0
SH/DX on 20m info iota
given on the command line) the distance and beraing from your station
to the locator. For example:-
-SH/QRA IO92QL
-SH/QRA JN06 IN73
+ SH/QRA IO92QL
+ SH/QRA JN06 IN73
The first example will show the distance and bearing to the locator from
yourself, the second example will calculate the distance and bearing from
using this command with a latitude and longitude as an argument, for
example:-
-SH/QRA 52 41 N 0 58 E
+ SH/QRA 52 41 N 0 58 E
=== 0^SHOW/QRZ <callsign>^Show any callbook details on a callsign
This command queries the QRZ callbook server on the internet
This command allows you to see to which node the callsigns specified are
connected. It is a sort of inverse sh/config.
-sh/route n2tly
+ sh/route n2tly
=== 0^SHOW/SATELLITE <name> [<hours> <interval>]^Show tracking data
Show the tracking data from your location to the satellite of your choice
So for example:-
-SH/SAT AO-10
-SH/SAT FENGYUN1 12 2
+ SH/SAT AO-10
+ SH/SAT FENGYUN1 12 2
=== 6^SHOW/STATION ALL [<regex>]^Show list of users in the system
=== 0^SHOW/STATION [<callsign> ..]^Show information about a callsign
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50: Routing and Filtering</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-2.html" REL=next>
+
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-2.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s1">1.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1">Routing and Filtering</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.1">1.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1.1">Introduction</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>From DXSpider version 1.48, major changes were introduced to the way
+node connections are treated. This is part of an ongoing process to
+remove problems with loops and to enable talk and other functions to
+propagate across the whole of the worldwide cluster network. In fact,
+in a Spider network, it would be useful, perhaps even necessary to
+have loops. This would give real resilience to the network, meaning
+that if a link dropped, the information flow would simply come in and
+go out via a different route. Of course, we do not have a complete
+network of Spider nodes, there are other programs out there. Some of
+these do not have any protection from loops. Certainly AK1A does not
+handle loops well at all. It is therefore necessary to have some form
+of protection for these nodes.</P>
+
+<P>In fact DXSpider has had a simple system for some time which is called
+<I>isolation</I>. This is similar to what in other systems such as
+<B>clx</B>, is called <I>passive mode</I>. A more detailed explanation
+of <I>isolation</I> is given further below. This system is still available
+and, for simple networks, is probably all that you need.</P>
+
+<P>The new functionality introduced in version 1.48 allows filtering the node
+and user protocol frames on a "per interface" basis. We call this
+<I>route filtering</I>. This is used <B>instead of</B>
+<I>isolation</I>. </P>
+
+<P>What this really means is that you can control more or less completely
+which user and node management PC protocol frames pass to each of your
+partner nodes. You can also limit what comes into your node from your
+partners. It is even possible to control the settings that your partner
+node has for the routing information that it sends to you
+(using the <I>rcmd</I> command).</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.2">1.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1.2">Route Filters</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Initially when route filters were being tested we generated a
+"default" filter. Unfortunately it quickly became apparent that this
+might suit the UK cluster network but didn't really fit anybody else.
+However using a default filter is an appropriate thing to do. How, is
+explained further on.</P>
+
+<P>The first thing that you must do is determine whether you need to use
+route filtering <B>at all</B>. If you are a "normal" node with two or
+three partners and you arranged in an "official" non-looping tree type
+network, then <B>you do not need to do route filtering</B> and you will
+feel a lot better for not getting involved. If you are successfully using
+<I>isolation</I> then you also probably don't need to use route filtering.</P>
+
+<P>To put it simply, you should not mix Isolation and Route Filtering. It
+will work, of sorts, but you will not get the expected results. If you
+are using Isolation sucessfully at the moment, do not get involved in
+Route Filtering unless you have a good supply of aspirin! Once you have
+started down the road of Route Filtering, do not use Isolation either.
+Use one or the other, not both.</P>
+
+<P>You will only require this functionality if you are "well-connected". What
+that means is that you are connected to several different parts of (say)
+the EU cluster and, at the same time, also connected to two or three places
+in the US which, in turn are connected back to the EU. This is called a
+"loop" and if you are seriously looped then you need filtering.</P>
+
+<P>I should at this stage give a little bit of background on filters. All
+the filters in Spider work in basically the same way. You can either
+accept or reject various options in order to create the filter rules
+you wish to achieve. Some filters are user settable, others can only
+be altered by the sysop. Route filtering can only be done by the sysop.</P>
+
+<P>
+Anyway, without further discouragement, let me start the process
+of explanation.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.3">1.3</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1.3">The node_default filter</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>All normal systems should have a default routing filter and it should
+usually be set to send only the normal, unlooped, view of your
+"national" network. Here in the UK that means nodes from the UK and
+Eire, in EU it is more complex as the networks there grew up in a more
+intertwined way.</P>
+
+<P>
+The generic commands are:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+reject/route node_default <filter_option>
+
+or
+
+accept/route node_default <filter_option>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>where filter_option is one of the following ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+call <prefixes>
+call_dxcc <numbers>
+call_itu <numbers>
+call_zone <numbers>
+channel <prefixes>
+channel_dxcc <numbers>
+channel_itu <numbers>
+channel_zone <numbers>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Please be careful if you alter this setting, it will affect
+<B><I>ALL</I></B> your links! Remember, this is a <I>default</I>
+filter for node connections, not a <I>per link</I> default.</P>
+
+<P>For the default routing filter then you have two real choices: either
+a "national" view or the "safe" option of only your own
+callsign. Examples of each (for my node: GB7DJK) are:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+acc/route node_default call_dxcc 61,38
+acc/route node_default call gb7djk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>GB7DJK uses the first of these. The DXCC countries can be obtained from the
+<I>show/prefix</I> command.</P>
+
+<P>The example filters shown control <I>output</I> <B>TO</B> all your
+partner nodes unless they have a specific filter applied to them (see
+next section).</P>
+
+<P>It is also possible to control the <I>incoming</I> routing
+information that you are prepared to accept <B>FROM</B> your partner
+nodes. The reason this is necessary is to make sure that stuff like
+mail, pings and similar commands a) go down the correct links and b)
+don't loop around excessively. Again using GB7DJK as an example a typical
+default input filter would be something like:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+rej/route node_default input call_dxcc 61,38 and not channel_dxcc 61,38
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>What this does is accept node and user information for our national
+network from nodes that are in our national network, but rejects such
+information from anyone else. Although it doesn't explicitly say so,
+by implication, any other node information (not from the UK and Eire)
+is accepted.</P>
+
+<P>As I imagine it will take a little while to get one's head around all of
+this you can study the effect of any rules that you try by watching the
+debug output after having done:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/debug filter
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>After you have got tired of that, to put it back the way it was:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+unset/debug filter
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.4">1.4</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1.4">General route filtering</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Exactly the same rules apply for general route filtering. You would
+use either an accept filter or a reject filter like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+reject/route <node_call> <filter_option>
+
+or
+
+accept/route <node_call> <filter_option>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Here are some examples of route filters ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+rej/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (send everything except UK+EIRE nodes)
+rej/route all (equiv to [very] restricted mode)
+acc/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (send only UK+EIRE nodes)
+acc/route gb7djk call gb7djk (equiv to SET/ISOLATE)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>In practice you will either be opening the default filter out for a
+partner by defining a specific filter for that callsign:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+acc/route gb7baa all
+acc/route gb7baa input all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>or restricting it quite a lot, in fact making it very nearly like an
+<I>isolated</I> node, like this:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+acc/route pi4ehv-8 call gb7djk
+rej/route pi4ehv-8 input call_dxcc 61,38
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This last example takes everything except UK and Eire from PI4EHV-8
+but only sends him my local configuration (just a PC19 for GB7DJK and
+PC16s for my local users).</P>
+
+<P>It is possible to write <B>much</B> more complex rules, there are up
+to 10 accept/reject pairs per callsign per filter. For more information
+see the next section. </P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.5">1.5</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1.5">General filter rules</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Upto v1.44 it was not possible for the user to set their own filters. From
+v1.45 though that has all changed. It is now possible to set filters for just
+about anything you wish. If you have just updated from an older version of
+DXSpider you will need to update your new filters. You do not need to do
+anything with your old filters, they will be renamed as you update.</P>
+
+<P>There are 3 basic commands involved in setting and manipulating filters. These
+are <EM>accept</EM>, <EM>reject</EM> and <EM>clear</EM>. First we will look
+generally at filtering. There are a number of things you can filter in the
+DXSpider system. They all use the same general mechanism.</P>
+
+<P>In general terms you can create a "reject" or an "accept" filter which can have
+up to 10 lines in it. You do this using, for example ... </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+
+accept/spots .....
+reject/spots .....
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. There are filters
+for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops) connects. See each different
+accept or reject command reference for more details.</P>
+<P>There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a filter. They are ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+clear/spots 1
+clear/spots all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.</P>
+
+<P>and you can check that your filters have worked by the command ... </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+
+show/filter
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>For now we are going to use spots for the examples, but you can apply the same
+principles to all types of filter.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.6">1.6</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1.6">Types of filter</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>There are two main types of filter, <EM>accept</EM> or <EM>reject</EM>. You
+can use either to achieve the result you want dependent on your own preference
+and which is more simple to do. It is pointless writing 8 lines of reject
+filters when 1 accept filter would do the same thing! Each filter has 10
+lines (of any length) which are tried in order. If a line matches then the
+action you have specified is taken (ie reject means ignore it and accept
+means take it)</P>
+
+<P>If you specify reject filters, then any lines that arrive that match the filter
+will be dumped but all else will be accepted. If you use an accept filter,
+then ONLY the lines in the filter will be accepted and all else will be dumped.
+For example if you have a single line <EM>accept</EM> filter ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>then you will <EM>ONLY</EM> get VHF spots <EM>from</EM> or <EM>to</EM> CQ zones
+14, 15 and 16.</P>
+
+<P>If you set a reject filter like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+reject/spots on hf/cw
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Then you will get everything <EM>EXCEPT</EM> HF CW spots. You could make this
+single filter even more flexible. For example, if you are interested in IOTA
+and will work it even on CW even though normally you are not interested in
+CW, then you could say ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>which achieves exactly the same thing. You should choose one or the other
+until you are comfortable with the way it works. You can mix them if you
+wish (actually you can have an accept AND a reject on the same line) but
+don't attempt this until you are sure you know what you are doing!</P>
+
+<P>You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for your own
+understanding or simply convenience. Here is an example ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+reject/spots 1 on hf/cw
+reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots and also rejects any spots on VHF
+which don't either originate or spot someone in Europe. </P>
+
+<P>This is an example where you would use a line number (1 and 2 in this case), if
+you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits '0'-'9' are available.
+This make it easier to see just what filters you have set. It also makes it
+more simple to remove individual filters, during a contest for example.</P>
+
+<P>You will notice in the above example that the second line has brackets. Look
+at the line logically. You can see there are 2 separate sections to it. We
+are saying reject spots that are VHF or above <EM>APART</EM> from those in
+zones 14, 15 and 16 (either spotted there or originated there). If you did
+not have the brackets to separate the 2 sections, then Spider would read it
+logically from the front and see a different expression entirely ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+(on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The simple way to remember this is, if you use OR - use brackets. Whilst we are
+here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' is just the same as 'and by_zone'.</P>
+<P>As mentioned earlier, setting several filters can be more flexible than
+simply setting one complex one. Doing it in this way means that if you want
+to alter your filter you can just redefine or remove one or more lines of it or
+one line. For example ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>would redefine our earlier example, or </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+clear/spots 1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>To remove all the filter lines in the spot filter ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+clear/spots all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.7">1.7</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1.7">Filter options</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>You can filter in several different ways. The options are listed in the
+various helpfiles for accept, reject and filter.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.8">1.8</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1.8">Default filters</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Sometimes all that is needed is a general rule for node connects. This can
+be done with a node_default filter. This rule will always be followed, even
+if the link is isolated, unless another filter is set specifically. Default
+rules can be set for nodes and users. They can be set for spots, announces,
+WWV and WCY. They can also be used for hops. An example might look like
+this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+accept/spot node_default by_zone 14,15,16,20,33
+set/hops node_default spot 50
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This filter is for spots only, you could set others for announce, WWV and WCY.
+This filter would work for ALL nodes unless a specific filter is written to
+override it for a particular node. You can also set a user_default should
+you require. It is important to note that default filters should be
+considered to be "connected". By this I mean that should you override the
+default filter for spots, you need to add a rule for the hops for spots also.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.9">1.9</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1.9">Advanced filtering</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to experiment. </P>
+
+<P>The previous example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts vhf/uhf spots from EU
+can be written with a mixed filter, for example ... </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+rej/spot on hf/cw
+acc/spot on 0/30000
+acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Note that the first filter has not been specified with a number. This will
+automatically be assumed to be number 1. In this case, we have said <EM>reject all
+HF spots in the CW section of the bands but accept all others at HF. Also
+accept anything in VHF and above spotted in or by operators in the zones
+14, 15 and 16</EM>. Each filter slot actually has a 'reject' slot and
+an 'accept' slot. The reject slot is executed BEFORE the accept slot.</P>
+
+<P>It was mentioned earlier that after a reject test that doesn't match, the default
+for following tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for 'accept'. In the example
+what happens is that the reject is executed first, any non hf/cw spot is passed
+to the accept line, which lets through everything else on HF. The next filter line
+lets through just VHF/UHF spots from EU.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.10">1.10</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1.10">Basic hop control</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>In /spider/data you will find a file called hop_table.pl. This is the file
+that controls your hop count settings. It has a set of default hops on the
+various PC frames and also a set for each node you want to alter the hops for.
+You may be happy with the default settings of course, but this powerful tool
+can help to protect and improve the network. The file will look something
+like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+#
+# hop table construction
+#
+
+package DXProt;
+
+# default hopcount to use
+$def_hopcount = 5;
+
+# some variable hop counts based on message type
+%hopcount =
+(
+ 11 => 10,
+ 16 => 10,
+ 17 => 10,
+ 19 => 10,
+ 21 => 10,
+);
+
+
+# the per node hop control thingy
+
+
+%nodehops =
+(
+ GB7ADX => { 11 => 8,
+ 12 => 8,
+ 16 => 8,
+ 17 => 8,
+ 19 => 8,
+ 21 => 8,
+ },
+
+ GB7UDX => { 11 => 8,
+ 12 => 8,
+ 16 => 8,
+ 17 => 8,
+ 19 => 8,
+ 21 => 8,
+ },
+ GB7BAA => {
+ 11 => 5,
+ 12 => 8,
+ 16 => 8,
+ 17 => 8,
+ 19 => 8,
+ 21 => 8,
+ },
+);
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Each set of hops is contained within a pair of curly braces and contains a
+series of PC frame types. PC11 for example is a DX spot. The figures here
+are not exhaustive but should give you a good idea of how the file works.</P>
+
+<P>SHould any of the nodecalls include an ssid, it is important to wrap the
+whole call in single quotes, like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ 'DB0FHF-15' => {
+ 11 => 5,
+ 12 => 8,
+ 16 => 8,
+ 17 => 8,
+ 19 => 8,
+ 21 => 8,
+ },
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If you do not do this, you will get errors and the file will not work as
+expected.</P>
+
+<P>You can alter this file at any time, including whilst the cluster is running.
+If you alter the file during runtime, the command <EM>load/hops</EM> will
+bring your changes into effect.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.11">1.11</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1.11">Hop Control on Specific Nodes</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>You can set a callsign specific hop count for any of the standard filter
+options so:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/hops gb7djk spot 4
+set/hops node_default route 10
+set/hops gb7baa wcy 5
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>all work on their specific area of the protocol.</P>
+
+<P>The <EM>set/hops</EM> command overrides any hops that you have set otherwise.</P>
+
+<P>You can show what hops have been set using the <EM>show/hops</EM> command.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.12">1.12</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1.12">Isolating networks</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>It is possible to isolate networks from each other on a "gateway" node using the
+<EM>set/isolate <node_call></EM> command.</P>
+
+<P>The effect of this is to partition an isolated network completely from another
+node connected to your node. Your node will appear on and otherwise behave
+normally on every network to which you are connected, but data from an isolated
+network will not cross onto any other network or vice versa. However all the
+spot, announce and WWV traffic and personal messages will still be handled
+locally (because you are a real node on all connected networks), that is locally
+connected users will appear on all networks and will be able to access and
+receive information from all networks transparently. All routed messages will
+be sent as normal, so if a user on one network knows that you are a gateway for
+another network, he can still still send a talk/announce etc message via your
+node and it will be routed across.</P>
+
+<P>If you use isolate on a node connection you will continue to receive
+all information from the isolated partner, however you will not pass
+any information back to the isolated node. There are times when you
+would like to forward only spots across a link (maybe during a contest
+for example). To do this, isolate the node in the normal way and use
+an <EM>acc/spot >call< all</EM> filter to override the isolate. </P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-2.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc1">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50: CVS</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-9.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc10" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-9.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc10">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s10">10.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc10">CVS</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss10.1">10.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc10.1">CVS from a Linux platform</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>CVS stands for "Concurrent Versions System" and the CVS for DXSpider is held
+at
+<A HREF="http://www.sourceforge.net">Sourceforge</A>. This means
+that it is possible to update your DXSpider installation to the latest
+sources by using a few simple commands. A graphical interface to CVS for
+Windows is explained in the next section.</P>
+
+<P>Please be aware that if you update your system using CVS, it is possible that
+you could be running code that is very beta and not fully tested. There is
+a possibility that it could be unstable.</P>
+
+<P>I am of course assuming that you have a machine with both DXSpider and
+Internet access running.</P>
+
+<P>BEFORE YOU EVEN CONSIDER STARTING WITH THIS MAKE A BACKUP OF YOUR
+ENTIRE SPIDER TREE!!</P>
+
+<P>Assuming you are connected to the Internet, you need to login to the
+CVS repository and then update your Spider source. There are several
+steps which are listed below ...</P>
+
+<P>First login as the user <EM>sysop</EM>. Next you need to connect to the CVS
+repository. You do this with the command below ...</P>
+<P>
+<PRE>
+cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.DXSpider.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/dxspider login
+</PRE>
+</P>
+<P>You will get a password prompt. Simply hit return here and your machine should
+return to a normal linux prompt.</P>
+
+<P>What happens next depends on whether you have an existing installation that
+you want to update with the latest and greatest or whether you just want
+to see what is there and/or run it on a new machine for testing.</P>
+<P>If you are installing Spider from CVS then change directory to /home/sysop</P>
+<P>If you are wanting to update Spider then cd to /tmp</P>
+
+<P>The next step will create a brand new 'spider' directory in your current
+directory.</P>
+<P>
+<PRE>
+cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.DXSpider.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/dxspider co spider
+</PRE>
+</P>
+<P>This command is all on one line.</P>
+
+<P>Hopefully your screen should show you downloading files. The -z3 simply compresses
+the download to improve speed.
+When this has finished, you will have exactly the same as if you had untarred a full
+tarball PLUS some extra directories and files that CVS needs to do the magic that
+it does.</P>
+
+<P>Now if you are doing a new installation, that's it. Carry on as if you have
+just downloaded and untarred the lastest tarball.</P>
+
+<P>If you want to upgrade your current installation then do this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+tar cvfz /tmp/s.tgz spider
+cd /
+tar xvfzp /tmp/s.tgz
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This is assuming you downloaded to the /tmp directory of course.</P>
+
+<P>NOTE: the 'p' on the end of the 'xvfz' is IMPORTANT! It keeps the permissions
+correct. YOU WERE LOGGED IN AS THE USER SYSOP WEREN'T YOU?????</P>
+<P>Remember to recompile the C client (cd /spider/src; make)</P>
+
+<P>At this point the files have been upgraded. You can (usually) restart the cluster
+in your own time. However, if you attempt to use any new commands or features
+expect it to be fatal! At least your cluster will have been restarted then so it
+will be too late to worry about it!</P>
+
+<P>Now the magic part! From now on when you want to update, simply connect to the
+Internet and then, as the user <EM>sysop</EM> ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+cd /spider
+cvs -z3 update -d
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>and your files will be updated. As above, remember to recompile the "C" client
+if it has been updated (CVS will tell you) and restart if any of the perl scripts
+have been altered or added, again, CVS will tell you.</P>
+
+<P>You will find any changes documented in the /spider/Changes file.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss10.2">10.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc10.2">CVS from a Windows platform</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>After the initial setup, an update to your DXSpider software is no more than a couple
+of clicks away. This section is intended to explain and illustrate the use of the
+WinCVS application to update your DXSpider software. The current stable version of
+WinCVS is Ver. 1.2. You can get this software at:</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/cvsgui/WinCvs120.zip">http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/cvsgui/WinCvs120.zip</A></P>
+<P>Pick your download mirror and then install WinCVS after the download is complete.</P>
+<P>In this next section I have included a series of links to .jpg files to take advantage of the
+picture and 1000 words equivalency. The .jpg files are in the C:\spider\html directory. If
+someone using a Linux system is reading this section from boredom, the files are in
+/home/sysop/spider/html. One aside, a Linux user can also get a copy of gcvs and do your updates
+graphically as opposed to from the command line. The following descriptions are almost identical
+between WinCvs and gcvs. The following screen shots have duplicate links, depending upon whether
+you are viewing this information under the Windows or Linux operating system.</P>
+<P>When WinCVS is installed, running, and you are connected to the internet, the initial screen looks like:</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="initial.jpg">initial.jpg</A></P>
+<P>If you want, you can also look at these .jpg files with another viewer that might provide some
+better clarity to the image. On the left is the directory tree for your hard disk. Notice that
+the spider directory has a gray highlight.</P>
+<P>To start configuring WinCVS, click on Admin at the top of the screen and then Preferences. This
+should get you:</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="pref-gen.jpg">pref-gen.jpg</A></P>
+<P>In the top line for CVSROOT, enter:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+anonymous@cvs.DXSpider.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/dxspider login
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>and select
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+"passwd" file on the cvs server
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>for Authentication on the General tab.</P>
+<P>Next, move to the right to the Ports tab.</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="pref-ports.jpg">pref-ports.jpg</A></P>
+<P>In here, check the box on the second line down for the "pserver" port. Enter a port number of 2401.</P>
+<P>Finally, go to the WinCvs tab all the way to the right.</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="pref-wincvs.jpg">pref-wincvs.jpg</A></P>
+<P>Enter Notepad as the viewer to open files. For the HOME folder, put "C:\spider" and click OK
+because the configuration is now complete.</P>
+<P>You are now ready to upgrade your copy of DXSpider. Click on the greyed Spider folder
+shown in the directory tree on the left of the WinCVS display. Two things should happen. The Spider
+folder will be selected and the greyed-out arrow located just below the word Query in the top line will
+turn to solid green.</P>
+<P>For anyone using gcvs under Linux, the green arrow is located on the extreme left of the display,
+under the word File. A gcvs screen looks like:</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="gcvs.jpg">gcvs.jpg</A></P>
+<P>Click on the now green arrow to start the download process. An Update Settings box will be displayed
+to which you can simply say OK.</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="update-OK.jpg">update-OK.jpg</A></P>
+<P>For future reference, the Update Settings box is the place where you can enter information to revert
+to a prior version of DXSpider. Information on reverting to a Before Date is contained in the WinCVS
+manual.</P>
+<P>After a short period of time, a series of file names will scroll by in the lower pane of the WinCVS
+window. Eventually you should see
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+*****CVS exited normally with code 0*****
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+appear in the lower pane. You're done. The updated files are in place ready for you to stop and then
+restart your DXSpider. After the restart, you're running with the latest version of DXSpider.</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="completed.jpg">completed.jpg</A></P>
+<P>To paraphrase from the CVS section... Now the magic part! From now on when you want to update, simply
+connect to the Internet and start WinCVS.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+Click on the greyed-out Spider directory in the left screen
+Click on the green down arrow
+Click OK on the Update Settings dialog box
+Restart your Spider software
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-9.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc10">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50: The DXSpider command set</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-10.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Next
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-10.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s11">11.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11">The DXSpider command set</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.1">11.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.1">accept (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept</B> Set a filter to accept something</CODE></P>
+<P>Create a filter to accept somethingThere are 2 types of filter, accept and reject. See HELP FILTERING for moreinfo.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.2">11.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.2">accept/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></B> Announce filter sysop version</CODE></P>
+<P>This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/ann by G,M,2 accept/ann input node_default by G,M,2 accept/ann user_default by G,M,2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.3">11.3</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.3">accept/announce [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/announce [0-9] <pattern></B> Set an 'accept' filter line for announce</CODE></P>
+<P>Create an 'accept this announce' line for a filter. An accept filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it ispassed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read thisto understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 origin <prefixes> origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,NH by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_state <states> channel <prefixes> wx 1 filter WX announces dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+some examples:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/ann dest 6MUK acc/ann 2 by_zone 14,15,16 (this could be all on one line: acc/ann dest 6MUK or by_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+or
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/ann by G,M,2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+for american states
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/ann by_state va,nh,ri,nh
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/ann all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+but this probably for advanced users...</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.4">11.4</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.4">accept/route <call> [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/route <call> [0-9] <pattern></B> Set an 'accept' filter line for routing</CODE></P>
+<P>Create an 'accept this routing PC Protocol' line for a filter. An accept filter line means that if a PC16/17/19/21/24/41/50 matches this filter it is passed thru that interface. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read thisto understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ call <prefixes> the callsign of the thingy call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW call_zone <prefixes or numbers> call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,NH origin <prefixes> really the interface it came in on origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,NH
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+some examples:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (send only UK+EIRE nodes) acc/route gb7djk call gb7djk (equiv to SET/ISOLATE)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+you can now use 'by' as a synonym for 'call' so:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ by = call by_dxcc = call_dxcc
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+and so onYou can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/route all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.5">11.5</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.5">accept/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></B> Spot filter sysop version</CODE></P>
+<P>This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/spot db0sue-7 1 by_zone 14,15,16 accept/spot node_default all set/hops node_default 10
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/spot user_default by G,M,2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.6">11.6</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.6">accept/spots [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/spots [0-9] <pattern></B> Set an 'accept' filter line for spots</CODE></P>
+<P>Create an 'accept this spot' line for a filter. An accept filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it ispassed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read thisto understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m on <range> same as 'freq' call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9 info <string> eg: iota or qsl by <prefixes> call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW call_zone <prefixes or numbers> call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME origin <prefixes> channel <prefixes>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+'call' means the callsign that has spotted 'by' whoever.For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined inSHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -this is more efficient than saying simply: freq HF (but don't gettoo hung up about that)some examples:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/spot 1 on hf/cw acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything, eg:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/spot 3 all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+for US states
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/spots by_state VA,NH,RI,MA,ME
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+but this probably for advanced users...</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.7">11.7</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.7">accept/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></B> WCY filter sysop version</CODE></P>
+<P>This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/wcy node_default all set/hops node_default 10
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.8">11.8</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.8">accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern></B> set an 'accept' WCY filter</CODE></P>
+<P>It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you canfilter on the following fields:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 origin <prefixes> origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> channel <prefixes>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place andyou either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want them).This command is really provided for future use.See HELP FILTER for information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.9">11.9</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.9">accept/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></B> WWV filter sysop version</CODE></P>
+<P>This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/wwv db0sue-7 1 by_zone 4 accept/wwv node_default all set/hops node_default 10
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/wwv user_default by W,K
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.10">11.10</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.10">accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern></B> set an 'accept' WWV filter</CODE></P>
+<P>It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you canfilter on the following fields:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 origin <prefixes> origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> channel <prefixes>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+for example
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/wwv by_zone 4
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV broadcastsby stations in the US).See HELP FILTER for information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.11">11.11</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.11">announce <text> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>announce <text></B> Send an announcement to LOCAL users only</CODE></P>
+<P><text> is the text of the announcement you wish to broadcast </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.12">11.12</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.12">announce full <text> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>announce full <text></B> Send an announcement cluster wide</CODE></P>
+<P>This will send your announcement cluster wide</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.13">11.13</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.13">announce sysop <text> (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>announce sysop <text></B> Send an announcement to Sysops only</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.14">11.14</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.14">apropos <string> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>apropos <string></B> Search help database for <string></CODE></P>
+<P>Search the help database for <string> (it isn't case sensitive), and printthe names of all the commands that may be relevant.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.15">11.15</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.15">blank [<string>] [<nn>] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>blank [<string>] [<nn>]</B> Print nn (default 1) blank lines (or strings)</CODE></P>
+<P>In its basic form this command prints one or more blank lines. However ifyou pass it a string it will replicate the string for the width of the screen (default 80) and then print that one or more times, so:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ blank 2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+prints two blank lines
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ blank -
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+prints a row of - characters once.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ blank abc
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+prints 'abcabcabcabcabcabc....'This is really only of any use in a script file and you can print a maximumof 9 lines.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.16">11.16</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.16">bye (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>bye</B> Exit from the cluster</CODE></P>
+<P>This will disconnect you from the cluster</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.17">11.17</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.17">catchup <node call> all|[<msgno> ...] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>catchup <node call> all|[<msgno> ...]</B> Mark a message as sent</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.18">11.18</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.18">clear/announce <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/announce <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</B> Clear a announce filter line</CODE></P>
+<P>A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or thenode_default or user_default. </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.19">11.19</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.19">clear/announce [1|all] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/announce [1|all]</B> Clear a announce filter line</CODE></P>
+<P>This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a annouce filter or to remove the whole filter.see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.20">11.20</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.20">clear/route <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/route <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</B> Clear a route filter line</CODE></P>
+<P>A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or thenode_default or user_default. </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.21">11.21</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.21">clear/route [1|all] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/route [1|all]</B> Clear a route filter line</CODE></P>
+<P>This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a route filter or to remove the whole filter.see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.22">11.22</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.22">clear/spots <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/spots <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</B> Clear a spot filter line</CODE></P>
+<P>A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or thenode_default or user_default. </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.23">11.23</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.23">clear/spots [0-9|all] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/spots [0-9|all]</B> Clear a spot filter line</CODE></P>
+<P>This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a spot filter or to remove the whole filter.If you have a filter:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/spot 1 on hf/cw acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+and you say:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ clear/spot 1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+you will be left with:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+If you do:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ clear/spot all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+the filter will be completely removed.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.24">11.24</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.24">clear/wcy <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/wcy <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</B> Clear a WCY filter line</CODE></P>
+<P>A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or thenode_default or user_default. </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.25">11.25</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.25">clear/wcy [1|all] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/wcy [1|all]</B> Clear a WCY filter line</CODE></P>
+<P>This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WCY filter or to remove the whole filter.see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.26">11.26</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.26">clear/wwv <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/wwv <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</B> Clear a WWV filter line</CODE></P>
+<P>A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or thenode_default or user_default. </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.27">11.27</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.27">clear/wwv [1|all] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/wwv [1|all]</B> Clear a WWV filter line</CODE></P>
+<P>This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WWV filter or to remove the whole filter.see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.28">11.28</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.28">connect <callsign> (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>connect <callsign></B> Start a connection to another DX Cluster</CODE></P>
+<P>Start a connection process that will culminate in a new connection to theDX cluster <callsign>. This process creates a new 'client' process which willuse the script in /spider/connect/<callsign> to effect the 'chat' exchangenecessary to traverse the network(s) to logon to the cluster <callsign>.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.29">11.29</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.29">dbavail (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>dbavail</B> Show a list of all the Databases in the system</CODE></P>
+<P>Title says it all really, this command lists all the databases definedin the system. It is also aliased to SHOW/COMMAND.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.30">11.30</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.30">dbshow <dbname> <key> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>dbshow <dbname> <key></B> Display an entry, if it exists, in a database</CODE></P>
+<P>This is the generic user interface to the database to the database system.It is expected that the sysop will add an entry to the local Aliases fileso that users can use the more familiar AK1A style of enquiry such as:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/BUCK G1TLH
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+but if he hasn't and the database really does exist (use DBAVAIL orSHOW/COMMAND to find out) you can do the same thing with:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DBSHOW buck G1TLH
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.31">11.31</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.31">directory (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory</B> List messages </CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.32">11.32</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.32">directory <from>-<to> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory <from>-<to></B> List messages <from> message <to> message </CODE></P>
+<P>List the messages in the messages directory.If there is a 'p' one space after the message number then it is a personal message. If there is a '-' between the message number and the'p' then this indicates that the message has been read.You can use shell escape characters such as '*' and '?' in the <call>fields.You can combine some of the various directory commands together eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DIR TO G1TLH 5
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+or
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DIR SUBJECT IOTA 200-250
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+You can abbreviate all the commands to one letter and use ak1a syntax:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DIR/T G1* 10 DIR/S QSL 10-100 5
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.33">11.33</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.33">directory <nn> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory <nn></B> List last <nn> messages</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.34">11.34</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.34">directory all (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory all</B> List all messages</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.35">11.35</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.35">directory from <call> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory from <call></B> List all messages from <call></CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.36">11.36</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.36">directory new (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory new</B> List all new messages</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.37">11.37</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.37">directory own (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory own</B> List your own messages</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.38">11.38</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.38">directory subject <string> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory subject <string></B> List all messages with <string> in subject</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.39">11.39</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.39">directory to <call> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory to <call></B> List all messages to <call></CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.40">11.40</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.40">directory- (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory-</B> </CODE></P>
+<P>Sysops can see all users' messages.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.41">11.41</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.41">disconnect <call> [<call> ...] (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>disconnect <call> [<call> ...]</B> Disconnect a user or cluster</CODE></P>
+<P>Disconnect any <call> connected locally</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.42">11.42</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.42">dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks></B> Send a DX spot</CODE></P>
+<P>This is how you send a DX Spot to other users. You can, in fact, nowenter the <freq> and the <call> either way round.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DX FR0G 144.600 DX 144.600 FR0G DX 144600 FR0G
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will all give the same result. You can add some remarks to the endof the command and they will be added to the spot.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DX FR0G 144600 this is a test
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+You can credit someone else by saying:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DX by G1TLH FR0G 144.600 he isn't on the cluster
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+The <freq> is compared against the available bands set up in the cluster. See SHOW/BANDS for more information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.43">11.43</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.43">echo <line> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>echo <line></B> Echo the line to the output</CODE></P>
+<P>This command is useful in scripts and so forth for printing theline that you give to the command to the output. You can use thisin user_default scripts and the SAVE command for titling and so forthThe script will interpret certain standard "escape" sequences as follows:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ \t - becomes a TAB character (0x09 in ascii) \a - becomes a BEEP character (0x07 in ascii) \n - prints a new line
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+So the following example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ echo GB7DJK is a dxcluster
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+produces:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ GB7DJK is a dxcluster
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+on the output. You don't need a \n on the end of the line you want to send.A more complex example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ echo GB7DJK\n\tg1tlh\tDirk\n\tg3xvf\tRichard
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+produces:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ GB7DJK g1tlh Dirk g3xvf Richard
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+on the output.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.44">11.44</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.44">filtering... (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>filtering...</B> Filtering things in DXSpider</CODE></P>
+<P>There are a number of things you can filter in the DXSpider system. Theyall use the same general mechanism.In general terms you can create a 'reject' or an 'accept' filter whichcan have up to 10 lines in it. You do this using, for example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/spots ..... reject/spots .....
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. Thereare filters for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops)connects. See each different accept or reject command reference formore details.There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a filter andone to show you what you have set. They are:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ clear/spots 1 clear/spots all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+and
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ show/filter
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.For now we are going to use spots for the examples, but you can applythe principles to all types of filter.There are two main types of filter 'accept' or 'reject'; which you usedepends entirely on how you look at the world and what is leastwriting to achieve what you want. Each filter has 10 lines (of anylength) which are tried in order. If a line matches then the actionyou have specified is taken (ie reject means ignore it and acceptmeans gimme it).The important thing to remember is that if you specify a 'reject'filter (all the lines in it say 'reject/spots' (for instance)) then ifa spot comes in that doesn't match any of the lines then you will getit BUT if you specify an 'accept' filter then any spots that don'tmatch are dumped. For example if I have a one line accept filter:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+then automatically you will ONLY get VHF spots from or to CQ zones 1415 and 16. If you set a reject filter like:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/spots on hf/cw
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Then you will get everything EXCEPT HF CW spots, If you am interested in IOTAand will work it even on CW then you could say:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+which is exactly the same. You should choose one or the other untilyou are confortable with the way it works. Yes, you can mix them(actually you can have an accept AND a reject on the same line) butdon't try this at home until you can analyse the results that you getwithout ringing up the sysop for help.Another useful addition now is filtering by US state
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/spots by_state VA,NH,RI,ME
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for yourown understanding or simply convenience. I have one set frequently:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/cw reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots (being a class B I can'tread any CW and couldn't possibly be interested in HF :-) and alsorejects any spots on VHF which don't either originate or spot someonein Europe.This is an exmaple where you would use the line number (1 and 2 inthis case), if you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits'0'-'9' are available.You can leave the word 'and' out if you want, it is implied. You canuse any number of brackets to make the 'expression' as you wantit. There are things called precedence rules working here which meanthat you will NEED brackets in a situation like line 2 because,without it, will assume:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ (on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+annoying, but that is the way it is. If you use OR - usebrackets. Whilst we are here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' isjust 'and by_zone'.If you want to alter your filter you can just redefine one or morelines of it or clear out one line. For example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+or
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ clear/spots 1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+To remove the filter in its entirty:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ clear/spots all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+There are similar CLEAR commands for the other filters:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ clear/announce clear/wcy clear/wwv
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+ADVANCED USERS:-Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to experiment. my example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts vhf/uhf spots from EUcan be written with a mixed filter, eg:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ rej/spot on hf/cw acc/spot on 0/30000 acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+each filter slot actually has a 'reject' slot and an 'accept'slot. The reject slot is executed BEFORE the accept slot.It was mentioned earlier that after a reject test that doesn't match,the default for following tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for'accept'. In the example what happens is that the reject is executedfirst, any non hf/cw spot is passed to the accept line, which letsthru everything else on HF.The next filter line lets through just VHF/UHF spots from EU.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.45">11.45</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.45">forward/latlong <node_call> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>forward/latlong <node_call></B> Send latitude and longitude information to another cluster</CODE></P>
+<P>This command sends all the latitude and longitude information that yourcluster is holding against callsigns. One advantage of recieving thisinformation is that more locator information is held by you. Thismeans that more locators are given on the DX line assuming you haveSET/DXGRID enabled. This could be a LOT of information though, soit is not recommended on slow links.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.46">11.46</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.46">forward/opernam <call> (1)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>forward/opernam <call></B> Send out information on this <call> to all clusters</CODE></P>
+<P>This command sends out any information held in the user file which can be broadcast in PC41 protocol packets. This information is Name, QTH, Locationand Homenode. PC41s are only sent for the information that is available.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.47">11.47</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.47">help (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>help</B> The HELP Command</CODE></P>
+<P>HELP is available for a number of commands. The syntax is:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ HELP <cmd>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Where <cmd> is the name of the command you want help on.All commands can be abbreviated, so SHOW/DX can be abbreviatedto SH/DX, ANNOUNCE can be shortened to AN and so on.Look at the APROPOS <string> command which will search the help databasefor the <string> you specify and give you a list of likely commandsto look at with HELP.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.48">11.48</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.48">init <node> (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>init <node></B> Re-initialise a link to an AK1A compatible node</CODE></P>
+<P>This command attempts to re-initialise a link to a (usually) AK1A nodethat has got confused, usually by a protocol loop of some kind. It maywork - but you usually will be better off simply disconnecting it (orbetter, if it is a real AK1A node, doing an RCMD <node> DISC/F <yournode>).Best of luck - you will need it.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.49">11.49</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.49">kill (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill</B> </CODE></P>
+<P>As a sysop you can kill any message on the system.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.50">11.50</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.50">kill <from msgno>-<to msgno> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill <from msgno>-<to msgno></B> Delete a range of messages</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.51">11.51</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.51">kill <from>-<to> (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill <from>-<to></B> Remove a range of messages from the system</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.52">11.52</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.52">kill <msgno> [<msgno..] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill <msgno> [<msgno..]</B> Delete a message from the local system</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.53">11.53</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.53">kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...]</B> Remove or erase a message from the system</CODE></P>
+<P>You can get rid of any message to or originating from your callsign using this command. You can remove more than one message at a time.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.54">11.54</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.54">kill expunge <msgno> [<msgno..] (6)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill expunge <msgno> [<msgno..]</B> Expunge a message</CODE></P>
+<P>Deleting a message using the normal KILL commands only marks that messagefor deletion. The actual deletion only happens later (usually two days later).The KILL EXPUNGE command causes the message to be truly deleted more or lessimmediately.It otherwise is used in the same way as the KILL command.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.55">11.55</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.55">kill from <call> (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill from <call></B> Remove all messages from a callsign</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.56">11.56</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.56">kill full <msgno> [<msgno..] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill full <msgno> [<msgno..]</B> Delete a message from the whole cluster</CODE></P>
+<P>Delete a message from the local system. You will only be able todelete messages that you have originated or been sent (unless you arethe sysop).
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ KILL 1234-1255
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Will delete all the messages that you own between msgnos 1234 and 1255.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ KILL from g1tlh
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will delete all the messages from g1tlh (if you are g1tlh). Similarly:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ KILL to g1tlh
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will delete all messages to g1tlh.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ KILL FULL 1234
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will delete a message (usually a 'bulletin') from the whole cluster system. This uses the subject field, so any messages that have exactly thesame subject will be deleted. Beware!</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.57">11.57</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.57">kill full <msgno> [<msgno] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill full <msgno> [<msgno]</B> Remove a message from the entire cluster</CODE></P>
+<P>Remove this message from the entire cluster system as well as your node.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.58">11.58</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.58">kill to <call> (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill to <call></B> Remove all messages to a callsign</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.59">11.59</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.59">kill from <regex> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill from <regex></B> Delete messages FROM a callsign or pattern</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.60">11.60</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.60">kill to <regex> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill to <regex></B> Delete messages TO a callsign or pattern</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.61">11.61</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.61">links (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>links</B> Show which nodes is physically connected</CODE></P>
+<P>This is a quick listing that shows which links are connected andsome information about them. See WHO for a list of all connections.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.62">11.62</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.62">load/keps (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>load/keps</B> Load new keps data</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.63">11.63</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.63">load/keps [nn] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>load/keps [nn]</B> Load new keps data from message</CODE></P>
+<P>If there is no message number then reload the current Keps data fromthe Keps.pm data file. You create this file by running
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ /spider/perl/convkeps.pl <filename>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+on a file containing NASA 2 line keps as a message issued by AMSAT. If there is a message number, then it will take the message, runconvkeps.pl on it and then load the data, all in one step.These messages are sent to ALL by GB7DJK (and others) from time to time. </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.64">11.64</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.64">merge <node> [<no spots>/<no wwv>] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>merge <node> [<no spots>/<no wwv>]</B> Ask for the latest spots and WWV </CODE></P>
+<P>MERGE allows you to bring your spot and wwv database up to date. By defaultit will request the last 10 spots and 5 WWVs from the node you select. The node must be connected locally.You can request any number of spots or wwv and although they will be appendedto your databases they will not duplicate any that have recently been added (the last 2 days for spots and last month for WWV data).</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.65">11.65</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.65">pc <call> <text> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>pc <call> <text></B> Send arbitrary text to a connected callsign</CODE></P>
+<P>Send some arbitrary text to a locally connected callsign. Noprocessing is done on the text. This command allows you to send PCProtocol to unstick things if problems arise (messages get stucketc). eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ pc gb7djk PC33^GB7TLH^GB7DJK^400^
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+or
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ pc G1TLH Try doing that properly!!!
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Send any text you like to the callsign requested. This is used mainly to sendPC protocol to connected nodes either for testing or to unstick things. You can also use in the same way as a talk command to a connected user butwithout any processing, added of "from <blah> to <blah" or whatever.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.66">11.66</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.66">ping <node call> (1)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>ping <node call></B> Check the link quality between nodes</CODE></P>
+<P>This command allows you to send a frame to another cluster node onthe network and get a return frame. The time it takes to do thisis a good indication of the quality of the link. The actual timeit takes is output to the console in seconds.Any visible cluster node can be PINGed.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.67">11.67</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.67">rcmd <node call> <cmd> (1)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>rcmd <node call> <cmd></B> Send a command to another DX Cluster</CODE></P>
+<P>This command allows you to send nearly any command to another DX Clusternode that is connected to the system. Whether you get any output is dependant on a) whether the other system knowsthat the node callsign of this cluster is in fact a node b) whether theother system is allowing RCMDs from this node and c) whether you havepermission to send this command at all.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.68">11.68</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.68">read (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>read</B> Read the next unread personal message addressed to you</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.69">11.69</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.69">read <msgno> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>read <msgno></B> Read the specified message</CODE></P>
+<P>You can read any messages that are sent as 'non-personal' and also anymessage either sent by or sent to your callsign.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.70">11.70</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.70">read- (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>read-</B> </CODE></P>
+<P>As a sysop you may read any message on the system</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.71">11.71</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.71">reject (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject</B> Set a filter to reject something</CODE></P>
+<P>Create a filter to reject somethingThere are 2 types of filter, accept and reject. See HELP FILTERING for moreinfo.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.72">11.72</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.72">reject/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></B> Announce filter sysop version</CODE></P>
+<P>This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/ann by G,M,2 reject/ann input node_default by G,M,2 reject/ann user_default by G,M,2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.73">11.73</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.73">reject/announce [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/announce [0-9] <pattern></B> Set a 'reject' filter line for announce</CODE></P>
+<P>Create an 'reject this announce' line for a filter. A reject filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it ispassed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read thisto understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 origin <prefixes> origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME channel <prefixes> wx 1 filter WX announces dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+some examples:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ rej/ann by_zone 14,15,16 and not by G,M,2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ rej/ann all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+but this probably for advanced users...</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.74">11.74</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.74">reject/route <call> [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/route <call> [0-9] <pattern></B> Set an 'reject' filter line for routing</CODE></P>
+<P>Create an 'reject this routing PC Protocol' line for a filter. An reject filter line means that if a PC16/17/19/21/24/41/50 matches this filter it is NOT passed thru that interface. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ call <prefixes> the callsign of the thingy call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW call_zone <prefixes or numbers> call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME origin <prefixes> really the interface it came in on origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+some examples:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ rej/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (everything except UK+EIRE nodes)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ rej/route all (equiv to [very] restricted mode)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+as with ACCEPT/ROUTE 'by' is now a synonym for 'call'.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.75">11.75</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.75">reject/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></B> Spot filter sysop version</CODE></P>
+<P>This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/spot db0sue-7 1 by_zone 14,15,16 reject/spot node_default all set/hops node_default 10
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/spot user_default by G,M,2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.76">11.76</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.76">reject/spots [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/spots [0-9] <pattern></B> Set a 'reject' filter line for spots</CODE></P>
+<P>Create a 'reject this spot' line for a filter. A reject filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it isdumped (not passed on). See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read thisto understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m on <range> same as 'freq' call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9 info <string> eg: iota or qsl by <prefixes> call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW call_zone <prefixes or numbers> call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME origin <prefixes> channel <prefixes>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+'call' means the callsign that has spotted 'by' whoever.For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined inSHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -this is more efficient than saying simply: on HF (but don't gettoo hung up about that)some examples:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ rej/spot 1 on hf rej/spot 2 on vhf and not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ rej/spot 3 all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+but this probably for advanced users...</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.77">11.77</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.77">reject/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></B> WCY filter sysop version</CODE></P>
+<P>This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/wcy gb7djk all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.78">11.78</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.78">reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern></B> set a 'reject' WCY filter</CODE></P>
+<P>It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you canfilter on the following fields:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 origin <prefixes> origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> channel <prefixes>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place andyou either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want them).This command is really provided for future use.See HELP FILTER for information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.79">11.79</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.79">reject/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></B> WWV filter sysop version</CODE></P>
+<P>This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/wwv db0sue-7 1 by_zone 4 reject/wwv node_default all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/wwv user_default by W
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.80">11.80</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.80">reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern></B> set a 'reject' WWV filter</CODE></P>
+<P>It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you canfilter on the following fields:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 origin <prefixes> origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> channel <prefixes>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+for example
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/wwv by_zone 14,15,16
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV broadcastsby stations in the US).See HELP FILTER for information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.81">11.81</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.81">reply (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reply</B> Reply (privately) to the last message that you have read</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.82">11.82</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.82">reply <msgno> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reply <msgno></B> Reply (privately) to the specified message</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.83">11.83</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.83">reply b <msgno> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reply b <msgno></B> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.84">11.84</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.84">reply noprivate <msgno> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reply noprivate <msgno></B> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.85">11.85</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.85">reply rr <msgno> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reply rr <msgno></B> Reply to the specified message with read receipt</CODE></P>
+<P>You can reply to a message and the subject will automatically have"Re:" inserted in front of it, if it isn't already present.You can also use all the extra qualifiers such as RR, PRIVATE, NOPRIVATE, B that you can use with the SEND command (see SENDfor further details)</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.86">11.86</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.86">send <call> [<call> ...] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>send <call> [<call> ...]</B> Send a message to one or more callsigns</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.87">11.87</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.87">send copy <msgno> <call> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>send copy <msgno> <call></B> Send a copy of a message to someone</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.88">11.88</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.88">send noprivate <call> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>send noprivate <call></B> Send a message to all stations</CODE></P>
+<P>All the SEND commands will create a message which will be sent either toan individual callsign or to one of the 'bulletin' addresses. SEND <call> on its own acts as though you had typed SEND PRIVATE, that isit will mark the message as personal and send it to the cluster node thatthat callsign is connected to. If the <call> you have specified is in facta known bulletin category on your node (eg: ALL) then the message shouldautomatically become a bulletin.You can have more than one callsign in all of the SEND commands.You can have multiple qualifiers so that you can have for example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SEND RR COPY 123 PRIVATE G1TLH G0RDI
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+which should send a copy of message 123 to G1TLH and G0RDI and you willreceive a read receipt when they have read the message.SB is an alias for SEND NOPRIVATE (or send a bulletin in BBS speak)SP is an alias for SEND PRIVATEThe system will ask you for a subject. Conventionally this should be no longer than 29 characters for compatibility. Most modern clustersoftware should accept more.You will now be prompted to start entering your text. You finish the message by entering '/EX' on a new line. For instance:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ ... bye then Jim 73 Dirk /ex
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+If you have started a message and you don't want to keep it then youcan abandon the message with '/ABORT' on a new line, like:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ line 1 line 2 oh I just can't be bothered with this /abort
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+If you abort the message it will NOT be sent.When you are entering the text of your message, most normal output (suchas DX announcements and so on are suppressed and stored for latter display(upto 20 such lines are stored, as new ones come along, so the oldestlines are dropped).Also, you can enter normal commands commands (and get the output immediately) whilst in the middle of a message. You do this by typingthe command preceeded by a '/' character on a new line, so:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ /dx g1tlh 144010 strong signal
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Will issue a dx annoucement to the rest of the cluster. Also, you can add the output of a command to your message by preceeding the command with '//', thus :-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ //sh/vhftable
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+This will show YOU the output from SH/VHFTABLE and also store it in themessage. You can carry on with the message until you are ready to send it. </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.89">11.89</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.89">send private <call> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>send private <call></B> Send a personal message</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.90">11.90</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.90">send rr <call> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>send rr <call></B> Send a message and ask for a read receipt</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.91">11.91</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.91">set/address <your address> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/address <your address></B> Record your postal address</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.92">11.92</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.92">set/announce (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/announce</B> Allow announce messages to come out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.93">11.93</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.93">set/anntalk (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/anntalk</B> Allow talk like announce messages on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.94">11.94</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.94">set/arcluster <call> [<call>..] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/arcluster <call> [<call>..]</B> Make the callsign an AR-Cluster node</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.95">11.95</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.95">set/baddx <call>.. (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/baddx <call>..</B> Stop callsigns in a dx spot being propagated</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.96">11.96</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.96">set/badnode <call>.. (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/badnode <call>..</B> Stop spots from this node being propagated</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.97">11.97</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.97">set/badspotter <call>.. (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/badspotter <call>..</B> Stop spots from this callsign being propagated</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.98">11.98</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.98">set/badword <word>.. (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/badword <word>..</B> Stop things with this word being propagated</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.99">11.99</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.99">set/bbs <call> [<call>..] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/bbs <call> [<call>..]</B> Make the callsign a BBS</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.100">11.100</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.100">set/beep (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/beep</B> Add a beep to DX and other messages on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.101">11.101</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.101">set/clx <call> [<call>..] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/clx <call> [<call>..]</B> Make the callsign an CLX node</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.102">11.102</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.102">set/dx (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/dx</B> Allow DX messages to come out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.103">11.103</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.103">set/dxgrid (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/dxgrid</B> Allow QRA Grid Squares on the end of DX announcements</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.104">11.104</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.104">set/dxnet <call> [<call>..] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/dxnet <call> [<call>..]</B> Make the callsign an DXNet node</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.105">11.105</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.105">set/echo (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/echo</B> Make the cluster echo your input</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.106">11.106</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.106">set/email <email> ... (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/email <email> ...</B> Set email address(es) and forward your personals</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.107">11.107</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.107">set/here (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/here</B> Tell the system you are present at your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.108">11.108</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.108">set/homenode <node> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/homenode <node> </B> Set your normal cluster callsign</CODE></P>
+<P>Tell the cluster system where you normally connect to. Any Messages sentto you will normally find their way there should you not be connected.eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/HOMENODE gb7djk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.109">11.109</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.109">set/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy <n> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy <n></B> Set hop count </CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.110">11.110</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.110">set/language <lang> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/language <lang></B> Set the language you want to use</CODE></P>
+<P>You can select the language that you want the cluster to use. Currentlythe languages available are en (English), de (German), es (Spanish) and nl (Dutch).</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.111">11.111</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.111">set/location <lat & long> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/location <lat & long></B> Set your latitude and longitude</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.112">11.112</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.112">set/logininfo (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/logininfo</B> Inform when a station logs in locally</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.113">11.113</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.113">set/name <your name> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/name <your name></B> Set your name</CODE></P>
+<P>Tell the system what your name is eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/NAME Dirk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.114">11.114</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.114">set/node <call> [<call>..] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/node <call> [<call>..]</B> Make the callsign an AK1A cluster</CODE></P>
+<P>Tell the system that the call(s) are to be treated as AK1A cluster andfed PC Protocol rather normal user commands.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.115">11.115</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.115">set/obscount <count> <call> (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/obscount <count> <call></B> Set the 'pump-up' obscelence PING counter </CODE></P>
+<P>From 1.35 onwards neighbouring nodes are pinged at regular intervals (seeSET/PINGINTERVAL), usually 300 seconds or 5 minutes. There is a 'pump-up'counter which is decremented on every outgoing ping and then reset tothe 'obscount' value on every incoming ping. The default value of thisparameter is 2. What this means is that a neighbouring node will be pinged twice at (default) 300 second intervals and if no reply has been heard just beforewhat would be the third attempt, that node is disconnected.If a ping is heard then the obscount is reset to the full value. Usingdefault values, if a node has not responded to a ping within 15 minutes,it is disconnected.You can set this parameter between 1 and 9.It is STRONGLY recommended that you don't change the default.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.116">11.116</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.116">set/page <lines per page> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/page <lines per page></B> Set the lines per page</CODE></P>
+<P>Tell the system how many lines you wish on a page when the number of lineof output from a command is more than this. The default is 20. Setting itexplicitly to 0 will disable paging.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/PAGE 30 SET/PAGE 0
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+The setting is stored in your user profile.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.117">11.117</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.117">set/password (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/password</B> Set your own password</CODE></P>
+<P>This command only works for a 'telnet' user (currently). It willonly work if you have a password already set. This initial passwordcan only be set by the sysop.When you execute this command it will ask you for your old password,then ask you to type in your new password twice (to make sure youget it right). You may or may not see the data echoed on the screenas you type, depending on the type of telnet client you have.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.118">11.118</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.118">set/prompt <string> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/prompt <string></B> Set your prompt to <string></CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.119">11.119</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.119">set/qra <locator> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/qra <locator></B> Set your QRA Grid locator</CODE></P>
+<P>Tell the system what your QRA (or Maidenhead) locator is. If you have notdone a SET/LOCATION then your latitude and longitude will be set roughlycorrectly (assuming your locator is correct ;-). For example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/QRA JO02LQ
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.120">11.120</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.120">set/qth <your qth> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/qth <your qth></B> Set your QTH</CODE></P>
+<P>Tell the system where you are. For example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/QTH East Dereham, Norfolk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.121">11.121</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.121">set/spider <call> [<call>..] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/spider <call> [<call>..]</B> Make the callsign an DXSpider node</CODE></P>
+<P>Tell the system that the call(s) are to be treated as DXSpider node andfed new style DX Protocol rather normal user commands.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.122">11.122</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.122">set/talk (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/talk</B> Allow TALK messages to come out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.123">11.123</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.123">set/wcy (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/wcy</B> Allow WCY messages to come out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.124">11.124</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.124">set/wwv (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/wwv</B> Allow WWV messages to come out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.125">11.125</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.125">set/wx (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/wx</B> Allow WX messages to come out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.126">11.126</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.126">show/baddx (1)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/baddx</B> Show all the bad dx calls in the system</CODE></P>
+<P>Display all the bad dx callsigns in the system, see SET/BADDXfor more information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.127">11.127</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.127">show/badnode (1)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/badnode</B> Show all the bad nodes in the system</CODE></P>
+<P>Display all the bad node callsigns in the system, see SET/BADNODEfor more information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.128">11.128</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.128">show/badspotter (1)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/badspotter</B> Show all the bad spotters in the system</CODE></P>
+<P>Display all the bad spotter's callsigns in the system, see SET/BADSPOTTERfor more information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.129">11.129</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.129">show/badword (1)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/badword</B> Show all the bad words in the system</CODE></P>
+<P>Display all the bad words in the system, see SET/BADWORDfor more information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.130">11.130</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.130">show/configuration [<node>] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/configuration [<node>]</B> Show all the nodes and users visible</CODE></P>
+<P>This command allows you to see all the users that can be seenand the nodes to which they are connected.This command is normally abbreviated to: sh/cNormally, the list returned will be just for the nodes from your country (because the list otherwise will be very long).
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/C ALL
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will produce a complete list of all nodes. BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY longIt is possible to supply a node or part of a prefix and you will get a list of the users for that node or list of nodes starting withthat prefix.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/C GB7DJK
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/C SK
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.131">11.131</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.131">show/configuration/node (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/configuration/node</B> Show all the nodes connected locally</CODE></P>
+<P>Show all the nodes connected to this node.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.132">11.132</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.132">show/connect (1)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/connect</B> Show all the active connections</CODE></P>
+<P>This command shows information on all the active connections known tothe node. This command gives slightly more information than WHO.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.133">11.133</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.133">show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>]</B> Show the local time </CODE></P>
+<P>This is very nearly the same as SHOW/TIME, the only difference the formatof the date string if no arguments are given.If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the localtime and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixesthen it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) atthe prefixes or callsigns that you specify.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.134">11.134</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.134">show/dx (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/dx</B> Interrogate the spot database</CODE></P>
+<P>If you just type SHOW/DX you will get the last so many spots(sysop configurable, but usually 10).In addition you can add any number of these commands in very nearlyany order to the basic SHOW/DX command, they are:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ on <band> - eg 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm on <region> - eg hf vhf uhf shf (see SHOW/BANDS) on <from>/<to> - eg 1000/4000 14000-30000 (in Khz) <from>-<to>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ <number> - the number of spots you want <from>-<to> - <from> spot no <to> spot no in the selected list <from>/<to>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ <prefix> - for a spotted callsign beginning with <prefix> *<suffix> - for a spotted callsign ending in <suffix> *<string>* - for a spotted callsign containing <string>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ day <number> - starting <number> days ago day <from>-<to> - <from> days <to> days ago <from>/<to>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ info <text> - any spots containing <text> in the info or remarks
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ by <call> - any spots spotted by <call> (spotter <call> is the same).
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ qsl - this automatically looks for any qsl info on the call held in the spot database.
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ iota [<iota>] - If the iota island number is missing it will look for the string iota and anything which looks like an iota island number. If you specify then it will look for that island.
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ qra [<locator>] - this will look for the specific locator if you specify one or else anything that looks like a locator.
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ dxcc - treat the prefix as a 'country' and look for spots from that country regardless of actual prefix. eg dxcc oq2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ You can also use this with the 'by' keyword so eg by W dxcc
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ e.g.
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/DX 9m0 SH/DX on 20m info iota SH/DX 9a on vhf day 30 SH/DX rf1p qsl SH/DX iota SH/DX iota eu-064 SH/DX qra jn86 SH/DX dxcc oq2 SH/DX dxcc oq2 by w dxcc
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.135">11.135</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.135">show/dxcc <prefix> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/dxcc <prefix></B> Interrogate the spot database by country</CODE></P>
+<P>This command takes the <prefix> (which can be a full or partial callsign if desired), looks up which internal country number it isand then displays all the spots as per SH/DX for that country.This is now an alias for 'SHOW/DX DXCC' The options for SHOW/DX also apply to this command. e.g.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/DXCC G SH/DXCC W on 20m iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+This can be done with the SHOW/DX command like this:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/DX dxcc g SH/DX dxcc w on 20m iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.136">11.136</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.136">show/dxstats [days] [date] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/dxstats [days] [date]</B> Show the DX Statistics</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the total DX spots for the last <days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.137">11.137</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.137">show/files [<filearea> [<string>]] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/files [<filearea> [<string>]]</B> List the contents of a filearea</CODE></P>
+<P>SHOW/FILES on its own will show you a list of the various fileareasavailable on the system. To see the contents of a particular filearea type:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/FILES <filearea>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+where <filearea> is the name of the filearea you want to see the contents of.You can also use shell globbing characters like '*' and '?' in astring to see a selection of files in a filearea eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/FILES bulletins arld*
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+See also TYPE - to see the contents of a file.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.138">11.138</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.138">show/filter (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/filter</B> Show the contents of all the filters you have set</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the contents of all the filters that are set. This command displaysall the filters set - for all the various categories.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.139">11.139</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.139">show/hfstats [days] [date] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/hfstats [days] [date]</B> Show the HF DX Statistics </CODE></P>
+<P>Show the HF DX spots breakdown by band for the last <days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.140">11.140</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.140">show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]</B> Show the HF DX Spotter Table</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the HF DX Spotter table for the list of prefixes for the last <days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).If there are no prefixes then it will show the table for your country.Remember that some countries have more than one "DXCC country" in them(eg G :-), to show them (assuming you are not in G already which isspecially treated in the code) you must list all the relevant prefixes
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/hftable g gm gd gi gj gw gu
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Note that the prefixes are converted into country codes so you don't haveto list all possible prefixes for each country.If you want more or less days than the default simply include thenumber you require:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/hftable 20 pa
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+If you want to start at a different day, simply add the date in some recognizable form:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/hftable 2 25nov02 sh/hftable 2 25-nov-02 sh/hftable 2 021125 sh/hftable 2 25/11/02
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+This will show the stats for your DXCC for that CQWW contest weekend. You can specify either prefixes or full callsigns (so you can see how youdid against all your mates). You can also say 'all' which will then printthe worldwide statistics.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/hftable all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.141">11.141</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.141">show/hops <call> [ann|spots|route|wcy|wwv] (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/hops <call> [ann|spots|route|wcy|wwv]</B> Show the hop counts for a node</CODE></P>
+<P>This command shows the hop counts set up for a node. You can specifywhich category you want to see. If you leave the category out then all the categories will be listed.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.142">11.142</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.142">show/isolate (1)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/isolate</B> Show list of ISOLATED nodes</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.143">11.143</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.143">show/log [<callsign>] (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/log [<callsign>]</B> Show excerpts from the system log</CODE></P>
+<P>This command outputs a short section of the system log. On its ownit will output a general logfile. With the optional callsign it willshow output from the log associated with that callsign.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.144">11.144</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.144">show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]</B> Show Moon rise and set times</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the Moon rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns, together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at thoselocations.If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times foryour QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),together with the current azimuth and elevation.In addition, it will show the illuminated fraction of the moons disk.If all else fails it will show the Moonrise and set times for the nodethat you are connected to. For example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/MOON SH/MOON G1TLH W5UN
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+You can also use this command to see into the past or the future, soif you want to see yesterday's times then do:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/MOON -1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+or in three days time:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/MOON +3 W9
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Upto 366 days can be checked both in the past and in the future.Please note that the rise and set times are given as the UT times of rise and set on the requested UT day.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.145">11.145</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.145">show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long]</B> Show the likely propagation to a prefix</CODE></P>
+<P>This command allow you to estimate the likelihood of you contactinga station with the prefix you have specified. The output assumes a modestpower of 20dBW and receiver sensitivity of -123dBm (about 0.15muV/10dB SINAD)The result predicts the most likely operating frequencies and signallevels for high frequency (shortwave) radio propagation paths onspecified days of the year and hours of the day. It is most useful forpaths between 250 km and 6000 km, but can be used with reduced accuracyfor paths shorter or longer than this.The command uses a routine MINIMUF 3.5 developed by the U.S. Navy andused to predict the MUF given the predicted flux, day of the year,hour of the day and geographic coordinates of the transmitter andreceiver. This routine is reasonably accurate for the purposes here,with a claimed RMS error of 3.8 MHz, but much smaller and less complexthan the programs used by major shortwave broadcasting organizations,such as the Voice of America.The command will display some header information detailing itsassumptions, together with the locations, latitude and longitudes andbearings. It will then show UTC (UT), local time at the other end(LT), calculate the MUFs, Sun zenith angle at the midpoint of the path(Zen) and the likely signal strengths. Then for each frequency for whichthe system thinks there is a likelihood of a circuit it prints a value.The value is currently a likely S meter reading based on the conventional6dB / S point scale. If the value has a '+' appended it means that it is1/2 an S point stronger. If the value is preceeded by an 'm' it means thatthere is likely to be much fading and by an 's' that the signal is likelyto be noisy. By default SHOW/MUF will show the next two hours worth of data. Youcan specify anything up to 24 hours worth of data by appending the no ofhours required after the prefix. For example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/MUF W
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+produces:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ RxSens: -123 dBM SFI: 159 R: 193 Month: 10 Day: 21 Power : 20 dBW Distance: 6283 km Delay: 22.4 ms Location Lat / Long Azim East Dereham, Norfolk 52 41 N 0 57 E 47 United-States-W 43 0 N 87 54 W 299 UT LT MUF Zen 1.8 3.5 7.0 10.1 14.0 18.1 21.0 24.9 28.0 50.0 18 23 11.5 -35 mS0+ mS2 S3 19 0 11.2 -41 mS0+ mS2 S3
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+indicating that you will have weak, fading circuits on top band and 80m but usable signals on 40m (about S3).inputing:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/MUF W 24
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will get you the above display, but with the next 24 hours worth ofpropagation data.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/MUF W L 24 SH/MUF W 24 Long
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Gives you an estimate of the long path propagation characterics. Itshould be noted that the figures will probably not be very useful, norterrible accurate, but it is included for completeness.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.146">11.146</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.146">show/newconfiguration [<node>] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/newconfiguration [<node>]</B> Show all the nodes and users visible</CODE></P>
+<P>This command allows you to see all the users that can be seenand the nodes to which they are connected. This command produces essentially the same information as SHOW/CONFIGURATION except that it shows all the duplication ofany routes that might be present It also uses a different formatwhich may not take up quite as much space if you don't have anyloops.BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.147">11.147</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.147">show/newconfiguration/node (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/newconfiguration/node</B> Show all the nodes connected locally</CODE></P>
+<P>Show all the nodes connected to this node in the new format.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.148">11.148</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.148">show/node [<callsign> ...] (1)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/node [<callsign> ...]</B> Show the type and version number of nodes</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the type and version (if connected) of the nodes specified on thecommand line. If no callsigns are specified then a sorted list of allthe non-user callsigns known to the system will be displayed.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.149">11.149</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.149">show/prefix <callsign> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/prefix <callsign></B> Interrogate the prefix database </CODE></P>
+<P>This command takes the <callsign> (which can be a full or partial callsign or a prefix), looks up which internal country number it is and then displays all the relevant prefixes for that countrytogether with the internal country no, the CQ and ITU regions. See also SHOW/DXCC</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.150">11.150</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.150">show/program (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/program</B> Show the locations of all the included program modules</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the name and location where every program module was load from. Thisis useful for checking where you think you have loaded a .pm file from. </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.151">11.151</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.151">show/qra <lat> <long> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/qra <lat> <long></B> Convert lat/long to a QRA Grid locator</CODE></P>
+<P>This is a multipurpose command that allows you either to calculate thedistance and bearing between two locators or (if only one locator isgiven on the command line) the distance and beraing from your stationto the locator. For example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/QRA IO92QL SH/QRA JN06 IN73
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+The first example will show the distance and bearing to the locator fromyourself, the second example will calculate the distance and bearing fromthe first locator to the second. You can use 4 or 6 character locators.It is also possible to convert a latitude and longitude to a locator by using this command with a latitude and longitude as an argument, forexample:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/QRA 52 41 N 0 58 E
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.152">11.152</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.152">show/qra <locator> [<locator>] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/qra <locator> [<locator>]</B> Show distance between QRA Grid locators</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.153">11.153</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.153">show/qrz <callsign> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/qrz <callsign></B> Show any callbook details on a callsign</CODE></P>
+<P>This command queries the QRZ callbook server on the internetand returns any information available for that callsign. This serviceis provided for users of this software by http://www.qrz.com </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.154">11.154</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.154">show/route <callsign> ... (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/route <callsign> ...</B> Show the route to the callsign</CODE></P>
+<P>This command allows you to see to which node the callsigns specified areconnected. It is a sort of inverse sh/config.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/route n2tly
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.155">11.155</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.155">show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>]</B> Show tracking data</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the tracking data from your location to the satellite of your choicefrom now on for the next few hours.If you use this command without a satellite name it will display a listof all the satellites known currently to the system. If you give a name then you can obtain tracking data of all the passesthat start and finish 5 degrees below the horizon. As default it willgive information for the next three hours for every five minute period.You can alter the number of hours and the step size, within certain limits. Each pass in a period is separated with a row of '-----' charactersSo for example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/SAT AO-10 SH/SAT FENGYUN1 12 2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.156">11.156</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.156">show/station all [<regex>] (6)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/station all [<regex>]</B> Show list of users in the system</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.157">11.157</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.157">show/station [<callsign> ..] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/station [<callsign> ..]</B> Show information about a callsign</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the information known about a callsign and whether (and where)that callsign is connected to the cluster.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/ST G1TLH
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+If no callsign is given then show the information for yourself.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.158">11.158</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.158">show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]</B> Show sun rise and set times</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the sun rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns, together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at thoselocations.If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times foryour QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),together with the current azimuth and elevation.If all else fails it will show the sunrise and set times for the nodethat you are connected to. For example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/SUN SH/SUN G1TLH K9CW ZS
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+You can also use this command to see into the past or the future, soif you want to see yesterday's times then do:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/SUN -1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+or in three days time:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/SUN +3 W9
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Upto 366 days can be checked both in the past and in the future.Please note that the rise and set times are given as the UT times of rise and set on the requested UT day.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.159">11.159</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.159">show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>]</B> Show the local time </CODE></P>
+<P>If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the localtime and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixesthen it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) atthe prefixes or callsigns that you specify.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.160">11.160</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.160">show/usdb [call ..] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/usdb [call ..]</B> Show information held on the FCC Call database</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the City and State of a Callsign held on the FCC database ifhis is being run on this system, eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/usdb k1xx
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.161">11.161</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.161">show/vhfstats [days] [date] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/vhfstats [days] [date]</B> Show the VHF DX Statistics</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the VHF DX spots breakdown by band for the last <days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a date (default: today).</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.162">11.162</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.162">show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]</B> Show the VHF DX Spotter Table</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the VHF DX Spotter table for the list of prefixes for the last <days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a date (default: today).If there are no prefixes then it will show the table for your country.Remember that some countries have more than one "DXCC country" in them(eg G :-), to show them (assuming you are not in G already which isspecially treated in the code) you must list all the relevant prefixes
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/vhftable g gm gd gi gj gw gu
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Note that the prefixes are converted into country codes so you don't haveto list all possible prefixes for each country.If you want more or less days than the default simply include thenumber you require:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/vhftable 20 pa
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+If you want to start at a different day, simply add the date in some recognizable form:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/vhftable 2 25nov02 sh/vhftable 2 25-nov-02 sh/vhftable 2 021125 sh/vhftable 2 25/11/02
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+This will show the stats for your DXCC for that CQWW contest weekend. You can specify either prefixes or full callsigns (so you can see how youdid against all your mates). You can also say 'all' which will then printthe worldwide statistics.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/vhftable all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.163">11.163</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.163">show/wcy (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/wcy</B> Show last 10 WCY broadcasts</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.164">11.164</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.164">show/wcy <n> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/wcy <n></B> Show last <n> WCY broadcasts</CODE></P>
+<P>Display the most recent WCY information that has been received by the system</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.165">11.165</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.165">show/wwv (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/wwv</B> Show last 10 WWV broadcasts</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.166">11.166</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.166">show/wwv <n> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/wwv <n></B> Show last <n> WWV broadcasts</CODE></P>
+<P>Display the most recent WWV information that has been received by the system</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.167">11.167</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.167">shutdown (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>shutdown</B> Shutdown the cluster</CODE></P>
+<P>Shutdown the cluster and disconnect all the users </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.168">11.168</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.168">stat/channel [<callsign>] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>stat/channel [<callsign>]</B> Show the status of a channel on the cluster</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the internal status of the channel object either for the channel that you are on or else for the callsign that you asked for.Only the fields that are defined (in perl term) will be displayed.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.169">11.169</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.169">stat/db <dbname> (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>stat/db <dbname></B> Show the status of a database</CODE></P>
+<P>Show the internal status of a database descriptor.Depending on your privilege level you will see more or less information. This command is unlikely to be of much use to anyone other than a sysop.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.170">11.170</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.170">stat/msg (1)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>stat/msg</B> Show the status of the message system</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.171">11.171</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.171">stat/msg <msgno> (1)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>stat/msg <msgno></B> Show the status of a message</CODE></P>
+<P>This command shows the internal status of a message and includes informationsuch as to whom it has been forwarded, its size, origin etc etc.If no message number is given then the status of the message system is displayed.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.172">11.172</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.172">stat/route_node <callsign> (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>stat/route_node <callsign></B> Show the data in a Route::Node object</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.173">11.173</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.173">stat/route_node all (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>stat/route_node all</B> Show list of all Route::Node objects</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.174">11.174</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.174">stat/route_user <callsign> (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>stat/route_user <callsign></B> Show the data in a Route::User object</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.175">11.175</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.175">stat/route_user all (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>stat/route_user all</B> Show list of all Route::User objects</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.176">11.176</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.176">stat/user [<callsign>] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>stat/user [<callsign>]</B> Show the full status of a user</CODE></P>
+<P>Shows the full contents of a user record including all the secret flagsand stuff.Only the fields that are defined (in perl term) will be displayed.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.177">11.177</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.177">sysop (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>sysop</B> Regain your privileges if you login remotely</CODE></P>
+<P>The system automatically reduces your privilege level to that of anormal user if you login in remotely. This command allows you toregain your normal privilege level. It uses the normal system: fivenumbers are returned that are indexes into the character array that isyour assigned password (see SET/PASSWORD). The indexes start fromzero.You are expected to return a string which contains the charactersrequired in the correct order. You may intersperse those characterswith others to obscure your reply for any watchers. For example (andthese values are for explanation :-):
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ password = 012345678901234567890123456789 > sysop 22 10 15 17 3
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+you type:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ aa2bbbb0ccc5ddd7xxx3n or 2 0 5 7 3 or 20573
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+They will all match. If there is no password you will still be offerednumbers but nothing will happen when you input a string. Any match iscase sensitive.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.178">11.178</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.178">talk <call> > <node> [<text>] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>talk <call> > <node> [<text>]</B> Send a text message to another station via a node</CODE></P>
+<P>Send a short message to any other station that is visible on the clustersystem. You can send it to anyone you can see with a SHOW/CONFIGURATION command, they don't have to be connected locally.The second form of TALK is used when other cluster nodes are connectedwith restricted information. This usually means that they don't send the user information usually associated with logging on and off the cluster.If you know that G3JNB is likely to be present on GB7TLH, but you can onlysee GB7TLH in the SH/C list but with no users, then you would use thesecond form of the talk message.If you want to have a ragchew with someone you can leave the text messageout and the system will go into 'Talk' mode. What this means is that ashort message is sent to the recipient telling them that you are in a'Talking' frame of mind and then you just type - everything you send willgo to the station that you asked for. All the usual announcements, spots and so on will still come out on yourterminal.If you want to do something (such as send a spot) you preceed the normal command with a '/' character, eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ /DX 14001 G1TLH What's a B class licensee doing on 20m CW? /HELP talk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+To leave talk mode type:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ /EX
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+If you are in 'Talk' mode, there is an extention to the '/' command whichallows you to send the output to all the people you are talking to. You do with the '//' command. For example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ //sh/hftable
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will send the hftable as you have it to all the people you are currently talking to.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.179">11.179</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.179">talk <call> [<text>] (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>talk <call> [<text>]</B> Send a text message to another station</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.180">11.180</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.180">type <filearea>/<name> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>type <filearea>/<name></B> Look at the contents of a file in one of the fileareas</CODE></P>
+<P>Type out the contents of a file in a filearea. So, for example, in filearea 'bulletins' you want to look at file 'arld051' you would enter:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ TYPE bulletins/arld051
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+See also SHOW/FILES to see what fileareas are available and a list of content.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.181">11.181</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.181">uncatchup <node call> all|[msgno> ...] (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>uncatchup <node call> all|[msgno> ...]</B> Unmark a message as sent</CODE></P>
+<P>When you send messages the fact that you have forwarded it to another node is remembered so that it isn't sent again. When you have a new partnernode and you add their callsign to your /spider/msg/forward.pl file, alloutstanding non-private messages will be forwarded to them. This may wellbe ALL the non-private messages. You can prevent this by using these commmands:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ catchup GB7DJK all catchup GB7DJK 300 301 302 303 500-510
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+and to undo what you have just done:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ uncatchup GB7DJK all uncatchup GB7DJK 300 301 302 303 500-510
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+which will arrange for them to be forward candidates again.Order is not important.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.182">11.182</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.182">unset/announce (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/announce</B> Stop announce messages coming out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.183">11.183</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.183">unset/anntalk (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/anntalk</B> Stop talk like announce messages on your terminal</CODE></P>
+<P>The announce system on legacy cluster nodes is used as a talk substitute because the network is so poorly connected. If you:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ unset/anntalk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+you will suppress several of these announces, you may miss the odd useful one as well, but you would probably miss them anyway in thewelter of useless ones.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ set/anntalk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+allows you to see them again. This is the default.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.184">11.184</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.184">unset/baddx <call>.. (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/baddx <call>..</B> Propagate a dx spot with this callsign again</CODE></P>
+<P>Setting a word as 'baddx' will prevent spots with that word in the'spotted' field (as in: DX 14001.1 FR0G)of a DX spot from going anyfurther. They will not be displayed and they will not be sent ontoother nodes.The word must be written in full, no wild cards are allowed eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ set/baddx FORSALE VIDEO FR0G
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+To allow a word again, use the following command ...
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ unset/baddx VIDEO
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.185">11.185</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.185">unset/badnode <call>.. (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/badnode <call>..</B> Allow spots from this node again</CODE></P>
+<P>Setting a callsign as a 'badnode' will prevent spots from that node going any further. They will not be displayed and they will not be sent onto other nodes.The call must be a full eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ set/badnode K1TTT
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will stop anything from K1TTT. If you want SSIDs as well then you mustenter them specifically.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ unset/badnode K1TTT
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will allow spots from him again.Use with extreme care. This command may well be superceeded by FILTERing.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.186">11.186</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.186">unset/badspotter <call>.. (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/badspotter <call>..</B> Allow spots from this callsign again</CODE></P>
+<P>Setting a callsign as a 'badspotter' will prevent spots from this callsign going any further. They will not be displayed and they will not be sent onto other nodes.The call must be written in full, no wild cards are allowed eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ set/badspotter VE2STN
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will stop anything from VE2STN. This command will automaticallystop spots from this user, regardless of whether or which SSID he uses. DO NOT USE SSIDs in the callsign, just use the callsignas above or below.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ unset/badspotter VE2STN
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will allow spots from him again.Use with extreme care. This command may well be superceded by FILTERing.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.187">11.187</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.187">unset/badword <word>.. (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/badword <word>..</B> Propagate things with this word again</CODE></P>
+<P>Setting a word as a 'badword' will prevent things like spots,announces or talks with this word in the the text part from going anyfurther. They will not be displayed and they will not be sent ontoother nodes.The word must be written in full, no wild cards are allowed eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ set/badword annihilate annihilated annihilation
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will stop anything with these words in the text.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ unset/badword annihilated
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+will allow text with this word again.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.188">11.188</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.188">unset/beep (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/beep</B> Stop beeps for DX and other messages on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.189">11.189</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.189">unset/dx (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/dx</B> Stop DX messages coming out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.190">11.190</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.190">unset/dxgrid (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/dxgrid</B> Stop QRA Grid Squares on the end of DX announcements</CODE></P>
+<P>A standard feature which is enabled in version 1.43 and above is that if the spotter's grid square is known it is output on the endof a DX announcement (there is just enough room). Some user programscannot cope with this. You can use this command to reset (or set)this feature.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.191">11.191</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.191">unset/echo (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/echo</B> Stop the cluster echoing your input</CODE></P>
+<P>If you are connected via a telnet session, different implimentationsof telnet handle echo differently depending on whether you are connected via port 23 or some other port. You can use this commandto change the setting appropriately. The setting is stored in your user profile.YOU DO NOT NEED TO USE THIS COMMAND IF YOU ARE CONNECTED VIA AX25.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.192">11.192</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.192">unset/email (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/email</B> Stop personal msgs being forwarded by email</CODE></P>
+<P>If any personal messages come in for your callsign then you can usethese commands to control whether they are forwarded onto your emailaddress. To enable the forwarding do something like:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/EMAIL mike.tubby@somewhere.com
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+You can have more than one email address (each one separated by a space).Emails are forwarded to all the email addresses you specify.You can disable forwarding by:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ UNSET/EMAIL
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.193">11.193</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.193">unset/here (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/here</B> Tell the system you are absent from your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.194">11.194</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.194">unset/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy (8)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy</B> Unset hop count </CODE></P>
+<P>Set the hop count for a particular type of broadcast for a node.This command allows you to set up special hop counts for a node for currently: announce, spots, wwv and wcy broadcasts.eg:
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ set/hops gb7djk ann 10 set/hops gb7mbc spots 20
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+Set SHOW/HOPS for information on what is already set. This commandcreates a filter and works in conjunction with the filter system. You can unset the hops with command UNSET/HOPS. For example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ unset/hops gb7djk ann unset/hops gb7mbc spots
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.195">11.195</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.195">unset/logininfo (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/logininfo</B> Inform when a station logs out locally</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.196">11.196</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.196">unset/privilege (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/privilege</B> Remove any privilege for this session</CODE></P>
+<P>You can use this command to 'protect' this session from unauthoriseduse. If you want to get your normal privilege back you will need toeither logout and login again (if you are on a console) or use theSYSOP command.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.197">11.197</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.197">unset/prompt (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/prompt</B> Set your prompt back to default</CODE></P>
+<P>This command will set your user prompt to exactly the string that you say. The point of this command to enable a user to interface to programsthat are looking for a specific prompt (or else you just want a differentfixed prompt).
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/PROMPT clx >
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+UNSET/PROMPT will undo the SET/PROMPT command and set you prompt back tonormal.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.198">11.198</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.198">unset/talk (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/talk</B> Stop TALK messages coming out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.199">11.199</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.199">unset/wcy (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/wcy</B> Stop WCY messages coming out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.200">11.200</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.200">unset/wwv (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/wwv</B> Stop WWV messages coming out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.201">11.201</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.201">unset/wx (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/wx</B> Stop WX messages coming out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.202">11.202</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.202">who (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>who</B> Show who is physically connected</CODE></P>
+<P>This is a quick listing that shows which callsigns are connected andwhat sort of connection they have</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.203">11.203</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.203">wx <text> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>wx <text></B> Send a weather message to local users</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.204">11.204</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.204">wx full <text> (0)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>wx full <text></B> Send a weather message to all cluster users</CODE></P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss11.205">11.205</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11.205">wx sysop <text> (5)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>wx sysop <text></B> Send a weather message to other clusters only</CODE></P>
+<P>Weather messages can sometimes be useful if you are experiencing an extremethat may indicate enhanced conditions</P>
+<HR>
+Next
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-10.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc11">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50: Other filters</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc2" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc2">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s2">2.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc2">Other filters</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.1">2.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc2.1">Filtering Mail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>In the /spider/msg directory you will find a file called badmsg.pl.issue. Rename
+this to badmsg.pl and edit the file. The original looks something like this ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+
+# the list of regexes for messages that we won't store having
+# received them (bear in mind that we must receive them fully before
+# we can bin them)
+
+
+# The format of each line is as follows
+
+# type source pattern
+# P/B/F T/F/O/S regex
+
+# type: P - private, B - bulletin (msg), F - file (ak1a bull)
+# source: T - to field, F - from field, O - origin, S - subject
+# pattern: a perl regex on the field requested
+
+# Currently only type B and P msgs are affected by this code.
+#
+# The list is read from the top down, the first pattern that matches
+# causes the action to be taken.
+
+# The pattern can be undef or 0 in which case it will always be selected
+# for the action specified
+
+
+
+package DXMsg;
+
+@badmsg = (
+'B', 'T', 'SALE',
+'B', 'T', 'WANTED',
+'B', 'S', 'WANTED',
+'B', 'S', 'SALE',
+'B', 'S', 'WTB',
+'B', 'S', 'WTS',
+'B', 'T', 'FS',
+);
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>I think this is fairly self explanatory. It is simply a list of subject
+headers that we do not want to pass on to either the users of the cluster or
+the other cluster nodes that we are linked to. This is usually because of
+rules and regulations pertaining to items for sale etc in a particular country.</P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.2">2.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc2.2">Filtering words from text fields in Announce, Talk and DX spots</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>From version 1.48 onwards the interface to this has changed. You can now
+use the commands <EM>set/badword</EM> to add words that you are not prepared
+to see on the cluster, <EM>unset/badword</EM> to allow that word again and
+<EM>show/badword</EM> to list the words that you have set.</P>
+
+<P>If you have a previous <EM>/spider/data/badwords</EM>, the first time you start
+the node, it will read and convert this file to the new commands. The old style
+file will then be removed.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.3">2.3</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc2.3">Stopping (possibly bad) DX Spots from Nodes or Spotters</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+There are a number of commands that control whether a spot progresses
+any further by regarding it as "bad" in some way.</P>
+
+<P>A DX Spot has a number of fields which can be checked to see whether they
+contain "bad" values, they are: the DX callsign itself, the Spotter and
+the Originating Node.</P>
+
+<P>There are a set of commands which allow the sysop to control whether a
+spot continues:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/baddx
+set/badspotter
+set/badnode
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>These work in the same as the <EM>set/badword</EM> command, you can add
+any words or callsigns or whatever to the appropriate database. For
+example, to stop a spot from a particular node you do:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/badnode gb7djk gb7dxc
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>a bad spotter:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/badspotter b0mb p1rat nocall
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>and some bad dx:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/baddx video wsjt
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can remove a word using the appropriate unset command
+(<EM>unset/baddx, unset/badspotter, unset/badnode</EM>) or list them
+using one of <EM>show/baddx, show/badspotter</EM> and
+<EM>show/badnode</EM>.</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc2">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50: Mail</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-4.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-2.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc3" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-4.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-2.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc3">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s3">3.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc3">Mail</A></H2>
+
+<P>DXSpider deals seamlessly with standard AK1A type mail. It supports both
+personal and bulletin mail and the sysop has additional commands to ensure
+that mail gets to where it is meant. DXSpider will send mail almost
+immediately, assuming that the target is on line. However, only one
+mail message is dealt with at any one time. If a mail message is already
+being sent or recieved, then the new message will be queued until it has
+finished.</P>
+<P>The cluster mail is automatically deleted after 30 days unless the sysop
+sets the "keep" flag using the <EM>msg</EM> command.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.1">3.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc3.1">Personal mail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Personal mail is sent using the <EM>sp</EM> command. This is actually the
+default method of sending mail and so a simple <EM>s</EM> for send will do.
+A full list of the send commands and options is in the <EM>command set</EM>
+section, so I will not duplicate them here.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.2">3.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc3.2">Bulletin mail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Bulletin mail is sent by using the <EM>sb</EM> command. This is one of the
+most common mistakes users make when sending mail. They send a bulletin
+mail with <EM>s</EM> or <EM>sp</EM> instead of <EM>sb</EM> and of course
+the message never leaves the cluster. This can be rectified by the sysop
+by using the <EM>msg</EM> command.</P>
+
+<P>Bulletin addresses can be set using the Forward.pl file.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.3">3.3</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc3.3">Forward.pl</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>DXSpider receives all and any mail sent to it without any alterations needed
+in files. Because personal and bulletin mail are treated differently, there
+is no need for a list of accepted bulletin addresses. It is necessary, however,
+to tell the program which links accept which bulletins. For example, it is
+pointless sending bulletins addresses to "UK" to any links other than UK
+ones. The file that does this is called forward.pl and lives in /spider/msg.
+At default, like other spider files it is named forward.pl.issue. Rename it
+to forward.pl and edit the file to match your requirements.
+The format is below ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+#
+# this is an example message forwarding file for the system
+#
+# The format of each line is as follows
+#
+# type to/from/at pattern action destinations
+# P/B/F T/F/A regex I/F [ call [, call ...] ]
+#
+# type: P - private, B - bulletin (msg), F - file (ak1a bull)
+# to/from/at: T - to field, F - from field, A - home bbs, O - origin
+# pattern: a perl regex on the field requested
+# action: I - ignore, F - forward
+# destinations: a reference to an array containing node callsigns
+#
+# if it is non-private and isn't in here then it won't get forwarded
+#
+# Currently only type B msgs are affected by this code.
+#
+# The list is read from the top down, the first pattern that matches
+# causes the action to be taken.
+#
+# The pattern can be undef or 0 in which case it will always be selected
+# for the action specified
+#
+# If the BBS list is undef or 0 and the action is 'F' (and it matches the
+# pattern) then it will always be forwarded to every node that doesn't have
+# it (I strongly recommend you don't use this unless you REALLY mean it, if
+# you allow a new link with this on EVERY bull will be forwarded immediately
+# on first connection)
+#
+
+package DXMsg;
+
+@forward = (
+'B', 'T', 'LOCAL', 'F', [ qw(GB7MBC) ],
+'B', 'T', 'ALL', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],
+'B', 'T', 'UK', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX) ],
+'B', 'T', 'QSL', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],
+'B', 'T', 'QSLINF', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],
+'B', 'T', 'DX', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],
+'B', 'T', 'DXINFO', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],
+'B', 'T', 'DXNEWS', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],
+'B', 'T', 'DXQSL', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],
+'B', 'T', 'SYSOP', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX) ],
+'B', 'T', '50MHZ', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],
+);
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Simply insert a bulletin address and state in the brackets where you wish
+that mail to go. For example, you can see here that mail sent to "UK" will
+only be sent to the UK links and not to PA4AB-14.</P>
+
+<P>To force the cluster to reread the file use load/forward</P>
+
+<P>NB: If a user tries to send mail to a bulletin address that does not exist
+in this file, they will get an error.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.4">3.4</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc3.4">The msg command</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>The <EM>msg</EM> command is a very powerful and flexible tool for the
+sysop. It allows the sysop to alter to and from fields and make other
+changes to manage the cluster mail.</P>
+<P>Here is a full list of the various options ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ MSG TO <msgno> <call> - change TO callsign to <call>
+ MSG FRom <msgno> <call> - change FROM callsign to <call>
+ MSG PRrivate <msgno> - set private flag
+ MSG NOPRrivate <msgno> - unset private flag
+ MSG RR <msgno> - set RR flag
+ MSG NORR <msgno> - unset RR flag
+ MSG KEep <msgno> - set the keep flag (message won't be deleted ever)
+ MSG NOKEep <msgno> - unset the keep flag
+ MSG SUbject <msgno> <new> - change the subject to <new>
+ MSG WAittime <msgno> - remove any waiting time for this message
+ MSG NOREad <msgno> - mark message as unread
+ MSG REad <msgno> - mark message as read
+ MSG QUeue - queue any outstanding bulletins
+ MSG QUeue 1 - queue any outstanding private messages
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>These commands are simply typed from within the cluster as the sysop user.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.5">3.5</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc3.5">Message status</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>You can check on a message from within the cluster by using the command
+<EM>stat/msg</EM>. This will give you additional information on the
+message number including which nodes have received it, which node it
+was received from and when etc. Here is an example of the output of
+the command ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+G0VGS de GB7MBC 28-Jan-2001 1308Z >
+stat/msg 6869
+ From: GB7DJK
+ Msg Time: 26-Jan-2001 1302Z
+ Msgno: 6869
+ Origin: GB7DJK
+ Size: 8012
+ Subject: AMSAT 2line KEPS 01025.AMSAT
+ To: UK
+Got it Nodes: GB7BAA, GB7ADX
+ Private: 0
+Read Confirm: 0
+ Times read: 0
+G0VGS de GB7MBC 28-Jan-2001 1308Z >
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.6">3.6</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc3.6">Filtering mail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>This is described in the section on <EM>Other filters</EM> so I will not
+duplicate it here.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.7">3.7</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc3.7">Distribution lists</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Distribution lists are simply a list of users to send certain types of
+mail to. An example of this is mail you only wish to send to other
+sysops. In /spider/msg there is a directory called <EM>distro</EM>. You
+put any distibution lists in here. For example, here is a file called
+SYSOP.pl that caters for the UK sysops.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+qw(GB7TLH GB7DJK GB7DXM GB7CDX GB7BPQ GB7DXN GB7MBC GB7MBC-6 GB7MDX
+ GB7NDX GB7SDX GB7TDX GB7UDX GB7YDX GB7ADX GB7BAA GB7DXA GB7DXH
+ GB7DXK GB7DXI GB7DXS)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Any mail sent to "sysop" would only be sent to the callsigns in this list.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.8">3.8</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc3.8">BBS interface</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Spider provides a simple BBS interface. No input is required from the sysop
+of the cluster at all. The BBS simply sets the cluster as a BBS and pushes
+any required mail to the cluster. No mail can flow from Spider to the BBS,
+the interface is one-way.</P>
+
+<P>Please be careful not to flood the cluster network with unnecessary mail.
+Make sure you only send mail to the clusters that want it by using the
+Forward.pl file very carefully.</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-4.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-2.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc3">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50: Scripts</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-5.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc4" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-5.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc4">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s4">4.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc4">Scripts</A></H2>
+
+<P>From 1.48 onwards it will become increasingly possible to control DXSpider's
+operation with scripts of various kinds.</P>
+
+<P>The directory /spider/scripts is where it all happens and is used for several
+things. Firstly it contains a file called startup that can be used to call
+in any changes to the cluster from the default settings on startup. This
+script is executed immediately after all initialisation of the node is done
+but before any connections are possible. Examples of this include how many
+spots it is possible to get with the sh/dx command, whether you want
+registration/passwords to be permanently on etc. An example file is shown
+below and is included in the distribution as startup.issue.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+#
+# startup script example
+#
+# set maximum no of spots allowed to 100
+# set/var $Spot::maxspots = 100
+#
+# Set registration on
+# set/var $main::reqreg = 1
+#
+# Set passwords on
+# set/var $main::passwdreq = 1
+#
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>As usual, any text behind a # is treated as a comment and not read. To use
+this file, simply rename it from startup.issue to startup. In our example
+above there are three options. The first option is the amount of spots that
+a user can request with the <EM>sh/dx</EM> command. Normally the default is
+to give 10 spots unless the user specifies more. Without this line enabled,
+the maximum a user can request is 100 spots. Depending on your link quality
+you may wish to enable more or less by specifying the number.</P>
+
+<P>The other 2 options are dealt with more fully in the security section.</P>
+
+<P>Secondly, it is used to store the login scripts for users and nodes. Currently
+this can only be done by the sysop but it is envisaged that eventually users will
+be able to set their own. An example is included in the distibution but here is
+a further example.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+#
+# G0FYD
+#
+blank +
+sh/wwv 3
+blank +
+sh/dx
+blank +
+t g0jhc You abt?
+blank +
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The lines in between commands can simply insert a blank line or a character
+such as a + sign to make the output easier to read. Simply create this script
+with your favourite editor and save it with the callsign of the user as the
+filename. Filenames should always be in lower case.</P>
+
+<P>Commands can be inserted in the same way for nodes. A node may wish a series
+of commands to be issued on login, such as a merge command for example.</P>
+
+<P>Thirdly, there are 2 default scripts for users and nodes who do not have a
+specifically defined script. These are <EM>user_default</EM> and
+<EM>node_default</EM></P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-5.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc4">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50: Databases</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-4.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc5" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-4.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc5">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s5">5.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc5">Databases</A></H2>
+
+<P>Spider allows the creation of local or remote databases. It supports
+chained databases, allowing several different databases to be scanned
+with one simple command. Importing of databases is limited at present
+to the standard AK1A databases such as OBLAST and the DB0SDX QSL
+database but will expand with time.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.1">5.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc5.1">Creating databases</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Creating a database could not be more simple. All the commands are
+sent from the cluster prompt as the <EM>sysop</EM> user.</P>
+<P>To create a database you use the command <EM>dbcreate</EM>. It can
+be used in 3 different ways like so ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+dbcreate <name>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>To simply create a database locally, you just tell the command the
+name of the database. This does not create the actual database, it
+simply defines it to say that it exists.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+dbcreate <name> chain <name> [<name>...]
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This creates a chained database entry. The first database will be
+scanned, then the second, the third etc...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+dbcreate <name> remote <name>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This creates a remote entry. the first name field is the database
+name at the remote node, then the remote switch, then the actual
+node_call of the remote node, for example...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+dbcreate buckmaster remote gb7dxc
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Remote databases cannot be chained, however, the last database in a
+chain can be a remote database.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.2">5.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc5.2">Importing databases</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>The only databases that Spider can currently import are the standard
+AK1A databases such as OBLAST or the DB0SDX qsl and address database.
+This will be added to with time.</P>
+<P>To import such a database, first put the file somewhere useful like /tmp
+and then issue the following command ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+dbimport oblast /tmp/OBLAST.FUL
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This will update the existing local oblast database or create it if
+it does not exist.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.3">5.3</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc5.3">Checking available databases</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Once a database is created, you will want to check that it has been
+added. To do this use the <EM>dbavail</EM> command. This will
+output the available databases. For example ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+dbavail
+DB Name Location Chain
+qsl Local
+buck GB7ADX
+hftest GB7DXM
+G0VGS de GB7MBC 3-Feb-2001 1925Z >
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.4">5.4</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc5.4">Looking up databases</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>To look for information in a defined database, simply use the <EM>dbshow</EM>
+command, for example ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+dbshow buckmaster G0YLM
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>will show the information for the callsign G0YLM from the buckmaster
+database if it exists. To make things more standard for the users
+you can add an entry in the Aliases file so that it looks like a standard
+<EM>show</EM> command like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+'^sh\w*/buc', 'dbshow buckmaster', 'dbshow',
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Now you can simply use show/buckmaster or an abreviation.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.5">5.5</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc5.5">Removing databases</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>To delete an existing database you use the <EM>dbremove</EM> command.
+For example ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+dbremove oblast
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>would remove the oblast database and its associated datafile from the
+system. There are no warnings or recovery possible from this command.
+If you remove a database it ceases to exist and would have to be created
+from scratch if you still required it.</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-4.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc5">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50: Information, files and useful programs</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-7.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-5.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-7.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-5.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s6">6.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6">Information, files and useful programs</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.1">6.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6.1">MOTD</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>One of the more important things a cluster sysop needs to do is to get
+information to his users. The simplest way to do this is to have a banner
+that is sent to the user on login. This is know as a "message of the day"
+or "motd". To set this up, simply create a file in /spider/data called motd
+and edit it to say whatever you want. It is purely a text file and will be
+sent automatically to anyone logging in to the cluster.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.2">6.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6.2">MOTD_NOR</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>This message of the day file lives in the same directory as the standard
+motd file but is only sent to non-registered users. Once registered they
+will receive the same message as any other user.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.3">6.3</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6.3">Downtime message</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>If for any reason the cluster is down, maybe for upgrade or maintenance but
+the machine is still running, a message can be sent to the user advising them
+of the fact. This message lives in the /spider/data directory and is called
+"offline". Simply create the file and edit it to say whatever you wish.
+This file will be sent to a user attempting to log into the cluster when
+DXSpider is not actually running.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.4">6.4</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6.4">Other text messages</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>You can set other text messages to be read by the user if they input the file
+name. This could be for news items or maybe information for new users.
+To set this up, make a directory under /spider called <EM>packclus</EM>.
+Under this directory you can create files called <EM>news</EM> or <EM>newuser</EM>
+for example. In fact you can create files with any names you like. These can
+be listed by the user with the command ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/files
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>They can be read by the user by typing the command ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+type news
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If the file they want to read is called <EM>news</EM>. You could also set
+an alias for this in the Alias file to allow them just to type <EM>news</EM></P>
+
+<P>You can also store other information in this directory, either directly or
+nested under directories. One use for this would be to store DX bulletins
+such as the OPDX bulletins. These can be listed and read by the user.
+To keep things tidy, make a directory under /spider/packclus called
+<EM>bulletin</EM>. Now copy any OPDX or similar bulletins into it. These
+can be listed by the user in the same way as above using the <EM>show/files</EM>
+command with an extension for the bulletin directory you have just created,
+like this ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/files bulletin
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>An example would look like this ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+sh/files
+bulletin DIR 20-Dec-1999 1715Z news 1602 14-Dec-1999 1330Z
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can see that in the files area (basically the packclus directory) there is a
+file called <EM>news</EM> and a directory called <EM>bulletin</EM>. You can
+also see that dates they were created. In the case of the file <EM>news</EM>,
+you can also see the time it was last modified, a good clue as to whether the
+file has been updated since you last read it. To read the file called
+<EM>news</EM> you would simply issue the command ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+type news
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>To look what is in the bulletin directory you issue the command ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/files bulletin
+opdx390 21381 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx390.1 1670 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+opdx390.2 2193 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx391 25045 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+opdx392 35969 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx393 15023 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+opdx394 33429 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx394.1 3116 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+opdx395 24319 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx396 32647 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+opdx396.1 5537 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx396.2 6242 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+opdx397 18433 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx398 19961 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+opdx399 17719 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx400 19600 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+opdx401 27738 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx402 18698 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+opdx403 24994 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx404 15685 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+opdx405 13984 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx405.1 4166 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+opdx406 28934 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx407 24153 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+opdx408 15081 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx409 23234 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+Press Enter to continue, A to abort (16 lines) >
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can now read any file in this directory using the type command, like this ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+type bulletin/opdx391
+Ohio/Penn DX Bulletin No. 391
+The Ohio/Penn Dx PacketCluster
+DX Bulletin No. 391
+BID: $OPDX.391
+January 11, 1999
+Editor Tedd Mirgliotta, KB8NW
+Provided by BARF-80 BBS Cleveland, Ohio
+Online at 440-237-8208 28.8k-1200 Baud 8/N/1 (New Area Code!)
+Thanks to the Northern Ohio Amateur Radio Society, Northern Ohio DX
+Association, Ohio/Penn PacketCluster Network, K1XN & Golist, WB2RAJ/WB2YQH
+& The 59(9) DXReport, W3UR & The Daily DX, K3TEJ, KN4UG, W4DC, NC6J, N6HR,
+Press Enter to continue, A to abort (508 lines) >
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The page length will of course depend on what you have it set to!</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.5">6.5</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6.5">The Aliases file</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>You will find a file in /spider/cmd/ called Aliases. This is the file that
+controls what a user gets when issuing a command. It is also possible to
+create your own aliases for databases and files you create locally.</P>
+
+<P>You should not alter the original file in /spider/cmd/ but create a new file
+with the same name in /spider/local_cmd. This means that any new Aliases files
+that is downloaded will not overwrite your self created Aliases and also that
+you do not override any new Aliases with your copy in /spider/local_cmd/. You
+must remember that any files you store in /spider/local/ or /spider/local_cmd
+override the originals if the same lines are used in both files.</P>
+
+<P>The best way of dealing with all this then is to only put your own locally
+created Aliases in the copy in /spider/local_cmd. The example below is
+currently in use at GB7MBC.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+
+#
+# Local Aliases File
+#
+
+package CmdAlias;
+
+%alias = (
+ 'n' => [
+ '^news$', 'type news', 'type',
+ ],
+ 's' => [
+ '^sh\w*/buck$', 'show/qrz', 'show',
+ '^sh\w*/hftest$', 'dbshow hftest', 'dbshow',
+ '^sh\w*/qsl$', 'dbshow qsl', 'dbshow',
+ '^sh\w*/vhf$', 'dbshow vhf', 'dbshow',
+ '^sh\w*/vhftest$', 'dbshow vhftest', 'dbshow',
+ ],
+)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Each alphabetical section should be preceded by the initial letter and the section
+should be wrapped in square brackets as you can see. The syntax is straightforward.
+The first section on each line is the new command that will be allowed once the
+alias is included. The second section is the command it is replacing and the last
+section is the actual command that is being used.</P>
+
+<P>The eagle-eyed amongst you will have noticed that in the first section, the new
+alias command has a '^' at the start and a '$' at the end. Basically these force
+a perfect match on the alias. The '^' says match the beginning exactly and the
+'$' says match the end exactly. This prevents unwanted and unintentional matches
+with similar commands.</P>
+
+<P>I have 3 different types of alias in this file. At the top is an alias for 'news'.
+This is a file I have created in the /spider/packclus/ directory where I can inform
+users of new developments or points of interest. In it's initial form a user would
+have to use the command <EM>type news</EM>. The alias allows them to simply type
+<EM>news</EM> to get the info. Second is an alias for the <EM>show/qrz</EM>
+command so that those users used to the original <EM>show/buck</EM> command in
+AK1A will not get an error, and the rest of the lines are for locally created
+databases so that a user can type <EM>show/hftest</EM> instead of having to use
+the command <EM>dbshow hftest</EM> which is not as intuitive.</P>
+
+<P>This file is just an example and you should edit it to your own requirements.
+Once created, simply issue the command <EM>load/alias</EM> at the cluster
+prompt as the sysop user and the aliases should be available.</P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.6">6.6</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6.6">Console.pl</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>In later versions of Spider a simple console program is provided for the sysop.
+This has a type ahead buffer with line editing facilities and colour for spots,
+announces etc. To use this program, simply use console.pl instead of client.</P>
+
+<P>To edit the colours, copy /spider/perl/Console.pl to /spider/local and edit the
+file with your favourite editor.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.7">6.7</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6.7">Updating kepler data</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Spider has a powerful and flexible show/satellite command. In order for
+this to be accurate, the kepler data has to be updated regularly. In
+general, this data is available as an email or via cluster mail.
+Updating it is simple. First you need to export the mail message as a
+file. You do this with the <EM>export</EM> command from the cluster prompt
+as the sysop. For example ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+export 5467 /spider/perl/keps.in
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>would export message number 5467 as a file called keps.in in the
+/spider/perl directory.</P>
+
+<P>Now login to a VT as sysop and cd /spider/perl. There is a command in
+the perl directory called <EM>convkeps.pl</EM>. All we need to do now is
+convert the file like so ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+./convkeps.pl keps.in
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Now go back to the cluster and issue the command ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+load/keps
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>That is it! the kepler data has been updated.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.8">6.8</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6.8">The QRZ callbook</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>The command <EM>sh/qrz</EM> will only work once you have followed a few
+simple steps. First you need to get a user ID and password from qrz.com.
+Simply go to the site and create one. Secondly you need to copy the file
+/spider/perl/Internet.pm to /spider/local and alter it to match your user
+ID and password. You also at this point need to set $allow=1 to complete
+the setup. Many thanks to Fred Lloyd, the proprieter of
+<A HREF="http://www.qrz.com">qrz.com</A> for allowing this access.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.9">6.9</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6.9">Connecting logging programs</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>There appear to be very few logging programs out there that support telnet
+especially the popular ones like LogEQF, Turbolog etc. This can make it
+difficult to connect to your own cluster!
+The way to do it is to make the logging program think it has a TNC attached
+to a com port on the logging PC and 'push' a linux login out to it.
+This is achieved very simply by the use of <EM>agetty</EM>.</P>
+
+<P>All that is required is to add a line in /etc/inittab to have the client
+ready for a connection on the com port of your choice. Remember that in
+Linux, the com ports start at ttyS0 for com1, ttyS1 for com2 etc.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+c4:2345:respawn:/sbin/agetty -L 9600 ttyS1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Add this after the standard runlevel lines in /etc/inittab. The above
+line works on ttyS1 (com2). Now as root, issue the command <EM>telinit q</EM>
+and it should be ready for connection. All that is required is a 3 wire
+serial lead (tx, rx and signal ground). Tell you logging program to use
+8n1 at 9600 baud and you should see a Linux login prompt. Login as normal
+and then telnet from there to the cluster.</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-7.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-5.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc6">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50: Java Web applet</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-8.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc7" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-8.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc7">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s7">7.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc7">Java Web applet</A></H2>
+
+<P>In the spider tree will be a directory <EM>spider-web</EM>. This is a
+neat little java web applet that can be run from a website. The applet
+must run on the same machine as the cluster. The included README file is
+shown below.</P>
+
+<P>I should comment here that the applet is precompiled, that is, ready to go.
+It was compiled using JDK1.3.1. If your version is earlier than this then it
+may not work. Should that be the case you need to recompile or update your
+JDK. To recompile do the following ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+cd /spider/spider-web
+rm *.class
+/usr/bin/javac spiderclient.java
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>I have used /usr/bin/javac as an example, your path to javac may be different.</P>
+<P>
+<PRE>
+Spider-WEB v0.6b
+
+Completely based on a clx web client written in Java by dl6dbh
+(ftp://clx.muc.de/pub/clx/clx-java_10130001.tgz)
+
+The webserver has to run on the same machine as your DxSpider software!
+
+It is assumed that you have Java installed. You need JDK1.3.1 at least.
+
+Installation instructions (Performed as root):
+
+Put all the files in the spider-web directory into a newly created directory
+under the DocumentRoot of your websever for instance 'client'. In my case
+this is: /home/httpd/html/client/ although ymmv. For Suse the correct
+path should be /usr/local/httpd/htdocs/client/ for example.
+
+Move spider.cgi to the cgi-bin directory of your webserver, in my case that is
+/home/httpd/cgi-bin/ although ymmv. For Suse the correct path should be
+/usr/local/httpd/cgi-bin/ for example.
+
+Change the permissions of the files to ensure they are correct, obviously you
+will need to use the correct path the the files according to your system:
+
+chmod 755 /home/httpd/html/cgi-bin/spider.cgi
+chmod -R 755 /home/httpd/html/client/
+
+By default the spider.cgi script should pick up your hostname (As long as this
+is set correctly). If it does not or your hostname differs from the name that
+you attach to the public address that you are using, then edit spider.cgi :
+
+# Uncomment and set the hostname manually here if the above fails.
+# $HOSTNAME = "gb7mbc.spoo.org" ;
+$PORT = "8000" ;
+
+'HOSTNAME' is the hostname of your cluster.
+
+'PORT' is the portnumber that you use to connect to your DxSpider via
+telnet (see Listeners.pm)
+
+NOTE: If you can start the console but cannot connect to the cluster from it,
+then it is possible that the machine you are on cannot resolve the hostname of
+your cluster machine. If this is the case, you need to set your hostname
+manually as above.
+
+You also need to set the $NODECALL variable. This prints the name of your
+choosing (probably your cluster callsign) on the html page.
+
+You now can connect to Spider-Web via http://yourserver/cgi-bin/spider.cgi
+</PRE>
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-8.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc7">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50: Web based statistics</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-9.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-7.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc8" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-9.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-7.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc8">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s8">8.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc8">Web based statistics</A></H2>
+
+<P>From version 1.50, you can use the freeware software MRTG to produce
+really nice graphical statistics on your web site. For an example
+try
+<A HREF="http://www.gb7mbc.net/mrtg/stats.html">http://www.gb7mbc.net/mrtg/stats.html</A>.</P>
+
+<P>The following should help you get it all working.</P>
+
+<P>First you need to download the latest version of MRTG from
+<A HREF="http://people.ee.ethz.ch/~oetiker/webtools/mrtg/">http://people.ee.ethz.ch/~oetiker/webtools/mrtg/</A>.
+You will also need the following files..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+libpng-1.0.14.tar.gz
+zlib-1.1.4.tar.gz
+gd-1.8.3.tar.gz
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Login to your machine as the root user, put all the downloaded files
+in /usr/local/src/ (or wherever you prefer) and untar and compile them.
+All the information to compile and install these sources come with them.
+After compilation and installation, you will find MRTG in /usr/local/mrtg-2.</P>
+
+<P>Now copy all the files in /usr/local/src/mrtg-2.9.22/images/ to
+/spider/html/mrtg/</P>
+
+<P>You now need to make 2 symbolic links like below...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ln -s /usr/local/mrtg-2/bin/mrtg /usr/bin/mrtg
+ln -s /usr/local/mrtg-2/lib/mrtg2 /usr/lib/mrtg2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Now login to the cluster with your sysop callsign and run the command
+"mrtg all".</P>
+
+<P>Now you are nearly there! Login as the sysop user and change to the
+/spider/html/mrtg/ directory. Now run the command <EM>indexmaker</EM> as
+shown below...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+indexmaker --output stats.html --columns=1 --title "MRTG statistics for GB7DJK" ../../mrtg/mrtg.cfg
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Changing the callsign for your own cluster callsign of course!</P>
+
+<P>And finally you need to login as the root user and create one last
+symbolic link. Where this points will depend on where your html
+documents are kept. For RedHat systems you use...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ln -s /home/sysop/spider/html/mrtg /home/httpd/html/mrtg
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>and for SuSE systems...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ln -s /home/sysop/spider/html/mrtg /usr/local/httpd/htdocs/mrtg
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If you now point your browser to your website as below it should all
+be happening!</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+http://www.xxx.xxx/mrtg/stats.html
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Of course, to get the stats to update, you need to add some information
+in the spider crontab file as below...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+# Update stats for mrtg on website
+00,05,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,55 * * * * run_cmd('mrtg all')
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This will update the site every 5 minutes.</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-9.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-7.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc8">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50: Security</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-10.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-8.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc9" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-10.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-8.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc9">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s9">9.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc9">Security</A></H2>
+
+<P>From version 1.49 DXSpider has some additional security features. These
+are not by any means meant to be exhaustive, however they do afford some
+security against piracy. These two new features can be used independently
+of each other or in concert to tighten the security.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss9.1">9.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc9.1">Registration</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>The basic principle of registration is simple. If a user is not registered
+by the sysop, then they have read-only access to the cluster. The only
+thing they can actually send is a talk or a message to the sysop. In
+order for them to be able to spot, send announces or talks etc the sysop
+must register them with the <EM>set/register</EM> command, like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/register g0vgs
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The user g0vgs can now fully use the cluster. In order to enable
+registration, you can issue the command ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/var $main::reqreg = 1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Any users that are not registered will now see the motd_nor file rather
+than the motd file as discussed in the Information, files and useful
+programs section.</P>
+
+<P>Entering this line at the prompt will only last for the time the cluster
+is running of course and would not be present on a restart. To make the
+change permanent, add the above line to /spider/scripts/startup. To
+read more on the startup file, see the section on Information, files
+and useful programs.</P>
+
+<P>To unregister a user use <EM>unset/register</EM> and to show the list
+of registered users, use the command <EM>show/register</EM>.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss9.2">9.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc9.2">Passwords</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>At the moment, passwords only affect users who login to a DXSpider
+cluster node via telnet. If a user requires a password, they can
+either set it themselves or have the sysop enter it for them by using
+the <EM>set/password</EM> command. Any users who already have passwords,
+such as remote sysops, will be asked for their passwords automatically
+by the cluster. Using passwords in this way means that the user has a
+choice on whether to have a password or not. To force the use of
+passwords at login, issue the command ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/var $main::passwdreq = 1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>at the cluster prompt. This can also be added to the /spider/scripts/startup
+file as above to make the change permanent.</P>
+
+<P>Of course, if you do this you will have to assign a password for each of
+your users. If you were asking them to register, it is anticipated that
+you would ask them to send you a message both to ask to be registered and
+to give you the password they wish to use.</P>
+
+<P>Should a user forget their password, it can be reset by the sysop by
+first removing the existing password and then setting a new one like so ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+unset/password g0vgs
+set/password g0vgs new_password
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-10.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-8.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en.html#toc9">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html" REL=next>
+
+
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+Contents
+<HR>
+<H1>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50</H1>
+
+<H2>Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net), and
+Charlie Carroll, K1XX, (k1xx@ptcnh.net)</H2>February 2003 revision 0.3
+<HR>
+<EM>A reference for SysOps of the DXSpider DXCluster program.</EM>
+<HR>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc1">1.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html">Routing and Filtering</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.1">1.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html#ss1.1">Introduction</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.2">1.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html#ss1.2">Route Filters</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.3">1.3</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html#ss1.3">The node_default filter</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.4">1.4</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html#ss1.4">General route filtering</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.5">1.5</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html#ss1.5">General filter rules</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.6">1.6</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html#ss1.6">Types of filter</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.7">1.7</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html#ss1.7">Filter options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.8">1.8</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html#ss1.8">Default filters</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.9">1.9</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html#ss1.9">Advanced filtering</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.10">1.10</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html#ss1.10">Basic hop control</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.11">1.11</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html#ss1.11">Hop Control on Specific Nodes</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.12">1.12</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html#ss1.12">Isolating networks</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc2">2.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-2.html">Other filters</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.1">2.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-2.html#ss2.1">Filtering Mail</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.2">2.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-2.html#ss2.2">Filtering words from text fields in Announce, Talk and DX spots</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.3">2.3</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-2.html#ss2.3">Stopping (possibly bad) DX Spots from Nodes or Spotters</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc3">3.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html">Mail</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.1">3.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html#ss3.1">Personal mail</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.2">3.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html#ss3.2">Bulletin mail</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.3">3.3</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html#ss3.3">Forward.pl</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.4">3.4</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html#ss3.4">The msg command</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.5">3.5</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html#ss3.5">Message status</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.6">3.6</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html#ss3.6">Filtering mail</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.7">3.7</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html#ss3.7">Distribution lists</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.8">3.8</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-3.html#ss3.8">BBS interface</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc4">4.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-4.html">Scripts</A></H2>
+
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc5">5.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-5.html">Databases</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.1">5.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-5.html#ss5.1">Creating databases</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.2">5.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-5.html#ss5.2">Importing databases</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.3">5.3</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-5.html#ss5.3">Checking available databases</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.4">5.4</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-5.html#ss5.4">Looking up databases</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.5">5.5</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-5.html#ss5.5">Removing databases</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc6">6.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html">Information, files and useful programs</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.1">6.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html#ss6.1">MOTD</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.2">6.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html#ss6.2">MOTD_NOR</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.3">6.3</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html#ss6.3">Downtime message</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.4">6.4</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html#ss6.4">Other text messages</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.5">6.5</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html#ss6.5">The Aliases file</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.6">6.6</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html#ss6.6">Console.pl</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.7">6.7</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html#ss6.7">Updating kepler data</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.8">6.8</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html#ss6.8">The QRZ callbook</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.9">6.9</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-6.html#ss6.9">Connecting logging programs</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc7">7.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-7.html">Java Web applet</A></H2>
+
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc8">8.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-8.html">Web based statistics</A></H2>
+
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc9">9.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-9.html">Security</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc9.1">9.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-9.html#ss9.1">Registration</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc9.2">9.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-9.html#ss9.2">Passwords</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc10">10.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-10.html">CVS</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc10.1">10.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-10.html#ss10.1">CVS from a Linux platform</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc10.2">10.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-10.html#ss10.2">CVS from a Windows platform</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc11">11.</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html">The DXSpider command set</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.1">11.1</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.1">accept (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.2">11.2</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.2">accept/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.3">11.3</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.3">accept/announce [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.4">11.4</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.4">accept/route <call> [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.5">11.5</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.5">accept/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.6">11.6</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.6">accept/spots [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.7">11.7</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.7">accept/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.8">11.8</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.8">accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.9">11.9</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.9">accept/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.10">11.10</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.10">accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.11">11.11</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.11">announce <text> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.12">11.12</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.12">announce full <text> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.13">11.13</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.13">announce sysop <text> (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.14">11.14</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.14">apropos <string> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.15">11.15</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.15">blank [<string>] [<nn>] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.16">11.16</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.16">bye (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.17">11.17</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.17">catchup <node call> all|[<msgno> ...] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.18">11.18</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.18">clear/announce <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.19">11.19</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.19">clear/announce [1|all] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.20">11.20</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.20">clear/route <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.21">11.21</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.21">clear/route [1|all] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.22">11.22</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.22">clear/spots <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.23">11.23</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.23">clear/spots [0-9|all] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.24">11.24</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.24">clear/wcy <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.25">11.25</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.25">clear/wcy [1|all] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.26">11.26</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.26">clear/wwv <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.27">11.27</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.27">clear/wwv [1|all] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.28">11.28</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.28">connect <callsign> (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.29">11.29</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.29">dbavail (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.30">11.30</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.30">dbshow <dbname> <key> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.31">11.31</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.31">directory (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.32">11.32</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.32">directory <from>-<to> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.33">11.33</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.33">directory <nn> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.34">11.34</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.34">directory all (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.35">11.35</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.35">directory from <call> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.36">11.36</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.36">directory new (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.37">11.37</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.37">directory own (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.38">11.38</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.38">directory subject <string> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.39">11.39</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.39">directory to <call> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.40">11.40</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.40">directory- (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.41">11.41</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.41">disconnect <call> [<call> ...] (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.42">11.42</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.42">dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.43">11.43</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.43">echo <line> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.44">11.44</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.44">filtering... (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.45">11.45</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.45">forward/latlong <node_call> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.46">11.46</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.46">forward/opernam <call> (1)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.47">11.47</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.47">help (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.48">11.48</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.48">init <node> (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.49">11.49</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.49">kill (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.50">11.50</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.50">kill <from msgno>-<to msgno> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.51">11.51</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.51">kill <from>-<to> (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.52">11.52</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.52">kill <msgno> [<msgno..] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.53">11.53</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.53">kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.54">11.54</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.54">kill expunge <msgno> [<msgno..] (6)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.55">11.55</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.55">kill from <call> (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.56">11.56</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.56">kill full <msgno> [<msgno..] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.57">11.57</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.57">kill full <msgno> [<msgno] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.58">11.58</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.58">kill to <call> (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.59">11.59</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.59">kill from <regex> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.60">11.60</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.60">kill to <regex> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.61">11.61</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.61">links (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.62">11.62</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.62">load/keps (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.63">11.63</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.63">load/keps [nn] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.64">11.64</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.64">merge <node> [<no spots>/<no wwv>] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.65">11.65</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.65">pc <call> <text> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.66">11.66</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.66">ping <node call> (1)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.67">11.67</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.67">rcmd <node call> <cmd> (1)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.68">11.68</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.68">read (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.69">11.69</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.69">read <msgno> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.70">11.70</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.70">read- (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.71">11.71</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.71">reject (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.72">11.72</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.72">reject/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.73">11.73</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.73">reject/announce [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.74">11.74</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.74">reject/route <call> [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.75">11.75</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.75">reject/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.76">11.76</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.76">reject/spots [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.77">11.77</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.77">reject/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.78">11.78</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.78">reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.79">11.79</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.79">reject/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.80">11.80</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.80">reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.81">11.81</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.81">reply (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.82">11.82</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.82">reply <msgno> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.83">11.83</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.83">reply b <msgno> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.84">11.84</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.84">reply noprivate <msgno> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.85">11.85</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.85">reply rr <msgno> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.86">11.86</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.86">send <call> [<call> ...] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.87">11.87</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.87">send copy <msgno> <call> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.88">11.88</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.88">send noprivate <call> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.89">11.89</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.89">send private <call> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.90">11.90</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.90">send rr <call> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.91">11.91</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.91">set/address <your address> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.92">11.92</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.92">set/announce (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.93">11.93</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.93">set/anntalk (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.94">11.94</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.94">set/arcluster <call> [<call>..] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.95">11.95</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.95">set/baddx <call>.. (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.96">11.96</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.96">set/badnode <call>.. (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.97">11.97</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.97">set/badspotter <call>.. (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.98">11.98</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.98">set/badword <word>.. (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.99">11.99</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.99">set/bbs <call> [<call>..] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.100">11.100</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.100">set/beep (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.101">11.101</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.101">set/clx <call> [<call>..] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.102">11.102</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.102">set/dx (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.103">11.103</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.103">set/dxgrid (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.104">11.104</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.104">set/dxnet <call> [<call>..] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.105">11.105</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.105">set/echo (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.106">11.106</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.106">set/email <email> ... (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.107">11.107</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.107">set/here (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.108">11.108</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.108">set/homenode <node> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.109">11.109</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.109">set/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy <n> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.110">11.110</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.110">set/language <lang> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.111">11.111</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.111">set/location <lat & long> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.112">11.112</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.112">set/logininfo (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.113">11.113</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.113">set/name <your name> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.114">11.114</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.114">set/node <call> [<call>..] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.115">11.115</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.115">set/obscount <count> <call> (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.116">11.116</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.116">set/page <lines per page> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.117">11.117</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.117">set/password (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.118">11.118</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.118">set/prompt <string> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.119">11.119</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.119">set/qra <locator> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.120">11.120</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.120">set/qth <your qth> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.121">11.121</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.121">set/spider <call> [<call>..] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.122">11.122</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.122">set/talk (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.123">11.123</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.123">set/wcy (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.124">11.124</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.124">set/wwv (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.125">11.125</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.125">set/wx (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.126">11.126</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.126">show/baddx (1)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.127">11.127</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.127">show/badnode (1)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.128">11.128</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.128">show/badspotter (1)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.129">11.129</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.129">show/badword (1)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.130">11.130</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.130">show/configuration [<node>] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.131">11.131</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.131">show/configuration/node (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.132">11.132</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.132">show/connect (1)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.133">11.133</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.133">show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.134">11.134</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.134">show/dx (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.135">11.135</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.135">show/dxcc <prefix> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.136">11.136</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.136">show/dxstats [days] [date] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.137">11.137</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.137">show/files [<filearea> [<string>]] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.138">11.138</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.138">show/filter (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.139">11.139</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.139">show/hfstats [days] [date] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.140">11.140</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.140">show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.141">11.141</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.141">show/hops <call> [ann|spots|route|wcy|wwv] (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.142">11.142</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.142">show/isolate (1)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.143">11.143</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.143">show/log [<callsign>] (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.144">11.144</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.144">show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.145">11.145</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.145">show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.146">11.146</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.146">show/newconfiguration [<node>] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.147">11.147</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.147">show/newconfiguration/node (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.148">11.148</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.148">show/node [<callsign> ...] (1)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.149">11.149</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.149">show/prefix <callsign> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.150">11.150</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.150">show/program (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.151">11.151</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.151">show/qra <lat> <long> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.152">11.152</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.152">show/qra <locator> [<locator>] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.153">11.153</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.153">show/qrz <callsign> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.154">11.154</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.154">show/route <callsign> ... (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.155">11.155</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.155">show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.156">11.156</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.156">show/station all [<regex>] (6)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.157">11.157</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.157">show/station [<callsign> ..] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.158">11.158</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.158">show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.159">11.159</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.159">show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.160">11.160</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.160">show/usdb [call ..] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.161">11.161</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.161">show/vhfstats [days] [date] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.162">11.162</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.162">show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.163">11.163</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.163">show/wcy (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.164">11.164</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.164">show/wcy <n> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.165">11.165</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.165">show/wwv (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.166">11.166</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.166">show/wwv <n> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.167">11.167</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.167">shutdown (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.168">11.168</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.168">stat/channel [<callsign>] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.169">11.169</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.169">stat/db <dbname> (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.170">11.170</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.170">stat/msg (1)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.171">11.171</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.171">stat/msg <msgno> (1)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.172">11.172</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.172">stat/route_node <callsign> (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.173">11.173</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.173">stat/route_node all (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.174">11.174</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.174">stat/route_user <callsign> (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.175">11.175</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.175">stat/route_user all (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.176">11.176</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.176">stat/user [<callsign>] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.177">11.177</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.177">sysop (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.178">11.178</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.178">talk <call> > <node> [<text>] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.179">11.179</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.179">talk <call> [<text>] (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.180">11.180</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.180">type <filearea>/<name> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.181">11.181</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.181">uncatchup <node call> all|[msgno> ...] (5)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.182">11.182</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.182">unset/announce (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.183">11.183</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.183">unset/anntalk (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.184">11.184</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.184">unset/baddx <call>.. (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.185">11.185</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.185">unset/badnode <call>.. (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.186">11.186</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.186">unset/badspotter <call>.. (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.187">11.187</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.187">unset/badword <word>.. (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.188">11.188</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.188">unset/beep (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.189">11.189</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.189">unset/dx (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.190">11.190</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.190">unset/dxgrid (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.191">11.191</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.191">unset/echo (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.192">11.192</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.192">unset/email (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.193">11.193</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.193">unset/here (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.194">11.194</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.194">unset/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy (8)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.195">11.195</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.195">unset/logininfo (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.196">11.196</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.196">unset/privilege (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.197">11.197</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.197">unset/prompt (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.198">11.198</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.198">unset/talk (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.199">11.199</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.199">unset/wcy (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.200">11.200</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.200">unset/wwv (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.201">11.201</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.201">unset/wx (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.202">11.202</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.202">who (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.203">11.203</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.203">wx <text> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.204">11.204</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.204">wx full <text> (0)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc11.205">11.205</A> <A HREF="adminmanual_en-11.html#ss11.205">wx sysop <text> (5)</A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+<A HREF="adminmanual_en-1.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+Contents
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Installation Manual v1.50: Linux Installation </TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-2.html" REL=next>
+
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en.html#toc1" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="installation_en-2.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc1">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s1">1.</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc1">Linux Installation </A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.1">1.1</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc1.1">Introduction</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>This section describes the installation of DX Spider v1.50 on a
+<A HREF="http://www.redhat.com">RedHat</A> Linux Distribution.
+Wherever possible I will try to include differences for other distributions. </P>
+
+<P>I am assuming a general knowledge of Linux and its commands. You should
+know how to use <EM>tar</EM> and how to edit files using your favourite editor.</P>
+
+<P>The crucial ingredient for all of this is
+<A HREF="http://www.perl.org">Perl</A>. Earlier versions of
+Spider required perl 5.004, however it is now <I>STRONGLY</I> recommended
+that you use at least version 5.005_03 as this is the version being used
+in the development of Spider.</P>
+
+<P>In addition to the standard Red Hat distribution you will require the
+following modules from
+<A HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/">http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/</A> , please note however that with later versions of perl, some of these
+modules may be included with the distribution. Get the modules anyway and try
+to install as below. If they complain, they are probably already a part of your
+perl distribution.</P>
+
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Data/Data-Dumper-2.10.tar.gz">Data-Dumper-2.101.tar.gz</A></LI>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Date/TimeDate-1.10.tar.gz">TimeDate-1.10.tar.gz</A></LI>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/IO/IO-1.20.tar.gz">IO-1.20.tar.gz (for perl 5.00403 and lower)</A></LI>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Net/Net-Telnet-3.02.tar.gz">Net-Telnet-3.03.tar.gz</A></LI>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Curses/Curses-1.06.tar.gz">Curses-1.06.tar.gz</A></LI>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Time/Time-HiRes-01.20.tar.gz">Time-HiRes-01.20.tar.gz</A></LI>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Digest/Digest-SHA1-2.01.tar.gz">Digest-SHA1-2.01.tar.gz</A></LI>
+</UL>
+</P>
+
+<P>Copy the CPAN modules listed above to a convenient place on your computer. One good
+place would be /usr/local/packages, and the instructions which follow will assume that
+that's where you have put them.</P>
+
+<P>Log in as 'root', and make sure you're at '/root' before you continue. Here are exactly the commands you must issue next: -</P>
+<P>
+<PRE>
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Data-Dumper-2.101.tar.gz
+# cd Data-Dumper-2.101
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install
+# cd ..
+#
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/TimeDate-1.10.tar.gz
+# cd TimeDate-1.10
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install
+# cd ..
+#
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/IO-1.20.tar.gz
+# cd IO-1.20
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install UNINST=1
+# cd ..
+#
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Net-Telnet-3.03.tar.gz
+# cd Net-Telnet-3.02
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install
+# cd ..
+#
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Curses-1.06.tar.gz
+# cd Curses-1.06
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install
+# cd ..
+#
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Time-HiRes-01.20.tar.gz
+# cd Time-HiRes-01.20
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install
+# cd ..
+#
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Digest-SHA1-2.01.tar.gz
+# cd Digest-SHA1-2.01
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install
+# cd ..
+</PRE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Do not fall into the trap of thinking they're all the same, just because they
+nearly are! Pay particular attention to the instructions of <EM>IO</EM>, above.</P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.2">1.2</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc1.2">Preparation</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>I will assume that you have already downloaded the latest tarball of
+the DXSpider software and are ready to install it. I am assuming version
+1.50 for this section but of course you would use the latest version.</P>
+
+<P>Login as root and create a user to run the cluster under. <B><I>UNDER
+NO CIRCUMSTANCES USE ROOT AS THIS USER!</I></B>. I am going to use
+the name <EM>sysop</EM>. You can call it anything you wish. Depending
+on your security requirements you may wish to use an existing user,
+however this is your own choice.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+# adduser -m sysop
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>For SuSE distributions, the command would be ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+# useradd -m sysop
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Now set a password for the user ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+# passwd sysop
+# New UNIX password:
+# Retype new UNIX password:
+passwd: all authentication tokens updated successfully
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.3">1.3</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc1.3">Installing the software</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Now to unpack the DX Spider distribution, set symbolic links and group
+permissions. Copy the tarball to /home/sysop and do the following.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+# cd ~sysop
+# tar xvfz spider-1.50.tar.gz
+# ln -s ~sysop/spider /spider
+# groupadd -g 251 spider (or another number)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>If you do not have the command <EM>groupadd</EM> available to you simply
+add a line in /etc/group by hand.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+# vi /etc/group (or your favorite editor)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>You also need to add some others to the group, including your own callsign
+(this will be used as an alias) and root. The finished line in /etc/group
+should look something like this</P>
+<P><CODE>spider:x:251:sysop,g0vgs,root</CODE></P>
+
+<P>The next step is to set the permissions on the Spider directory tree and files ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+# chown -R sysop.spider spider
+# find . -type d -exec chmod 2775 {} \;
+# find . -type f -exec chmod 775 {} \;
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>This last step allows various users of the group <EM>spider</EM> to have
+write access to all the directories. This is not really needed just yet
+but will be useful when web interfaces start to appear.</P>
+
+<P>Finally, you need to fix the permissions on the ax25_call and netrom_call
+programs. Check where they are with the <EM>locate</EM> command and alter
+the permissions with the <EM>chmod</EM> command like this ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+# chown root ax25_call netrom_call
+# chmod 4775 ax25_call netrom_call
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.4">1.4</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc1.4">Setting callsigns etc</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Now login to your machine as the user you created earlier. In my case that
+user is called <EM>sysop</EM>. Once logged in, issue the following commands ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+$ cd /spider
+$ mkdir local
+$ mkdir local_cmd
+$ cp perl/DXVars.pm.issue local/DXVars.pm
+$ cd local
+$ vi DXVars.pm (or your favourite editor)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Using the distributed DXVars.pm as a a template, set your cluster callsign,
+sysop callsign and other user info to suit your own environment. </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+$mycall = "GB7DJK";
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>This is the call sign of your cluster. If you use an SSID then include it here
+also.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+$myalias = "G1TLH";
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>This is the sysop user callsign, normally your own.</P>
+
+<P><B>PLEASE USE CAPITAL LETTERS FOR CALLSIGNS</B></P>
+
+<P>Note that this a perl file which will be parsed and executed as part of the
+cluster. If you get it wrong then perl will complain when you start the cluster
+process. It is important only to alter the text of any section. Some of the
+lines look a little odd. Take this line for example ....</P>
+<P><CODE>$myemail = "ianmaude\@btinternet.com";</CODE></P>
+
+<P>There appears to be an extra slash in there. However this has to be there
+for the file to work so leave it in.</P>
+
+<P>DON'T alter any file in /spider/perl, they are overwritten with every
+release. Any files or commands you place in /spider/local or /spider/local_cmd
+will automagically be used in preference to the ones in /spider/perl EVEN
+while the cluster is running!</P>
+
+<P>Save the new file and change directory to ../perl ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+$ cd ../perl
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Now type the following command which creates the basic user file with you as
+the sysop.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+$ ./create_sysop.pl
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.5">1.5</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc1.5">The client program</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>In earlier versions of Spider, all the processes were Perl scripts. This
+was fine but with a lot of users your computer memory would soon be used up.
+To combat this a new client was written in "C". This client only works for
+<EM>incoming</EM> connects at the moment. Before you can use it though it
+has to be "made". CD to /spider/src and type <EM>make</EM>. You
+should see the output on your screen and hopefully now have a small C program
+called <EM>client</EM>. Leave it in this directory.</P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.6">1.6</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc1.6">Starting up for the first time</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>We can now bring spider up for the first time and see if all is well or not!
+It should look something like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+$ ./cluster.pl
+DXSpider DX Cluster Version 1.50
+Copyright (c) 1998 Dirk Koopman G1TLH
+loading prefixes ...
+loading band data ...
+loading user file system ...
+starting listener ...
+reading existing message headers
+reading cron jobs
+orft we jolly well go ...
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>If all is well then login on another term or console as <EM>sysop</EM> and
+cd to /spider/src. Now issue the following command ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+$ ./client
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>This should log you into the cluster as the sysop under the alias callsign we
+set earlier. In this case the callsign is G0VGS. The cluster callsign is set
+in the DXVars.pm file in /spider/local. In this case we will assume that this
+was set as GB7MBC. You should therefore see this when you login ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+G0VGS de GB7MBC 19-Nov-1999 2150Z >
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>If you do, congratulations! If not, look over the instructions again, you
+have probably missed something out. You can shut spider down again with the
+command ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+shutdown
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>and both the cluster and the client should return to Linux prompts.</P>
+
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="installation_en-2.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc1">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Installation Manual v1.50: Linux quick installation guide</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-3.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-1.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en.html#toc2" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="installation_en-3.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en-1.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc2">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s2">2.</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc2">Linux quick installation guide</A></H2>
+
+<P>This section is designed for experienced Spider sysops who want to install
+Spider from scratch. It is simply a check list of things that need to be
+done without any explanations. The name in brackets at the end of each line
+is the user that should be doing that process.</P>
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>Login as root</LI>
+<LI>Get the additional CPAN modules and install them (root)</LI>
+<LI>Create the "sysop" user and set a password (root)</LI>
+<LI>Put the Spider tarball in sysop and untar it (root)</LI>
+<LI>ln -s sysop/spider /spider (root)</LI>
+<LI>groupadd -g 251 spider (root)</LI>
+<LI>Add any more users you need to the group entry in /etc/group (root)</LI>
+<LI>Set the permissions on the spider tree (root)</LI>
+<LI>Fix permissions on ax25_call and netrom_call (root)</LI>
+<LI>Login as the sysop user</LI>
+<LI>cd to /spider (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>mkdir local (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>mkdir local_cmd (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>cp perl/DXVars.pm.issue local/DXVars.pm (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>cd to /spider/local and edit DXVars to set your details (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>cd ../perl (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>./create_sysop.pl (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>./cluster.pl (sysop)</LI>
+</UL>
+</P>
+
+<P>Spider should now be running and you should be able to login using the
+client program.</P>
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>Login as root</LI>
+<LI>Enter the correct line in ax25d.conf (root)</LI>
+<LI>Enter the correct line in /etc/services (root)</LI>
+<LI>Enter the correct line in /etc/inetd.conf (root)</LI>
+<LI>killall -HUP inetd (root)</LI>
+</UL>
+</P>
+
+<P>Spider should now be able to accept logins via telnet, netrom and ax25.</P>
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>Login as sysop</LI>
+<LI>Start the cluster (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>set/node and type for links (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>Write any connect scripts (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>Edit /spider/crontab as required (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>Edit any other files as necessary (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>Set filters, hops and forwarding files (sysop)</LI>
+<LI>Login as root</LI>
+<LI>Enter the correct line in /etc/inittab (root)</LI>
+</UL>
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="installation_en-3.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en-1.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc2">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Installation Manual v1.50: Setting up the AX25 Utilities</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-4.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-2.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en.html#toc3" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="installation_en-4.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en-2.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s3">3.</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3">Setting up the AX25 Utilities</A></H2>
+
+<P>The aim of this section is not to fully cover the installation
+and configuration of all the possible ax25 modules. I will
+attempt to cover a simple installation and configure 2 serial
+ports as if they had TNC's on them. I will also show what
+additional configuration the DXSpider program requires.</P>
+
+<P>Please bear in mind that I am basing this section on a RedHat
+7.1 distribution, if you are using SuSe or any other distibution
+then your mileage may vary. I will be happy to make any changes
+and additions if you email me any errors or distribution specific
+requirements.</P>
+
+<P>You would probably benefit from reading the
+<A HREF="http://www.fokus.gmd.de/linux/HOWTO/html_single/AX25-HOWTO.html#AEN151">AX25-HOWTO</A> which is much more
+comprehensive and an interesting configuration program is also available
+called
+<A HREF="http://1409.org/projects/index.html">ax25-config</A> which
+may help you to configure things.</P>
+
+<P>The following files are extracts from the working files at GB7MBC and
+are in daily use. However, there are many ways that you can configure the
+ax25 utils, this is just the one I use, it does not mean it is necessarily
+the best or for that matter, the right way!</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.1">3.1</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3.1">Getting Started</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>There are 2 things you need to do initially. You need to get the
+3 files required for the ax25 installation and you need to make
+some changes to the kernel configuration.</P>
+
+<P>The first thing is to get the versions of the ax25 utils that match
+your kernel. You may also wish to get a node package of some kind.
+There are 2 main node packages in use of which I shall keep to the
+original by Tomi Manninen, OH2BNS as this is included in the ax25
+rpms as standard. The other is
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.funet.fi/pub/ham/packet/linux/awznode/">AWZNode</A> by IZ5AWZ.</P>
+
+<P>NB: The AX25 stuff in 2.4 kernels appears to have been broken until 2.4.18. I
+strongly suggest you get at least this kernel.</P>
+
+<P>For 2.4 kernels you need these files...</P>
+
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.rpmfind.net/linux/redhat/7.1/en/powertools/i386/RedHat/RPMS/libax25-0.0.7-7.i386.rpm">libax25-0.0.7-7.i386.rpm</A></LI>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.rpmfind.net/linux/redhat/7.1/en/powertools/i386/RedHat/RPMS/ax25-tools-0.0.6-13.i386.rpm">ax25-tools-0.0.6-13.i386.rpm</A></LI>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.rpmfind.net/linux/redhat/7.1/en/powertools/i386/RedHat/RPMS/ax25-apps-0.0.4-9.i386.rpm">ax25-apps-0.0.4-9.i386.rpm</A></LI>
+</UL>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.2">3.2</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3.2">The kernel</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>First you need to add Amateur Radio Support to your kernel. This is
+a main menu item and should be easily found. Within this header you
+will find lots of options. For our purposes you need to enable
+Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2 Protocol, NET/ROM and the Serial Port
+KISS Driver. For the purposes of this document I will work under the
+assumption that you include them in the kernel fully, ie not as modules.
+If you need to look at compiling your kernel for ax25 more fully, I would
+refer to the excellent
+<A HREF="http://www.fokus.gmd.de/linux/HOWTO/html_single/AX25-HOWTO.html#AEN151">AX25-HOWTO</A></P>
+
+<P>I should say at this stage that NET/ROM is not mandatory. If you do not use it
+simply ignore any instruction concerning it.</P>
+
+<P>Now recompile your kernel in the normal way and reboot your system.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.3">3.3</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3.3">Installing the RPM's</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Now install the RPM's you downloaded, libax25 first, then ax25-tools,
+then ax25-apps.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+rpm -ivh libax25-0.0.7-7.i386.rpm
+rpm -ivh ax25-tool-0.0.6-13.i386.rpm
+rpm -ivh ax25-apps-0.0.4-9.i386.rpm
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.4">3.4</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3.4">Configuration</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>You will find the configuration files in /etc/ax25. These consist of
+several files ...</P>
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>axports</LI>
+<LI>nrports</LI>
+<LI>nrbroadcast</LI>
+<LI>ax25d.conf</LI>
+<LI>node.conf</LI>
+</UL>
+</P>
+
+<P>These are the main files. You will find other files but they do not
+have any use unless you are wanting to use that particular protocol,
+Rose or axip for example.</P>
+
+<P>NOTE:- before we start it is important to realise that every interface
+requires a different SSID. You should be able to follow this in the
+following examples.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.5">3.5</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3.5">axports</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>This file sets up the ax25 ports you want to use. An example is below
+for a standard TNC2 ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+#portname callsign baudrate paclen window description
+ 2m gb7mbc-2 19200 256 2 2m port on 144.900MHz
+ 4m gb7mbc-4 19200 256 2 4m port on 70.325MHz
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Note that the portnames have to be unique.</P>
+
+<P>The file headings are as follows ...</P>
+<P>
+<PRE>
+portname - The name you will refer to the port by
+callsign - The ax25 callsign you want to assign to the port
+baudrate - The speed you communicate between TNC and computer
+paclen - The maximum packet length for ax25 connections
+window - The ax25 window parameter. This is like 'maxframe'
+description - A textual description of the port
+</PRE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.6">3.6</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3.6">nrports</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>This file sets up the netrom ports you want to use. An example is below
+and includes a port for both cluster and node. You will see why we need
+2 ports later ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+#portname callsign alias paclen description
+ netrom gb7mbc-8 BARE 236 Node Netrom Port
+ netrom2 gb7mbc-9 MBCDX 236 Cluster Netrom Port
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Note that the portnames have to be unique.</P>
+
+<P>The file headings are as follows ...</P>
+<P>
+<PRE>
+portname - The name you will refer to the port by
+callsign - This is the callsign that NET/ROM traffic from this
+ port will use
+alias - The NET/ROM alias this port will be assigned
+paclen - The maximum size of NET/ROM frames transmitted
+description - A textual description of the port
+</PRE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.7">3.7</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3.7">nrbroadcast</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>This file sets up the netrom broadcast qualities. An example is below ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+#axport min_obs def_qual worst_qual verbose
+ 4m 5 10 100 1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>The file headings are as follows ...</P>
+<P>
+<PRE>
+axport - The port name in axports that you wish to broadcast
+ NET/ROM on.
+min_obs - The minimum obsolescence value for the port
+def_qual - The default quality for the port
+worst_qual - The worst quality for the port. Any routes under
+ this quality will be ignored
+verbose - This flag determines whether you will only broadcast
+ your own node (0) or all known nodes (1)
+</PRE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.8">3.8</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3.8">ax25d.conf</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>This file controls any incoming ax25 and NET/ROM connections and steers
+them to the relevant program. There are lots of configuration options
+you can set here, however they are well covered in the AX25-HOWTO. For
+our purposes I will show a typical set of parameters. An example is
+below ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+[gb7mbc-0 via 2m]
+parameters 2 1 6 900 * 15 0
+NOCALL * * * * * * L
+default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+
+[gb7mbc-1 via 2m]
+parameters 2 1 6 900 * 15 0
+NOCALL * * * * * * L
+default * * * * * * 0 root /usr/sbin/node node
+
+[gb7mbc-0 via 4m]
+parameters 2 1 6 900 * 15 0
+NOCALL * * * * * * L
+default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+
+[gb7mbc-1 via 4m]
+parameters 2 1 6 900 * 15 0
+NOCALL * * * * * * L
+default * * * * * * 0 root /usr/sbin/node node
+
+<netrom2>
+parameters 1 10 * * * 3 *
+NOCALL * * * * * * L
+default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+
+<netrom>
+parameters 1 10 * * * 3 *
+NOCALL * * * * * * L
+default * * * * * * 0 root /usr/sbin/node node
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>There are a few things to take note of here. Firstly, all ax25
+sections are wrapped in [ ] and all NET/ROM sections are wrapped in
+< >. Secondly you should be able to see that anyone who forgets to
+set their callsign in a TNC and tries to connect with the standard
+NOCALL set into their TNC will not connect, the 'L' means 'lockout'.
+Lastly and importantly, notice the order of the sections. They are
+all done in interface order.</P>
+
+<P>You should be able to see that the normal line for access to the
+cluster is like this ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>however, if you wish your users to be able to use SSID's on their callsigns ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %s ax25
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>For most purposes this is not desirable. The only time you probably will
+need this is when you need to allow other cluster nodes that are using SSID's
+in. In this case it would probably be better to use the first example and
+then add a specific line for that node like this:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+GB7DJK-2 * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client gb7djk-2 ax25
+default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.9">3.9</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3.9">node.conf</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>For those of you that wish to run the node, you need to set up the
+node.conf file. There are a couple of additional files, node.perms is
+very similar to the way ftp permissions are set up in NOS systems and
+node.motd is the message anyone logging into the node will get.
+The node.conf file sets all the parameters of the node as you would
+expect. An example is below ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+# /etc/ax25/node.conf - LinuxNode configuration file
+#
+# see node.conf(5)
+
+# Idle timeout (seconds).
+#
+IdleTimeout 1800
+
+# Timeout when gatewaying (seconds).
+#
+ConnTimeout 40000
+
+# Visible hostname. Will be shown at telnet login.
+#
+HostName gb7mbc.ampr.org
+
+# ReConnect flag.
+#
+ReConnect off
+
+# "Local" network.
+#
+#LocalNet 44.139.8.48/32
+
+# Command aliases. See node.conf(5) for the meaning of the uppercase
+# letters in the name of the alias.
+#
+##Alias CAllbook 'telnet %{2:44.17.0.53} 1235 %1 s'
+#Alias CONVers 'telnet %{2:oh2ti} 3600 "/n %u %{1:139}\n/w *"'
+#Alias CLuster 'c hkiclh'
+Alias CONV "telnet lurpac 3600"
+Alias BBS "c 70cm gb7crv"
+Alias DXC "telnet localhost 9000"
+Alias MUD "telnet homer 4000"
+##Alias TEMP "finger temp@mary.g6phf"
+##Alias TNOS "c ip1 gb7mbc-5"
+##Alias TUtor "telnet gb7mbc 3599"
+
+# Hidden ports.
+#
+#HiddenPorts 2
+
+# External commands. See node.conf(5) for the meaning of the uppercase
+# letters in the name of the extcmd.
+#
+# Flags: 1 Run command through pipe
+# 2 Reconnected flag
+#
+#ExtCmd TPM 3 nobody /usr/bin/finger finger tpm
+#ExtCmd ECho 1 nobody /bin/echo echo \%U \%u \%S \%s \%P \%p \%R \%r \%T \%t \%\% \%0 \%{1:foobar} \%{2} \%3 \%4 \%5
+
+# Node ID.
+#
+NodeId "\nBARE:GB7MBC-1"
+#NodeId \033[01;31m***\033[0m
+
+# Netrom port name. This port is used for outgoing netrom connects.
+#
+NrPort netrom
+
+# Logging level
+#
+LogLevel 3
+
+# The escape character (CTRL-T)
+#
+EscapeChar ^T
+
+# Resolve ip numbers to addresses?
+#
+ResolveAddrs off
+
+# Node prompt.
+#
+#NodePrompt "\n"
+#NodePrompt "%s@%h \%i> "
+NodePrompt "\nBARE:GB7MBC-1 \%i > "
+#NodePrompt "\a\033[36m%U\033[0m de \033[01;32m#LNODE\033[0m:\033[01;33mOH2BNS-10\033[0m> "
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>This should be fairly obvious I hope.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss3.10">3.10</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3.10">Getting it all running</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Ok, now we have all the relevant files configured, the next step is to get
+it all running.</P>
+
+<P>The first thing to do is attach the TNC's. Your TNC's should be in KISS mode
+and connected to the serial ports involved.</P>
+
+<P>You now use the 'kissattach' command to connect the TNC's to the system like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+kissattach /dev/ttyS0 2m 44.131.96.199
+kissattach /dev/ttyS1 4m 44.131.96.199
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Assuming that 44.131.96.199 is your IP address. The devices ttyS0 and ttyS1 are com1 and
+com2 respectively. Now we can set some parameters ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+kissparms -p 2m -t 150 -l 150 -s 50 -r 50
+kissparms -p 4m -t 150 -l 150 -s 50 -r 50
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>The command 'man kissparms' will give you the explanation of the switches.</P>
+
+<P>Now we need to attach the NET/ROM ports in the same way ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+nrattach netrom
+nrattach netrom2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>All of the above can be put in a file and called from /etc/rc.d/rc.local. Put all
+the above commands in a file called rc.ax25 and put a line in rc.local to call it.</P>
+
+<P>Now you can start the daemons that set everything in motion ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ax25d
+netromd -i
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>All should now be running. All that remains is to get the node working for telnet
+connections. If nothing else, this will allow you to connect to the node yourself
+to check on connection status etc. There are 2 files that need to be edited.</P>
+
+<P>First edit /etc/services and add</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+node 3000/tcp #OH2BNS's Node Software
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Assuming you want it to run on port 3000</P>
+
+<P>Now cd /etc/xinetd.d and edit a new file called node. It should look like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+# default: on
+# unencrypted username/password pairs for authentication.
+service node
+{
+ socket_type = stream
+ wait = no
+ user = root
+ server = /usr/sbin/node
+ log_on_failure += USERID
+ disable = no
+}
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>You now need to restart the xinetd daemon. First find out what the PID is
+like so ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ps auxw |grep xinetd
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>You will get a reply something like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+root 592 0.0 0.1 2256 620 ? S Feb07 0:00 xinetd -stayalive -reuse -pidfile /var/run/xinetd.pid
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>The PID or Process ID is 592 in this case so now we can issue the command ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+kill -HUP 592
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>All should now be operational and you should be able to log into the node by
+using a telnet session to the relevant port, like so ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+telnet localhost 3000
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>If that works, you are just about there. you should (assuming you have radios connected
+to the TNC's) be able to connect out to other stations and receive incoming ax25 and
+netrom connections.</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="installation_en-4.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en-2.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc3">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Installation Manual v1.50: Configuration</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-5.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-3.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en.html#toc4" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="installation_en-5.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en-3.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc4">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s4">4.</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc4">Configuration</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.1">4.1</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc4.1">Allowing ax25 connects from users</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>This is dealt with in the previous section</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.2">4.2</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc4.2">Allowing telnet connects from users </A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>
+>From version 1.47 there is a new (more efficient) way of doing this
+(see next section) but, if you prefer, the method of doing it described
+here will continue to work just fine.</P>
+
+<P>Allowing telnet connections is quite simple. Firstly you need to add a line
+in /etc/services to allow connections to a port number, like this ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+spdlogin 8000/tcp # spider anonymous login port
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Then add a line in /etc/inetd.conf like this ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+spdlogin stream tcp nowait root /usr/sbin/tcpd /spider/src/client login telnet
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Once this is done, you need to restart inetd like this ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+killall -HUP inetd
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Now login as <EM>sysop</EM> and cd spider/src. You can test that spider
+is accepting telnet logins by issuing the following command ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+./client login telnet
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>You should get a login prompt and on issuing a callsign, you will be given
+access to the cluster. Note, you will not get a password login. There seems
+no good reason for a password prompt to be given so it is not asked for.</P>
+
+<P>Assuming all is well, then try a telnet from your linux console ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+telnet localhost 8000
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>You should now get the login prompt and be able to login as before.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.3">4.3</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc4.3">Setting up telnet connects (from 1.47 onwards)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>>From version 1.47 you can choose to allow the perl cluster.pl program to
+allow connections directly (i.e. not via the <CODE>/spider/src/client</CODE>
+interface program). If you are using Windows then this is the only method
+available of allowing incoming telnet connections.</P>
+
+<P>To do this you need first to remove any line that you may previously have set
+up in /etc/inetd.conf. Remember to:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+killall -HUP inetd
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>to make the change happen...</P>
+
+<P>Having done that, you need to copy the file
+<EM>/spider/perl/Listeners.pm</EM> to <EM>/spider/local</EM> and
+then edit it. You will need to uncomment the line containing "0.0.0.0"
+and select the correct port to listen on. So that it looks like this:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+@listen = (
+ ["0.0.0.0", 8000],
+);
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>As standard, the listener will listen on all interfaces simultaneously.
+If you require more control than this, you can specify each interface
+individually:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+@listen = (
+ ["gb7baa.dxcluster.net", 8000],
+ ["44.131.16.2", 6300],
+);
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>This will only be successful if the IP addresses on each interface are static.
+If you are using some kind of dynamic IP addressing then the 'default' method
+is the only one that will work.</P>
+
+<P>Restart the cluster.pl program to enable the listener.</P>
+
+<P>One important difference with the internal listener is that no echoing
+is done by the cluster program. Users will need to set 'local-echo' on in
+their telnet clients if it isn't set automatically (as per the standards).
+Needless to say this will probably only apply to Windows users. </P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.4">4.4</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc4.4">Setting up for AGW Engine (1.47 onwards)</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>AGW Engine is a Windows based ax25 stack. You can connect to an AGW engine
+from Linux as well as Windows based machines.</P>
+
+<P>In order to enable access to an AGW Engine you need to copy
+<EM>/spider/perl/AGWConnect.pm</EM> to <EM>/spider/local</EM> and edit it.
+Specifically you must:-</P>
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI> set <CODE>$enable</CODE> to 1.</LI>
+<LI> set <CODE>$login</CODE> and <CODE>$passwd</CODE> to the values set up in your AGW installation.
+If you haven't set any there, then you should not touch these values.</LI>
+<LI> You can connect to a remote AGW engine (ie on some other machine) by changing <CODE>$addr</CODE>
+and <CODE>$port</CODE> appropriately.</LI>
+<LI> Restart the cluster.pl program</LI>
+</UL>
+ </P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.5">4.5</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc4.5">Setting up node connects</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>In order to allow cluster node connections, spider needs to know that the
+connecting callsign is a cluster node. This is the case whether the connect
+is incoming or outgoing. In spider this is a simple task and can be done in
+runtime.</P>
+
+<P>Later versions of Spider can distinguish different software and treat them
+differently. For example, the WCY beacon cannot be handles by AK1A type
+nodes as AK1A does not know what to do with PC73. There are 4 different
+types of node at present and although they may not have any major
+differences at the moment, it allows for compatibility. The 4 types are ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/node (AK1A type)
+set/spider
+set/dxnet
+set/clx
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>For now, we will assume that the cluster we are going to connect to is an
+AK1A type node.</P>
+
+<P>Start up the cluster as you did before and login as the sysop with client.
+The cluster node I am wanting to make a connection to is GB7BAA but you would
+obviously use whatever callsign you required. At the prompt type ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/node gb7baa
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>The case does not matter as long as you have a version of DXSpider later than
+1.33. Earlier versions required the callsign to be in upper case.</P>
+
+<P>That is now set, it is as simple as that. To prove it, login on yet another
+console as sysop, cd to spider/src and issue the command ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+./client gb7baa (using the callsign you set as a node)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>You should get an initialisation string from DXSpider like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+./client gb7baa
+PC38^GB7MBC^~
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If the callsign you just set up as a cluster node is for an incoming connect,
+this is all that needs to be done. If the connection is to be outgoing then
+a connection script needs to be written.</P>
+
+<P>Sometimes you make a mistake... Honest, it does happen. If you want to make a node
+back to being a normal user, regardless
+of what type it is, do:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+unset/node gb7baa
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.6">4.6</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc4.6">Connection scripts</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Because DXSpider operates under Linux, connections can be made using just about
+any protocol; AX25, NETRom, tcp/ip, ROSE etc are all possible examples.
+Connect scripts live in the /spider/connect directory and are simple ascii files.
+Writing a script for connections is therefore relatively simple. </P>
+
+<P>The connect scripts consist of lines which start with the following keywords
+or symbols:-</P>
+<P>
+<DL>
+
+<DT><B>#</B><DD><P>All lines starting with a <CODE>#</CODE> are ignored, as are completely
+blank lines.</P>
+
+<DT><B>timeout</B><DD><P><CODE>timeout</CODE> followed by a number is the number of seconds to wait for a
+command to complete. If there is no timeout specified in the script
+then the default is 60 seconds.</P>
+
+<DT><B>abort</B><DD><P><CODE>abort</CODE> is a regular expression containing one or more strings to look
+for to abort a connection. This is a perl regular expression and is
+executed ignoring case.</P>
+
+<DT><B>connect</B><DD><P><CODE>connect</CODE> followed by ax25, agw (for Windows users) or telnet and some type dependent
+information. In the case of a telnet connection, there can be up to
+two parameters.
+The first is the ip address or hostname of the computer you wish to
+connect to and the second is the port number you want to use (this
+can be left out if it is a normal telnet session).
+In the case of an ax25 session then this would normally be a call to
+ax25_call or netrom_call as in the example above. It is your
+responsibility to get your node and other ax25 parameters to work
+before going down this route!</P>
+
+<DT><B>'</B><DD><P><CODE>'</CODE> is the delimiting character for a word or phrase of an expect/send
+line in a chat type script. The words/phrases normally come in pairs,
+either can be empty. Each line reads input from the connection until
+it sees the string (or perl regular expression) contained in the
+left hand string. If the left hand string is empty then it doesn't
+read or wait for anything. The comparison is done ignoring case.
+When the left hand string has found what it is looking for (if it is)
+then the right hand string is sent to the connection.
+This process is repeated for every line of chat script. </P>
+
+<DT><B>client</B><DD><P><CODE>client</CODE> starts the connection, put the arguments you would want here
+if you were starting the client program manually. You only need this
+if the script has a different name to the callsign you are trying to
+connect to (i.e. you have a script called other which actually
+connects to GB7DJK-1 [instead of a script called gb7djk-1]).</P>
+</DL>
+</P>
+
+<P>There are many possible ways to configure the script but here are three examples,
+one for a NETRom/AX25 connect, one for AGW engines and one for tcp/ip. </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+timeout 60
+abort (Busy|Sorry|Fail)
+# don't forget to chmod 4775 netrom_call!
+connect ax25 /usr/sbin/netrom_call bbs gb7djk g1tlh
+'Connect' ''
+'Connect' 'c np7'
+'Connect' 'c gb7dxm'
+# you can leave this out if you call the script 'gb7dxm'
+client gb7dxm ax25
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+timeout 60
+abort (Busy|Sorry|Fail)
+# this does exactly the same as the previous example
+# the '1' is the AGW port number to connect thru for g1tlh
+connect agw 1 g1tlh
+'Connect' ''
+'Connect' 'c np7'
+'Connect' 'c gb7dxm'
+# you can leave this out if you call the script 'gb7dxm'
+client gb7dxm ax25
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+timeout 15
+connect telnet dirkl.tobit.co.uk
+'login' 'gb7djk'
+'word' 'gb7djk'
+# tell GB7DJK-1 that it is connected to GB7DJK
+# you can leave this out if you call this script 'gb7djk'
+client gb7djk telnet
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>Both these examples assume that everything is set up properly at the other end.
+You will find other examples in the /spider/examples directory.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.7">4.7</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc4.7">Starting the connection</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>You start the connection, from within a sysop enabled cluster login, by typing
+in the word <EM>connect</EM> followed by a script name like this ....</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+G0VGS de GB7MBC 13-Dec-1998 2041Z >connect gb7djk-1
+connection to GB7DJK-1 started
+G0VGS de GB7MBC 13-Dec-1998 2043Z >
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>This will start a connection using the script called <EM>gb7djk-1</EM>. You can
+follow the connection by watching the term or console from where you started
+<EM>cluster.pl</EM>. From version 1.47 onwards, you will need to <CODE>set/debug connect</CODE> first.
+You should see something like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+<- D G1TLH connect gb7djk-1
+-> D G1TLH connection to GB7DJK-1 started
+-> D G1TLH G1TLH de GB7DJK 13-Dec-1998 2046Z >
+timeout set to 15
+CONNECT sort: telnet command: dirkl.tobit.co.uk
+CHAT "login" -> "gb7djk"
+received "
+Red Hat Linux release 5.1 (Manhattan)
+Kernel 2.0.35 on an i586
+"
+received "login: "
+sent "gb7djk"
+CHAT "word" -> "gb7djk"
+received "gb7djk"
+received "Password: "
+sent "gb7djk"
+Connected to GB7DJK-1, starting normal protocol
+<- O GB7DJK-1 telnet
+-> B GB7DJK-1 0
+GB7DJK-1 channel func state 0 -> init
+<- D GB7DJK-1
+<- D GB7DJK-1 Last login: Sun Dec 13 17:59:56 from dirk1
+<- D GB7DJK-1 PC38^GB7DJK-1^~
+<- D GB7DJK-1 PC18^ 1 nodes, 0 local / 1 total users Max users 0 Uptime
+0 00:00^5447^~
+ etc
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>With later versions of Spider there is a set/login command for users. This
+tells them when a user or node logs in or out. If you do not add a line to
+your scripts after the final line (or before the client line which should always
+be last if needed) then the login/logout information will be sent to users
+<I>before</I> the login actually completes. This means if a node is
+unreachable, it will continue sending logins and logouts to users even though it
+is not actually connecting. To avoid this use the following line ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+'connect' ''
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>In a script, this might look like ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+timeout 35
+abort (Busy|Sorry|Fail)
+connect telnet mary 3000
+'ogin:' 'gb7mbc'
+'>' 'telnet 44.131.93.96 7305'
+'connect' ''
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.8">4.8</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc4.8">Telnet echo</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Cluster links in particular suffer greatly from the presence of telnet echo.
+This is caused by the telnet negotiation itself and can create at worst severe
+loops. At best it creates unnecessary bandwidth and large logfiles! There are
+things that can be done to limit this problem but will not always work dependent
+on the route taken to connect.</P>
+
+<P>Telnet echo itself should only be a problem if the connection is being made to
+the telnet port (23). This port uses special rules that include echo negotiation.
+If the connection is to a different port, such as 7300, this negotiation does
+not happen and therefore no echo should be present.</P>
+
+<P>Sometimes it is not possible to make a direct connection to another node and this
+can cause problems. There is a way of trying to suppress the telnet echo but
+this will not always work, unfortunately it is difficult to be more specific.
+Here is an example of what I mean ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+timeout 35
+abort (Busy|Sorry|Fail)
+connect telnet mary.lancs.ac.uk
+'ogin:' 'gb7mbc'
+'word:' 'mypasswd'
+'\$' 'stty -echo raw'
+'\$' 'telnet 44.131.93.96'
+'connect' ''
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>So, the first connection is made by Spider. This is fine as Spider uses the
+Net_Telnet script from within perl. This actually uses TCP rather than TELNET
+so no negotiation will be done on the first connection. Once connected to
+mary.lancs.ac.uk, the command is sent to suppress echo. Now a telnet is made
+to a cluster node that is accepting connections on port 23. The problem with
+this link is that the negotiation is made by the remote machine, therefore you
+have no control over it. The chances are that this link will create echo and
+there will be no way you can stop it.</P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.9">4.9</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc4.9">Autostarting the cluster</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Ok, you should now have DXSpider running nicely and allowing connects by cluster
+nodes or users. However, it has to be shutdown and restarted manually. It
+would be much easier to have it start automatically. </P>
+
+<P>This is not only a way to start the cluster automatically, it also works as a
+watchdog, checking the sanity of DXSpider and respawning it should it crash for
+any reason. Before doing the following, shutdown the cluster as you did earlier.</P>
+
+<P>Login as root and bring up the /etc/inittab file in your favourite editor. Add
+the following lines to the file near the end ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+##Start DXSpider on bootup and respawn it should it crash
+DX:3:respawn:/bin/su -c "/usr/bin/perl -w /spider/perl/cluster.pl" sysop >/dev/tty7
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>This line works fine for RedHat distributions. It is also fine for SuSE up to
+7.0. From SuSE 7.1 you need to add runlevels 2 and 5 like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+DX:235:respawn:/bin/su -c "/usr/bin/perl -w /spider/perl/cluster.pl" sysop >/dev/tty7
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>The line required for Slackware distributions is slightly different. My thanks to
+Aurelio, PA3EZL for this information.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+DX:23:respawn:/bin/su - sysop -c "/usr/bin/perl -w /spider/perl/cluster.pl" >/dev/tty7
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>This will automatically start DXSpider on tty7 (ALT-F7) on bootup and restart
+it should it crash for any reason.</P>
+
+<P>NB: It should be noted that /dev/tty7 is only an example. Some SuSE systems will
+only accept upto tty6. It really does not matter which tty you run it on.</P>
+
+<P>As root type the command <EM>telinit q</EM>. DXSpider should start up
+immediately. You will see the output on tty7 and if you login as <EM>sysop</EM>
+you should find everything running nicely.</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="installation_en-5.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en-3.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc4">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Installation Manual v1.50: Microsoft Windows Installation</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-6.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-4.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en.html#toc5" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="installation_en-6.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en-4.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc5">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s5">5.</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc5">Microsoft Windows Installation</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.1">5.1</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc5.1">Introduction</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><B>IMPORTANT:</B> </P>
+<P>What you'll be left with once you've followed these instructions
+is (hopefully) a working DX Spider v1.50 system that is capable
+of accepting or originating "internet" connections, plus inbound
+and outbound AX.25 and TCP/IP radio connections.</P>
+<P>On the other hand, you may have an enquiring mind, or better yet,
+may be looking for a useful way of connecting your current
+(perhaps) AK1A cluster "to the internet" via some networking
+mechanism (BPQEther, etc) or other. I won't be producing
+instructions for the latter case, because I don't have an AK1A to
+play with. But someone might ...</P>
+<P>Whatever, this document is intended to get you started with DX
+Spider in a Microsoft Windows ™ environment. It's not
+intended to teach you anything other than how to perform a
+minimum configuration of a DX Spider installation and have it
+able to connect across "the internet" to other DX Clusters, while
+accepting inbound TELNET and radio connections.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.2">5.2</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc5.2">The requirements</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>The very first things you're going to need are (in order of
+importance):-</P>
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>A cup of good, strong tea</LI>
+<LI>A supported Windows platform with an internet connection so you can
+download the necessary software bits and bobs directly to it. There are other ways, but this is preferable.</LI>
+<LI>Another cup of good, strong tea</LI>
+<LI>If all goes according to plan, about an hour to spare</LI>
+<LI>Plenty of good, strong tea</LI>
+</UL>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.3">5.3</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc5.3">The system</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>The platform I used to generate these instructions was a
+"vanilla" Microsoft Windows Me 4.90.3000 system, with a 700MHz
+AMD Athlon processor and 96 Mb memory. I've also personally
+verified that it runs on my laptop (Pentium 266MHz, 32 Mb memory,
+Windows 98 SE v4.10.2222 A) and a computer that I assembled from
+a random pile of junk (AMD K6-2 333MHz, 64 Mb memory, Windows 98
+v4.10.1998). As a result, I have reason to believe that what I'm
+about to describe will perform equally on any 32-bit MS Windows
+environment with 32 Mb of memory.</P>
+<P>Because of the changes that have recently been made to the core
+"cluster.pl" module and the introduction of a very lightweight
+"winclient.pl", I have a sneaking suspicion that this will now
+run on any platform that has reasonably complete support for
+Perl. Is there someone out there with both an enquiring mind and
+(say) a Macintosh, for instance?</P>
+<P>Please bear in mind, though, that my instructions relate solely
+to how to get this going under a Microsoft Windows environment,
+and I have zero intention of trying to make them say otherwise.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.4">5.4</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc5.4">Perl</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Install your chosen Perl environment. Unless you have a very good
+reason for not doing so, I strongly suggest that you use
+ActivePerl v5.6. For my testing & development, I used build 623.
+(A recent installation used the newer ActivePerl v5.6.1, build
+633 without any noticable difficulty.) You can get this from:
+<A HREF="http://www.activestate.com/Products/ActivePerl/Download.html">http://www.activestate.com/Products/ActivePerl/Download.html</A></P>
+<P>The link takes you to an initial page of System Requirements and
+Software Prerequisites. If you do not have it already installed,
+you can download and install the Windows Installer 2.0 for a Win98
+installation. Be forewarned, you will have to reboot your PC at the
+completion of the installer's installation. </P>
+<P>If you already have the installer on your PC, simply click on the
+Next arrow at the bottom of the page. Two clicks will finally get
+you to the actual download page. The MSI version of Build 633 is
+now 8.6MB in size, so make that a big cup of tea or coffee if you're
+on a slow dial-up connection.</P>
+<P>During installation, please ensure that you do choose the options
+to "Add Perl to the PATH environment variable" and "Create Perl
+file extension association"; it will make your life so much
+easier. Once the installation is finished, be sure to reboot your
+PC. You probably won't be told anywhere else that this needs to
+be done now, but it does. Really.</P>
+<P>Once you've rebooted, open a "DOS box" (Start > Run > command
+might do it, if you can't find it elsewhere) and from wherever it
+lands, type PERL -v <ENTER> (it's better if that's a lower-case
+'v', because an upper-case 'V' means something else. You should
+be rewarded with some interesting information about your Perl
+installation. If you're not, you must go back to the beginning
+and discover what went wrong and fix it. It's pointless to
+proceed unless this simple check is passed. Assuming it did work,
+you may now move on.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.5">5.5</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc5.5">Additional packages</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Some extensions ("packages") need to be added to the base Perl
+distribution, and we'll do this next. If you're using the Perl I
+recommended, and don't know any better for yourself, then just
+blindly following these instructions will work just fine. If that
+didn't describe you, then you're on your own.</P>
+<P>Visit the following URL:</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="http://www.activestate.com/PPMPackages/zips/6xx-builds-only/">http://www.activestate.com/PPMPackages/zips/6xx-builds-only/</A></P>
+<P>and download the following files:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+Data-Dumper.zip
+Net-Telnet.zip
+TimeDate.zip
+Time-HiRes.zip
+DB_File.zip
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If this is a new installation, now would also be a good time to
+install a copy of WinZip on your PC. Make yourself a convenient
+directory to unpack all of these zip files into (I put mine in
+"D:\ppm>" but "C:\ppm" works just as well.) and do the following
+(the bits you type in are blue ). You can upzip all of the files into
+the same directory. When prompted, simply overwrite the Readme file
+from each zip package. Note that where these files land will be
+directly related to where you chose to install your ActivePerl
+(mine, as you can probably guess from what follows, went into "D:\Perl"):-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+D:\ppm>ppm install Data-Dumper.ppd
+Installing package 'Data-Dumper.ppd'
+Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.bs
+Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.dll
+Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.exp
+Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.lib
+Installing D:\Perl\html\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.html
+Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\Data\Dumper\Dumper.pm
+Writing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.packlist
+D:\ppm>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>I'm not going to bother you with exhaustive details of the rest
+of them, but suffice it to say you need to:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ppm install DB_File.ppd
+ppm install Net-Telnet.ppd
+ppm install TimeDate.ppd
+ppm install Time-HiRes.ppd
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If all that seemed to work OK, time to move along. Before anyone
+who is familiar with PPM tells me that we didn't need to download
+and keep those files locally, I knew that. I also knew that PPM
+is sometimes awkward to configure via firewalls, and that
+sometimes the repositories don't always work the way we'd hope. I
+do it that way because it suits me.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.6">5.6</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc5.6">Getting Spider</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Get the current version of the DX Spider distribution. This needs
+to be v1.50 or later. You've got two ways (currently) of getting
+this; either get a CVS update from sourceforge (if you don't know
+what this is, then it isn't for you) or get the latest "official"
+release from:</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="http://www.dxcluster.org/download/index.html">http://www.dxcluster.org/download/index.html</A></P>
+<P>or if you want the lastest snapshot of CVS version (which is produced
+every night):-</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="http://www.dxcluster.org/download/CVSlatest.tgz">http://www.dxcluster.org/download/CVSlatest.tgz</A></P>
+<P>This is generally the best one to go for as it is completely up to
+date. However, there is always the very slight chance that it might
+unstable. Generally, there will be a note on the website if this is
+the case. </P>
+
+<P>The only difference between "CVSlatest.tgz" and the latest
+"official" release version is that it is more up to date. <B>Do not confuse
+the "CVSlatest.tgz" file with "Downloading from Sourceforge with CVS" - they
+are two quite different things.</B> "Downloading from Sourceforge with CVS" is
+explained in a section within the Admin manual.</P>
+
+<P>If you go down the CVS route (ie installing WinCVS as explained in the Admin
+manual and downloaded from sourceforge), then everything will be nicely
+installed on your local disk. If you got the CVSlatest.tgz file, unzip
+(
+<A HREF="http://www.winzip.com">winzip</A>) it to "C:\".
+This is an important point since paths are included within the .tgz
+file. Make sure you unzip to the root directory of whichever drive you use...
+"C:\" or "D:\" or .., not "C:\spider." If you double click on CVSlatest.tgz,
+WinZip should open with a dialogue box that says the Archive contains a single
+file (CVSlatest.tar) and asks whether WinZip should decompress it to a
+temporary fold and then open it. Say "Yes" and then you will get the typical
+Classical WinZip listing of files ready for extraction. Remember, extract
+them to your desired root directory ("C:\" or "D:\" or ...). The following
+examples assume that you put it on drive "C:\", for convenience.</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="installation_en-6.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en-4.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc5">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Installation Manual v1.50: Installing the software</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-7.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-5.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en.html#toc6" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="installation_en-7.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en-5.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc6">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s6">6.</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc6">Installing the software</A></H2>
+
+<P>At this point you will need to create 2 additional directories under
+"C:\Spider." Make directories "C:\spider\local" and "C:\spider\local_cmd".
+If "C:\spider" is missing, go back and figure out why, because it shouldn't be.</P>
+<P>Now create your own local copy of the DXVars.pm file by:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+copy c:\spider\perl\DXVars.pm.issue
+c:\spider\local\DXVars.pm
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Now you'll need to edit this file using a text editor like Notepad. If nothing
+else, you can simply</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+cd \spider\local
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>and then</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+notepad DXVars.pm
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>to bring up an editor window containing the file. As an absolute
+minimum you must adjust the following items in DXVars.pm:-</P>
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI> $mycall - Should hold the callsign of your DX Cluster</LI>
+<LI> $myname - The SysOp's first name</LI>
+<LI> $myalias - the SysOp's callsign. Cannot be the same as $mycall!</LI>
+<LI> $myqth - The station's geographical location (QTH).</LI>
+<LI> $mylatitude - The station latitude in degrees and decimal fractions</LI>
+<LI> $mylongitude - The station longitude in degrees and decimal fractions</LI>
+<LI> $mylocator - The Maidenhead (or QRA) locator of the station </LI>
+</UL>
+</P>
+<P>You really also ought to update the $myqth and $myemail variables. And
+unless you are absolutely certain you know what you're doing, you
+should change nothing else in this file. Note that if you use an "@" or
+a "$" character in one of the above strings (typically in $myemail) you must
+write them as "\@" or "\$". </P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.1">6.1</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc6.1">Incoming telnets</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>If you want to enable inbound "TELNET" connections (or you are running
+Windows 98, NT, 2000 or XP), you've got a little more work to do. From a
+handy "DOS box" that's not doing anything else, do the following:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+copy \spider\perl\Listeners.pm \spider\local
+cd \spider\local
+notepad listeners.pm
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The following line need attention:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+# ["0.0.0.0", 7300],
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>On my machine, I've simply uncommented the "0.0.0.0" entry by
+removing the '#' from the front of the line. </P>
+<P><B>You MUST carry out this step if you are
+running on a Windows 98, NT, 2000 or XP based system</B></P>
+<P>If you don't have a static hostname for your machine, and you
+intend to allow folk to connect to your machine across the
+internet, then I'd suggest you pay a visit to www.dyndns.org and
+create one for yourself. While it's free, it will take a modest
+amount of effort on your part to read, understand and
+implement what needs to be done to set this up.</P>
+
+<P>If your machine is connected to the internet <B>and</B> you don't
+want to allow your machine to be visible to the outside world you
+should change the "0.0.0.0" to "127.0.0.1" [which is
+"localhost"]. This will then only allow connections from inside your
+machine. As was said earlier: if you aren't running Win9x (or you want
+to use DXTelnet or somesuch), then you need to have the machine
+listening at least to "127.0.0.1" ("0.0.0.0" means <B>all</B> IP
+addresses).</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.2">6.2</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc6.2">The AGW packet engine</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>On the assumption that you'll be using the SV2AGW Packet Engine
+to interface your radios to the cluster, it would be a good idea to
+download the Packet Engine software! You can get this software from:</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwpe.zip">http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwpe.zip</A></P>
+<P>Depending upon your TNCs, you may also need to get:</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/drivers.zip">http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/drivers.zip</A></P>
+<P>A couple of the tools:</P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwterm.zip">http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwterm.zip</A></P>
+<P>
+<A HREF="http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwmonitor.zip">http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwmonitor.zip</A></P>
+<P>will also help with troubleshooting of the RF links themselves.</P>
+<P>Install and configure AGWPE. You should now create your own local copy of
+AGWConnect.pm by:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+copy c:\spider\perl\AGWConnect.pm
+c:\spider\local\AGWConnect.pm
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>and then</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+notepad AGWConnect.pm
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>to bring up an editor window containing the file. You must
+consider adjusting the following items in AGWConnect.pm:-</P>
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>$enable - set to '1' to enable AGWPE interface </LI>
+<LI>$login - the login ID you chose when you set up the SV2AGW security :-)</LI>
+<LI>$passwd - password that matches $login</LI>
+</UL>
+</P>
+<P>The login ID and passwd only need to be set if you are accessing AGW separately
+via its web interface. This interface is normally not needed for use with DXSpider.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.3">6.3</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc6.3">Setting up the initial user files</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Next you need to create the initial user files, etc. A tool is
+supplied which will do this for you. To run the tool:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+cd \spider\perl
+perl create_sysop.pl
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If all goes according to plan, you will see no output from this
+program, and after a brief wait, your DOS prompt will be
+returned.</P>
+<P>Depending on how brave you are, you might now care to try the
+following:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+perl cluster.pl
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If you did everything you were told, your DOS window will now
+hold a display which looks something like:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+DXSpider DX Cluster Version 1.50
+Copyright (c) 1998-2002 Dirk Koopman G1TLH
+loading prefixes ...
+loading band data ...
+loading user file system ...
+starting listeners ...
+Internal port: localhost 27754
+load badwords: Ok
+reading in duplicate spot and WWV info ...
+reading existing message headers ...
+load badmsg: Ok
+load forward: Ok
+load swop: Ok
+@msg = 0 before delete
+@msg = 0 after delete
+reading cron jobs ...v cron: reading /spider/cmd/crontab
+cron: adding 1 0 * * 0
+DXUser::export("$main::data/user_asc")
+reading database descriptors ...
+doing local initialisation ...
+orft we jolly well go ...
+queue msg (0)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Now, if that's what you've got, you are very nearly home and dry
+(in as far as these particular experiments are concerned, anyhow)</P>
+<P>If you are running Windows 9x you can access your new cluster (from
+the local machine) by finding yourself another "DOS box" and doing the
+following:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+cd \spider\perl
+perl winclient.pl
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If you are running Windows NT, 2000 or XP then winclient.pl does not
+work. We don't know why other than this seems to be some kind of
+incomaptibility in perl. You can achieve the same thing by telnetting
+to the port you defined in Listeners.pm (7300 as default), thus:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+Menu->Start->Run
+telnet localhost 7300
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>On getting the <B>login:</B> prompt, enter your sysop callsign (the one you
+put in DXVars.pm as $myalias).</P>
+
+<P>I would recommend <B>strongly</B> that you obtain a better telnet
+client than that which comes with windows (I use
+<A HREF="http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html">PuTTY</A>). </P>
+
+<P>Anyway, if you are rewarded with a display which looks something like:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+Hello Iain, this is GB7SJP in Amersham, Bucks running DXSpider V1.50
+Cluster: 1 nodes, 1 local / 1 total users Max users 2 Uptime 0 00:00
+M0ADI de GB7SJP 4-Mar-2001 1511Z >
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You've arrived. Try some commands, and see how they feel. (In
+case you were wondering, "Iain", "M0ADI" and "GB7SJP" all came
+from the version of DXVars.pm that was on the machine when I
+started the winclient.pl)</P>
+
+<P>The interface is very basic. It is a simple command line. There are
+better looking interfaces. Most of the "standard" logging and DX
+Cluster access programs that are capable of connecting via a TCP or
+telnet connection will work as a "Sysop Console" client. You connect
+to "localhost" on the port that you defined in Listeners.pm (usually
+7300). I recommend packages like
+<A HREF="http://www.qsl.net/wd4ngb/telnet.htm">DXTelnet</A>.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.4">6.4</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc6.4">Connecting to other clusters</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>If you want to connect this to another cluster, then you'll want to
+negotiate a link with someone. For experimental purposes, I'm happy to
+allow folk to connect to GB7DXA (spud.ath.cx), on the understanding
+that the system may or may not be there and may or may not be
+connected to anything particularly useful at any given moment. Contact
+me by
+<A HREF="mailto:g0rdi@blacksheep.org">Email</A> if you
+want me to set up a connection for you.</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="installation_en-7.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en-5.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc6">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Installation Manual v1.50: General Information</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-6.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en.html#toc7" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Next
+<A HREF="installation_en-6.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc7">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s7">7.</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc7">General Information</A></H2>
+
+<P>The following relates to all versions of DXSpider and is not platform related.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss7.1">7.1</A> <A HREF="installation_en.html#toc7.1">The crontab file</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Login as <EM>sysop</EM> and create a file in /spider/local_cmd called crontab.
+Edit it with your favourite editor and add a line like this (I have included
+a comment)</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+# check every 10 minutes to see if gb7xxx is connected and if not
+# start a connect job going
+
+0,10,20,30,40,50 * * * * start_connect('gb7xxx') unless connected('gb7xxx')
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>The callsign involved will be the callsign of the cluster node you are
+going to connect to. This will now check every 10 minutes to see if
+gb7xxx is connected, if it is then nothing will be done. If it is not,
+then a connect attempt will be started.</P>
+
+<P>There are probably lots of other things you could use this crontab file for.
+If you want to know more about it, look at the
+<A HREF="http://www.dxcluster.org/cron.html">DXSpider</A> website
+at the cron page where it is explained more fully.</P>
+
+<HR>
+Next
+<A HREF="installation_en-6.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="installation_en.html#toc7">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider Installation Manual v1.50</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="installation_en-1.html" REL=next>
+
+
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="installation_en-1.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+Contents
+<HR>
+<H1>The DXSpider Installation Manual v1.50</H1>
+
+<H2>Iain Philipps, G0RDI (g0rdi@77hz.com),
+Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net) and Charlie
+Carroll, K1XX, (k1xx@ptcnh.net)</H2>February 2003 revision 0.5
+<HR>
+<EM>A reference for SysOps of the DXSpider DXCluster program.</EM>
+<HR>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc1">1.</A> <A HREF="installation_en-1.html">Linux Installation </A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.1">1.1</A> <A HREF="installation_en-1.html#ss1.1">Introduction</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.2">1.2</A> <A HREF="installation_en-1.html#ss1.2">Preparation</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.3">1.3</A> <A HREF="installation_en-1.html#ss1.3">Installing the software</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.4">1.4</A> <A HREF="installation_en-1.html#ss1.4">Setting callsigns etc</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.5">1.5</A> <A HREF="installation_en-1.html#ss1.5">The client program</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.6">1.6</A> <A HREF="installation_en-1.html#ss1.6">Starting up for the first time</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc2">2.</A> <A HREF="installation_en-2.html">Linux quick installation guide</A></H2>
+
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc3">3.</A> <A HREF="installation_en-3.html">Setting up the AX25 Utilities</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.1">3.1</A> <A HREF="installation_en-3.html#ss3.1">Getting Started</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.2">3.2</A> <A HREF="installation_en-3.html#ss3.2">The kernel</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.3">3.3</A> <A HREF="installation_en-3.html#ss3.3">Installing the RPM's</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.4">3.4</A> <A HREF="installation_en-3.html#ss3.4">Configuration</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.5">3.5</A> <A HREF="installation_en-3.html#ss3.5">axports</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.6">3.6</A> <A HREF="installation_en-3.html#ss3.6">nrports</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.7">3.7</A> <A HREF="installation_en-3.html#ss3.7">nrbroadcast</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.8">3.8</A> <A HREF="installation_en-3.html#ss3.8">ax25d.conf</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.9">3.9</A> <A HREF="installation_en-3.html#ss3.9">node.conf</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc3.10">3.10</A> <A HREF="installation_en-3.html#ss3.10">Getting it all running</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc4">4.</A> <A HREF="installation_en-4.html">Configuration</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc4.1">4.1</A> <A HREF="installation_en-4.html#ss4.1">Allowing ax25 connects from users</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc4.2">4.2</A> <A HREF="installation_en-4.html#ss4.2">Allowing telnet connects from users </A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc4.3">4.3</A> <A HREF="installation_en-4.html#ss4.3">Setting up telnet connects (from 1.47 onwards)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc4.4">4.4</A> <A HREF="installation_en-4.html#ss4.4">Setting up for AGW Engine (1.47 onwards)</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc4.5">4.5</A> <A HREF="installation_en-4.html#ss4.5">Setting up node connects</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc4.6">4.6</A> <A HREF="installation_en-4.html#ss4.6">Connection scripts</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc4.7">4.7</A> <A HREF="installation_en-4.html#ss4.7">Starting the connection</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc4.8">4.8</A> <A HREF="installation_en-4.html#ss4.8">Telnet echo</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc4.9">4.9</A> <A HREF="installation_en-4.html#ss4.9">Autostarting the cluster</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc5">5.</A> <A HREF="installation_en-5.html">Microsoft Windows Installation</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.1">5.1</A> <A HREF="installation_en-5.html#ss5.1">Introduction</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.2">5.2</A> <A HREF="installation_en-5.html#ss5.2">The requirements</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.3">5.3</A> <A HREF="installation_en-5.html#ss5.3">The system</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.4">5.4</A> <A HREF="installation_en-5.html#ss5.4">Perl</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.5">5.5</A> <A HREF="installation_en-5.html#ss5.5">Additional packages</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.6">5.6</A> <A HREF="installation_en-5.html#ss5.6">Getting Spider</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc6">6.</A> <A HREF="installation_en-6.html">Installing the software</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.1">6.1</A> <A HREF="installation_en-6.html#ss6.1">Incoming telnets</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.2">6.2</A> <A HREF="installation_en-6.html#ss6.2">The AGW packet engine</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.3">6.3</A> <A HREF="installation_en-6.html#ss6.3">Setting up the initial user files</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.4">6.4</A> <A HREF="installation_en-6.html#ss6.4">Connecting to other clusters</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc7">7.</A> <A HREF="installation_en-7.html">General Information</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc7.1">7.1</A> <A HREF="installation_en-7.html#ss7.1">The crontab file</A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+<A HREF="installation_en-1.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+Contents
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider CVS Changes Addendum v1.50</TITLE>
+
+
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Next
+Previous
+Contents
+<HR>
+<H1>The DXSpider CVS Changes Addendum v1.50</H1>
+
+<H2>Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net)</H2>February 2003 revision 0.1
+<HR>
+<EM>A reference for CVS users of the DXSpider DXCluster program.</EM>
+<HR>
+<P>If you have any problems with a new CVS version please mail the support
+list.</P>
+
+<P>The latest CVS is version 1.50 build 57.191. There are major changes going on currently as the code is being prepared for New Protocol.</P>
+
+<P>To run the latest CVS you need to additional perl modules. The links are below...</P>
+
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.plig.org/pub/CPAN/authors/id/A/AM/AMS/Storable-2.06.tar.gz">Storable-2.06.tar.gz</A></LI>
+<LI>
+<A HREF="ftp://ftp.plig.org/pub/CPAN/authors/id/M/MR/MROGASKI/Log-Agent-0.303.tar.gz">Log-Agent-0.303.tar.gz</A></LI>
+</UL>
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+Next
+Previous
+Contents
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider FAQ: Installation </TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="spiderFAQ_en-2.html" REL=next>
+
+ <LINK HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc1" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-2.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+<A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc1">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s1">1.</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc1">Installation </A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.1">1.1</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc1.1">Where do I get DXSpider?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>All things Spider can be found at
+<A HREF="http://www.dxcluster.org">www.dxcluster.org</A> and the actual program and patches can be found in the
+<A HREF="http://www.dxcluster.org/download/index.html">download</A> area.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.2">1.2</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc1.2">How do I use the patches?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Patching is done in the standard linux way ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+zcat /tmp/patch-1.40 | patch -p0
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>assuming the patch version you are using is 1.40 and resides in /tmp!</P>
+
+<P>Be aware that each patch assumes the previous patch has been applied. That
+is to say if you are patching from version 1.38 to 1.40 you would first need
+to apply patch-1.39 and then patch-1.40.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.3">1.3</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc1.3">If I use a tarball to overwrite my installation, what happens to my configuration?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>The tarballs are designed to not overwrite your existing configuration
+and can be used at any time to update your Spider software. All the key
+files have the suffix .issue (eg. DXVars.pm.issue) at default.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.4">1.4</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc1.4">I am running RedHat 5.2 and I am getting strange errors, what is wrong?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>The version of Perl that comes with 5.2 seems to be some kind of pre-release
+and is broken. You can get a new version of perl from
+<A HREF="http://www.dxcluster.org/download/index.html">www.dxcluster.org</A>
+or
+<A HREF="ftp://updates.redhat.com">ftp://updates.redhat.com</A>.
+Don't forget to patch it with the CPAN modules.</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-2.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+<A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc1">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider FAQ: Administration</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="spiderFAQ_en-1.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc2" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Next
+<A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-1.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc2">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s2">2.</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc2">Administration</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.1">2.1</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc2.1">How can I get Spider to restart automatically if it crashes?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Put this line into /etc/inittab ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+DX:3:respawn:/bin/su -c "/usr/bin/perl -w /spider/perl/cluster.pl" sysop > /dev/tty7
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Run <EM>telinit q</EM> as root. Spider will restart so be aware. However, any
+time you reboot, cluster.pl will start in tty7 and if it crashes, it should restart ok.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.2">2.2</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc2.2">How can I monitor traffic to and from a node or user?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>There are 2 ways to achieve this. You can use the <EM>tail</EM> command like this ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+tail -f /spider/data/debug/167.dat |grep G0VGS
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>or in later versions of Spider, there is a command called <EM>watchdbg</EM> in which
+case you simply type ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+watchdbg G0VGS
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.3">2.3</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc2.3">My neighbouring node cannot use the RCMD command to me, he just keeps getting the "tut tut" message.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Assuming that the permissions are set correctly (perm level 5 required), it could be
+that the home_node is set incorrectly. You can reset the home_node using the <EM>spoof</EM>
+command like this ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+spoof gb7adx set/home gb7adx
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Assuming that the node_call you are changing is gb7adx.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.4">2.4</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc2.4">I do not seem to be sending any bulletin mail to my link partners, what is wrong?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>There is a file in /spider/msg called forward.pl.issue. Rename this to
+forward.pl and edit it to meet your requirements. You will need to issue
+the command <EM>load/forward</EM> or restart Spider for the changes to
+take effect.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.5">2.5</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc2.5">How can I automatically limit the amount of debug logfiles that are stored?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Use the tmpwatch command. Create a file in /etc/cron.daily/ containing the line ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+/usr/sbin/tmpwatch -f 240 /spider/data/debug
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Remember to make it executable!</P>
+<P>This will limit your debug data down to the last 10 days</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.6">2.6</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc2.6">I updated my Linux distribution and now Spider cannot read the users file or the dupefile, what is the problem?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Almost certainly this is a change in the db format of perl. Follow these
+few steps to correct the problem.</P>
+<P>
+<UL>
+<LI>stop the cluster (disable any autostart in inittab)</LI>
+<LI>cd /spider/data</LI>
+<LI>issue the command perl user_asc</LI>
+<LI>restart the cluster</LI>
+</UL>
+</P>
+<P>That should solve the problem.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.7">2.7</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc2.7">Since I last updated I seem to be getting duplicate spots appearing.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>What has probably happened is that the dupefile has got corrupted in
+some way. Simply delete the /spider/data/dupefile and restart the
+cluster. It may take a little time to become fully functional but
+should solve your problem.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.8">2.8</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc2.8">I have deleted a message but it is still there, why?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>This is now the way messages are handled for deletion in Spider. If you
+look closely you will see a 'D' following the message number. This
+message is marked for deletion and will be deleted in 2 days if nothing
+further is done. Optionally you can use the command <EM>delete/expunge</EM>
+to delete it immediately.</P>
+
+<HR>
+Next
+<A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-1.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="spiderFAQ_en.html#toc2">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider FAQ</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="spiderFAQ_en-1.html" REL=next>
+
+
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-1.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+Contents
+<HR>
+<H1>The DXSpider FAQ</H1>
+
+<H2>Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net)</H2>December 2001 Revision: 1.8
+<HR>
+<EM>A reference for SysOps of the DXSpider DXCluster program.</EM>
+<HR>
+<P>Please mail any FAQs to the maintainer at the address above.</P>
+
+
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc1">1.</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-1.html">Installation </A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.1">1.1</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-1.html#ss1.1">Where do I get DXSpider?</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.2">1.2</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-1.html#ss1.2">How do I use the patches?</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.3">1.3</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-1.html#ss1.3">If I use a tarball to overwrite my installation, what happens to my configuration?</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.4">1.4</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-1.html#ss1.4">I am running RedHat 5.2 and I am getting strange errors, what is wrong?</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc2">2.</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-2.html">Administration</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.1">2.1</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-2.html#ss2.1">How can I get Spider to restart automatically if it crashes?</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.2">2.2</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-2.html#ss2.2">How can I monitor traffic to and from a node or user?</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.3">2.3</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-2.html#ss2.3">My neighbouring node cannot use the RCMD command to me, he just keeps getting the "tut tut" message.</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.4">2.4</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-2.html#ss2.4">I do not seem to be sending any bulletin mail to my link partners, what is wrong?</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.5">2.5</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-2.html#ss2.5">How can I automatically limit the amount of debug logfiles that are stored?</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.6">2.6</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-2.html#ss2.6">I updated my Linux distribution and now Spider cannot read the users file or the dupefile, what is the problem?</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.7">2.7</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-2.html#ss2.7">Since I last updated I seem to be getting duplicate spots appearing.</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.8">2.8</A> <A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-2.html#ss2.8">I have deleted a message but it is still there, why?</A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+<A HREF="spiderFAQ_en-1.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+Contents
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50: Introduction</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-2.html" REL=next>
+
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc1" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-2.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc1">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s1">1.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc1">Introduction</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.1">1.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc1.1">What is a DX Cluster?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>A DX Cluster is a packet node where DX chasers on any band or mode can
+post rare or interesting stations that they have worked or heard. Of
+course other people are doing the same thing too, so you can find new
+DX as well as telling others about the stations you have worked.
+Clusters tend to be linked to each other so that the amount of people
+using them is increased, thereby increasing the amount of posted DX.
+Other information can be found on clusters such as on-line call books,
+mail etc. You can talk to other stations connected to the cluster
+network too, in real time, whether at the node you are logged into or
+on another node connected to the network. You can also use converse
+mode, where several stations can talk to each other in the same way.
+Of course, the DX is still posted to you all the while!</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss1.2">1.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc1.2">So what is DXSpider?</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>PacketCluster nodes have been around since roughly 1985. The original
+PacketCluster idea came from Dick Newell, AK1A, and ran under DOS.
+In about 1992 Dick stopped the development of the PacketCluster
+software for amateur radio. Many systems are still using this
+relatively old DOS software today.</P>
+<P>There are several new compatible cluster programs around now,
+including DXSpider. DXSpider is a clone of PacketCluster software that runs
+under several operating systems including Linux and Windows. Linux is fast
+becoming the choice for amateur radio stations because of it's flexibility,
+reliability and the lack of the memory limitations of DOS. Linux supports
+multitasking and is also multiuser. It has support for AX25, ROSE,
+NetROM and TCPIP built in, making it the ideal choice for amateur
+radio. It is also totally free!</P>
+<P>DXSpider was conceived and begun in 1998 by Dirk Koopman, G1TLH as an
+exercise in perl programming. It has developed rapidly and today is a
+very powerful cluster program. It was designed to be totally compatible
+with the AK1A program, although several commands have been extended to
+improve functionality.</P>
+<P>This manual is designed to help you become familiar with the commands
+that DXSpider supports and to help you get the best from the program so
+you can enjoy working that rare DX! As DXSpider is being improved all the
+time, commands will be added as time goes by, so make sure you have
+the most upto date version of this manual. The latest version will
+always be included with the cluster program so if you are unsure, simply
+ask your sysop. The manual will also be available on the wesite.</P>
+
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-2.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc1">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50: Filtering (From version 1.45)</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-11.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-9.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc10" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-11.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-9.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc10">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s10">10.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc10">Filtering (From version 1.45)</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss10.1">10.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc10.1">General filter rules</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Upto v1.44 it was not possible for the user to set their own filters. From
+v1.45 though that has all changed. It is now possible to set filters for just
+about anything you wish. If you have just updated from an older version of
+DXSpider you will need to update your new filters. You do not need to do
+anything with your old filters, they will be renamed as you update.</P>
+
+<P>There are 3 basic commands involved in setting and manipulating filters. These
+are <EM>accept</EM>, <EM>reject</EM> and <EM>clear</EM>. First we will look
+generally at filtering. There are a number of things you can filter in the
+DXSpider system. They all use the same general mechanism.</P>
+
+<P>In general terms you can create a 'reject' or an 'accept' filter which can have
+up to 10 lines in it. You do this using, for example ... </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+
+accept/spots .....
+reject/spots .....
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. There are
+filters for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops) connects. See each
+different accept or reject command reference for more details.</P>
+<P>There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a filter. They are ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+clear/spots 1
+clear/spots all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.</P>
+
+<P>and you can check that your filters have worked by the command ... </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+
+show/filter
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<P>For now we are going to use spots for the examples, but you can apply the same
+principles to all types of filter.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss10.2">10.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc10.2">Types of filter</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>There are two main types of filter, <EM>accept</EM> or <EM>reject</EM>. You
+can use either to achieve the result you want dependent on your own preference
+and which is more simple to do. It is pointless writing 8 lines of reject
+filters when 1 accept filter would do the same thing! Each filter has 10
+lines (of any length) which are tried in order. If a line matches then the
+action you have specified is taken (ie reject means ignore it and accept
+means take it)</P>
+
+<P>If you specify reject filters, then any lines that arrive that match the filter
+will be dumped but all else will be accepted. If you use an accept filter,
+then ONLY the lines in the filter will be accepted and all else will be dumped.
+For example if you have a single line <EM>accept</EM> filter ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>then you will <EM>ONLY</EM> get VHF spots <EM>from</EM> or <EM>to</EM> CQ zones
+14, 15 and 16.</P>
+
+<P>If you set a reject filter like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+reject/spots on hf/cw
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Then you will get everything <EM>EXCEPT</EM> HF CW spots. You could make this
+single filter even more flexible. For example, if you are interested in IOTA
+and will work it even on CW even though normally you are not interested in
+CW, then you could say ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>which achieves exactly the same thing. You should choose one or the other
+until you are comfortable with the way it works. You can mix them if you
+wish (actually you can have an accept AND a reject on the same line) but
+don't attempt this until you are sure you know what you are doing!</P>
+
+<P>You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for your own
+understanding or simply convenience. Here is an example ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+reject/spots 1 on hf/cw
+reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots and also rejects any spots on VHF
+which don't either originate or spot someone in Europe. </P>
+
+<P>This is an example where you would use a line number (1 and 2 in this case), if
+you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits '0'-'9' are available.
+This make it easier to see just what filters you have set. It also makes it
+more simple to remove individual filters, during a contest for example.</P>
+
+<P>You will notice in the above example that the second line has brackets. Look
+at the line logically. You can see there are 2 separate sections to it. We
+are saying reject spots that are VHF or above <EM>APART</EM> from those in
+zones 14, 15 and 16 (either spotted there or originated there). If you did
+not have the brackets to separate the 2 sections, then Spider would read it
+logically from the front and see a different expression entirely ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+(on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The simple way to remember this is, if you use OR - use brackets. Whilst we are
+here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' is just the same as 'and by_zone'.</P>
+<P>As mentioned earlier, setting several filters can be more flexible than
+simply setting one complex one. Doing it in this way means that if you want
+to alter your filter you can just redefine or remove one or more lines of it or
+one line. For example ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>would redefine our earlier example, or </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+clear/spots 1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>To remove all the filter lines in the spot filter ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+clear/spots all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss10.3">10.3</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc10.3">Filter options</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>You can filter in several different ways. The options are listed in the
+various helpfiles for accept, reject and filter.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss10.4">10.4</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc10.4">Advanced filtering</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to experiment. </P>
+
+<P>The previous example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts vhf/uhf spots from EU
+can be written with a mixed filter, for example ... </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+rej/spot on hf/cw
+acc/spot on 0/30000
+acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Note that the first filter has not been specified with a number. This
+will automatically be assumed to be number 1. In this case, we have
+said <EM>reject all HF spots in the CW section of the bands but accept
+all others at HF. Also accept anything in VHF and above spotted in or
+by operators in the zones 14, 15 and 16</EM>. Each filter slot actually
+has a 'reject' slot and an 'accept' slot. The reject slot is executed
+BEFORE the accept slot.</P>
+
+<P>It was mentioned earlier that after a reject test that doesn't match, the
+default for following tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for 'accept'.
+In the example what happens is that the reject is executed first, any non
+hf/cw spot is passed to the accept line, which lets through everything
+else on HF. The next filter line lets through just VHF/UHF spots from EU.</P>
+
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-11.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-9.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc10">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50: Hints, tips and common questions.</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-12.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-10.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc11" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-10.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc11">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s11">11.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc11">Hints, tips and common questions.</A></H2>
+
+<P><B>Q.</B>These commands seem very long! Can I shorten them?</P>
+<P><B>A.</B>Of course you can and the usual abbreviations work. If you
+are unsure, try it. </P>
+<P><B>Q.</B>I am not sure if this command is correct. Can I cause any
+harm if I try it?</P>
+<P><B>A.</B>Do not be afraid to try a command to see if it will work,
+at the worst you will get an error message. If you require any
+help on a command, just type help followed by the command you
+want help on. Look at the "DXSpider Command Reference" section to see
+what help can be found.</P>
+<P><B>Q.</B>How should I use the announce command?</P>
+<P><B>A.</B>With respect. Use the command by all means, but please
+only use the "full" extension if absolutely necessary. It can
+create a LOT of messages passing between clusters.</P>
+<P><B>Q.</B>I like to be working in the shack while logged into the
+cluster but I can't be looking at the screen all the time. How
+can I be alerted when anything happens?</P>
+<P><B>A.</B>Use the <B>SET/BEEP</B> command. You can find information
+on this in the "DXSpider Command Reference" section.</P>
+<P><B>Q.</B>I got disconnected from the cluster and now I can't log
+back in again. What is wrong?</P>
+<P><B>A.</B>Probably the cluster thinks you are still logged on and
+will not let you reconnect using the same call to prevent loops.
+Try logging on again adding an ssid to your callsign as DXSpider
+treats G0YLM and G0YLM-1 as different users.</P>
+<P><B>Q.</B>How do I know if I have got the latest version of this
+user manual?</P>
+<P><B>A.</B>The latest and greatest will always be on the Website. It will
+also be included with every release of DXSpider. As always, if unsure,
+ask your sysop what version number is the latest. </P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-10.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc11">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50: The DXSpider command reference</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-11.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+Next
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-11.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s12">12.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12">The DXSpider command reference</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.1">12.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.1">accept</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept</B> Set a filter to accept something</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Create a filter to accept something</P>
+<P>There are 2 types of filter, accept and reject. See HELP FILTERING for more
+info.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.2">12.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.2">accept/announce [0-9] <pattern></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/announce [0-9] <pattern></B> Set an 'accept' filter line for announce</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Create an 'accept this announce' line for a filter. </P>
+<P>An accept filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it is
+passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.</P>
+<P>You can use any of the following things in this line:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,NH
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states>
+ channel <prefixes>
+ wx 1 filter WX announces
+ dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>some examples:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/ann dest 6MUK
+ acc/ann 2 by_zone 14,15,16
+ (this could be all on one line: acc/ann dest 6MUK or by_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+or
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/ann by G,M,2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>for american states</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/ann by_state va,nh,ri,nh
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/ann all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>but this probably for advanced users...</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.3">12.3</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.3">accept/spots [0-9] <pattern></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/spots [0-9] <pattern></B> Set an 'accept' filter line for spots</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Create an 'accept this spot' line for a filter. </P>
+<P>An accept filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is
+passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.</P>
+<P>You can use any of the following things in this line:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m
+ on <range> same as 'freq'
+ call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes>
+ call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ call_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ origin <prefixes>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>'call' means the callsign that has spotted 'by' whoever.</P>
+<P>For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in
+SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -
+thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -
+this is more efficient than saying simply: freq HF (but don't get
+too hung up about that)</P>
+<P>some examples:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/spot 1 on hf/cw
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything, eg:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/spot 3 all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>for US states </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/spots by_state VA,NH,RI,MA,ME
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>but this probably for advanced users...</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.4">12.4</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.4">accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern></B> set an 'accept' WCY filter</CODE></P>
+
+<P>It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
+filter on the following fields:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place and
+you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want them).</P>
+<P>This command is really provided for future use.</P>
+<P>See HELP FILTER for information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.5">12.5</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.5">accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern></B> set an 'accept' WWV filter</CODE></P>
+
+<P>It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
+filter on the following fields:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>for example </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/wwv by_zone 4
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV broadcasts
+by stations in the US).</P>
+<P>See HELP FILTER for information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.6">12.6</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.6">announce <text></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>announce <text></B> Send an announcement to LOCAL users only</CODE></P>
+
+<P><text> is the text of the announcement you wish to broadcast </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.7">12.7</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.7">announce full <text></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>announce full <text></B> Send an announcement cluster wide</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This will send your announcement cluster wide</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.8">12.8</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.8">apropos <string></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>apropos <string></B> Search help database for <string></CODE></P>
+
+<P>Search the help database for <string> (it isn't case sensitive), and print
+the names of all the commands that may be relevant.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.9">12.9</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.9">blank [<string>] [<nn>]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>blank [<string>] [<nn>]</B> Print nn (default 1) blank lines (or strings)</CODE></P>
+
+<P>In its basic form this command prints one or more blank lines. However if
+you pass it a string it will replicate the string for the width of the
+screen (default 80) and then print that one or more times, so:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ blank 2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>prints two blank lines</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ blank -
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>prints a row of - characters once.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ blank abc
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>prints 'abcabcabcabcabcabc....'</P>
+<P>This is really only of any use in a script file and you can print a maximum
+of 9 lines.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.10">12.10</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.10">bye</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>bye</B> Exit from the cluster</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This will disconnect you from the cluster</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.11">12.11</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.11">clear/announce [1|all]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/announce [1|all]</B> Clear a announce filter line</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a annouce filter or to
+remove the whole filter.</P>
+<P>see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.12">12.12</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.12">clear/route [1|all]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/route [1|all]</B> Clear a route filter line</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a route filter or to
+remove the whole filter.</P>
+<P>see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.13">12.13</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.13">clear/spots [0-9|all]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/spots [0-9|all]</B> Clear a spot filter line</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a spot filter or to
+remove the whole filter.</P>
+<P>If you have a filter:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/spot 1 on hf/cw
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>and you say:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ clear/spot 1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>you will be left with:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If you do:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ clear/spot all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>the filter will be completely removed.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.14">12.14</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.14">clear/wcy [1|all]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/wcy [1|all]</B> Clear a WCY filter line</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WCY filter or to
+remove the whole filter.</P>
+<P>see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.15">12.15</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.15">clear/wwv [1|all]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>clear/wwv [1|all]</B> Clear a WWV filter line</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WWV filter or to
+remove the whole filter.</P>
+<P>see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.16">12.16</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.16">dbavail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>dbavail</B> Show a list of all the Databases in the system</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Title says it all really, this command lists all the databases defined
+in the system. It is also aliased to SHOW/COMMAND.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.17">12.17</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.17">dbshow <dbname> <key></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>dbshow <dbname> <key></B> Display an entry, if it exists, in a database</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This is the generic user interface to the database to the database system.
+It is expected that the sysop will add an entry to the local Aliases file
+so that users can use the more familiar AK1A style of enquiry such as:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/BUCK G1TLH
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>but if he hasn't and the database really does exist (use DBAVAIL or
+SHOW/COMMAND to find out) you can do the same thing with:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DBSHOW buck G1TLH
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.18">12.18</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.18">directory</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory</B> List messages </CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.19">12.19</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.19">directory <from>-<to></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory <from>-<to></B> List messages <from> message <to> message </CODE></P>
+
+<P>List the messages in the messages directory.</P>
+<P>If there is a 'p' one space after the message number then it is a
+personal message. If there is a '-' between the message number and the
+'p' then this indicates that the message has been read.</P>
+<P>You can use shell escape characters such as '*' and '?' in the <call>
+fields.</P>
+<P>You can combine some of the various directory commands together eg:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DIR TO G1TLH 5
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+or
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DIR SUBJECT IOTA 200-250
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can abbreviate all the commands to one letter and use ak1a syntax:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DIR/T G1* 10
+ DIR/S QSL 10-100 5
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.20">12.20</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.20">directory <nn></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory <nn></B> List last <nn> messages</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.21">12.21</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.21">directory all</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory all</B> List all messages</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.22">12.22</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.22">directory from <call></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory from <call></B> List all messages from <call></CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.23">12.23</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.23">directory new</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory new</B> List all new messages</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.24">12.24</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.24">directory own</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory own</B> List your own messages</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.25">12.25</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.25">directory subject <string></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory subject <string></B> List all messages with <string> in subject</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.26">12.26</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.26">directory to <call></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>directory to <call></B> List all messages to <call></CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.27">12.27</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.27">dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks></B> Send a DX spot</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This is how you send a DX Spot to other users. You can, in fact, now
+enter the <freq> and the <call> either way round. </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DX FR0G 144.600
+ DX 144.600 FR0G
+ DX 144600 FR0G
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>will all give the same result. You can add some remarks to the end
+of the command and they will be added to the spot.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DX FR0G 144600 this is a test
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can credit someone else by saying:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ DX by G1TLH FR0G 144.600 he isn't on the cluster
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The <freq> is compared against the available bands set up in the
+cluster. See SHOW/BANDS for more information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.28">12.28</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.28">echo <line></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>echo <line></B> Echo the line to the output</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command is useful in scripts and so forth for printing the
+line that you give to the command to the output. You can use this
+in user_default scripts and the SAVE command for titling and so forth</P>
+<P>The script will interpret certain standard "escape" sequences as follows:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ \t - becomes a TAB character (0x09 in ascii)
+ \a - becomes a BEEP character (0x07 in ascii)
+ \n - prints a new line
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>So the following example:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ echo GB7DJK is a dxcluster
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>produces:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ GB7DJK is a dxcluster
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>on the output. You don't need a \n on the end of the line you want to send.</P>
+<P>A more complex example:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ echo GB7DJK\n\tg1tlh\tDirk\n\tg3xvf\tRichard
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>produces:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ GB7DJK
+ g1tlh Dirk
+ g3xvf Richard
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>on the output.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.29">12.29</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.29">filtering...</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>filtering...</B> Filtering things in DXSpider</CODE></P>
+
+<P>There are a number of things you can filter in the DXSpider system. They
+all use the same general mechanism.</P>
+<P>In general terms you can create a 'reject' or an 'accept' filter which
+can have up to 10 lines in it. You do this using, for example:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/spots .....
+ reject/spots .....
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. There
+are filters for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops)
+connects. See each different accept or reject command reference for
+more details.</P>
+<P>There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a filter and
+one to show you what you have set. They are:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ clear/spots 1
+ clear/spots all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>and </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ show/filter
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.</P>
+<P>For now we are going to use spots for the examples, but you can apply
+the principles to all types of filter.</P>
+<P>There are two main types of filter 'accept' or 'reject'; which you use
+depends entirely on how you look at the world and what is least
+writing to achieve what you want. Each filter has 10 lines (of any
+length) which are tried in order. If a line matches then the action
+you have specified is taken (ie reject means ignore it and accept
+means gimme it).</P>
+<P>The important thing to remember is that if you specify a 'reject'
+filter (all the lines in it say 'reject/spots' (for instance)) then if
+a spot comes in that doesn't match any of the lines then you will get
+it BUT if you specify an 'accept' filter then any spots that don't
+match are dumped. For example if I have a one line accept filter:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>then automatically you will ONLY get VHF spots from or to CQ zones 14
+15 and 16. If you set a reject filter like:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/spots on hf/cw
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Then you will get everything EXCEPT HF CW spots, If you am interested in IOTA
+and will work it even on CW then you could say:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>which is exactly the same. You should choose one or the other until
+you are confortable with the way it works. Yes, you can mix them
+(actually you can have an accept AND a reject on the same line) but
+don't try this at home until you can analyse the results that you get
+without ringing up the sysop for help.</P>
+<P>Another useful addition now is filtering by US state</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ accept/spots by_state VA,NH,RI,ME
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for your
+own understanding or simply convenience. I have one set frequently:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/cw
+ reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots (being a class B I can't
+read any CW and couldn't possibly be interested in HF :-) and also
+rejects any spots on VHF which don't either originate or spot someone
+in Europe.</P>
+<P>This is an exmaple where you would use the line number (1 and 2 in
+this case), if you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits
+'0'-'9' are available.</P>
+<P>You can leave the word 'and' out if you want, it is implied. You can
+use any number of brackets to make the 'expression' as you want
+it. There are things called precedence rules working here which mean
+that you will NEED brackets in a situation like line 2 because,
+without it, will assume:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ (on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>annoying, but that is the way it is. If you use OR - use
+brackets. Whilst we are here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' is
+just 'and by_zone'.</P>
+<P>If you want to alter your filter you can just redefine one or more
+lines of it or clear out one line. For example:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>or </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ clear/spots 1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>To remove the filter in its entirty:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ clear/spots all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>There are similar CLEAR commands for the other filters:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ clear/announce
+ clear/wcy
+ clear/wwv
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>ADVANCED USERS:-</P>
+<P>Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to experiment. </P>
+<P>my example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts vhf/uhf spots from EU
+can be written with a mixed filter, eg:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ rej/spot on hf/cw
+ acc/spot on 0/30000
+ acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>each filter slot actually has a 'reject' slot and an 'accept'
+slot. The reject slot is executed BEFORE the accept slot.</P>
+<P>It was mentioned earlier that after a reject test that doesn't match,
+the default for following tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for
+'accept'. In the example what happens is that the reject is executed
+first, any non hf/cw spot is passed to the accept line, which lets
+thru everything else on HF.</P>
+<P>The next filter line lets through just VHF/UHF spots from EU.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.30">12.30</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.30">help</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>help</B> The HELP Command</CODE></P>
+
+<P>HELP is available for a number of commands. The syntax is:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ HELP <cmd>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Where <cmd> is the name of the command you want help on.</P>
+<P>All commands can be abbreviated, so SHOW/DX can be abbreviated
+to SH/DX, ANNOUNCE can be shortened to AN and so on.</P>
+<P>Look at the APROPOS <string> command which will search the help database
+for the <string> you specify and give you a list of likely commands
+to look at with HELP.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.31">12.31</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.31">kill <from msgno>-<to msgno></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill <from msgno>-<to msgno></B> Delete a range of messages</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.32">12.32</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.32">kill <msgno> [<msgno..]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill <msgno> [<msgno..]</B> Delete a message from the local system</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.33">12.33</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.33">kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...]</B> Remove or erase a message from the system</CODE></P>
+
+<P>You can get rid of any message to or originating from your callsign using
+this command. You can remove more than one message at a time.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.34">12.34</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.34">kill from <regex></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill from <regex></B> Delete messages FROM a callsign or pattern</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.35">12.35</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.35">kill to <regex></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>kill to <regex></B> Delete messages TO a callsign or pattern</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.36">12.36</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.36">links</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>links</B> Show which nodes is physically connected</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This is a quick listing that shows which links are connected and
+some information about them. See WHO for a list of all connections.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.37">12.37</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.37">read</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>read</B> Read the next unread personal message addressed to you</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.38">12.38</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.38">read <msgno></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>read <msgno></B> Read the specified message</CODE></P>
+
+<P>You can read any messages that are sent as 'non-personal' and also any
+message either sent by or sent to your callsign.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.39">12.39</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.39">reject</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject</B> Set a filter to reject something</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Create a filter to reject something</P>
+<P>There are 2 types of filter, accept and reject. See HELP FILTERING for more
+info.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.40">12.40</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.40">reject/announce [0-9] <pattern></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/announce [0-9] <pattern></B> Set a 'reject' filter line for announce</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Create an 'reject this announce' line for a filter. </P>
+<P>A reject filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it is
+passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.</P>
+<P>You can use any of the following things in this line:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ channel <prefixes>
+ wx 1 filter WX announces
+ dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>some examples:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ rej/ann by_zone 14,15,16 and not by G,M,2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ rej/ann all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>but this probably for advanced users...</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.41">12.41</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.41">reject/spots [0-9] <pattern></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/spots [0-9] <pattern></B> Set a 'reject' filter line for spots</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Create a 'reject this spot' line for a filter. </P>
+<P>A reject filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is
+dumped (not passed on). See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.</P>
+<P>You can use any of the following things in this line:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m
+ on <range> same as 'freq'
+ call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes>
+ call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ call_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ origin <prefixes>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>'call' means the callsign that has spotted 'by' whoever.</P>
+<P>For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in
+SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -
+thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -
+this is more efficient than saying simply: on HF (but don't get
+too hung up about that)</P>
+<P>some examples:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ rej/spot 1 on hf
+ rej/spot 2 on vhf and not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ rej/spot 3 all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>but this probably for advanced users...</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.42">12.42</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.42">reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern></B> set a 'reject' WCY filter</CODE></P>
+
+<P>It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
+filter on the following fields:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place and
+you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want them).</P>
+<P>This command is really provided for future use.</P>
+<P>See HELP FILTER for information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.43">12.43</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.43">reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern></B> set a 'reject' WWV filter</CODE></P>
+
+<P>It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
+filter on the following fields:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>for example </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ reject/wwv by_zone 14,15,16
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV broadcasts
+by stations in the US).</P>
+<P>See HELP FILTER for information.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.44">12.44</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.44">reply</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reply</B> Reply (privately) to the last message that you have read</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.45">12.45</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.45">reply <msgno></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reply <msgno></B> Reply (privately) to the specified message</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.46">12.46</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.46">reply b <msgno></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reply b <msgno></B> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.47">12.47</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.47">reply noprivate <msgno></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reply noprivate <msgno></B> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.48">12.48</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.48">reply rr <msgno></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>reply rr <msgno></B> Reply to the specified message with read receipt</CODE></P>
+
+<P>You can reply to a message and the subject will automatically have
+"Re:" inserted in front of it, if it isn't already present.</P>
+<P>You can also use all the extra qualifiers such as RR, PRIVATE,
+NOPRIVATE, B that you can use with the SEND command (see SEND
+for further details)</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.49">12.49</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.49">send <call> [<call> ...]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>send <call> [<call> ...]</B> Send a message to one or more callsigns</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.50">12.50</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.50">send copy <msgno> <call></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>send copy <msgno> <call></B> Send a copy of a message to someone</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.51">12.51</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.51">send noprivate <call></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>send noprivate <call></B> Send a message to all stations</CODE></P>
+
+<P>All the SEND commands will create a message which will be sent either to
+an individual callsign or to one of the 'bulletin' addresses. </P>
+<P>SEND <call> on its own acts as though you had typed SEND PRIVATE, that is
+it will mark the message as personal and send it to the cluster node that
+that callsign is connected to. If the <call> you have specified is in fact
+a known bulletin category on your node (eg: ALL) then the message should
+automatically become a bulletin.</P>
+<P>You can have more than one callsign in all of the SEND commands.</P>
+<P>You can have multiple qualifiers so that you can have for example:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SEND RR COPY 123 PRIVATE G1TLH G0RDI
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>which should send a copy of message 123 to G1TLH and G0RDI and you will
+receive a read receipt when they have read the message.</P>
+<P>SB is an alias for SEND NOPRIVATE (or send a bulletin in BBS speak)
+SP is an alias for SEND PRIVATE</P>
+<P>The system will ask you for a subject. Conventionally this should be
+no longer than 29 characters for compatibility. Most modern cluster
+software should accept more.</P>
+<P>You will now be prompted to start entering your text. </P>
+<P>You finish the message by entering '/EX' on a new line. For instance:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ ...
+ bye then Jim
+ 73 Dirk
+ /ex
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If you have started a message and you don't want to keep it then you
+can abandon the message with '/ABORT' on a new line, like:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ line 1
+ line 2
+ oh I just can't be bothered with this
+ /abort
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If you abort the message it will NOT be sent.</P>
+<P>When you are entering the text of your message, most normal output (such
+as DX announcements and so on are suppressed and stored for latter display
+(upto 20 such lines are stored, as new ones come along, so the oldest
+lines are dropped).</P>
+<P>Also, you can enter normal commands commands (and get the output
+immediately) whilst in the middle of a message. You do this by typing
+the command preceeded by a '/' character on a new line, so:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ /dx g1tlh 144010 strong signal
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Will issue a dx annoucement to the rest of the cluster. </P>
+<P>Also, you can add the output of a command to your message by preceeding
+the command with '//', thus :-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ //sh/vhftable
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This will show YOU the output from SH/VHFTABLE and also store it in the
+message. </P>
+<P>You can carry on with the message until you are ready to send it. </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.52">12.52</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.52">send private <call></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>send private <call></B> Send a personal message</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.53">12.53</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.53">send rr <call></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>send rr <call></B> Send a message and ask for a read receipt</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.54">12.54</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.54">set/address <your address></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/address <your address></B> Record your postal address</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.55">12.55</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.55">set/announce</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/announce</B> Allow announce messages to come out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.56">12.56</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.56">set/anntalk</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/anntalk</B> Allow talk like announce messages on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.57">12.57</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.57">set/beep</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/beep</B> Add a beep to DX and other messages on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.58">12.58</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.58">set/dx</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/dx</B> Allow DX messages to come out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.59">12.59</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.59">set/dxgrid</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/dxgrid</B> Allow QRA Grid Squares on the end of DX announcements</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.60">12.60</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.60">set/echo</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/echo</B> Make the cluster echo your input</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.61">12.61</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.61">set/email <email> ...</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/email <email> ...</B> Set email address(es) and forward your personals</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.62">12.62</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.62">set/here</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/here</B> Tell the system you are present at your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.63">12.63</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.63">set/homenode <node> </A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/homenode <node> </B> Set your normal cluster callsign</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Tell the cluster system where you normally connect to. Any Messages sent
+to you will normally find their way there should you not be connected.
+eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/HOMENODE gb7djk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.64">12.64</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.64">set/language <lang></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/language <lang></B> Set the language you want to use</CODE></P>
+
+<P>You can select the language that you want the cluster to use. Currently
+the languages available are en (English), de (German), es (Spanish)
+and nl (Dutch).</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.65">12.65</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.65">set/location <lat & long></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/location <lat & long></B> Set your latitude and longitude</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.66">12.66</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.66">set/logininfo</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/logininfo</B> Inform when a station logs in locally</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.67">12.67</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.67">set/name <your name></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/name <your name></B> Set your name</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Tell the system what your name is eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/NAME Dirk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.68">12.68</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.68">set/page <lines per page></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/page <lines per page></B> Set the lines per page</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Tell the system how many lines you wish on a page when the number of line
+of output from a command is more than this. The default is 20. Setting it
+explicitly to 0 will disable paging.
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/PAGE 30
+ SET/PAGE 0
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The setting is stored in your user profile.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.69">12.69</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.69">set/password</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/password</B> Set your own password</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command only works for a 'telnet' user (currently). It will
+only work if you have a password already set. This initial password
+can only be set by the sysop.</P>
+<P>When you execute this command it will ask you for your old password,
+then ask you to type in your new password twice (to make sure you
+get it right). You may or may not see the data echoed on the screen
+as you type, depending on the type of telnet client you have.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.70">12.70</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.70">set/prompt <string></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/prompt <string></B> Set your prompt to <string></CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.71">12.71</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.71">set/qra <locator></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/qra <locator></B> Set your QRA Grid locator</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Tell the system what your QRA (or Maidenhead) locator is. If you have not
+done a SET/LOCATION then your latitude and longitude will be set roughly
+correctly (assuming your locator is correct ;-). For example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/QRA JO02LQ
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.72">12.72</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.72">set/qth <your qth></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/qth <your qth></B> Set your QTH</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Tell the system where you are. For example:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/QTH East Dereham, Norfolk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.73">12.73</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.73">set/talk</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/talk</B> Allow TALK messages to come out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.74">12.74</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.74">set/wcy</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/wcy</B> Allow WCY messages to come out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.75">12.75</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.75">set/wwv</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/wwv</B> Allow WWV messages to come out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.76">12.76</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.76">set/wx</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>set/wx</B> Allow WX messages to come out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.77">12.77</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.77">show/configuration [<node>]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/configuration [<node>]</B> Show all the nodes and users visible</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command allows you to see all the users that can be seen
+and the nodes to which they are connected.</P>
+<P>This command is normally abbreviated to: sh/c</P>
+<P>Normally, the list returned will be just for the nodes from your
+country (because the list otherwise will be very long).</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/C ALL
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>will produce a complete list of all nodes. </P>
+<P>BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long</P>
+<P>It is possible to supply a node or part of a prefix and you will get
+a list of the users for that node or list of nodes starting with
+that prefix.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/C GB7DJK
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/C SK
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.78">12.78</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.78">show/configuration/node</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/configuration/node</B> Show all the nodes connected locally</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show all the nodes connected to this node.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.79">12.79</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.79">show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>]</B> Show the local time </CODE></P>
+
+<P>This is very nearly the same as SHOW/TIME, the only difference the format
+of the date string if no arguments are given.</P>
+<P>If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the local
+time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixes
+then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) at
+the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.80">12.80</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.80">show/dx</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/dx</B> Interrogate the spot database</CODE></P>
+
+<P>If you just type SHOW/DX you will get the last so many spots
+(sysop configurable, but usually 10).</P>
+<P>In addition you can add any number of these commands in very nearly
+any order to the basic SHOW/DX command, they are:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ on <band> - eg 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm
+ on <region> - eg hf vhf uhf shf (see SHOW/BANDS)
+ on <from>/<to> - eg 1000/4000 14000-30000 (in Khz)
+ <from>-<to>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ <number> - the number of spots you want
+ <from>-<to> - <from> spot no <to> spot no in the selected list
+ <from>/<to>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ <prefix> - for a spotted callsign beginning with <prefix>
+ *<suffix> - for a spotted callsign ending in <suffix>
+ *<string>* - for a spotted callsign containing <string>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ day <number> - starting <number> days ago
+ day <from>-<to> - <from> days <to> days ago
+ <from>/<to>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ info <text> - any spots containing <text> in the info or remarks
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ by <call> - any spots spotted by <call> (spotter <call> is the
+ same).
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ qsl - this automatically looks for any qsl info on the call
+ held in the spot database.
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ iota [<iota>] - If the iota island number is missing it will look for
+ the string iota and anything which looks like an iota
+ island number. If you specify then it will look for
+ that island.
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ qra [<locator>] - this will look for the specific locator if you specify
+ one or else anything that looks like a locator.
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ dxcc - treat the prefix as a 'country' and look for spots
+ from that country regardless of actual prefix.
+ eg dxcc oq2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ You can also use this with the 'by' keyword so
+ eg by W dxcc
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ e.g.
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/DX 9m0
+ SH/DX on 20m info iota
+ SH/DX 9a on vhf day 30
+ SH/DX rf1p qsl
+ SH/DX iota
+ SH/DX iota eu-064
+ SH/DX qra jn86
+ SH/DX dxcc oq2
+ SH/DX dxcc oq2 by w dxcc
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.81">12.81</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.81">show/dxcc <prefix></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/dxcc <prefix></B> Interrogate the spot database by country</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command takes the <prefix> (which can be a full or partial
+callsign if desired), looks up which internal country number it is
+and then displays all the spots as per SH/DX for that country.</P>
+<P>This is now an alias for 'SHOW/DX DXCC' </P>
+<P>The options for SHOW/DX also apply to this command.
+e.g. </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/DXCC G
+ SH/DXCC W on 20m iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This can be done with the SHOW/DX command like this:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/DX dxcc g
+ SH/DX dxcc w on 20m iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.82">12.82</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.82">show/dxstats [days] [date]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/dxstats [days] [date]</B> Show the DX Statistics</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show the total DX spots for the last <days> no of days (default is 31),
+starting from a <date> (default: today).</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.83">12.83</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.83">show/files [<filearea> [<string>]]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/files [<filearea> [<string>]]</B> List the contents of a filearea</CODE></P>
+
+<P>SHOW/FILES on its own will show you a list of the various fileareas
+available on the system. To see the contents of a particular file
+area type:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/FILES <filearea>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+where <filearea> is the name of the filearea you want to see the
+contents of.</P>
+<P>You can also use shell globbing characters like '*' and '?' in a
+string to see a selection of files in a filearea eg:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/FILES bulletins arld*
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>See also TYPE - to see the contents of a file.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.84">12.84</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.84">show/filter</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/filter</B> Show the contents of all the filters you have set</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show the contents of all the filters that are set. This command displays
+all the filters set - for all the various categories.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.85">12.85</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.85">show/hfstats [days] [date]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/hfstats [days] [date]</B> Show the HF DX Statistics </CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show the HF DX spots breakdown by band for the last <days> no of days
+(default is 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.86">12.86</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.86">show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]</B> Show the HF DX Spotter Table</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show the HF DX Spotter table for the list of prefixes for the last
+<days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).</P>
+<P>If there are no prefixes then it will show the table for your country.</P>
+<P>Remember that some countries have more than one "DXCC country" in them
+(eg G :-), to show them (assuming you are not in G already which is
+specially treated in the code) you must list all the relevant prefixes</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/hftable g gm gd gi gj gw gu
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Note that the prefixes are converted into country codes so you don't have
+to list all possible prefixes for each country.</P>
+<P>If you want more or less days than the default simply include the
+number you require:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/hftable 20 pa
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If you want to start at a different day, simply add the date in some
+recognizable form:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/hftable 2 25nov02
+ sh/hftable 2 25-nov-02
+ sh/hftable 2 021125
+ sh/hftable 2 25/11/02
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This will show the stats for your DXCC for that CQWW contest weekend. </P>
+<P>You can specify either prefixes or full callsigns (so you can see how you
+did against all your mates). You can also say 'all' which will then print
+the worldwide statistics.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/hftable all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.87">12.87</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.87">show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]</B> Show Moon rise and set times</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show the Moon rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns,
+together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at those
+locations.</P>
+<P>If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times for
+your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),
+together with the current azimuth and elevation.</P>
+<P>In addition, it will show the illuminated fraction of the moons disk.</P>
+<P>If all else fails it will show the Moonrise and set times for the node
+that you are connected to. </P>
+<P>For example:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/MOON
+ SH/MOON G1TLH W5UN
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can also use this command to see into the past or the future, so
+if you want to see yesterday's times then do:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/MOON -1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>or in three days time:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/MOON +3 W9
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Upto 366 days can be checked both in the past and in the future.</P>
+<P>Please note that the rise and set times are given as the UT times of rise and
+set on the requested UT day.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.88">12.88</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.88">show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long]</B> Show the likely propagation to a prefix</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command allow you to estimate the likelihood of you contacting
+a station with the prefix you have specified. The output assumes a modest
+power of 20dBW and receiver sensitivity of -123dBm (about 0.15muV/10dB SINAD)</P>
+<P>The result predicts the most likely operating frequencies and signal
+levels for high frequency (shortwave) radio propagation paths on
+specified days of the year and hours of the day. It is most useful for
+paths between 250 km and 6000 km, but can be used with reduced accuracy
+for paths shorter or longer than this.</P>
+<P>The command uses a routine MINIMUF 3.5 developed by the U.S. Navy and
+used to predict the MUF given the predicted flux, day of the year,
+hour of the day and geographic coordinates of the transmitter and
+receiver. This routine is reasonably accurate for the purposes here,
+with a claimed RMS error of 3.8 MHz, but much smaller and less complex
+than the programs used by major shortwave broadcasting organizations,
+such as the Voice of America.</P>
+<P>The command will display some header information detailing its
+assumptions, together with the locations, latitude and longitudes and
+bearings. It will then show UTC (UT), local time at the other end
+(LT), calculate the MUFs, Sun zenith angle at the midpoint of the path
+(Zen) and the likely signal strengths. Then for each frequency for which
+the system thinks there is a likelihood of a circuit it prints a value.</P>
+<P>The value is currently a likely S meter reading based on the conventional
+6dB / S point scale. If the value has a '+' appended it means that it is
+1/2 an S point stronger. If the value is preceeded by an 'm' it means that
+there is likely to be much fading and by an 's' that the signal is likely
+to be noisy. </P>
+<P>By default SHOW/MUF will show the next two hours worth of data. You
+can specify anything up to 24 hours worth of data by appending the no of
+hours required after the prefix. For example:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/MUF W
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>produces:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ RxSens: -123 dBM SFI: 159 R: 193 Month: 10 Day: 21
+ Power : 20 dBW Distance: 6283 km Delay: 22.4 ms
+ Location Lat / Long Azim
+ East Dereham, Norfolk 52 41 N 0 57 E 47
+ United-States-W 43 0 N 87 54 W 299
+ UT LT MUF Zen 1.8 3.5 7.0 10.1 14.0 18.1 21.0 24.9 28.0 50.0
+ 18 23 11.5 -35 mS0+ mS2 S3
+ 19 0 11.2 -41 mS0+ mS2 S3
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>indicating that you will have weak, fading circuits on top band and
+80m but usable signals on 40m (about S3).</P>
+<P>inputing:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/MUF W 24
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>will get you the above display, but with the next 24 hours worth of
+propagation data.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/MUF W L 24
+ SH/MUF W 24 Long
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Gives you an estimate of the long path propagation characterics. It
+should be noted that the figures will probably not be very useful, nor
+terrible accurate, but it is included for completeness.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.89">12.89</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.89">show/newconfiguration [<node>]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/newconfiguration [<node>]</B> Show all the nodes and users visible</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command allows you to see all the users that can be seen
+and the nodes to which they are connected. </P>
+<P>This command produces essentially the same information as
+SHOW/CONFIGURATION except that it shows all the duplication of
+any routes that might be present It also uses a different format
+which may not take up quite as much space if you don't have any
+loops.</P>
+<P>BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.90">12.90</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.90">show/newconfiguration/node</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/newconfiguration/node</B> Show all the nodes connected locally</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show all the nodes connected to this node in the new format.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.91">12.91</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.91">show/prefix <callsign></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/prefix <callsign></B> Interrogate the prefix database </CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command takes the <callsign> (which can be a full or partial
+callsign or a prefix), looks up which internal country number
+it is and then displays all the relevant prefixes for that country
+together with the internal country no, the CQ and ITU regions. </P>
+<P>See also SHOW/DXCC</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.92">12.92</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.92">show/qra <lat> <long></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/qra <lat> <long></B> Convert lat/long to a QRA Grid locator</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This is a multipurpose command that allows you either to calculate the
+distance and bearing between two locators or (if only one locator is
+given on the command line) the distance and beraing from your station
+to the locator. For example:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/QRA IO92QL
+ SH/QRA JN06 IN73
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The first example will show the distance and bearing to the locator from
+yourself, the second example will calculate the distance and bearing from
+the first locator to the second. You can use 4 or 6 character locators.</P>
+<P>It is also possible to convert a latitude and longitude to a locator by
+using this command with a latitude and longitude as an argument, for
+example:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/QRA 52 41 N 0 58 E
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.93">12.93</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.93">show/qra <locator> [<locator>]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/qra <locator> [<locator>]</B> Show distance between QRA Grid locators</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.94">12.94</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.94">show/qrz <callsign></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/qrz <callsign></B> Show any callbook details on a callsign</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command queries the QRZ callbook server on the internet
+and returns any information available for that callsign. This service
+is provided for users of this software by http://www.qrz.com </P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.95">12.95</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.95">show/route <callsign> ...</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/route <callsign> ...</B> Show the route to the callsign</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command allows you to see to which node the callsigns specified are
+connected. It is a sort of inverse sh/config.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/route n2tly
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.96">12.96</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.96">show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>]</B> Show tracking data</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show the tracking data from your location to the satellite of your choice
+from now on for the next few hours.</P>
+<P>If you use this command without a satellite name it will display a list
+of all the satellites known currently to the system. </P>
+<P>If you give a name then you can obtain tracking data of all the passes
+that start and finish 5 degrees below the horizon. As default it will
+give information for the next three hours for every five minute period.</P>
+<P>You can alter the number of hours and the step size, within certain
+limits. </P>
+<P>Each pass in a period is separated with a row of '-----' characters</P>
+<P>So for example:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/SAT AO-10
+ SH/SAT FENGYUN1 12 2
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.97">12.97</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.97">show/station [<callsign> ..]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/station [<callsign> ..]</B> Show information about a callsign</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show the information known about a callsign and whether (and where)
+that callsign is connected to the cluster.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/ST G1TLH
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If no callsign is given then show the information for yourself.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.98">12.98</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.98">show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]</B> Show sun rise and set times</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show the sun rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns,
+together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at those
+locations.</P>
+<P>If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times for
+your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),
+together with the current azimuth and elevation.</P>
+<P>If all else fails it will show the sunrise and set times for the node
+that you are connected to. </P>
+<P>For example:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/SUN
+ SH/SUN G1TLH K9CW ZS
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can also use this command to see into the past or the future, so
+if you want to see yesterday's times then do:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/SUN -1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>or in three days time:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SH/SUN +3 W9
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Upto 366 days can be checked both in the past and in the future.</P>
+<P>Please note that the rise and set times are given as the UT times of rise
+and set on the requested UT day.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.99">12.99</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.99">show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>]</B> Show the local time </CODE></P>
+
+<P>If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the local
+time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixes
+then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) at
+the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.100">12.100</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.100">show/usdb [call ..]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/usdb [call ..]</B> Show information held on the FCC Call database</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show the City and State of a Callsign held on the FCC database if
+his is being run on this system, eg:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/usdb k1xx
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.101">12.101</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.101">show/vhfstats [days] [date]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/vhfstats [days] [date]</B> Show the VHF DX Statistics</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show the VHF DX spots breakdown by band for the last
+<days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a date (default: today).</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.102">12.102</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.102">show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]</B> Show the VHF DX Spotter Table</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Show the VHF DX Spotter table for the list of prefixes for the last
+<days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a date (default: today).</P>
+<P>If there are no prefixes then it will show the table for your country.</P>
+<P>Remember that some countries have more than one "DXCC country" in them
+(eg G :-), to show them (assuming you are not in G already which is
+specially treated in the code) you must list all the relevant prefixes</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/vhftable g gm gd gi gj gw gu
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Note that the prefixes are converted into country codes so you don't have
+to list all possible prefixes for each country.</P>
+<P>If you want more or less days than the default simply include the
+number you require:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/vhftable 20 pa
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If you want to start at a different day, simply add the date in some
+recognizable form:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/vhftable 2 25nov02
+ sh/vhftable 2 25-nov-02
+ sh/vhftable 2 021125
+ sh/vhftable 2 25/11/02
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This will show the stats for your DXCC for that CQWW contest weekend. </P>
+<P>You can specify either prefixes or full callsigns (so you can see how you
+did against all your mates). You can also say 'all' which will then print
+the worldwide statistics.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ sh/vhftable all
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.103">12.103</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.103">show/wcy</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/wcy</B> Show last 10 WCY broadcasts</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.104">12.104</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.104">show/wcy <n></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/wcy <n></B> Show last <n> WCY broadcasts</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Display the most recent WCY information that has been received by the system</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.105">12.105</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.105">show/wwv</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/wwv</B> Show last 10 WWV broadcasts</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.106">12.106</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.106">show/wwv <n></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>show/wwv <n></B> Show last <n> WWV broadcasts</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Display the most recent WWV information that has been received by the system</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.107">12.107</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.107">sysop</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>sysop</B> Regain your privileges if you login remotely</CODE></P>
+
+<P>The system automatically reduces your privilege level to that of a
+normal user if you login in remotely. This command allows you to
+regain your normal privilege level. It uses the normal system: five
+numbers are returned that are indexes into the character array that is
+your assigned password (see SET/PASSWORD). The indexes start from
+zero.</P>
+<P>You are expected to return a string which contains the characters
+required in the correct order. You may intersperse those characters
+with others to obscure your reply for any watchers. For example (and
+these values are for explanation :-):</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ password = 012345678901234567890123456789
+ > sysop
+ 22 10 15 17 3
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+
+you type:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ aa2bbbb0ccc5ddd7xxx3n
+ or 2 0 5 7 3
+ or 20573
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>They will all match. If there is no password you will still be offered
+numbers but nothing will happen when you input a string. Any match is
+case sensitive.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.108">12.108</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.108">talk <call> > <node> [<text>]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>talk <call> > <node> [<text>]</B> Send a text message to another station via a node</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Send a short message to any other station that is visible on the cluster
+system. You can send it to anyone you can see with a SHOW/CONFIGURATION
+command, they don't have to be connected locally.</P>
+<P>The second form of TALK is used when other cluster nodes are connected
+with restricted information. This usually means that they don't send
+the user information usually associated with logging on and off the cluster.</P>
+<P>If you know that G3JNB is likely to be present on GB7TLH, but you can only
+see GB7TLH in the SH/C list but with no users, then you would use the
+second form of the talk message.</P>
+<P>If you want to have a ragchew with someone you can leave the text message
+out and the system will go into 'Talk' mode. What this means is that a
+short message is sent to the recipient telling them that you are in a
+'Talking' frame of mind and then you just type - everything you send will
+go to the station that you asked for. </P>
+<P>All the usual announcements, spots and so on will still come out on your
+terminal.</P>
+<P>If you want to do something (such as send a spot) you preceed the normal
+command with a '/' character, eg:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ /DX 14001 G1TLH What's a B class licensee doing on 20m CW?
+ /HELP talk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>To leave talk mode type:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ /EX
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If you are in 'Talk' mode, there is an extention to the '/' command which
+allows you to send the output to all the people you are talking to. You do
+with the '//' command. For example:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ //sh/hftable
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>will send the hftable as you have it to all the people you are currently
+talking to.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.109">12.109</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.109">talk <call> [<text>]</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>talk <call> [<text>]</B> Send a text message to another station</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.110">12.110</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.110">type <filearea>/<name></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>type <filearea>/<name></B> Look at the contents of a file in one of the fileareas</CODE></P>
+
+<P>Type out the contents of a file in a filearea. So, for example, in
+filearea 'bulletins' you want to look at file 'arld051' you would
+enter:-
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ TYPE bulletins/arld051
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>See also SHOW/FILES to see what fileareas are available and a
+list of content.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.111">12.111</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.111">unset/announce</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/announce</B> Stop announce messages coming out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.112">12.112</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.112">unset/anntalk</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/anntalk</B> Stop talk like announce messages on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+<P>The announce system on legacy cluster nodes is used as a talk
+substitute because the network is so poorly connected. If you:</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ unset/anntalk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>you will suppress several of these announces, you may miss the odd
+useful one as well, but you would probably miss them anyway in the
+welter of useless ones.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ set/anntalk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>allows you to see them again. This is the default.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.113">12.113</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.113">unset/beep</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/beep</B> Stop beeps for DX and other messages on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.114">12.114</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.114">unset/dx</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/dx</B> Stop DX messages coming out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.115">12.115</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.115">unset/dxgrid</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/dxgrid</B> Stop QRA Grid Squares on the end of DX announcements</CODE></P>
+
+<P>A standard feature which is enabled in version 1.43 and above is
+that if the spotter's grid square is known it is output on the end
+of a DX announcement (there is just enough room). Some user programs
+cannot cope with this. You can use this command to reset (or set)
+this feature.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.116">12.116</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.116">unset/echo</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/echo</B> Stop the cluster echoing your input</CODE></P>
+
+<P>If you are connected via a telnet session, different implimentations
+of telnet handle echo differently depending on whether you are
+connected via port 23 or some other port. You can use this command
+to change the setting appropriately. </P>
+<P>The setting is stored in your user profile.</P>
+<P>YOU DO NOT NEED TO USE THIS COMMAND IF YOU ARE CONNECTED VIA AX25.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.117">12.117</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.117">unset/email</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/email</B> Stop personal msgs being forwarded by email</CODE></P>
+
+<P>If any personal messages come in for your callsign then you can use
+these commands to control whether they are forwarded onto your email
+address. To enable the forwarding do something like:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/EMAIL mike.tubby@somewhere.com
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can have more than one email address (each one separated by a space).
+Emails are forwarded to all the email addresses you specify.</P>
+<P>You can disable forwarding by:-</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ UNSET/EMAIL
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.118">12.118</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.118">unset/here</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/here</B> Tell the system you are absent from your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.119">12.119</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.119">unset/logininfo</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/logininfo</B> Inform when a station logs out locally</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.120">12.120</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.120">unset/privilege</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/privilege</B> Remove any privilege for this session</CODE></P>
+
+<P>You can use this command to 'protect' this session from unauthorised
+use. If you want to get your normal privilege back you will need to
+either logout and login again (if you are on a console) or use the
+SYSOP command.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.121">12.121</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.121">unset/prompt</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/prompt</B> Set your prompt back to default</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This command will set your user prompt to exactly the string that you
+say. The point of this command to enable a user to interface to programs
+that are looking for a specific prompt (or else you just want a different
+fixed prompt).</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+ SET/PROMPT clx >
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>UNSET/PROMPT will undo the SET/PROMPT command and set you prompt back to
+normal.</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.122">12.122</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.122">unset/talk</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/talk</B> Stop TALK messages coming out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.123">12.123</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.123">unset/wcy</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/wcy</B> Stop WCY messages coming out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.124">12.124</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.124">unset/wwv</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/wwv</B> Stop WWV messages coming out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.125">12.125</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.125">unset/wx</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>unset/wx</B> Stop WX messages coming out on your terminal</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.126">12.126</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.126">who</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>who</B> Show who is physically connected</CODE></P>
+
+<P>This is a quick listing that shows which callsigns are connected and
+what sort of connection they have</P>
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.127">12.127</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.127">wx <text></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>wx <text></B> Send a weather message to local users</CODE></P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss12.128">12.128</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12.128">wx full <text></A>
+</H2>
+
+<P><CODE><B>wx full <text></B> Send a weather message to all cluster users</CODE></P>
+
+
+<HR>
+Next
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-11.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc12">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50: Logins and logouts.</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-3.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-1.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc2" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-3.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-1.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc2">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s2">2.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc2">Logins and logouts.</A></H2>
+
+<P>You might not think that there is a lot of point of including a
+section on how to log in and out of DXSpider. However, you would be
+suprised at the difficulties some people have in simply getting in
+and out of the cluster!</P>
+<P>There are several ways a login might be achieved, dependant on how
+the sysop has DXSpider configured. It is impossible for me to cover all
+variations but here are the basic ones.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.1">2.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc2.1">AX25 logins.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Simplicity itself. The usual <B>CONNECT</B> command will log you straight
+into the cluster and you will not have to do anything else.
+Obviously, you will have to connect to the correct callsign. Some
+nodes use an SSID with their call so you would have to add that.</P>
+<P><B>Examples:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+connect GB7MBC
+connect GB7MBC-1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.2">2.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc2.2">Netrom logins.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>There are several possibilities here, dependant on how the sysop has
+configured his system. If you are connecting via netrom then you are
+most probably connecting from another station. Listing the nodes in
+that station with the <B>NODES</B> command will tell you what callsign
+or netrom alias to connect to. Then just issue the connect command
+from there. It is possible that the netrom alias may connect you to
+a node with an alias for the cluster, such as DXC. Just type this
+and you will be connected.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+connect MBCDX
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.3">2.3</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc2.3">Telnet logins.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>With telnet connections, the source callsign is not seen by DXSpider, so
+you will be asked to login with your callsign.
+To telnet to DXSpider, you would connect to a specific port. There is no
+standard at the moment for a cluster telnet port but ask the sysop if
+you are unsure.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+telnet gb7mbc 8000
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>All the above are possible ways of connecting to a DXSpider cluster. You
+may have some or all of these available to you. There may be one or
+two additional ways to connect dependant on the network local to you.
+However I am sure you get the idea.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss2.4">2.4</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc2.4">Logouts.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Logging out can be done by simply issuing the standard <B>BYE</B>
+command.</P>
+<P>You could also send a disconnect if you are using AX25, or a <B>CLOSE</B>
+command if you are connected via telnet.
+If you do not log out gracefully using one of the above commands,
+you may find you are unable to get a full connect next time. This
+may also happen if a netrom connection drops. You may get connected,
+but nothing else will happen because the program thinks you are still
+connected and will not let you connect twice under the same call.
+However you could reconnect by adding a number to the end of your call,
+for example G0YLM-2.
+This can be done by either altering your MYCALL setting in the TNC or
+by altering your program configuration. </P>
+
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-3.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-1.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc2">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50: Setting your personal details.</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-4.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-2.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc3" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-4.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-2.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc3">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s3">3.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc3">Setting your personal details.</A></H2>
+
+<P>Once logged in to the cluster, you should set your details so that
+anybody who wishes to contact you can find out who and where you are.
+There are four items to set, your name, qth, location and home node.
+Setting these details also allows the use of the SHOW/HEADING and
+SHOW/SUN commands from within the cluster. Unless you set your QTH
+and location, these commands cannot function.
+Once you have set your name, DXSpider will greet you with it next time
+you login. Your QTH setting is where you live and it is a good idea
+to add your locator to this as the location setting is converted to
+latitude and longitude once inputted. You can actually set your location
+in latitude/longitude or as a locator. Setting your home node will
+tell the program where you wish mail to be sent to you.</P>
+<P><B>Examples:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/name Ian
+set/qth Morecambe, Lancashire IO84NB
+set/location 48 34 n 12 12 e
+set/qra IO84NB
+set/home gb7mbc
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-4.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-2.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc3">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50: Getting and posting DX.</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-5.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-3.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc4" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-5.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-3.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc4">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s4">4.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc4">Getting and posting DX.</A></H2>
+
+<P>When all is said and done, this is the main function of a DX cluster.
+In its simplest form you can just connect to the node and you will
+start to receive DX spots almost immediately! You can check on
+recent postings in either a general manner or on a particular band or
+mode. You can even check DX by callsign or a fragment of a callsign.
+Of course, once you get the hang of things, it is expected that you
+start posting some yourself! After all, there would be no clusters
+if people did not post DX and you get the added thrill of the hunt!</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.1">4.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc4.1">Receiving DX.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>As we have already said, it is possible just to connect to the
+cluster and you will receive spots automatically. However, you may
+wish to check on spots just posted. Maybe you wish to see if a
+particular band is open or if a certain callsign is active, perhaps a
+DXpedition. The command to do this is <B>SHOW/DX</B>. Without any
+other arguments, this command will output the last 10 spots
+posted. It is possible to look at more than this, for example the
+last 20 or 50 spots, by adding the number to the command. You can
+make it even more specific by adding a band in either wavelength or
+frequency, and/or any additional information such as QSL details.</P>
+<P><B>Examples:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/dx
+show/dx 5
+show/dx 20
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>will show the last 10, 5 and 20 spots received by the cluster
+respectively.</P>
+<P><B>Examples</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/dx on 20m
+show/dx 10 on 20m
+show/dx 20 on 20m
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>will show the last 5, 10 or 20 spots on 20 metres only.</P>
+<P>It is also possible to check for certain callsigns, or fragments of
+callsigns in the same way.</P>
+<P><B>Examples:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/dx g0vgs
+show/dx 10 g0vgs
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>would show the last 5 or 10 dx spots containing the callsign g0vgs.</P>
+
+<P>You can check for DX by offset and also by specifying a comment to
+search for.</P>
+<P><B>Examples:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/dx 30-40
+show/dx 14000-14033
+show/dx iota
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>would show the spots that arrived between 30 and 40 spots ago and any
+spots with the word <EM>iota</EM> in the comment field. The case of
+the comment is not important.</P>
+<P>Checking DX posted on a certain day is possible too. All you have
+to do here is to specify how many days ago it was like this ...</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/dx day 30
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>It is of course possible to specify multiple arguments.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/dx 20 prefix 9a on vhf day 30
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This would show the last 20 spots posted by or about calls with the prefix
+9a on vhf 30 days ago.</P>
+<P>As you can see the <B>SHOW/DX</B> command is very flexible, so if you are
+not sure whether something will work or not, try it and see! More
+information can be found in the Command Set section.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss4.2">4.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc4.2">Posting DX.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>To post DX you use the <B>DX</B> command. The syntax is shown below. </P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+dx (frequency) (callsign) (remarks)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Where frequency is in kilohertz and the callsign is the callsign of
+the station you have worked or heard, (ie not your own callsign!).
+The remarks section allows you to add information like the operators
+name or perhaps a location. Actually DXSpider will allow the frequency
+and callsign fields to be entered in any order.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+dx 14004 pa3ezl OP Aurelio 599
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>In fact, all the following will give the same result...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+dx 14004 pa3ezl OP Aurelio 599
+dx pa3ezl 14004 OP Aurelio 599
+dx pa3ezl 14.004 OP Aurelio 599
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This posting, or callout as it is known, will be forwarded to all
+other connected stations both at the cluster you are connected to and
+other active clusters in the network. The callout will also be sent
+to you as proof of receipt. </P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-5.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-3.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc4">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50: Headings and propagation</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-6.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-4.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc5" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-6.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-4.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc5">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s5">5.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc5">Headings and propagation</A></H2>
+
+<P>There are three commands in DXSpider to help you get the best DX possible.
+These are <B>SHOW/SUN</B>, <B>SHOW/MOON</B> and
+<B>SHOW/HEADING</B>. These commands will only work for you if you
+have entered your personal details. They use your entered location as
+a reference, so if you have not entered it or have entered it incorrectly
+they will not return the correct information.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.1">5.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc5.1">Sun</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>The <B>SHOW/SUN</B> command can be used in three different ways. It
+can be used to show sunrise and sunset times for your own station, a
+particular callsign or a prefix. </P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/sun
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The output from this would look something like this ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+sh/sun
+Location Rise Set Azim Elev
+G0VGS Morecambe, Lancashire 07:08Z 17:39Z 205.3 24.1
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+sh/sun 5b4
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>would look like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+sh/sun 5b4
+Location Rise Set Azim Elev
+5B Cyprus-5B 04:23Z 15:40Z 244.0 18.8
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can also specify multiple arguments like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+sh/sun gw4veq 5b4ab zs
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>and then the output would look like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+sh/sun gw4veq 5b4ab zs
+Location Rise Set Azim Elev
+GW4VEQ Brungwran, Isle of Anglesey IO 07:14Z 17:48Z 204.9 24.9
+5B Cyprus-5B 04:23Z 15:40Z 244.5 18.3
+ZS So-Africa-ZS1-ZS 04:31Z 17:28Z 289.9 41.3
+ZS So-Africa-ZS5-ZS 03:44Z 16:34Z 278.5 32.0
+ZS So-Africa-ZS6-ZS 03:59Z 16:42Z 277.6 35.0
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.2">5.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc5.2">Moon</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>The <B>SHOW/MOON</B> command works in the same way as the
+<B>SHOW/SUN</B> command. This program however, calculates the
+rise and set times of the moon for a prefix or callsign, together
+with the current azimuth and elevation of the sun at these
+locations.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/moon ea
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The output from this command would look like this ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+sh/moon ea
+Location Rise Set Azim Elev RGain dB
+EA Spain-EA 08:15Z 20:09Z 257.2 9.5 -0.6
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You can see that the output is similar to the <B>SHOW/SUN</B>
+command, with slightly different fields.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss5.3">5.3</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc5.3">Heading</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>The <B>SHOW/HEADING</B> command works in the same way as the
+<B>SHOW/SUN</B> and <B>SHOW/MOON</B> commands but outputs beam
+headings for a specified callsign or prefix. Reciprocal beam headings
+are also calculated.</P>
+<P><B>Example</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/heading zl
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The output from this command would look like this ..</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+sh/heading zl
+ZL New-Zealand-ZL1-ZL: 7 degs - dist: 11238 mi, 18087 km Reciprocal heading: 355 degs
+ZL New-Zealand-ZL2-ZL: 9 degs - dist: 11540 mi, 18574 km Reciprocal heading: 353 degs
+ZL New-Zealand-ZL3-ZL: 19 degs - dist: 11634 mi, 18724 km Reciprocal heading: 345 degs
+ZL New-Zealand-ZL4-ZL: 34 degs - dist: 11783 mi, 18963 km Reciprocal heading: 332 degs
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-6.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-4.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc5">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50: Announcements.</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-7.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-5.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc6" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-7.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-5.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc6">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s6">6.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc6">Announcements.</A></H2>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.1">6.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc6.1">Making announcements.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Occasionally, you may wish to post something that does not fall into
+the normal parameters for a DX callout. You may wish to tell
+everybody connected that 10 FM is open for example, or ask if anyone
+knows the QSL manager for a certain callsign etc. You can do this
+using the <B>ANNOUNCE</B> command.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+announce 10 FM is open in IO84NB to europe.
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>That would let everyone know locally that this was the case, however
+it would not be forwarded to other nodes connected. To send
+announcements to other connected nodes as well, you would use the
+<B>FULL</B> extension.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+announce full Anyone seen EA7WA today?
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Be cautious in your use of announce full. There are many other tools
+available to get the information you require and the judicious use of
+this command is frowned upon as it creates a great deal of traffic
+across the network.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss6.2">6.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc6.2">Listing announcements.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>You can list previous announcements in the standard format with the
+<B>SHOW</B> command. As before you can list just the last 5 or as
+many as you wish.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/announcements
+show/announcements 10
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-7.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-5.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc6">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50: Nodes and users.</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-8.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-6.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc7" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-8.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-6.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc7">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s7">7.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc7">Nodes and users.</A></H2>
+
+<P>You can check which nodes are connected in the network, who is
+logged on locally, who is logged on at all the nodes or even
+just one node in particular. This is handy if you wish to see whether
+a friend is connected at the node they use. To see who is connected
+to the nodes, the <B>SHOW/CONFIGURATION</B> command is used.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/configuration
+show/configuration/nodes
+show/configuration (node_call)
+show/configuration (prefix)
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The first of our three examples would output something like this,</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+sh/c
+Node Callsigns
+EI5TCR (7 users)
+GB7ADX
+GB7BAA G4FPV G8TIC
+GB7BIG (GD0TEP) GD3UMW
+GB7BPQ (G0INA) G0RCI G3AKU G3OCA
+(GB7CDX) G3JNB G4ALR
+GB7DJK G0FYD G0REK G1TLH G4PEL G4SOZ
+ G4TVR G7SQW K8AZ M0CTQ-1 MM1CXE-10
+ ON7WP
+GB7DXA G0RDI G8SJP
+GB7DXC (G0HDB) G0WFK (G1FYC) G3KWK G3LME
+ G3OIL G4BGW G4FUJ (G4PDQ) GW7SMV
+GB7DXE G1NNB
+(GB7DXG) GU6EFB GU7DHI
+GB7DXK G1NTW G3IBI G3NSM G3XAQ G4CUS
+ G4XQY G7GAN
+GB7DXM G1EUC G3GAF G3LAS G4ZTR G8WXU
+ M0BCT M1EMF
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>You will notice that EI5TCR is showing only that it has 7 users and not
+giving the actual callsigns. This means that this node is on a limited
+protocol of some kind, probably because of a contest situation where
+slow radio links can block up and fail if too much information is sent
+between nodes.</P>
+<P>The second example would just show the nodes connected in the
+network, like this,</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+sh/c/n
+Node Callsigns
+GB7BAA GB7BAA GB7BPQ (GB7CDX) GB7DJK GB7DXA
+ GB7DXC GB7DXE (GB7DXG) GB7DXK GB7DXL
+ GB7DXM GB7DXS GB7IPT GB7MRS GB7UJS
+ GB7YDX KL7G N2TLY (ON0DXK)
+GB7BIG EI5TCR GB7ADX GB7BIG GB7UDX
+GB7MBC
+PA4AB-14 PA4AB-14
+PI4TUE-8 PI4TUE-8
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>If we insert the node_call pi4tue-8 into the third example, then
+this would be the output,</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+Node Callsigns
+PI4TUE-8 9A1CMA-6 DF6PW DL4FAY DL4KAK DL4WF-2
+ F5NOD-2 F5PAC IZ0CSR N6CR OH2BLD
+ ON1LVL-13 ON4CBT ON4CJP ON5DXL-14 ON7NQ
+ PA0RCT PA3DYS PA3FDO PA5KW-4 PI4TUE-9
+ YT1XX
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>As you can see, only the users of the requested node are shown.</P>
+<P>You can also use a prefix to show only a group of nodes. For example
+you may only wish to see who is connected to the nodes in the UK. To
+do this simply use a prefix like this ...</P>
+<P>
+<PRE>
+show/configuration gb7
+</PRE>
+</P>
+<P>To show the locally connected users, the <B>SHOW/USERS</B> command is
+used</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+show/users
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The output of this command would look like this,</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+Callsigns connected to GB7MBC
+G0JHC G0NEI G0VGS G0VGS-2 G0YLM
+G3JAG G3OWO G3UEU
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-8.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-6.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc7">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50: Talk mode.</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-9.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-7.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc8" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-9.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-7.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc8">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s8">8.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc8">Talk mode.</A></H2>
+
+<P>You can send a single comment or start a dedicated talk session to
+another user by using the <B>TALK</B> command. </P>
+
+<P>Talk mode is used to send a one line comment or greeting to a
+specific user connected either at your node or another in the
+network. You can also enter into a dedicated talk session with
+another user. Talks will be automatically forwarded to other nodes
+if the station you are talking to is not connected locally.
+You can find out who is connected by using the
+<B>SHOW/CONFIGURATION</B> command, (described earlier).</P>
+<P><B>Examples:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+
+talk g0rdi Having a good day Iain?
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>This example would send the line "Having a good day Iain?" to the
+user g0rdi but would leave you in normal mode. </P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+talk g0rdi
+Entering Talkmode, /EX to end, /<cmd> to run a command
+Talk (G0RDI)>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>As you can see, you can still run commands whilst in talk mode.
+Simply prefix the command with a / like /sh/dx and you will get
+the expected output.
+If the user is connected to another node, you may have to use a
+slightly extended version of the <B>TALK</B> command.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+talk g0rdi > gb7djk
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>To exit talk mode, you issue the command <B>/ex</B>. </P>
+<P>Whilst in talk mode you will still receive DX spots. This means that
+you can chat to a friend whilst working DX. </P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-9.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-7.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc8">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50: Mail.</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-10.html" REL=next>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-8.html" REL=previous>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc9" REL=contents>
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-10.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-8.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc9">Contents</A>
+<HR>
+<H2><A NAME="s9">9.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc9">Mail.</A></H2>
+
+<P>You can send and receive both personal mail and bulletins with DXSpider
+quite easily.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss9.1">9.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc9.1">The "directory" command.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>To list mail you would use the <B>DIRECTORY</B> command. On its
+own, this command will output the last ten messages received by the
+node, either to or from yourself or bulletins such as "DX" and "ALL".
+As with other commands you can display more by specifying a number
+with the command. You should be aware that Spider will accept
+these commands by separating with either a slash or a space, so
+<EM>dir new</EM> and <EM>dir/new</EM> work in the same way.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+directory
+directory/20
+directory 20
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>Of course most of the time you will only want to list new mail sent
+to you personally since your last login. However you might also like
+to check for general mail received by the node. In fact if there is
+new mail for you, the cluster will tell you when you login. You will
+also be informed if new mail arrives for you during the time you are
+logged in.
+Mail is not only sent to callsigns though. Mail can also be sent to
+subjects like "all" or "local" or "dx" etc. You can treat these
+bulletins in the same way as personal mail with the directory
+command.</P>
+<P><B>Examples:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+directory/new
+directory/own
+directory/own/10
+directory/all
+directory/from <call>
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+ </P>
+<P>The last option will only show mail from a callsign if it was sent to
+you personally or was sent as a bulletin. There are some additional
+commands and these can be found in the DXSpider Command Reference section.</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss9.2">9.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc9.2">Reading mail.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>The output of the <B>DIRECTORY</B> command could be something like
+this.</P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+dir
+ 20735 2 ALL GW7SMV 21-Feb 1204Z REC 9E1S QSL TDY 50Mhz....
+ 20823 308 UK G0HDB 22-Feb 2334Z Help - which district code?
+ 20824 105 ALL W9AE 23-Feb 0349Z S0NY QSL address?
+ 20825 2 UK G0LRJ 23-Feb 0806Z QSL REC LZ2CJ/1.CARD NO-750.
+ 20858 2 ALL GW7SMV 24-Feb 0905Z REC S92DX QSL CARD TDY 50Mhz
+ 20921 200 ALL GM4FDM 27-Feb 2203Z Trip to VP8
+ 20949 375 ALL K0MN 27-Feb 0428Z ST0P cards are gd @ ARRL
+ 20950 2 UK G0LRJ 28-Feb 0835Z QSL REC SV9/IZ0CKJ/P EU-187.
+ 20987 569 ALL GD0TEP 1-Mar 1733Z Portable contests
+ 21076 2 ALL G4AFJ 3-Mar 1743Z kh6nd/kh5 qsl received
+ 21184-p 599 GW4HAT G0VGS 4-Mar 1518Z Re: Time
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>The first column is the actual message number. If the message is a
+personal one to you, you will see a letter 'p' after this number. If
+the message has been read, there will be a '-' between the message
+number and the 'p'. This only works for personal messages. The next
+column shows the file size of the message. The third column shows the
+address the message was sent to and the next column shows who sent it.
+The rest is fairly self-explanatory.</P>
+<P>Reading a message is as simple as typing read, followed by the
+message number that you wish to read.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+read 25
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>will read message number 25. However the mail will be displayed in it's
+entirety unless you specify a page length. You can set your page length
+to any number you like and when the message reaches that number of lines
+you will get a prompt giving you options.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+set/page 20
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss9.3">9.3</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc9.3">Sending mail.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>Sending mail is done in the time honoured way. First you specify
+a recipient for the message, then you will be prompted for a subject.
+Once you have done this you will be asked to type your message.
+Please remember that there is no automatic word wrap, so unless you
+are using a client that wraps lines automatically, remember to hit
+return at the end of each line.</P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+send m0azm
+Enter Subject (30 characters):
+See you Thursday
+Enter Message /EX to send or /ABORT to exit
+Hi Ian,
+Just a quick note to say that I can make Thursday after all. The
+appointment I had has cancelled so we are go!
+Cheers
+Ian
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+<P>At this point you can either hit return and enter /ex to send the
+message or use /abort at any time to abort it. You can now display
+the message in the normal way. There are several send options and
+these are listed in the Command Set section. These include sending
+mail to several recipients and asking for a return receipt.</P>
+
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss9.4">9.4</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc9.4">Replying to mail.</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>If mail is addressed to you or to a bulletin address, you can use the
+<B>REPLY</B> command to reply to it. Using this command, the
+subject will be automatically set for you as "Re: subject", whatever
+the subject was. </P>
+<P><B>Example:</B></P>
+<P>
+<BLOCKQUOTE><CODE>
+<PRE>
+reply 2500
+</PRE>
+</CODE></BLOCKQUOTE>
+</P>
+
+<H2><A NAME="ss9.5">9.5</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc9.5">Deleting mail</A>
+</H2>
+
+<P>To delete a message, you use the <EM>delete</EM> command.
+You can only delete messages sent to or received by yourself.
+Bulletins are dealt with automatically or by the sysop.</P>
+
+<HR>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-10.html">Next</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-8.html">Previous</A>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en.html#toc9">Contents</A>
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
--- /dev/null
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
+<HTML>
+<HEAD>
+ <META NAME="GENERATOR" CONTENT="LinuxDoc-Tools 0.9.16">
+ <TITLE>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50</TITLE>
+ <LINK HREF="usermanual_en-1.html" REL=next>
+
+
+<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">
+</HEAD>
+<BODY>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-1.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+Contents
+<HR>
+<H1>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50</H1>
+
+<H2>Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net)</H2>September 2002 revision 0.1
+<HR>
+<EM>A complete reference for users of the DXSpider DXCluster program.</EM>
+<HR>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc1">1.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-1.html">Introduction</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.1">1.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-1.html#ss1.1">What is a DX Cluster?</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc1.2">1.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-1.html#ss1.2">So what is DXSpider?</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc2">2.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-2.html">Logins and logouts.</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.1">2.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-2.html#ss2.1">AX25 logins.</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.2">2.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-2.html#ss2.2">Netrom logins.</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.3">2.3</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-2.html#ss2.3">Telnet logins.</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc2.4">2.4</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-2.html#ss2.4">Logouts.</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc3">3.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-3.html">Setting your personal details.</A></H2>
+
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc4">4.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-4.html">Getting and posting DX.</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc4.1">4.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-4.html#ss4.1">Receiving DX.</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc4.2">4.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-4.html#ss4.2">Posting DX.</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc5">5.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-5.html">Headings and propagation</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.1">5.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-5.html#ss5.1">Sun</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.2">5.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-5.html#ss5.2">Moon</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc5.3">5.3</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-5.html#ss5.3">Heading</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc6">6.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-6.html">Announcements.</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.1">6.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-6.html#ss6.1">Making announcements.</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc6.2">6.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-6.html#ss6.2">Listing announcements.</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc7">7.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-7.html">Nodes and users.</A></H2>
+
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc8">8.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-8.html">Talk mode.</A></H2>
+
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc9">9.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-9.html">Mail.</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc9.1">9.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-9.html#ss9.1">The "directory" command.</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc9.2">9.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-9.html#ss9.2">Reading mail.</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc9.3">9.3</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-9.html#ss9.3">Sending mail.</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc9.4">9.4</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-9.html#ss9.4">Replying to mail.</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc9.5">9.5</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-9.html#ss9.5">Deleting mail</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc10">10.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-10.html">Filtering (From version 1.45)</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc10.1">10.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-10.html#ss10.1">General filter rules</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc10.2">10.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-10.html#ss10.2">Types of filter</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc10.3">10.3</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-10.html#ss10.3">Filter options</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc10.4">10.4</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-10.html#ss10.4">Advanced filtering</A>
+</UL>
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc11">11.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-11.html">Hints, tips and common questions.</A></H2>
+
+<P>
+<H2><A NAME="toc12">12.</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html">The DXSpider command reference</A></H2>
+
+<UL>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.1">12.1</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.1">accept</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.2">12.2</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.2">accept/announce [0-9] <pattern></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.3">12.3</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.3">accept/spots [0-9] <pattern></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.4">12.4</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.4">accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.5">12.5</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.5">accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.6">12.6</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.6">announce <text></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.7">12.7</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.7">announce full <text></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.8">12.8</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.8">apropos <string></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.9">12.9</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.9">blank [<string>] [<nn>]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.10">12.10</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.10">bye</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.11">12.11</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.11">clear/announce [1|all]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.12">12.12</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.12">clear/route [1|all]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.13">12.13</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.13">clear/spots [0-9|all]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.14">12.14</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.14">clear/wcy [1|all]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.15">12.15</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.15">clear/wwv [1|all]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.16">12.16</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.16">dbavail</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.17">12.17</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.17">dbshow <dbname> <key></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.18">12.18</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.18">directory</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.19">12.19</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.19">directory <from>-<to></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.20">12.20</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.20">directory <nn></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.21">12.21</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.21">directory all</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.22">12.22</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.22">directory from <call></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.23">12.23</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.23">directory new</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.24">12.24</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.24">directory own</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.25">12.25</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.25">directory subject <string></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.26">12.26</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.26">directory to <call></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.27">12.27</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.27">dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.28">12.28</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.28">echo <line></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.29">12.29</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.29">filtering...</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.30">12.30</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.30">help</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.31">12.31</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.31">kill <from msgno>-<to msgno></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.32">12.32</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.32">kill <msgno> [<msgno..]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.33">12.33</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.33">kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.34">12.34</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.34">kill from <regex></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.35">12.35</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.35">kill to <regex></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.36">12.36</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.36">links</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.37">12.37</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.37">read</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.38">12.38</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.38">read <msgno></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.39">12.39</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.39">reject</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.40">12.40</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.40">reject/announce [0-9] <pattern></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.41">12.41</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.41">reject/spots [0-9] <pattern></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.42">12.42</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.42">reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.43">12.43</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.43">reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.44">12.44</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.44">reply</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.45">12.45</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.45">reply <msgno></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.46">12.46</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.46">reply b <msgno></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.47">12.47</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.47">reply noprivate <msgno></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.48">12.48</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.48">reply rr <msgno></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.49">12.49</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.49">send <call> [<call> ...]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.50">12.50</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.50">send copy <msgno> <call></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.51">12.51</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.51">send noprivate <call></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.52">12.52</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.52">send private <call></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.53">12.53</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.53">send rr <call></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.54">12.54</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.54">set/address <your address></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.55">12.55</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.55">set/announce</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.56">12.56</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.56">set/anntalk</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.57">12.57</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.57">set/beep</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.58">12.58</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.58">set/dx</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.59">12.59</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.59">set/dxgrid</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.60">12.60</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.60">set/echo</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.61">12.61</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.61">set/email <email> ...</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.62">12.62</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.62">set/here</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.63">12.63</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.63">set/homenode <node> </A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.64">12.64</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.64">set/language <lang></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.65">12.65</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.65">set/location <lat & long></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.66">12.66</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.66">set/logininfo</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.67">12.67</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.67">set/name <your name></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.68">12.68</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.68">set/page <lines per page></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.69">12.69</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.69">set/password</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.70">12.70</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.70">set/prompt <string></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.71">12.71</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.71">set/qra <locator></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.72">12.72</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.72">set/qth <your qth></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.73">12.73</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.73">set/talk</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.74">12.74</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.74">set/wcy</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.75">12.75</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.75">set/wwv</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.76">12.76</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.76">set/wx</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.77">12.77</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.77">show/configuration [<node>]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.78">12.78</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.78">show/configuration/node</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.79">12.79</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.79">show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.80">12.80</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.80">show/dx</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.81">12.81</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.81">show/dxcc <prefix></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.82">12.82</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.82">show/dxstats [days] [date]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.83">12.83</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.83">show/files [<filearea> [<string>]]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.84">12.84</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.84">show/filter</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.85">12.85</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.85">show/hfstats [days] [date]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.86">12.86</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.86">show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.87">12.87</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.87">show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.88">12.88</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.88">show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.89">12.89</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.89">show/newconfiguration [<node>]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.90">12.90</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.90">show/newconfiguration/node</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.91">12.91</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.91">show/prefix <callsign></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.92">12.92</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.92">show/qra <lat> <long></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.93">12.93</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.93">show/qra <locator> [<locator>]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.94">12.94</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.94">show/qrz <callsign></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.95">12.95</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.95">show/route <callsign> ...</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.96">12.96</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.96">show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.97">12.97</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.97">show/station [<callsign> ..]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.98">12.98</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.98">show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.99">12.99</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.99">show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.100">12.100</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.100">show/usdb [call ..]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.101">12.101</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.101">show/vhfstats [days] [date]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.102">12.102</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.102">show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.103">12.103</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.103">show/wcy</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.104">12.104</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.104">show/wcy <n></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.105">12.105</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.105">show/wwv</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.106">12.106</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.106">show/wwv <n></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.107">12.107</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.107">sysop</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.108">12.108</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.108">talk <call> > <node> [<text>]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.109">12.109</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.109">talk <call> [<text>]</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.110">12.110</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.110">type <filearea>/<name></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.111">12.111</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.111">unset/announce</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.112">12.112</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.112">unset/anntalk</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.113">12.113</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.113">unset/beep</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.114">12.114</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.114">unset/dx</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.115">12.115</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.115">unset/dxgrid</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.116">12.116</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.116">unset/echo</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.117">12.117</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.117">unset/email</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.118">12.118</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.118">unset/here</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.119">12.119</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.119">unset/logininfo</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.120">12.120</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.120">unset/privilege</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.121">12.121</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.121">unset/prompt</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.122">12.122</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.122">unset/talk</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.123">12.123</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.123">unset/wcy</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.124">12.124</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.124">unset/wwv</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.125">12.125</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.125">unset/wx</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.126">12.126</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.126">who</A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.127">12.127</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.127">wx <text></A>
+<LI><A NAME="toc12.128">12.128</A> <A HREF="usermanual_en-12.html#ss12.128">wx full <text></A>
+</UL>
+<HR>
+<A HREF="usermanual_en-1.html">Next</A>
+Previous
+Contents
+</BODY>
+</HTML>
# Makefile for Ian, 2.1.2001
#
-all: ../html/adminmanual.html ../txt/adminmanual.txt ../html/installation.html ../txt/installation.txt ../html/spiderFAQ.html ../txt/spiderFAQ.txt ../html/usermanual.html ../txt/usermanual.txt ../html/spiderCVS.html ../txt/spiderCVS.txt
+all: sgml ../html/adminmanual.html ../txt/adminmanual.txt ../html/installation.html ../txt/installation.txt ../html/spiderFAQ.html ../txt/spiderFAQ.txt ../html/usermanual.html ../txt/usermanual.txt ../html/spiderCVS.html ../txt/spiderCVS.txt
-# ../txt/adminmanual.txt: adminmanual.sgml
- sgml2txt -f adminmanual.sgml
+sgml: ../cmd/Commands_en.hlp adminmanual.sgml usermanual.sgml
+ # Create the admin manual sgml file
+ cat ../cmd/Commands_en.hlp | ./commands2sgml.pl 8 > ./adminmanual-cmd.sgml
+ cat adminmanual.sgml adminmanual-cmd.sgml > ./adminmanual_en.sgml
-# ../html/adminmanual.html: adminmanual.sgml
- sgml2html adminmanual.sgml
+ # Create the user manual sgml file
+ cat ../cmd/Commands_en.hlp | ./commands2sgml.pl > usermanual-cmd.sgml
+ cat usermanual.sgml usermanual-cmd.sgml > usermanual_en.sgml
-# ../txt/installation.txt: installation.sgml
- sgml2txt -f installation.sgml
+# ../txt/adminmanual_en.txt: adminmanual_en.sgml
+ sgml2txt -f adminmanual_en.sgml
-# ../html/installation.html: installation.html
- sgml2html installation.sgml
+# ../html/adminmanual_en.html: adminmanual_en.sgml
+ sgml2html adminmanual_en.sgml
-# ../html/spiderFAQ.html: spiderFAQ.sgml
- sgml2txt spiderFAQ.sgml
+# ../txt/installation_en.txt: installation_en.sgml
+ sgml2txt -f installation_en.sgml
-# ../html/spiderFAQ.html: spiderFAQ.sgml
- sgml2html spiderFAQ.sgml
+# ../html/installation_en.html: installation_en.html
+ sgml2html installation_en.sgml
-# ../html/usermanual.html: usermanual.sgml
- sgml2html usermanual.sgml
+# ../html/spiderFAQ_en.html: spiderFAQ_en.sgml
+ sgml2txt spiderFAQ_en.sgml
-# ../txt/usermanual.txt: usermanual.sgml
- sgml2txt usermanual.sgml
+# ../html/spiderFAQ_en.html: spiderFAQ_en.sgml
+ sgml2html spiderFAQ_en.sgml
-# ../html/spiderCVS.html: spiderCVS.sgml
- sgml2html spiderCVS.sgml
+# ../html/usermanual_en.html: usermanual_en.sgml
+ sgml2html usermanual_en.sgml
-# ../txt/spiderCVS.txt: spiderCVS.sgml
- sgml2txt spiderCVS.sgml
+# ../txt/usermanual_en.txt: usermanual_en.sgml
+ sgml2txt usermanual_en.sgml
+
+# ../html/spiderCVS_en.html: spiderCVS_en.sgml
+ sgml2html spiderCVS_en.sgml
+
+# ../txt/spiderCVS_en.txt: spiderCVS_en.sgml
+ sgml2txt spiderCVS_en.sgml
perl -pi.bak -e 's|</HEAD>|<link rel=stylesheet href="style.css" type="text/css" title="default stylesheet">\n</HEAD>|' *.html
mv *.html ../html
mv *.txt ../txt
rm -f *.bak
+ rm -f *cmd.sgml
+
\r
<sect>The DXSpider command set\r
\r
-<P>\r
-Below is a complete list of commands available from the cluster prompt.\r
-Most maintenance tasks are automatic but there are some commands that are useful\r
-for a sysop. These are listed below in alphabetical order. The number in\r
-brackets following the command name is the permissions level needed to use\r
-the command\r
-\r
-<sect1>accept/announce (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>accept/announce [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an accept filter\r
- line for announce\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Create an 'accept this announce' line for a filter.\r
-\r
-An accept filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it is\r
-passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERS for more info. Please read this\r
-to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.\r
-\r
-You can use any of the following things in this line:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- info <string> eg: iota or qsl\r
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2\r
- origin <prefixes>\r
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)\r
- origin_itu <numbers>\r
- origin_zone <numbers>\r
- by_dxcc <numbers>\r
- by_itu <numbers>\r
- by_zone <numbers>\r
- channel <prefixes>\r
- wx 1 filter WX announces\r
- dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-some examples:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- acc/ann dest 6MUK\r
- acc/ann 2 by_zone 14,15,16\r
- (this could be all on one line: acc/ann dest 6MUK or by_zone 14,15,16)\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-or\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- acc/ann by G,M,2 \r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-This filter would only allow announces that were posted buy UK stations. \r
-You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- acc/ann all\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-but this probably for advanced users...\r
-\r
-<sect1>accept/announce (extended for sysops) (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>accept/announce <call> [input] [0-9]<pattern></bf> Announce filter sysop version\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the\r
-default for nodes and users eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- accept/ann by G,M,2\r
- accept/ann input node_default by G,M,2\r
- accept/ann user_default by G,M,2\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>accept/route (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>accept/route <call> [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an 'accept' filter line for routing\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Create an 'accept this routing PC Protocol' line for a filter. \r
-\r
-<P>\r
-An accept filter line means that if a PC16/17/19/21/24/41/50 matches this filter\r
-it is passed thru that interface. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this\r
-to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-You can use any of the following things in this line:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- call <prefixes> the callsign of the thingy\r
- call_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)\r
- call_itu <numbers>\r
- call_zone <numbers>\r
- origin <prefixes> really the interface it came in on\r
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)\r
- origin_itu <numbers>\r
- origin_zone <numbers>\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-some examples:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- acc/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (send only UK+EIRE nodes)\r
- acc/route gb7djk call gb7djk (equiv to SET/ISOLATE)\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- acc/route all\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>accept/spots (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>accept/spots [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an accept filter \r
-line for spots\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Create an 'accept this spot' line for a filter.\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-An accept filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is\r
-passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERS for more info. Please read this\r
-to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.\r
-\r
-Please read the following section carefully. Though it looks similar,\r
-reformatting, corrections, and hopefully clarifications have been added.\r
-\r
-You can use any of the following things in this line:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
-Filters for the station being spotted:\r
- call <letters of the prefix, but NOT country inclusive>\r
- call G --> G1AAA, GJ2BBB, GU3CCC, etc will be spotted\r
- call K --> K1XX, K1XXX will be spotted\r
- W1XX, W1XXX will NOT be spotted\r
- call PA --> PA3EZL will be spotted\r
- PB2FG will NOT be spotted\r
-\r
- call_dxcc <numbers or prefixes>\r
- call_dxcc G --> G1AAA will be spotted\r
- GU1AAA will NOT be spotted (different country)\r
- call_dxcc K --> K1XX, W1XX will be spotted (same country)\r
- call_dxcc 139 --> PA3EZL and PB2FG will be spotted\r
-\r
- call_itu <numbers>\r
- call_zone <numbers>\r
-\r
-Filters for the callsign of the station doing the spotting:\r
- by <letters of the prefix, but NOT country inclusive>\r
- by G --> spots from G1AAA, GJ2BBB, GU3CCC, etc will be spotted\r
- by K --> spots from K1XX, K1XXX will be spotted\r
- spots from W1XX, W1XXX will NOT be spotted\r
-\r
- by_dxcc <numbers or prefixes>\r
- by_dxcc G --> spots from G1AAA will be spotted\r
- spots from GU1AAA will NOT be spotted (different\r
-country)\r
- by_dxcc K --> spots from K1XX, W1XX will be spotted (same country)\r
- by_dxcc 139 --> spots from PA3EZL or PB2FG will be spotted\r
-\r
- by_itu <numbers>\r
- by_zone <numbers>\r
-\r
-Filters for the callsign of the "node" doing the spotting:\r
- origin <letters of the prefix, but NOT country inclusive>\r
- origin K --> spots from a node starting with K will be spotted\r
- spots from a node starting with KK will NOT be spotted\r
- spots from a node starting with W will NOT be spotted\r
-\r
-Filters for the callsign of the connected node or user (channel) doing the spotting:\r
- channel <prefixes>\r
- channel W1HR --> spots from the connected node W1HR will be spotted\r
- channel K1QX --> spots from the connected user K1QX will be spotted\r
-\r
- info <string> eg: iota or qsl\r
- freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m\r
- on <range> same as 'freq'\r
-\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in\r
-SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -\r
-thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -\r
-this is more efficient than saying simply: freq HF (but don't get\r
-too hung up about that)\r
-\r
-some examples:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- acc/spot 1 on hf/cw\r
- acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything, eg:\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- acc/spot 3 all\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-but this probably for advanced users...\r
-\r
-<sect1>accept/spots (extended for sysops) (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>accept/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf> Spot filter sysop version\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the\r
-default for nodes and users eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- accept/spot db0sue-7 1 by_zone 14,15,16\r
- accept/spot node_default all\r
- set/hops node_default 10\r
-\r
- accept/spot user_default by G,M,2\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>accept/wcy (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern></bf> set an accept WCY filter\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can\r
-filter on the following fields:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 \r
- origin <prefixes>\r
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)\r
- origin_itu <numbers>\r
- origin_zone <numbers>\r
- by_dxcc <numbers>\r
- by_itu <numbers>\r
- by_zone <numbers>\r
- channel <prefixes>\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place and\r
-you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want them).\r
-\r
-This command is really provided for future use.\r
-\r
-See HELP FILTER for information.\r
-\r
-<sect1>accept/wcy (extended for sysops) (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>accept/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf>\r
-WCY filter sysop version\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the\r
-default for nodes and users eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- accept/wcy node_default all\r
- set/hops node_default 10\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>accept/wwv (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an accept WWV filter\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can\r
-filter on the following fields:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 \r
- origin <prefixes>\r
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)\r
- origin_itu <numbers>\r
- origin_zone <numbers>\r
- by_dxcc <numbers>\r
- by_itu <numbers>\r
- by_zone <numbers>\r
- channel <prefixes>\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-for example \r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- accept/wwv by_zone 4\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV broadcasts\r
-by stations in the US).\r
-\r
-See HELP FILTER for information.\r
-\r
-<sect1>accept/wwv (extended for sysops) (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>accept/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf>\r
-WWV filter sysop version\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the\r
-default for nodes and users eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- accept/wwv db0sue-7 1 by_zone 4\r
- accept/wwv node_default all\r
- set/hops node_default 10\r
-\r
- accept/wwv user_default by W,K\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>announce (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>announce <text></bf> Send an announcement to local users\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Send an announcement to LOCAL users only, where <text> is the text \r
-of the announcement you wish to broadcast. If you do not wish to receive\r
-announces, use the <em>set/noannounce</em> command. Any announces made by\r
-a sysop will override set/noannounce.\r
-\r
-<sect1>announce full (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>announce full <text></bf> Send an announcement cluster wide\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command will send your announcement across the whole cluster\r
-network.\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>announce sysop (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>announce sysop <text></bf>\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Send an announcement to Sysops only\r
-\r
-<sect1>apropos (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>apropos <string></bf> Search the help database\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Search the help database for <string> (it isn't case sensitive), \r
-and print the names of all the commands that may be relevant.\r
-\r
-<sect1>bye (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>bye</bf> Exit from the cluster\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This will disconnect you from the cluster\r
-\r
-<sect1>catchup (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>catchup <node_call> All|[<msgno> ...]</bf> \r
-Mark a message as sent\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-When you send messages the fact that you have forwarded it to another node \r
-is remembered so that it isn't sent again. When you have a new partner\r
-node and you add their callsign to your /spider/msg/forward.pl file, all\r
-outstanding non-private messages will be forwarded to them. This may well\r
-be ALL the non-private messages. You can prevent this by using these \r
-commmands:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- catchup GB7DJK all\r
- catchup GB7DJK 300 301 302 303 500-510\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
- \r
-and to undo what you have just done:-\r
- \r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- uncatchup GB7DJK all\r
- uncatchup GB7DJK 300 301 302 303 500-510\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-which will arrange for them to be forward candidates again.\r
-\r
-Order is not important.\r
-\r
-<sect1>clear/announce (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>clear/announce <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</bf> Clear an announce filter line\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or the\r
-node_default or user_default. \r
-\r
-<sect1>clear/route (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>clear/route <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</bf> Clear a route filter line\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a route filter or to \r
-remove the whole filter.\r
-\r
-see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.\r
-\r
-A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or the\r
-node_default or user_default. \r
-\r
-<sect1>clear/spots (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>clear/spots [1|all]</bf> Clear a spot filter line\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a spot filter or to \r
-remove the whole filter.\r
-\r
-If you have a filter:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- acc/spot 1 on hf/cw\r
- acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-and you say:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- clear/spot 1\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-you will be left with:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-If you do:\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- clear/spot all\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-the filter will be completely removed.\r
-\r
-<sect1>clear/spots (extended for sysops) (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>clear/spots <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</bf> Clear a spot filter line\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or the\r
-node_default or user_default. \r
-\r
-<sect1>clear/wcy (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>clear/wcy [1|all]</bf> Clear a WCY filter line\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WCY filter or to \r
-remove the whole filter.\r
-\r
-see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.\r
-\r
-<sect1>clear/wcy (extended for sysops) (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>clear/wcy <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</bf> Clear a WCY filter line\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or the\r
-node_default or user_default. \r
-\r
-<sect1>clear/wwv (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>clear/wwv [1|all]</bf> Clear a WWV filter line\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WWV filter or to\r
-remove the whole filter.\r
-\r
-see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.\r
-\r
-<sect1>clear/wwv (extended for sysops) (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>clear/wwv <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</bf> Clear a WWV filter line\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or the\r
-node_default or user_default.\r
-\r
-<sect1>connect (5) \r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>connect <callsign></bf> Start a connection to another DX Cluster\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Start a connection process that will culminate in a new connection to the\r
-DX cluster <callsign>. This process creates a new 'client' process which will\r
-use the script in /spider/connect/<callsign> to effect the 'chat' exchange\r
-necessary to traverse the network(s) to logon to the cluster <callsign>.\r
-\r
-<sect1>dbavail (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>dbavail</bf> Show a list of all the databases in the system\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-The title says it all really, this command lists all the databases defined\r
-in the system. It is also aliased to SHOW/COMMAND.\r
-\r
-<sect1>dbcreate (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>dbcreate <name></bf> Create a database entry<newline>\r
-<bf>dbcreate <name> chain <name> [<name>..]</bf> Create a \r
-chained database entry<newline>\r
-<bf>dbcreate <name> remote <node></bf> Create a remote database\r
-entry<newline>\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-DBCREATE allows you to define a database in the system. It doesn't actually\r
-create anything, just defines it.\r
-\r
-The databases that are created are simple DB_File hash databases, they are \r
-therefore already 'indexed'.\r
-\r
-You can define a local database with the first form of the command eg:\r
-\r
- DBCREATE oblast\r
-\r
-You can also chain databases with the addition of the 'chain' keyword. \r
-This will search each database one after the other. A typical example \r
-is:\r
-\r
- DBCREATE sdx_qsl chain sql_ad\r
-\r
-No checking is done to see if the any of the chained databases exist, in\r
-fact it is usually better to do the above statement first then do each of\r
-the chained databases.\r
-\r
-Databases can exist offsite. To define a database that lives on another \r
-node do:\r
-\r
- DBCREATE buckmaster remote gb7dxc\r
-\r
-Remote databases cannot be chained; however, the last database in a \r
-a chain can be a remote database eg:\r
-\r
- DBCREATE qsl chain gb7dxc\r
-\r
-To see what databases have been defined do:\r
-\r
- DBAVAIL (or it will have been aliased to SHOW/COMMAND)\r
-\r
-It would be normal for you to add an entry into your local Aliases file\r
-to allow people to use the 'SHOW/<dbname>' style syntax. So you would\r
-need to add a line like:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- 's' => [\r
- ..\r
- ..\r
- '^sh\w*/buc', 'dbshow buckmaster', 'dbshow',\r
- ..\r
- ..\r
- ],\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-to allow \r
-\r
- SH/BUCK g1tlh\r
-\r
-to work as they may be used to.\r
-\r
-See DBIMPORT for the importing of existing AK1A format data to databases.\r
-See DBSHOW for generic database enquiry\r
-\r
-<sect1>dbimport (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>dbimport <dbname></bf> Import AK1A data into a database\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-If you want to import or update data in bulk to a database you can use\r
-this command. It will either create or update entries into an existing\r
-database. For example:-\r
-\r
- DBIMPORT oblast /tmp/OBLAST.FUL\r
-\r
-will import the standard OBLAST database that comes with AK1A into the\r
-oblast database held locally.\r
-\r
-<sect1>dbremove (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>dbremove <dbname></bf> Delete a database\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-DBREMOVE will completely remove a database entry and also delete any data\r
-file that is associated with it. \r
-\r
-There is no warning, no comeback, no safety net. \r
-\r
-For example:\r
-\r
- DBREMOVE oblast \r
-\r
-will remove the oblast database from the system and it will also remove\r
-the associated datafile.\r
-\r
-I repeat:\r
-\r
-There is no warning, no comeback, no safety net.\r
-\r
-You have been warned.\r
-\r
-<sect1>dbshow (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>dbshow <dbname> <key></bf> Display an entry, if it exists, \r
-in a database\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This is the generic user interface to the database to the database system.\r
-It is expected that the sysop will add an entry to the local Aliases file\r
-so that users can use the more familiar AK1A style of enquiry such as:\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SH/BUCK G1TLH\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-but if he hasn't and the database really does exist (use DBAVAIL or\r
-SHOW/COMMAND to find out) you can do the same thing with:\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- DBSHOW buck G1TLH\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>debug (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>debug</bf> Set the cluster program into debug mode\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Executing this command will only have an effect if you are running the cluster\r
-in debug mode i.e.\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- perl -d cluster.pl\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-It will interrupt the cluster just after the debug command has finished.\r
-\r
-<sect1>delete/user (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>delete/user <callsign></bf> Delete a user from the User Database\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command will completely remove a one or more users from the database.\r
-\r
-There is NO SECOND CHANCE.\r
-\r
-It goes without saying that you should use this command CAREFULLY!\r
-\r
-<sect1>demonstrate (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>demonstrate <call> <command></bf> Demonstrate a command to another user\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command is provided so that sysops can demonstrate commands to \r
-other users. It runs a command as though that user had typed it in and\r
-then sends the output to that user, together with the command that \r
-caused it.\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- DEMO g7brn sh/dx iota oc209\r
- DEMO g1tlh set/here\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-Note that this command is similar to SPOOF and will have the same side\r
-effects. Commands are run at the privilege of the user which is being\r
-demonstrated to.\r
-\r
-<sect1>directory (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>directory</bf> List messages<newline> \r
-<bf>directory all</bf> List all messages<newline>\r
-<bf>directory own</bf> List your own messages<newline>\r
-<bf>directory new</bf> List all new messages<newline>\r
-<bf>directory to <call></bf> List all messages to <call><newline>\r
-<bf>directory from <call></bf> List all messages from <call><newline>\r
-<bf>directory subject <string></bf> List all messages with <string> \r
-in subject<newline>\r
-<bf>directory <nn></bf> List last <nn> messages<newline>\r
-<bf>directory <from>-<to></bf> List messages <from> message <to> message <newline>\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-List the messages in the messages directory.\r
-\r
-If there is a 'p' one space after the message number then it is a \r
-personal message. If there is a '-' between the message number and the\r
-'p' then this indicates that the message has been read.\r
-\r
-You can use shell escape characters such as '*' and '?' in the <call>\r
-fields.\r
-\r
-You can combine some of the various directory commands together eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- DIR TO G1TLH 5\r
-or \r
- DIR SUBJECT IOTA 200-250\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-You can abbreviate all the commands to one letter and use ak1a syntax:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- DIR/T G1* 10\r
- DIR/S QSL 10-100 5\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>directory (extended for sysops) (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Works just like the user command except that sysops can see ALL messages.\r
-\r
-<sect1>disconnect (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>disconnect <call> [<call> ...]</bf> Disconnect a user or node\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Disconnect any <call> connected locally\r
-\r
-<sect1>dx (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks></bf> Send a DX spot\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This is how you send a DX Spot to other users. You can, in fact, now\r
-enter the <freq> and the <call> either way round. \r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- DX FR0G 144.600\r
- DX 144.600 FR0G\r
- DX 144600 FR0G \r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-will all give the same result. You can add some remarks to the end\r
-of the command and they will be added to the spot.\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- DX FR0G 144600 this is a test\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-You can credit someone else by saying:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- DX by G1TLH FR0G 144.600 he isn't on the cluster\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-The <freq> is compared against the available bands set up in the \r
-cluster. See SHOW/BANDS for more information.\r
-\r
-<sect1>export (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>export <msgno> <filename></bf> Export a message to a file\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Export a message to a file. This command can only be executed on a local\r
-console with a fully privileged user. The file produced will be in a form\r
-ready to be imported back into the cluster by placing it in the import \r
-directory (/spider/msg/import).\r
-\r
-This command cannot overwrite an existing file. This is to provide some \r
-measure of security. Any files written will owned by the same user as the \r
-main cluster, otherwise you can put the new files anywhere the cluster can\r
-access. For example:-\r
-\r
- EXPORT 2345 /tmp/a\r
-\r
-<sect1>export_users (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>export_users [<filename>]</bf> Export the users database to ascii\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Export the users database to a file in ascii format. If no filename\r
-is given then it will export the file to /spider/data/user_asc.\r
-\r
-If the file already exists it will be renamed to <filename>.o. In fact\r
-up to 5 generations of the file can be kept each one with an extra 'o' on the\r
-suffix. \r
-\r
-BE WARNED: this will write to any file you have write access to. No check is\r
-made on the filename (if any) that you specify.\r
-\r
-<sect1>filtering (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>filtering</bf> Filtering things in DXSpider\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-There are a number of things you can filter in the DXSpider system. They\r
-all use the same general mechanism.\r
-\r
-In general terms you can create a 'reject' or an 'accept' filter which\r
-can have up to 10 lines in it. You do this using, for example:-\r
- \r
- accept/spots .....\r
- reject/spots .....\r
-\r
-where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. There\r
-are filters for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops)\r
-connects. See each different accept or reject command reference for\r
-more details.\r
-\r
-There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a filter and\r
-one to show you what you have set. They are:-\r
-\r
- clear/spots 1\r
- clear/spots all\r
-\r
-and \r
- \r
- show/filter\r
-\r
-There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.\r
-\r
-For now we are going to use spots for the examples, but you can apply\r
-the principles to all types of filter.\r
-\r
-There are two main types of filter 'accept' or 'reject'; which you use\r
-depends entirely on how you look at the world and what is least\r
-writing to achieve what you want. Each filter has 10 lines (of any\r
-length) which are tried in order. If a line matches then the action\r
-you have specified is taken (ie reject means ignore it and accept\r
-means gimme it).\r
-\r
-The important thing to remember is that if you specify a 'reject'\r
-filter (all the lines in it say 'reject/spots' (for instance) then if\r
-a spot comes in that doesn't match any of the lines then you will get\r
-it BUT if you specify an 'accept' filter then any spots that don't\r
-match are dumped. For example if I have a one line accept filter:-\r
-\r
- accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)\r
-\r
-then automatically you will ONLY get VHF spots from or to CQ zones 14\r
-15 and 16. If you set a reject filter like:\r
-\r
- reject/spots on hf/cw\r
-\r
-Then you will get everything EXCEPT HF CW spots, If you am interested in IOTA\r
-and will work it even on CW then you could say:-\r
-\r
- reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota\r
-\r
-But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-\r
-\r
- accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota\r
-\r
-which is exactly the same. You should choose one or the other until\r
-you are confortable with the way it works. Yes, you can mix them\r
-(actually you can have an accept AND a reject on the same line) but\r
-don't try this at home until you can analyse the results that you get\r
-without ringing up the sysop for help.\r
-\r
-You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for your\r
-own understanding or simply convenience. I have one set frequently:-\r
-\r
- reject/spots 1 on hf/cw\r
- reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16) \r
-\r
-What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots (being a class B I can't\r
-read any CW and couldn't possibly be interested in HF :-) and also\r
-rejects any spots on VHF which don't either originate or spot someone\r
-in Europe.\r
-\r
-This is an exmaple where you would use the line number (1 and 2 in\r
-this case), if you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits\r
-'0'-'9' are available.\r
-\r
-You can leave the word 'and' out if you want, it is implied. You can\r
-use any number of brackets to make the 'expression' as you want\r
-it. There are things called precedence rules working here which mean\r
-that you will NEED brackets in a situation like line 2 because,\r
-without it, will assume:-\r
-\r
- (on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16 \r
-\r
-annoying, but that is the way it is. If you use OR - use\r
-brackets. Whilst we are here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' is\r
-just 'and by_zone'.\r
-\r
-If you want to alter your filter you can just redefine one or more\r
-lines of it or clear out one line. For example:-\r
-\r
- reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb\r
-\r
-or \r
-\r
- clear/spots 1\r
-\r
-To remove the filter in its entirty:-\r
-\r
- clear/spots all\r
-\r
-There are similar CLEAR commands for the other filters:-\r
-\r
- clear/announce\r
- clear/wcy\r
- clear/wwv\r
-\r
-ADVANCED USERS:-\r
-\r
-Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to experiment. \r
-\r
-my example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts vhf/uhf spots from EU\r
-can be written with a mixed filter, eg:\r
-\r
- rej/spot on hf/cw\r
- acc/spot on 0/30000\r
- acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)\r
-\r
-each filter slot actually has a 'reject' slot and an 'accept'\r
-slot. The reject slot is executed BEFORE the accept slot.\r
-\r
-It was mentioned earlier that after a reject test that doesn't match,\r
-the default for following tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for\r
-'accept'. In the example what happens is that the reject is executed\r
-first, any non hf/cw spot is passed to the accept line, which lets\r
-thru everything else on HF.\r
-\r
-The next filter line lets through just VHF/UHF spots from EU.\r
-\r
-<sect1>forward/latlong (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>forward/latlong <node_call></bf> Send latitude and longitude \r
-information to another cluster\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command sends all the latitude and longitude information that your\r
-cluster is holding against callsigns. One advantage of recieving this\r
-information is that more locator information is held by you. This\r
-means that more locators are given on the DX line assuming you have\r
-<em>set/dxgrid</em> enabled. This could be a LOT of information though, so\r
-it is not recommended on slow links.\r
-\r
-<sect1>forward/opername (1)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>forward/opername <call></bf> Send out information on this <call> \r
-to all clusters\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command sends out any information held in the user file which can \r
-be broadcast in PC41 protocol packets. This information is Name, QTH, Location\r
-and Homenode. PC41s are only sent for the information that is available.\r
-\r
-<sect1>help (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>help <cmd></bf> Get help on a command\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-All commands can be abbreviated, so SHOW/DX can be abbreviated\r
-to SH/DX, ANNOUNCE can be shortened to AN and so on.\r
-\r
-Look at the APROPOS <string> command which will search the help database\r
-for the <string> you specify and give you a list of likely commands\r
-to look at with HELP.\r
-\r
-<sect1>init (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>init <node call></bf> Re-initialise a link to an AK1A compatible node\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command attempts to re-initialise a link to a (usually) AK1A node\r
-that has got confused, usually by a protocol loop of some kind. It may\r
-work - but you usually will be better off simply disconnecting it (or\r
-better, if it is a real AK1A node, doing an RCMD <node> DISC/F <your\r
-node>).\r
-\r
-Best of luck - you will need it.\r
-\r
-<sect1>kill (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>kill <msgno> [<msgno> ..]</bf> Delete a message \r
-from the local system\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Delete a message from the local system. You will only be able to\r
-delete messages that you have originated or been sent (unless you are\r
-the sysop).\r
-\r
-<sect1>kill (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...]</bf> Remove or erase a message from \r
-the system<newline>\r
-<bf>kill from <call></bf> Remove all messages from a callsign<newline>\r
-<bf>kill to <call></bf> Remove all messages to a callsign<newline>\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-You can get rid of any message to or originating from your callsign using \r
-this command. You can remove more than one message at a time.\r
-\r
-As a sysop you can kill any message on the system.\r
-\r
-<sect1>kill full (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>kill full <msgno> [<msgno>]</bf> Delete a message from the \r
-whole cluster\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Delete a message (usually a 'bulletin') from the whole cluster system. \r
-\r
-This uses the subject field, so any messages that have exactly the same subject\r
-will be deleted. Beware!\r
-\r
-<sect1>kill/expunge (6)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>kill/expunge <msgno> [<msgno>..]</bf>Expunge a message\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Deleting a message using the normal KILL commands only marks that message\r
-for deletion. The actual deletion only happens later (usually two days later).\r
-\r
-The KILL EXPUNGE command causes the message to be truly deleted more or less\r
-immediately.\r
-\r
-It otherwise is used in the same way as the KILL command.\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>links (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>links</bf> Show which nodes are physically connected\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This is a quick listing that shows which links are connected and\r
-some information about them. See WHO for a list of all connections.\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>load/aliases (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>load/aliases</bf> Reload the command alias table\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Reload the /spider/cmd/Aliases file after you have editted it. You will need to\r
-do this if you change this file whilst the cluster is running in order for the\r
-changes to take effect.\r
-\r
-<sect1>load/badmsg (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>load/badmsg</bf> Reload the bad message table\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Reload the /spider/msg/badmsg.pl file if you have changed it manually whilst\r
-the cluster is running. This table contains a number of perl regular \r
-expressions which are searched for in the fields targetted of each message. \r
-If any of them match then that message is immediately deleted on receipt. \r
-\r
-<sect1>load/badwords (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>load/badwords</bf> Reload the bad words table\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Reload the /spider/data/badwords file if you have changed it manually whilst\r
-the cluster is running. This file contains a list of words which, if found\r
-on certain text portions of PC protocol, will cause those protocol frames\r
-to be rejected. It will all put out a message if any of these words are\r
-used on the announce, dx and talk commands. The words can be one or \r
-more on a line, lines starting with '#' are ignored.\r
-\r
-<sect1>load/bands (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>load/bands</bf> Reload the band limits table\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Reload the /spider/data/bands.pl file if you have changed it manually whilst\r
-the cluster is running. \r
-\r
-<sect1>load/cmd_cache (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>load/cmd_cache</bf> Reload the automatic command cache\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Normally, if you change a command file in the cmd or local_cmd tree it will\r
-automatially be picked up by the cluster program. Sometimes it can get confused\r
-if you are doing a lot of moving commands about or delete a command in the \r
-local_cmd tree and want to use the normal one again. Execute this command to\r
-reset everything back to the state it was just after a cluster restart.\r
-\r
-<sect1>load/forward (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>load/forward</bf> Reload the msg forwarding routing table\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-Reload the /spider/msg/forward.pl file if you have changed it\r
-manually whilst the cluster is running.\r
-\r
-<sect1>load/messages (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>load/messages</bf> Reload the system messages file\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-If you change the /spider/perl/Messages file (usually whilst fiddling/writing ne\r
-commands) you can have them take effect during a cluster session by executing this\r
-command. You need to do this if get something like :-\r
-\r
-unknown message 'xxxx' in lang 'en'\r
-\r
-<sect1>load/prefixes (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>load/prefixes</bf> Reload the prefix table\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Reload the /spider/data/prefix_data.pl file if you have changed it manually \r
-whilst the cluster is running. \r
-\r
-<sect1>merge (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>merge <node> [<no spots>/<no wwv>]</bf> Ask for the \r
-latest spots and WWV\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-MERGE allows you to bring your spot and wwv database up to date. By default\r
-it will request the last 10 spots and 5 WWVs from the node you select. The \r
-node must be connected locally.\r
-\r
-You can request any number of spots or wwv and although they will be appended\r
-to your databases they will not duplicate any that have recently been added \r
-(the last 2 days for spots and last month for WWV data).\r
-\r
-<sect1>msg (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>msg <cmd> <msgno> [data ...]</bf> Alter various message \r
-parameters\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Alter message parameters like To, From, Subject, whether private or bulletin\r
-or return receipt (RR) is required or whether to keep this message from timing\r
-out.\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- MSG TO <msgno> <call> - change TO callsign to <call>\r
- MSG FRom <msgno> <call> - change FROM callsign to <call>\r
- MSG PRrivate <msgno> - set private flag\r
- MSG NOPRrivate <msgno> - unset private flag\r
- MSG RR <msgno> - set RR flag\r
- MSG NORR <msgno> - unset RR flag\r
- MSG KEep <msgno> - set the keep flag (message won't be deleted ever)\r
- MSG NOKEep <msgno> - unset the keep flag\r
- MSG SUbject <msgno> <new> - change the subject to <new>\r
- MSG WAittime <msgno> - remove any waitting time for this message\r
- MSG NOREad <msgno> - mark message as unread\r
- MSG REad <msgno> - mark message as read\r
- MSG QUeue - queue any outstanding bulletins\r
- MSG QUeue 1 - queue any outstanding private messages\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-You can look at the status of a message by using:-\r
-\r
- STAT/MSG <msgno> \r
-\r
-This will display more information on the message than DIR does.\r
-\r
-<sect1>pc (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>pc <call> <text></bf> Send text (eg PC Protocol) to <call>\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Send some arbitrary text to a locally connected callsign. No processing is done on\r
-the text. This command allows you to send PC Protocol to unstick things if problems\r
-arise (messages get stuck etc). eg:-\r
-\r
- pc gb7djk PC33^GB7TLH^GB7DJK^400^\r
-\r
-You can also use in the same way as a talk command to a connected user but\r
-without any processing, added of "from <blah> to <blah>" or whatever.\r
-\r
- pc G1TLH Try doing that properly!!!\r
-\r
-<sect1>ping (1)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>ping <node></bf> Check the link quality between nodes\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-his command allows you to send a frame to another cluster node on\r
-the network and get a return frame. The time it takes to do this\r
-is a good indication of the quality of the link. The actual time\r
-it takes is output to the console in seconds.\r
-Any visible cluster node can be PINGed.\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>rcmd (1)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>rcmd <node call> <cmd></bf> Send a command to another DX cluster\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command allows you to send nearly any command to another DX Cluster\r
-node that is connected to the system. \r
-\r
-Whether you get any output is dependant on a) whether the other system knows\r
-that the node callsign of this cluster is in fact a node b) whether the\r
-other system is allowing RCMDs from this node and c) whether you have\r
-permission to send this command at all.\r
-\r
-<sect1>read (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>read</bf> Read the next unread personal message addressed to you<newline>\r
-<bf>read <msgno></bf> Read the specified message<newline>\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-You can read any messages that are sent as 'non-personal' and also any\r
-message either sent by or sent to your callsign.\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>read (extended for sysops) (5) \r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>read <msgno></bf> Read a message on the system\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-As a sysop you may read any message on the system\r
-\r
-<sect1>reject/announce\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>reject/announce [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set a reject filter\r
-for announce\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Create an 'reject this announce' line for a filter. \r
-\r
-An reject filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it is\r
-passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERS for more info. Please read this\r
-to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.\r
-\r
-You can use any of the following things in this line:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- info <string> eg: iota or qsl\r
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 \r
- origin <prefixes>\r
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)\r
- origin_itu <numbers>\r
- origin_zone <numbers>\r
- by_dxcc <numbers>\r
- by_itu <numbers>\r
- by_zone <numbers>\r
- channel <prefixes>\r
- wx 1 filter WX announces\r
- dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-some examples:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- rej/ann by_zone 14,15,16 and not by G,M,2\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
- \r
-You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- rej/ann all\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-but this probably for advanced users...\r
-\r
-<sect1>reject/announce (extended for sysops) (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>reject/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf> Announce filter sysop version\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the\r
-default for nodes and users eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- reject/ann by G,M,2\r
- reject/ann input node_default by G,M,2\r
- reject/ann user_default by G,M,2\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>reject/route (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>reject/route <call> [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an 'reject' filter line for routing\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Create an 'reject this routing PC Protocol' line for a filter. \r
-\r
-<P>\r
-An reject filter line means that if a PC16/17/19/21/24/41/50 matches this filter \r
-it is NOT passed thru that interface. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please \r
-read this to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.\r
-You can use any of the following things in this line:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- call <prefixes> the callsign of the thingy\r
- call_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)\r
- call_itu <numbers>\r
- call_zone <numbers>\r
- origin <prefixes> really the interface it came in on\r
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)\r
- origin_itu <numbers>\r
- origin_zone <numbers>\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-some examples:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- rej/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (everything except UK+EIRE nodes)\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- rej/route all (equiv to [very] restricted mode)\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>reject/spots (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>reject/spots [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set a reject filter \r
-line for spots\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Create a 'reject this spot' line for a filter. \r
-\r
-A reject filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is\r
-dumped (not passed on). See HELP FILTERS for more info. Please read this\r
-to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.\r
-\r
-You can use any of the following things in this line:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m\r
- on <range> same as 'freq'\r
- call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9\r
- info <string> eg: iota or qsl\r
- by <prefixes> \r
- call_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)\r
- call_itu <numbers>\r
- call_zone <numbers>\r
- by_dxcc <numbers>\r
- by_itu <numbers>\r
- by_zone <numbers>\r
- origin <prefixes>\r
- channel <prefixes>\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in\r
-SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -\r
-thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -\r
-this is more efficient than saying simply: on HF (but don't get\r
-too hung up about that)\r
-\r
-some examples:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- rej/spot 1 on hf\r
- rej/spot 2 on vhf and not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- rej/spot 3 all\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-but this probably for advanced users...\r
-\r
-<sect1>reject/spots (extended for sysops) (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>reject/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf>\r
- Reject spot filter sysop version \r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the\r
-default for nodes and users eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- reject/spot db0sue-7 1 by_zone 14,15,16\r
- reject/spot node_default all\r
- set/hops node_default 10\r
-\r
- reject/spot user_default by G,M,2\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>reject/wcy (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set a reject WCY filter\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can\r
-filter on the following fields:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 \r
- origin <prefixes>\r
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)\r
- origin_itu <numbers>\r
- origin_zone <numbers>\r
- by_dxcc <numbers>\r
- by_itu <numbers>\r
- by_zone <numbers>\r
- channel <prefixes>\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place and\r
-you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want them).\r
-\r
-This command is really provided for future use.\r
-\r
-See HELP FILTER for information.\r
-\r
-<sect1>reject/wcy (extended for sysops) (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>reject/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf>\r
- WCY reject filter sysop version\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the\r
-default for nodes and users eg:-\r
-\r
- reject/wcy gb7djk all\r
-\r
-<sect1>reject/wwv (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set a reject WWV filter\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can\r
-filter on the following fields:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 \r
- origin <prefixes>\r
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)\r
- origin_itu <numbers>\r
- origin_zone <numbers>\r
- by_dxcc <numbers>\r
- by_itu <numbers>\r
- by_zone <numbers>\r
- channel <prefixes>\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-for example \r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- reject/wwv by_zone 14,15,16\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV broadcasts\r
-by stations in the US).\r
-\r
-See HELP FILTER for information.\r
-\r
-<sect1>reject/wwv (extended for sysops) (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>reject/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf>\r
- WWV reject filter sysop version\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the\r
-default for nodes and users eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- reject/wwv db0sue-7 1 by_zone 4\r
- reject/wwv node_default all\r
-\r
- reject/wwv user_default by W\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>reply (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>reply</bf> Reply (privately) to the last message that you have read<newline>\r
-<bf>reply <msgno></bf> Reply (privately) to the specified message<newline>\r
-<bf>reply B <msgno></bf> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message<newline>\r
-<bf>reply NOPrivate <msgno></bf> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified\r
-message<newline>\r
-<bf>reply RR <msgno></bf> Reply to the specified message with read \r
-receipt<newline>\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-You can reply to a message and the subject will automatically have\r
-"Re:" inserted in front of it, if it isn't already present.\r
-\r
-You can also use all the extra qualifiers such as RR, PRIVATE, \r
-NOPRIVATE, B that you can use with the SEND command (see SEND\r
-for further details)\r
-\r
-<sect1>send (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>send <call> [<call> ...]</bf> Send a message to \r
-one or more callsigns<newline>\r
-<bf>send RR <call></bf> Send a message and ask for a read receipt<newline>\r
-<bf>send COPY <msgno> <call></bf> Send a copy of a message \r
-to someone<newline>\r
-<bf>send PRIVATE <call></bf> Send a personal message<newline>\r
-<bf>send NOPRIVATE <call></bf> Send a message to all stations<newline>\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-All the SEND commands will create a message which will be sent either to\r
-an individual callsign or to one of the 'bulletin' addresses. \r
-\r
-SEND <call> on its own acts as though you had typed SEND PRIVATE, that is\r
-it will mark the message as personal and send it to the cluster node that\r
-that callsign is connected to.\r
-\r
-You can have more than one callsign in all of the SEND commands.\r
-\r
-You can have multiple qualifiers so that you can have for example:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SEND RR COPY 123 PRIVATE G1TLH G0RDI\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-which should send a copy of message 123 to G1TLH and G0RDI and you will\r
-receive a read receipt when they have read the message.\r
-\r
-SB is an alias for SEND NOPRIVATE (or send a bulletin in BBS speak)\r
-SP is an alias for SEND PRIVATE\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/address (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/address <your_address></bf> Record your postal address\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Literally, record your address details on the cluster.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/announce (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/announce</bf> Allow announce messages\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Allow announce messages to arrive at your terminal.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/arcluster (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/arcluster <node_call> [<node_call> ...]</bf> Make\r
-the node_call an AR-Cluster type node\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Set the node_call as an AR-Cluster type node\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/baddx (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/baddx <call></bf> Stop words we do not wish to see in the callsign field\r
-of a dx spot being propagated\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Setting a word as 'baddx' will prevent spots with that word in the callsign \r
-field of a DX spot from going any further. They will not be displayed and they \r
-will not be sent onto other nodes.\r
-\r
-The word must be wriiten in full, no wild cards are allowed eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- set/baddx FORSALE VIDEO FR0G \r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-To allow a word again, use the following command ...\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- unset/baddx VIDEO\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/badnode (6)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/badnode <node_call></bf> Stop spots from this node_call\r
-being propagated\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Setting a callsign as a 'badnode' will prevent spots from that node \r
-going any further. They will not be displayed and they will not be \r
-sent onto other nodes.\r
-\r
-The call can be a full or partial call (or a prefix), eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- set/badnode K1TTT \r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-will stop anything from K1TTT (including any SSID's)\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- unset/badnode K1TTT\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-will allow spots from him again.\r
-\r
-Use with extreme care. This command may well be superceded by FILTERing.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/badspotter (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/badspotter <call></bf> Stop spots from this callsign being propagated\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Setting a callsign as a 'badspotter' will prevent spots from this callsign \r
-going any further. They will not be displayed and they will not be \r
-sent onto other nodes.\r
-\r
-The call must be written in full, no wild cards are allowed eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- set/badspotter VE2STN \r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-will stop anything from VE2STN. If you want SSIDs as well then you must\r
-enter them specifically.\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- unset/badspotter VE2STN\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-will allow spots from him again.\r
-\r
-Use with extreme care. This command may well be superceded by FILTERing.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/badword (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/badword <word></bf> Stop things with this word being propogated\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Setting a word as a 'badword' will prevent things like spots,\r
-announces or talks with this word in the the text part from going any\r
-further. They will not be displayed and they will not be sent onto\r
-other nodes.\r
-\r
-The word must be written in full, no wild cards are allowed eg:-\r
-\r
- set/badword annihilate annihilated annihilation \r
-\r
-will stop anything with these words in the text.\r
-\r
- unset/badword annihilated\r
-\r
-will allow text with this word again.\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/beep (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/beep</bf> Add beeps to terminal messages\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Add a beep to DX and other terminal messages.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/bbs (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/bbs <call> [<call>..]</bf>Make <call> a BBS\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/clx (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/clx <node_call> [<node_call> ...]</bf> Make\r
-the node_call a CLX type node\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Set the node_call as a CLX type node\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/debug (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/debug <name></bf> Add a debug level to the debug set\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-You can choose to log several different levels. The levels are\r
-\r
-chan\r
-state\r
-msg\r
-cron\r
-connect\r
-\r
-You can show what levels you are logging with the <em>show/debug</em>\r
-command.\r
-\r
-You can remove a debug level with unset/debug <name>\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/dx (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/dx</bf>Allow DX messages to arrive at your terminal\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-You can stop DX messages with the <em>unset/dx</em> command\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/dxgrid (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/dxgrid</bf>Allow grid squares on the end of DX messages\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Some logging programs do not like the additional information at\r
-the end of a DX spot. If this is the case, use the <em>unset/dxgrid</em>\r
-command to remove the grid squares.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/dxnet (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/dxnet <node_call> [<node_call> ...]</bf> Make\r
-the node_call a DXNet type node\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Set the node_call as a DXNet type node\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/echo (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/echo</bf> Make the cluster echo your input\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-If you are connected via a telnet session, different implimentations\r
-of telnet handle echo differently depending on whether you are \r
-connected via port 23 or some other port. You can use this command\r
-to change the setting appropriately. \r
-\r
-You can remove the echo with the <em>unset/echo</em> command\r
-\r
-The setting is stored in your user profile.\r
-\r
-YOU DO NOT NEED TO USE THIS COMMAND IF YOU ARE CONNECTED VIA AX25.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/email (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/email <email_address></bf> Set email address(es) and forward your personals\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-If any personal messages come in for your callsign then you can use\r
-these commands to control whether they are forwarded onto your email\r
-address. To enable the forwarding do something like:-\r
-\r
- SET/EMAIL mike.tubby@somewhere.com\r
-\r
-You can have more than one email address (each one separated by a space).\r
-Emails are forwarded to all the email addresses you specify.\r
-\r
-You can disable forwarding by:-\r
-\r
- UNSET/EMAIL\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/here (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/here</bf> Set the here flag\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Let others on the cluster know you are here by only displaying your\r
-callsign. If you are away from your terminal you can use the <em>unset/here</em>\r
-command to let people know you are away. This simply puts brackets\r
-around your callsign to indicate you are not available.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/homenode (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/homenode <node_call></bf> Set your home cluster\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Tell the cluster system where you normally connect to. Any Messages sent\r
-to you will normally find their way there should you not be connected.\r
-eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SET/HOMENODE gb7djk\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/hops (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/hops <node_call> ann|spots|wwv|wcy <n></bf>\r
-Set hop count\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Set the hop count for a particular type of broadcast for a node.\r
-\r
-This command allows you to set up special hop counts for a node \r
-for currently: announce, spots, wwv and wcy broadcasts.\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
-eg:\r
- set/hops gb7djk ann 10\r
- set/hops gb7mbc spots 20\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-Set SHOW/HOPS for information on what is already set. This command\r
-creates a filter and works in conjunction with the filter system. \r
-\r
-<sect1>set/isolate (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/isolate <node call></bf> Isolate a node from the rest of the network\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Connect a node to your system in such a way that you are a full protocol\r
-member of its network and can see all spots on it, but nothing either leaks\r
-out from it nor goes back into from the rest of the nodes connected to you.\r
-\r
-You can potentially connect several nodes in this way.\r
-\r
-You can see which nodes are isolated with the show/isolate (1) command.\r
-\r
-You can remove the isolation with the command unset/isolate.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/language (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/language <language></bf> Set the language you wish to use\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-You can select the language that you want the cluster to use. Currently\r
-the languages available are <em>en</em> (English) and <em>nl</em> (Dutch).\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/location (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/location <lat and long></bf> Set your latitude and longitude\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-You can set your latitude and longitude manually or alternatively use the\r
-<em>set/qra</em> command which will do the conversion for you.\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- set/location 54 04 N 2 02 E\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/sys_location (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/sys_location <lat & long></bf> Set your cluster latitude and longitude\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-In order to get accurate headings and such like you must tell the system\r
-what your latitude and longitude is. If you have not yet done a SET/QRA\r
-then this command will set your QRA locator for you. For example:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SET/LOCATION 52 22 N 0 57 E\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/logininfo (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/logininfo</bf> Show logins and logouts of nodes and users\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show users and nodes when they log in and out of the local cluster. You\r
-can stop these messages by using the <em>unset/logininfo</em> command.\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/lockout (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/lockout <call></bf> Stop a callsign connecting to the cluster\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-You can show who is locked out with the <em>show/lockout</em> command.\r
-To allow the user to connect again, use the <em>unset/lockout</em> command.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/name (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/name <your_name></bf> Set your name\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Tell the cluster what your name is, eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- set/name Dirk\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/node (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/node <call> [<call> ...]</bf> Make the callsign an AK1A cluster\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Tell the system that the call(s) are to be treated as AK1A cluster and\r
-fed PC Protocol rather normal user commands.\r
-\r
-From version 1.41 you can also set the following types of cluster\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- set/spider\r
- set/dxnet\r
- set/clx\r
- set/arcluster\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-To see what your nodes are set to, use the <em>show/nodes</em> command.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/obscount (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/obscount <count> <node call></bf> Set the 'pump-up' \r
-obsolescence counter\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-From version 1.35 onwards neighbouring nodes are pinged at regular intervals (see\r
-SET/PINGINTERVAL), usually 300 seconds or 5 minutes. There is a 'pump-up'\r
-counter which is decremented on every outgoing ping and then reset to\r
-the 'obscount' value on every incoming ping. The default value of this\r
-parameter is 2. \r
-\r
-What this means is that a neighbouring node will be pinged twice at \r
-(default) 300 second intervals and if no reply has been heard just before\r
-what would be the third attempt, that node is disconnected.\r
-\r
-If a ping is heard then the obscount is reset to the full value. Using\r
-default values, if a node has not responded to a ping within 15 minutes,\r
-it is disconnected.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/page (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/page <n></bf> Set the number of lines per page\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Tell the system how many lines you wish on a page when the number of lines\r
-of output from a command is more than this. The default is 20. Setting it\r
-explicitly to 0 will disable paging. \r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SET/PAGE 30\r
- SET/PAGE 0\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-The setting is stored in your user profile.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/password (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/password</bf> Set your own password\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command only works for a 'telnet' user (currently). It will\r
-only work if you have a password already set. This initial password\r
-can only be set by the sysop.\r
-\r
-When you execute this command it will ask you for your old password,\r
-then ask you to type in your new password twice (to make sure you\r
-get it right). You may or may not see the data echoed on the screen\r
-as you type, depending on the type of telnet client you have.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/password (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/password <callsign> <string></bf> Set a users password\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-The password for a user can only be set by a full sysop. The string\r
-can contain any characters. \r
-\r
-The way this field is used depends on context. If it is being used in\r
-the SYSOP command context then you are offered 5 random numbers and you\r
-have to supply the corresponding letters. This is now mainly for ax25\r
-connections.\r
-\r
-If it is being used on incoming telnet connections then, if a password\r
-is set or the:\r
-\r
- set/var $main::passwdreq = 1\r
-\r
-command is executed in the startup script, then a password prompt is\r
-given after the normal 'login: ' prompt. \r
-\r
-The command "unset/password" is provided to allow a sysop to remove a\r
-users password completely in case a user forgets or loses their password.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/pinginterval (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt><bf>set/pinginterval <time> <node call></bf> Set the ping time \r
-to neighbouring nodes\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-As from version 1.35 all neighbouring nodes are pinged at regular intervals\r
-in order to determine the rolling quality of the link and, in future, to\r
-affect routing decisions. The default interval is 300 secs or 5 minutes.\r
-\r
-You can use this command to set a different interval. Please don't. \r
-\r
-But if you do the value you enter is treated as minutes up 60 and seconds\r
-for numbers greater than that.\r
-\r
-This is used also to help determine when a link is down at the far end\r
-(as certain cluster software doesn't always notice), see SET/OBSCOUNT\r
-for more information.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/privilege (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/privilege <n> <call> [<call> ...]</bf> Set the \r
-privilege level on a call\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Set the privilege level on a callsign. The privilege levels that pertain\r
-to commands are as default:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- 0 - normal user\r
- 1 - allow remote nodes normal user RCMDs\r
- 5 - various privileged commands (including shutdown, but not disc-\r
- connect), the normal level for another node.\r
- 8 - more privileged commands (including disconnect)\r
- 9 - local sysop privilege. DO NOT SET ANY REMOTE USER OR NODE TO THIS\r
- LEVEL.\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-If you are a sysop and you come in as a normal user on a remote connection\r
-your privilege will automatically be set to 0.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/spider (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/spider <node_call> [<node_call> ...]</bf> Make\r
-the node_call a DXSpider type node\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Set the node_call as a DXSpider type node\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/sys_qra (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/sys_qra <locator></bf> Set your cluster QRA locator\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/qra (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/qra <locator></bf> Set your QRA locator\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Tell the system what your QRA (or Maidenhead) locator is. If you have not\r
-done a SET/LOCATION then your latitude and longitude will be set roughly\r
-correctly (assuming your locator is correct ;-). For example:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SET/QRA JO02LQ\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/qth (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/qth <your QTH></bf> Set your QTH\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Tell the system where your are. For example:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- set/qth East Dereham, Norfolk\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/register (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/register <call></bf> Mark a user as registered\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Registration is a concept that you can switch on by executing the\r
-\r
- set/var $main::regreq = 1 \r
-\r
-command (usually in your startup file)\r
-\r
-If a user is NOT registered then, firstly, instead of the normal\r
-motd file (/spider/data/motd) being sent to the user at startup, the\r
-user is sent the motd_nor file instead. Secondly, the non registered\r
-user only has READ-ONLY access to the node. The non-registered user\r
-cannot use DX, ANN etc. \r
-\r
-The only exception to this is that a non-registered user can TALK or\r
-SEND messages to the sysop.\r
- \r
-To unset a user use the 'unset/register' command\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/talk (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/talk</bf> Allow talk messages to be seen at your console\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Allow talk messages to arrive at your console. You can switch off\r
-talks with the <em>unset/talk</em> command.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/wcy (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/wcy</bf> Allow WCY messages to be seen at your console\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Allow WCY information to be seen at your console. You can switch off\r
-WCY messages with the <em>unset/wcy</em> command.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/wwv (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/wwv</bf> Allow WWV messages to be seen at your console\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Allow WWV information to be seen at your console. You can switch off\r
-WWV messages with the <em>unset/wwv</em> command.\r
-\r
-<sect1>set/wx (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>set/wx</bf> Allow WX messages to be seen at your console\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Allow WX information to be seen at your console. You can switch off\r
-WX messages with the <em>unset/wx</em> command.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/baddx (1)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/baddx</bf>Show all the bad dx calls in the system\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Display all the bad dx callsigns in the system, see SET/BADDX\r
-for more information.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/badnode (6)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/badnode</bf> Show all the bad nodes in the system\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Display all the bad node callsigns in the system, see SET/BADNODE\r
-for more information.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/badspotter (1)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/badspotter</bf> Show all the bad spotters in the system\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Display all the bad spotter's callsigns in the system, see SET/BADSPOTTER\r
-for more information.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/badword (1)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/badword</bf> Show all the bad words in the system\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Display all the bad words in the system, see SET/BADWORD\r
-for more information.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/configuration (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/configuration [<node>]</bf> Show all visible nodes and their users\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command allows you to see all the users that can be seen\r
-and the nodes to which they are connected. With the optional <em>node</em>,\r
-you can specify a particular node to look at.\r
-\r
-This command is normally abbreviated to: sh/c\r
-\r
-BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/configuration/node (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/configuration/node</bf> Show all the nodes connected\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show all the nodes connected locally and the nodes they have connected.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/connect (1)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/connect</bf> Show all the active connections\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command shows information on all the active connections known to\r
-the node. This command gives slightly more information than WHO.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/date (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show\r
-the local time\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This is very nearly the same as SHOW/TIME, the only difference the format\r
-of the date string if no arguments are given.\r
-\r
-If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the local\r
-time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixes\r
-then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) at\r
-the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/debug (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/debug</bf> Show what levels of debug you are logging\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-The levels can be set with <em>set/debug</em>\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/dx (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/dx [options]</bf> interrogate the spot database\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-If you just type SHOW/DX you will get the last so many spots\r
-(sysop configurable, but usually 10).\r
- \r
-In addition you can add any number of these options in very nearly\r
-any order to the basic SHOW/DX command, they are:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb> \r
-on <band> - eg 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm\r
-on <region> - eg hf vhf uhf shf (see SHOW/BANDS)\r
- \r
-<number> - the number of spots you want\r
-<from>-<to> - <from> spot no <to> spot no in \r
- the selected list\r
- \r
-<prefix> - for a spotted callsign beginning with <prefix>\r
-*<suffix> - for a spotted callsign ending in <suffix>\r
-*<string>* - for a spotted callsign containing <string>\r
- \r
-day <number> - starting <number> days ago\r
-day <from>-<to> - <from> days <to> days ago\r
- \r
-info <text> - any spots containing <text> in the info or remarks\r
- \r
-by <call> - any spots spotted by <call> (spotter <call> \r
- is the same).\r
-\r
-qsl - this automatically looks for any qsl info on the call\r
- held in the spot database.\r
-\r
-iota [<iota>] - If the iota island number is missing it will \r
- look for the string iota and anything which looks like \r
- an iota island number. If you specify then it will look \r
- for that island.\r
-\r
-qra [<locator>] - this will look for the specific locator if \r
- you specify one or else anything that looks like a locator.\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
- \r
-e.g. \r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb> \r
- SH/DX 9m0\r
- SH/DX on 20m info iota\r
- SH/DX 9a on vhf day 30\r
- SH/DX rf1p qsl\r
- SH/DX iota \r
- SH/DX iota eu-064\r
- SH/DX qra jn86\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/dxcc (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/dxcc <prefix></bf> Interrogate the spot database by country\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command takes the <prefix> (which can be a full or partial \r
-callsign if desired), looks up which internal country number it is\r
-and then displays all the spots as per SH/DX for that country.\r
- \r
-The options for SHOW/DX also apply to this command. \r
-e.g. \r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb> \r
- SH/DXCC G\r
- SH/DXCC W on 20m info iota\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>sh/dxstats (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>sh/dxstats</bf> Show the DX Statistics for last 31 days\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the total DX spots for the last 31 days\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/files (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/files [<filearea> [<string>]]</bf> List\r
-the contents of a filearea\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-SHOW/FILES on its own will show you a list of the various fileareas\r
-available on the system. To see the contents of a particular file\r
-area type:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SH/FILES <filearea>\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-where <filearea> is the name of the filearea you want to see the \r
-contents of.\r
-\r
-You can also use shell globbing characters like '*' and '?' in a\r
-string to see a selection of files in a filearea eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SH/FILES bulletins arld*\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-See also TYPE - to see the contents of a file.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/filter (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/filter</bf> Show the filters you have set\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the contents of all the filters that are set by you. This command \r
-displays all the filters set - for all the various categories.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/filter (extended for sysops) (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/filter <callsign></bf> Show the filters set by <callsign>\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-A sysop can look at any filters that have been set.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/hfstats (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/hfstats</bf> Show the HF DX Statistics for last 31 days\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the HF DX spots breakdown by band for the last 31 days\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/hftable (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/hftable</bf> Show the HF DX Spotter Table for your country\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the HF DX Spotter table for your country for the last 31 days\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/hops (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/hops <node_call> [ann|spots|wcy|wwv|]</bf> Show the hop \r
-counts for a node\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command shows the hop counts set up for a node. You can specify\r
-which category you want to see. If you leave the category out then \r
-all the categories will be listed.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/isolate (1)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/isolate</bf> Show a list of isolated nodes\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show which nodes are currently set to be isolated.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/lockout (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/lockout</bf> Show a list of excluded callsigns\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show a list of callsigns that have been excluded (locked out) of the\r
-cluster locally with the <em>set/lockout</em> command\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/log (8)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/log [<callsign>]</bf> Show excerpts from the system log\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command outputs a short section of the system log. On its own\r
-it will output a general logfile. With the optional callsign it will\r
-show output from the log associated with that callsign.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/moon (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/moon [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show moon\r
-rise and set times\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the Moon rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns, \r
-together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at those\r
-locations.\r
-\r
-If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times for\r
-your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),\r
-together with the current azimuth and elevation.\r
-\r
-In addition, it will show the gain or loss dB relative to the nominal \r
-distance of 385,000Km due to the ellipsoidal nature of the orbit.\r
-\r
-If all else fails it will show the Moonrise and set times for the node\r
-that you are connected to. \r
-\r
-For example:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SH/MOON\r
- SH/MOON G1TLH W5UN\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/muf (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long]</bf> Show\r
-the likely propagation to <prefix>\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command allow you to estimate the likelihood of you contacting\r
-a station with the prefix you have specified. The output assumes a modest\r
-power of 20dBW and receiver sensitivity of -123dBm (about 0.15muV/10dB SINAD)\r
-\r
-The result predicts the most likely operating frequencies and signal\r
-levels for high frequency (shortwave) radio propagation paths on\r
-specified days of the year and hours of the day. It is most useful for\r
-paths between 250 km and 6000 km, but can be used with reduced accuracy\r
-for paths shorter or longer than this.\r
-\r
-The command uses a routine MINIMUF 3.5 developed by the U.S. Navy and\r
-used to predict the MUF given the predicted flux, day of the year,\r
-hour of the day and geographic coordinates of the transmitter and\r
-receiver. This routine is reasonably accurate for the purposes here,\r
-with a claimed RMS error of 3.8 MHz, but much smaller and less complex\r
-than the programs used by major shortwave broadcasting organizations,\r
-such as the Voice of America.\r
-\r
-The command will display some header information detailing its\r
-assumptions, together with the locations, latitude and longitudes and\r
-bearings. It will then show UTC (UT), local time at the other end\r
-(LT), calculate the MUFs, Sun zenith angle at the midpoint of the path\r
-(Zen) and the likely signal strengths. Then for each frequency for which\r
-the system thinks there is a likelihood of a circuit it prints a value.\r
-\r
-The value is currently a likely S meter reading based on the conventional\r
-6dB / S point scale. If the value has a '+' appended it means that it is\r
-1/2 an S point stronger. If the value is preceeded by an 'm' it means that\r
-there is likely to be much fading and by an 's' that the signal is likely\r
-to be noisy. \r
-\r
-By default SHOW/MUF will show the next two hours worth of data. You\r
-can specify anything up to 24 hours worth of data by appending the no of\r
-hours required after the prefix. For example:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SH/MUF W\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-produces:\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- RxSens: -123 dBM SFI: 159 R: 193 Month: 10 Day: 21\r
- Power : 20 dBW Distance: 6283 km Delay: 22.4 ms\r
- Location Lat / Long Azim\r
- East Dereham, Norfolk 52 41 N 0 57 E 47\r
- United-States-W 43 0 N 87 54 W 299\r
- UT LT MUF Zen 1.8 3.5 7.0 10.1 14.0 18.1 21.0 24.9 28.0 50.0\r
- 18 23 11.5 -35 mS0+ mS2 S3\r
- 19 0 11.2 -41 mS0+ mS2 S3\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-indicating that you will have weak, fading circuits on top band and \r
-80m but usable signals on 40m (about S3).\r
-\r
-inputting:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SH/MUF W 24\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-will get you the above display, but with the next 24 hours worth of\r
-propagation data.\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SH/MUF W L 24\r
- SH/MUF W 24 Long\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-Gives you an estimate of the long path propagation characterics. It\r
-should be noted that the figures will probably not be very useful, nor\r
-terrible accurate, but it is included for completeness.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/newconfiguration (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/newconfiguration [<node>]</bf> Show all the nodes and users visible\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command allows you to see all the users that can be seen\r
-and the nodes to which they are connected. \r
-\r
-This command produces essentially the same information as \r
-SHOW/CONFIGURATION except that it shows all the duplication of\r
-any routes that might be present It also uses a different format\r
-which may not take up quite as much space if you don't have any\r
-loops.\r
-\r
-BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/newconfiguration/node (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/newconfiguration/node</bf> Show all the nodes connected locally\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show all the nodes connected to this node in the new format.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/node (1)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/node [<node_call> ...]</bf> Show the type and version\r
-number of nodes\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the type and version (if connected) of the nodes specified on the\r
-command line. If no callsigns are specified then a sorted list of all\r
-the non-user callsigns known to the system will be displayed.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/prefix (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/prefix <callsign></bf> Interrogate the prefix database\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command takes the <callsign> (which can be a full or partial \r
-callsign or a prefix), looks up which internal country number \r
-it is and then displays all the relevant prefixes for that country\r
-together with the internal country no, the CQ and ITU regions. \r
-\r
-See also SHOW/DXCC\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/program (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/program</bf> Show the locations of all the included program modules\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the name and location where every program module was load from. This\r
-is useful for checking where you think you have loaded a .pm file from.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/qra (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/qra <locator> [<locator>]</bf> Show the distance\r
-between locators<newline>\r
-<bf>show/qra <lat> <long></bf> Convert latitude and longitude to \r
-a locator\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This is a multipurpose command that allows you either to calculate the\r
-distance and bearing between two locators or (if only one locator is\r
-given on the command line) the distance and beraing from your station\r
-to the locator. For example:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
-SH/QRA IO92QL \r
-SH/QRA JN06 IN73\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-The first example will show the distance and bearing to the locator from\r
-yourself, the second example will calculate the distance and bearing from\r
-the first locator to the second. You can use 4 or 6 character locators.\r
-\r
-It is also possible to convert a latitude and longitude to a locator by \r
-using this command with a latitude and longitude as an argument, for\r
-example:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
-SH/QRA 52 41 N 0 58 E\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/qrz (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/qrz <callsign></bf> Show any callbook details on a callsign\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command queries the QRZ callbook server on the internet\r
-and returns any information available for that callsign. This service\r
-is provided for users of this software by http://www.qrz.com \r
-\r
-<sect1>show/registered (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/registered [<prefix>[</bf> Show the registered users\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/route (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/route <callsign></bf> Show the route to <callsign>\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command allows you to see to which node the callsigns specified are\r
-connected. It is a sort of inverse sh/config.\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- sh/route n2tly\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/satellite (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>]</bf>\r
-Show satellite tracking data\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the tracking data from your location to the satellite of your choice\r
-from now on for the next few hours.\r
-\r
-If you use this command without a satellite name it will display a list\r
-of all the satellites known currently to the system. \r
-\r
-If you give a name then you can obtain tracking data of all the passes\r
-that start and finish 5 degrees below the horizon. As default it will\r
-give information for the next three hours for every five minute period.\r
-\r
-You can alter the number of hours and the step size, within certain \r
-limits. \r
-\r
-Each pass in a period is separated with a row of '-----' characters\r
-\r
-So for example:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
-SH/SAT AO-10 \r
-SH/SAT FENGYUN1 12 2\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/sun (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/sun [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show\r
-sun rise and set times\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the sun rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns, \r
-together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at those\r
-locations.\r
-\r
-If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times for\r
-your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),\r
-together with the current azimuth and elevation.\r
-\r
-If all else fails it will show the sunrise and set times for the node\r
-that you are connected to. \r
-\r
-For example:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- SH/SUN\r
- SH/SUN G1TLH K9CW ZS\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/time (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show\r
-the local time\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the local\r
-time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixes\r
-then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) at\r
-the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/vhfstats (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/vhfstats</bf> Show the VHF DX Statistics for last 31 days\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the VHF DX spots breakdown by band for the last 31 days\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/vhftable (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/vhftable</bf> Show the VHF DX Spotter Table for your country\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the VHF DX Spotter table for your country for the last 31 days\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/wcy (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/wcy</bf> Show the last 10 WCY broadcasts<newline>\r
-<bf>show/wcy <n></bf> Show the last <n> WCY broadcasts\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Display the most recent WCY information that has been received by the system\r
-\r
-<sect1>show/wwv (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>show/wwv</bf> Show the last 10 WWV broadcasts<newline>\r
-<bf>show/wwv <n></bf> Show the last <n> WWV broadcasts\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Display the most recent WWV information that has been received by the system\r
-\r
-\r
-<sect1>shutdown (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>shutdown</bf> Shutdown the cluster\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Shutdown the cluster and disconnect all the users. If you have Spider\r
-set to respawn in /etc/inittab it will of course restart.\r
-\r
-<sect1>spoof (9)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>spoof <callsign> <command></bf> Run commands as another user\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This is a very simple yet powerful command for the sysop. It allows you to\r
-issue commands as if you were a different user. This is very useful for the\r
-kind of things that users seem to always get wrong.. like home_node for\r
-example.\r
-\r
-<sect1>stat/db (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>stat/db <dbname></bf> Show the status of a database\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the internal status of a database descriptor.\r
-\r
-Depending on your privilege level you will see more or less information. \r
-This command is unlikely to be of much use to anyone other than a sysop.\r
-\r
-<sect1>stat/channel (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>stat/channel <callsign></bf> Show the status of a channel on the cluster\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Show the internal status of the channel object either for the channel that \r
-you are on or else for the callsign that you asked for.\r
-\r
-Only the fields that are defined (in perl term) will be displayed.\r
-\r
-<sect1>stat/msg (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>stat/msg <msgno></bf> Show the status of a message\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This command shows the internal status of a message and includes information\r
-such as to whom it has been forwarded, its size, origin etc etc.\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-If no message number is given then the status of the message system is \r
-displayed.\r
-\r
-<sect1>stat/route_node (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>stat/route_node <callsign></bf> Show the data in a Route::Node object\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<sect1>stat/route_user (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>stat/route_user <callsign></bf> Show the data in a Route::User object\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<sect1>stat/user (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>stat/user <callsign></bf> Show the full status of a user\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Shows the full contents of a user record including all the secret flags\r
-and stuff.\r
-\r
-Only the fields that are defined (in perl term) will be displayed.\r
-\r
-<sect1>sysop (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>sysop</bf> Regain your privileges if you login remotely\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-The system automatically reduces your privilege level to that of a\r
-normal user if you login in remotely. This command allows you to\r
-regain your normal privilege level. It uses the normal system: five\r
-numbers are returned that are indexes into the character array that is\r
-your assigned password (see SET/PASSWORD). The indexes start from\r
-zero.\r
-\r
-You are expected to return a string which contains the characters\r
-required in the correct order. You may intersperse those characters\r
-with others to obscure your reply for any watchers. For example (and\r
-these values are for explanation :-):\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- password = 012345678901234567890123456789\r
- > sysop\r
- 22 10 15 17 3\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-you type:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- aa2bbbb0ccc5ddd7xxx3n\r
- or 2 0 5 7 3\r
- or 20573\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-They will all match. If there is no password you will still be offered\r
-numbers but nothing will happen when you input a string. Any match is\r
-case sensitive.\r
-\r
-<sect1>talk (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>talk <callsign></bf> Enter talk mode with <callsign><newline>\r
-<bf>talk <callsign> <text></bf> Send a text message to <callsign><newline>\r
-<bf>talk <callsign> > <node_call> [<text>]</bf>\r
-Send a text message to <callsign> via <node_call>\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Send a short message to any other station that is visible on the cluster\r
-system. You can send it to anyone you can see with a SHOW/CONFIGURATION \r
-command, they don't have to be connected locally.\r
-\r
-The second form of TALK is used when other cluster nodes are connected\r
-with restricted information. This usually means that they don't send \r
-the user information usually associated with logging on and off the cluster.\r
-\r
-If you know that G3JNB is likely to be present on GB7TLH, but you can only\r
-see GB7TLH in the SH/C list but with no users, then you would use the\r
-second form of the talk message.\r
-\r
-If you want to have a ragchew with someone you can leave the text message\r
-out and the system will go into 'Talk' mode. What this means is that a\r
-short message is sent to the recipient telling them that you are in a 'Talking' \r
-frame of mind and then you just type - everything you send will go to the \r
-station that you asked for. \r
-\r
-All the usual announcements, spots and so on will still come out on your\r
-terminal.\r
-\r
-If you want to do something (such as send a spot) you precede the normal \r
-command with a '/' character, eg:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- /DX 14001 G1TLH What's a B class licensee doing on 20m CW?\r
- /HELP talk\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-To leave talk mode type:\r
- \r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- /EX\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-<sect1>type (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>type <filearea>/<name></bf> Look at a file in one of the fileareas\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Type out the contents of a file in a filearea. So, for example, in \r
-filearea 'bulletins' you want to look at file 'arld051' you would \r
-enter:-\r
-\r
-<tscreen><verb>\r
- TYPE bulletins/arld051\r
-</verb></tscreen>\r
-\r
-See also SHOW/FILES to see what fileareas are available and a \r
-list of content.\r
-\r
-<sect1>who (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>who</bf> Show who is physically connected locally\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-This is a quick listing that shows which callsigns are connected and\r
-what sort of connection they have\r
-\r
-<sect1>wx (0)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>wx <text></bf> Send a weather message to local users<newline>\r
-<bf>wx full <text> </bf> Send a weather message to all cluster users\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Weather messages can sometimes be useful if you are experiencing an extreme\r
-that may indicate enhanced conditions\r
-\r
-<sect1>wx (enhanced for sysops) (5)\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-<tt>\r
-<bf>wx sysop <text></bf> Send a weather message to other clusters only\r
-</tt>\r
-\r
-<P>\r
-Send a weather message only to other cluster nodes and not to general users.\r
-\r
-\r
\r
-</article>\r
--- /dev/null
+<!doctype linuxdoc system>\r
+\r
+<article>\r
+\r
+<!-- Title information -->\r
+\r
+<title>The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50</title> \r
+<author>Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net), and\r
+Charlie Carroll, K1XX, (k1xx@ptcnh.net)</author>\r
+<date>February 2003 revision 0.3</date>\r
+\r
+<abstract>\r
+A reference for SysOps of the DXSpider DXCluster program.\r
+</abstract>\r
+\r
+<!-- Table of contents -->\r
+<toc>\r
+\r
+<!-- Begin the document -->\r
+\r
+<sect>Routing and Filtering\r
+\r
+<sect1>Introduction\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+From DXSpider version 1.48, major changes were introduced to the way \r
+node connections are treated. This is part of an ongoing process to\r
+remove problems with loops and to enable talk and other functions to\r
+propagate across the whole of the worldwide cluster network. In fact,\r
+in a Spider network, it would be useful, perhaps even necessary to\r
+have loops. This would give real resilience to the network, meaning\r
+that if a link dropped, the information flow would simply come in and\r
+go out via a different route. Of course, we do not have a complete\r
+network of Spider nodes, there are other programs out there. Some of\r
+these do not have any protection from loops. Certainly AK1A does not \r
+handle loops well at all. It is therefore necessary to have some form \r
+of protection for these nodes.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+In fact DXSpider has had a simple system for some time which is called\r
+<it>isolation</it>. This is similar to what in other systems such as \r
+<bf>clx</bf>, is called <it>passive mode</it>. A more detailed explanation\r
+of <it>isolation</it> is given further below. This system is still available\r
+and, for simple networks, is probably all that you need.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+The new functionality introduced in version 1.48 allows filtering the node\r
+and user protocol frames on a "per interface" basis. We call this\r
+<it>route filtering</it>. This is used <bf>instead of</bf>\r
+<it>isolation</it>. \r
+\r
+<p>\r
+What this really means is that you can control more or less completely\r
+which user and node management PC protocol frames pass to each of your \r
+partner nodes. You can also limit what comes into your node from your \r
+partners. It is even possible to control the settings that your partner \r
+node has for the routing information that it sends to you \r
+(using the <it>rcmd</it> command).\r
+\r
+<sect1>Route Filters\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+Initially when route filters were being tested we generated a\r
+"default" filter. Unfortunately it quickly became apparent that this\r
+might suit the UK cluster network but didn't really fit anybody else.\r
+However using a default filter is an appropriate thing to do. How, is\r
+explained further on.\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+The first thing that you must do is determine whether you need to use \r
+route filtering <bf>at all</bf>. If you are a "normal" node with two or \r
+three partners and you arranged in an "official" non-looping tree type \r
+network, then <bf>you do not need to do route filtering</bf> and you will \r
+feel a lot better for not getting involved. If you are successfully using \r
+<it>isolation</it> then you also probably don't need to use route filtering.\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+To put it simply, you should not mix Isolation and Route Filtering. It \r
+will work, of sorts, but you will not get the expected results. If you \r
+are using Isolation sucessfully at the moment, do not get involved in \r
+Route Filtering unless you have a good supply of aspirin! Once you have \r
+started down the road of Route Filtering, do not use Isolation either.\r
+Use one or the other, not both.\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+You will only require this functionality if you are "well-connected". What \r
+that means is that you are connected to several different parts of (say) \r
+the EU cluster and, at the same time, also connected to two or three places \r
+in the US which, in turn are connected back to the EU. This is called a \r
+"loop" and if you are seriously looped then you need filtering.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+I should at this stage give a little bit of background on filters. All\r
+the filters in Spider work in basically the same way. You can either\r
+accept or reject various options in order to create the filter rules\r
+you wish to achieve. Some filters are user settable, others can only\r
+be altered by the sysop. Route filtering can only be done by the sysop.\r
+\r
+<P> \r
+Anyway, without further discouragement, let me start the process\r
+of explanation.\r
+\r
+<sect1>The node_default filter\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+All normal systems should have a default routing filter and it should\r
+usually be set to send only the normal, unlooped, view of your\r
+"national" network. Here in the UK that means nodes from the UK and\r
+Eire, in EU it is more complex as the networks there grew up in a more\r
+intertwined way.\r
+\r
+<p> \r
+The generic commands are:-\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+reject/route node_default <filter_option>\r
+\r
+or\r
+\r
+accept/route node_default <filter_option>\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+where filter_option is one of the following ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+call <prefixes>\r
+call_dxcc <numbers>\r
+call_itu <numbers>\r
+call_zone <numbers>\r
+channel <prefixes>\r
+channel_dxcc <numbers>\r
+channel_itu <numbers>\r
+channel_zone <numbers>\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+Please be careful if you alter this setting, it will affect \r
+<bf><it>ALL</it></bf> your links! Remember, this is a <it>default</it>\r
+filter for node connections, not a <it>per link</it> default.\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+For the default routing filter then you have two real choices: either\r
+a "national" view or the "safe" option of only your own\r
+callsign. Examples of each (for my node: GB7DJK) are:-\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+acc/route node_default call_dxcc 61,38\r
+acc/route node_default call gb7djk\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+GB7DJK uses the first of these. The DXCC countries can be obtained from the \r
+<it>show/prefix</it> command.\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+The example filters shown control <it>output</it> <bf>TO</bf> all your\r
+partner nodes unless they have a specific filter applied to them (see\r
+next section).\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+It is also possible to control the <it>incoming</it> routing\r
+information that you are prepared to accept <bf>FROM</bf> your partner\r
+nodes. The reason this is necessary is to make sure that stuff like\r
+mail, pings and similar commands a) go down the correct links and b)\r
+don't loop around excessively. Again using GB7DJK as an example a typical\r
+default input filter would be something like:\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+rej/route node_default input call_dxcc 61,38 and not channel_dxcc 61,38\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+What this does is accept node and user information for our national\r
+network from nodes that are in our national network, but rejects such\r
+information from anyone else. Although it doesn't explicitly say so,\r
+by implication, any other node information (not from the UK and Eire)\r
+is accepted.\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+As I imagine it will take a little while to get one's head around all of \r
+this you can study the effect of any rules that you try by watching the \r
+debug output after having done:-\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+set/debug filter\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+After you have got tired of that, to put it back the way it was:-\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+unset/debug filter\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<sect1>General route filtering\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Exactly the same rules apply for general route filtering. You would\r
+use either an accept filter or a reject filter like this ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+reject/route <node_call> <filter_option>\r
+\r
+or\r
+\r
+accept/route <node_call> <filter_option> \r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Here are some examples of route filters ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+rej/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (send everything except UK+EIRE nodes)\r
+rej/route all (equiv to [very] restricted mode)\r
+acc/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (send only UK+EIRE nodes)\r
+acc/route gb7djk call gb7djk (equiv to SET/ISOLATE)\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+In practice you will either be opening the default filter out for a\r
+partner by defining a specific filter for that callsign:-\r
+ \r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+acc/route gb7baa all\r
+acc/route gb7baa input all\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+or restricting it quite a lot, in fact making it very nearly like an \r
+<it>isolated</it> node, like this:-\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+acc/route pi4ehv-8 call gb7djk\r
+rej/route pi4ehv-8 input call_dxcc 61,38 \r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+This last example takes everything except UK and Eire from PI4EHV-8\r
+but only sends him my local configuration (just a PC19 for GB7DJK and\r
+PC16s for my local users).\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+It is possible to write <bf>much</bf> more complex rules, there are up \r
+to 10 accept/reject pairs per callsign per filter. For more information \r
+see the next section. \r
+\r
+\r
+<sect1>General filter rules\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Upto v1.44 it was not possible for the user to set their own filters. From \r
+v1.45 though that has all changed. It is now possible to set filters for just \r
+about anything you wish. If you have just updated from an older version of \r
+DXSpider you will need to update your new filters. You do not need to do \r
+anything with your old filters, they will be renamed as you update.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+There are 3 basic commands involved in setting and manipulating filters. These \r
+are <em>accept</em>, <em>reject</em> and <em>clear</em>. First we will look\r
+generally at filtering. There are a number of things you can filter in the \r
+DXSpider system. They all use the same general mechanism.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+In general terms you can create a "reject" or an "accept" filter which can have \r
+up to 10 lines in it. You do this using, for example ... \r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb> \r
+accept/spots .....\r
+reject/spots .....\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. There are filters \r
+for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops) connects. See each different \r
+accept or reject command reference for more details.\r
+\r
+There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a filter. They are ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+clear/spots 1\r
+clear/spots all\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+and you can check that your filters have worked by the command ... \r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb> \r
+show/filter\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+For now we are going to use spots for the examples, but you can apply the same\r
+principles to all types of filter.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Types of filter\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+There are two main types of filter, <em>accept</em> or <em>reject</em>. You \r
+can use either to achieve the result you want dependent on your own preference \r
+and which is more simple to do. It is pointless writing 8 lines of reject \r
+filters when 1 accept filter would do the same thing! Each filter has 10 \r
+lines (of any length) which are tried in order. If a line matches then the \r
+action you have specified is taken (ie reject means ignore it and accept \r
+means take it)\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+If you specify reject filters, then any lines that arrive that match the filter \r
+will be dumped but all else will be accepted. If you use an accept filter, \r
+then ONLY the lines in the filter will be accepted and all else will be dumped.\r
+For example if you have a single line <em>accept</em> filter ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+then you will <em>ONLY</em> get VHF spots <em>from</em> or <em>to</em> CQ zones \r
+14, 15 and 16.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+If you set a reject filter like this ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+reject/spots on hf/cw\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+Then you will get everything <em>EXCEPT</em> HF CW spots. You could make this \r
+single filter even more flexible. For example, if you are interested in IOTA \r
+and will work it even on CW even though normally you are not interested in \r
+CW, then you could say ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+which achieves exactly the same thing. You should choose one or the other \r
+until you are comfortable with the way it works. You can mix them if you \r
+wish (actually you can have an accept AND a reject on the same line) but \r
+don't attempt this until you are sure you know what you are doing!\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for your own\r
+understanding or simply convenience. Here is an example ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+reject/spots 1 on hf/cw\r
+reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16) \r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots and also rejects any spots on VHF \r
+which don't either originate or spot someone in Europe. \r
+\r
+<P>\r
+This is an example where you would use a line number (1 and 2 in this case), if \r
+you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits '0'-'9' are available. \r
+This make it easier to see just what filters you have set. It also makes it \r
+more simple to remove individual filters, during a contest for example.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+You will notice in the above example that the second line has brackets. Look \r
+at the line logically. You can see there are 2 separate sections to it. We \r
+are saying reject spots that are VHF or above <em>APART</em> from those in \r
+zones 14, 15 and 16 (either spotted there or originated there). If you did \r
+not have the brackets to separate the 2 sections, then Spider would read it \r
+logically from the front and see a different expression entirely ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+(on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16 \r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+The simple way to remember this is, if you use OR - use brackets. Whilst we are \r
+here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' is just the same as 'and by_zone'.\r
+\r
+As mentioned earlier, setting several filters can be more flexible than \r
+simply setting one complex one. Doing it in this way means that if you want \r
+to alter your filter you can just redefine or remove one or more lines of it or \r
+one line. For example ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+would redefine our earlier example, or \r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+clear/spots 1\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+To remove all the filter lines in the spot filter ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+clear/spots all\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<sect1>Filter options\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+You can filter in several different ways. The options are listed in the\r
+various helpfiles for accept, reject and filter.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Default filters\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Sometimes all that is needed is a general rule for node connects. This can\r
+be done with a node_default filter. This rule will always be followed, even\r
+if the link is isolated, unless another filter is set specifically. Default\r
+rules can be set for nodes and users. They can be set for spots, announces,\r
+WWV and WCY. They can also be used for hops. An example might look like \r
+this ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+accept/spot node_default by_zone 14,15,16,20,33\r
+set/hops node_default spot 50\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+This filter is for spots only, you could set others for announce, WWV and WCY.\r
+This filter would work for ALL nodes unless a specific filter is written to \r
+override it for a particular node. You can also set a user_default should\r
+you require. It is important to note that default filters should be\r
+considered to be "connected". By this I mean that should you override the\r
+default filter for spots, you need to add a rule for the hops for spots also.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Advanced filtering\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to experiment. \r
+\r
+<P>\r
+The previous example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts vhf/uhf spots from EU \r
+can be written with a mixed filter, for example ... \r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+rej/spot on hf/cw\r
+acc/spot on 0/30000\r
+acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+Note that the first filter has not been specified with a number. This will \r
+automatically be assumed to be number 1. In this case, we have said <em>reject all\r
+HF spots in the CW section of the bands but accept all others at HF. Also\r
+accept anything in VHF and above spotted in or by operators in the zones\r
+14, 15 and 16</em>. Each filter slot actually has a 'reject' slot and \r
+an 'accept' slot. The reject slot is executed BEFORE the accept slot.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+It was mentioned earlier that after a reject test that doesn't match, the default \r
+for following tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for 'accept'. In the example \r
+what happens is that the reject is executed first, any non hf/cw spot is passed \r
+to the accept line, which lets through everything else on HF. The next filter line \r
+lets through just VHF/UHF spots from EU.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Basic hop control\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+In /spider/data you will find a file called hop_table.pl. This is the file \r
+that controls your hop count settings. It has a set of default hops on the \r
+various PC frames and also a set for each node you want to alter the hops for. \r
+You may be happy with the default settings of course, but this powerful tool \r
+can help to protect and improve the network. The file will look something \r
+like this ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+# \r
+# hop table construction\r
+# \r
+\r
+package DXProt;\r
+\r
+# default hopcount to use\r
+$def_hopcount = 5;\r
+\r
+# some variable hop counts based on message type\r
+%hopcount = \r
+(\r
+ 11 => 10,\r
+ 16 => 10,\r
+ 17 => 10,\r
+ 19 => 10,\r
+ 21 => 10,\r
+);\r
+\r
+\r
+# the per node hop control thingy\r
+\r
+\r
+%nodehops = \r
+(\r
+ GB7ADX => { 11 => 8,\r
+ 12 => 8,\r
+ 16 => 8,\r
+ 17 => 8,\r
+ 19 => 8,\r
+ 21 => 8,\r
+ },\r
+\r
+ GB7UDX => { 11 => 8,\r
+ 12 => 8,\r
+ 16 => 8,\r
+ 17 => 8,\r
+ 19 => 8,\r
+ 21 => 8,\r
+ },\r
+ GB7BAA => {\r
+ 11 => 5,\r
+ 12 => 8,\r
+ 16 => 8,\r
+ 17 => 8,\r
+ 19 => 8,\r
+ 21 => 8,\r
+ },\r
+);\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Each set of hops is contained within a pair of curly braces and contains a \r
+series of PC frame types. PC11 for example is a DX spot. The figures here \r
+are not exhaustive but should give you a good idea of how the file works.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+SHould any of the nodecalls include an ssid, it is important to wrap the\r
+whole call in single quotes, like this ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+ 'DB0FHF-15' => {\r
+ 11 => 5,\r
+ 12 => 8,\r
+ 16 => 8,\r
+ 17 => 8,\r
+ 19 => 8,\r
+ 21 => 8,\r
+ },\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+If you do not do this, you will get errors and the file will not work as\r
+expected.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+You can alter this file at any time, including whilst the cluster is running. \r
+If you alter the file during runtime, the command <em>load/hops</em> will \r
+bring your changes into effect.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Hop Control on Specific Nodes\r
+\r
+<p>You can set a callsign specific hop count for any of the standard filter\r
+options so:-\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+set/hops gb7djk spot 4\r
+set/hops node_default route 10\r
+set/hops gb7baa wcy 5\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+ \r
+all work on their specific area of the protocol.\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+The <em>set/hops</em> command overrides any hops that you have set otherwise.\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+You can show what hops have been set using the <em>show/hops</em> command.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Isolating networks\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+It is possible to isolate networks from each other on a "gateway" node using the\r
+ <em>set/isolate <node_call></em> command.\r
+ \r
+<P>\r
+The effect of this is to partition an isolated network completely from another \r
+node connected to your node. Your node will appear on and otherwise behave \r
+normally on every network to which you are connected, but data from an isolated \r
+network will not cross onto any other network or vice versa. However all the \r
+spot, announce and WWV traffic and personal messages will still be handled \r
+locally (because you are a real node on all connected networks), that is locally\r
+connected users will appear on all networks and will be able to access and \r
+receive information from all networks transparently. All routed messages will \r
+be sent as normal, so if a user on one network knows that you are a gateway for \r
+another network, he can still still send a talk/announce etc message via your \r
+node and it will be routed across.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+If you use isolate on a node connection you will continue to receive\r
+all information from the isolated partner, however you will not pass\r
+any information back to the isolated node. There are times when you\r
+would like to forward only spots across a link (maybe during a contest\r
+for example). To do this, isolate the node in the normal way and use\r
+an <em>acc/spot >call< all</em> filter to override the isolate. \r
+\r
+<sect>Other filters\r
+\r
+<sect1>Filtering Mail\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+In the /spider/msg directory you will find a file called badmsg.pl.issue. Rename\r
+this to badmsg.pl and edit the file. The original looks something like this ....\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+\r
+# the list of regexes for messages that we won't store having\r
+# received them (bear in mind that we must receive them fully before\r
+# we can bin them)\r
+\r
+\r
+# The format of each line is as follows\r
+\r
+# type source pattern \r
+# P/B/F T/F/O/S regex \r
+\r
+# type: P - private, B - bulletin (msg), F - file (ak1a bull)\r
+# source: T - to field, F - from field, O - origin, S - subject \r
+# pattern: a perl regex on the field requested\r
+\r
+# Currently only type B and P msgs are affected by this code.\r
+# \r
+# The list is read from the top down, the first pattern that matches\r
+# causes the action to be taken.\r
+\r
+# The pattern can be undef or 0 in which case it will always be selected\r
+# for the action specified\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+package DXMsg;\r
+\r
+@badmsg = (\r
+'B', 'T', 'SALE', \r
+'B', 'T', 'WANTED',\r
+'B', 'S', 'WANTED',\r
+'B', 'S', 'SALE', \r
+'B', 'S', 'WTB',\r
+'B', 'S', 'WTS',\r
+'B', 'T', 'FS',\r
+);\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+I think this is fairly self explanatory. It is simply a list of subject \r
+headers that we do not want to pass on to either the users of the cluster or \r
+the other cluster nodes that we are linked to. This is usually because of \r
+rules and regulations pertaining to items for sale etc in a particular country.\r
+\r
+\r
+<sect1>Filtering words from text fields in Announce, Talk and DX spots\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+From version 1.48 onwards the interface to this has changed. You can now\r
+use the commands <em>set/badword</em> to add words that you are not prepared\r
+to see on the cluster, <em>unset/badword</em> to allow that word again and \r
+<em>show/badword</em> to list the words that you have set.\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+If you have a previous <em>/spider/data/badwords</em>, the first time you start\r
+the node, it will read and convert this file to the new commands. The old style\r
+file will then be removed.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Stopping (possibly bad) DX Spots from Nodes or Spotters\r
+\r
+<p> \r
+There are a number of commands that control whether a spot progresses\r
+any further by regarding it as "bad" in some way.\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+A DX Spot has a number of fields which can be checked to see whether they\r
+contain "bad" values, they are: the DX callsign itself, the Spotter and\r
+the Originating Node.\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+There are a set of commands which allow the sysop to control whether a\r
+spot continues:-\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+set/baddx\r
+set/badspotter\r
+set/badnode\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+These work in the same as the <em>set/badword</em> command, you can add\r
+any words or callsigns or whatever to the appropriate database. For\r
+example, to stop a spot from a particular node you do:\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+set/badnode gb7djk gb7dxc\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+a bad spotter:\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+set/badspotter b0mb p1rat nocall\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+and some bad dx:\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+set/baddx video wsjt\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+You can remove a word using the appropriate unset command\r
+(<em>unset/baddx, unset/badspotter, unset/badnode</em>) or list them\r
+using one of <em>show/baddx, show/badspotter</em> and\r
+<em>show/badnode</em>.\r
+\r
+<sect>Mail\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+DXSpider deals seamlessly with standard AK1A type mail. It supports both\r
+personal and bulletin mail and the sysop has additional commands to ensure\r
+that mail gets to where it is meant. DXSpider will send mail almost\r
+immediately, assuming that the target is on line. However, only one\r
+mail message is dealt with at any one time. If a mail message is already\r
+being sent or recieved, then the new message will be queued until it has\r
+finished.\r
+\r
+The cluster mail is automatically deleted after 30 days unless the sysop\r
+sets the "keep" flag using the <em>msg</em> command.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Personal mail\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Personal mail is sent using the <em>sp</em> command. This is actually the\r
+default method of sending mail and so a simple <em>s</em> for send will do.\r
+A full list of the send commands and options is in the <em>command set</em>\r
+section, so I will not duplicate them here.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Bulletin mail\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Bulletin mail is sent by using the <em>sb</em> command. This is one of the\r
+most common mistakes users make when sending mail. They send a bulletin\r
+mail with <em>s</em> or <em>sp</em> instead of <em>sb</em> and of course\r
+the message never leaves the cluster. This can be rectified by the sysop\r
+by using the <em>msg</em> command.\r
+\r
+<P>Bulletin addresses can be set using the Forward.pl file.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Forward.pl\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+DXSpider receives all and any mail sent to it without any alterations needed\r
+in files. Because personal and bulletin mail are treated differently, there\r
+is no need for a list of accepted bulletin addresses. It is necessary, however,\r
+to tell the program which links accept which bulletins. For example, it is\r
+pointless sending bulletins addresses to "UK" to any links other than UK\r
+ones. The file that does this is called forward.pl and lives in /spider/msg.\r
+At default, like other spider files it is named forward.pl.issue. Rename it\r
+to forward.pl and edit the file to match your requirements.\r
+The format is below ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+#\r
+# this is an example message forwarding file for the system\r
+#\r
+# The format of each line is as follows\r
+#\r
+# type to/from/at pattern action destinations\r
+# P/B/F T/F/A regex I/F [ call [, call ...] ]\r
+#\r
+# type: P - private, B - bulletin (msg), F - file (ak1a bull)\r
+# to/from/at: T - to field, F - from field, A - home bbs, O - origin \r
+# pattern: a perl regex on the field requested\r
+# action: I - ignore, F - forward\r
+# destinations: a reference to an array containing node callsigns\r
+#\r
+# if it is non-private and isn't in here then it won't get forwarded \r
+#\r
+# Currently only type B msgs are affected by this code.\r
+# \r
+# The list is read from the top down, the first pattern that matches\r
+# causes the action to be taken.\r
+#\r
+# The pattern can be undef or 0 in which case it will always be selected\r
+# for the action specified\r
+#\r
+# If the BBS list is undef or 0 and the action is 'F' (and it matches the\r
+# pattern) then it will always be forwarded to every node that doesn't have \r
+# it (I strongly recommend you don't use this unless you REALLY mean it, if\r
+# you allow a new link with this on EVERY bull will be forwarded immediately\r
+# on first connection)\r
+#\r
+\r
+package DXMsg;\r
+\r
+@forward = (\r
+'B', 'T', 'LOCAL', 'F', [ qw(GB7MBC) ],\r
+'B', 'T', 'ALL', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],\r
+'B', 'T', 'UK', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX) ],\r
+'B', 'T', 'QSL', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],\r
+'B', 'T', 'QSLINF', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],\r
+'B', 'T', 'DX', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],\r
+'B', 'T', 'DXINFO', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],\r
+'B', 'T', 'DXNEWS', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],\r
+'B', 'T', 'DXQSL', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],\r
+'B', 'T', 'SYSOP', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX) ],\r
+'B', 'T', '50MHZ', 'F', [ qw(GB7BAA GB7ADX PA4AB-14) ],\r
+);\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+Simply insert a bulletin address and state in the brackets where you wish\r
+that mail to go. For example, you can see here that mail sent to "UK" will\r
+only be sent to the UK links and not to PA4AB-14.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+To force the cluster to reread the file use load/forward\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+NB: If a user tries to send mail to a bulletin address that does not exist\r
+in this file, they will get an error.\r
+\r
+<sect1>The msg command\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+The <em>msg</em> command is a very powerful and flexible tool for the\r
+sysop. It allows the sysop to alter to and from fields and make other\r
+changes to manage the cluster mail.\r
+\r
+Here is a full list of the various options ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+ MSG TO <msgno> <call> - change TO callsign to <call>\r
+ MSG FRom <msgno> <call> - change FROM callsign to <call>\r
+ MSG PRrivate <msgno> - set private flag\r
+ MSG NOPRrivate <msgno> - unset private flag\r
+ MSG RR <msgno> - set RR flag\r
+ MSG NORR <msgno> - unset RR flag\r
+ MSG KEep <msgno> - set the keep flag (message won't be deleted ever)\r
+ MSG NOKEep <msgno> - unset the keep flag\r
+ MSG SUbject <msgno> <new> - change the subject to <new>\r
+ MSG WAittime <msgno> - remove any waiting time for this message\r
+ MSG NOREad <msgno> - mark message as unread\r
+ MSG REad <msgno> - mark message as read\r
+ MSG QUeue - queue any outstanding bulletins\r
+ MSG QUeue 1 - queue any outstanding private messages\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+These commands are simply typed from within the cluster as the sysop user.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Message status\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+You can check on a message from within the cluster by using the command\r
+<em>stat/msg</em>. This will give you additional information on the\r
+message number including which nodes have received it, which node it\r
+was received from and when etc. Here is an example of the output of\r
+the command ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+G0VGS de GB7MBC 28-Jan-2001 1308Z >\r
+stat/msg 6869\r
+ From: GB7DJK\r
+ Msg Time: 26-Jan-2001 1302Z\r
+ Msgno: 6869\r
+ Origin: GB7DJK\r
+ Size: 8012\r
+ Subject: AMSAT 2line KEPS 01025.AMSAT\r
+ To: UK\r
+Got it Nodes: GB7BAA, GB7ADX\r
+ Private: 0\r
+Read Confirm: 0\r
+ Times read: 0\r
+G0VGS de GB7MBC 28-Jan-2001 1308Z >\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<sect1>Filtering mail\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+This is described in the section on <em>Other filters</em> so I will not\r
+duplicate it here.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Distribution lists\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Distribution lists are simply a list of users to send certain types of\r
+mail to. An example of this is mail you only wish to send to other\r
+sysops. In /spider/msg there is a directory called <em>distro</em>. You\r
+put any distibution lists in here. For example, here is a file called\r
+SYSOP.pl that caters for the UK sysops.\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+qw(GB7TLH GB7DJK GB7DXM GB7CDX GB7BPQ GB7DXN GB7MBC GB7MBC-6 GB7MDX\r
+ GB7NDX GB7SDX GB7TDX GB7UDX GB7YDX GB7ADX GB7BAA GB7DXA GB7DXH \r
+ GB7DXK GB7DXI GB7DXS)\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+Any mail sent to "sysop" would only be sent to the callsigns in this list.\r
+\r
+<sect1>BBS interface\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Spider provides a simple BBS interface. No input is required from the sysop\r
+of the cluster at all. The BBS simply sets the cluster as a BBS and pushes\r
+any required mail to the cluster. No mail can flow from Spider to the BBS,\r
+the interface is one-way.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Please be careful not to flood the cluster network with unnecessary mail.\r
+Make sure you only send mail to the clusters that want it by using the\r
+Forward.pl file very carefully.\r
+\r
+<sect>Scripts\r
+\r
+<p>\r
+From 1.48 onwards it will become increasingly possible to control DXSpider's\r
+operation with scripts of various kinds.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+The directory /spider/scripts is where it all happens and is used for several \r
+things. Firstly it contains a file called startup that can be used to call \r
+in any changes to the cluster from the default settings on startup. This\r
+script is executed immediately after all initialisation of the node is done\r
+but before any connections are possible. Examples of this include how many \r
+spots it is possible to get with the sh/dx command, whether you want \r
+registration/passwords to be permanently on etc. An example file is shown \r
+below and is included in the distribution as startup.issue.\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+#\r
+# startup script example\r
+#\r
+# set maximum no of spots allowed to 100\r
+# set/var $Spot::maxspots = 100\r
+#\r
+# Set registration on\r
+# set/var $main::reqreg = 1\r
+#\r
+# Set passwords on\r
+# set/var $main::passwdreq = 1\r
+#\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+As usual, any text behind a # is treated as a comment and not read. To use\r
+this file, simply rename it from startup.issue to startup. In our example\r
+above there are three options. The first option is the amount of spots that\r
+a user can request with the <em>sh/dx</em> command. Normally the default is\r
+to give 10 spots unless the user specifies more. Without this line enabled,\r
+the maximum a user can request is 100 spots. Depending on your link quality\r
+you may wish to enable more or less by specifying the number.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+The other 2 options are dealt with more fully in the security section.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Secondly, it is used to store the login scripts for users and nodes. Currently\r
+this can only be done by the sysop but it is envisaged that eventually users will \r
+be able to set their own. An example is included in the distibution but here is \r
+a further example.\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+#\r
+# G0FYD\r
+#\r
+blank +\r
+sh/wwv 3\r
+blank +\r
+sh/dx \r
+blank +\r
+t g0jhc You abt?\r
+blank +\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+The lines in between commands can simply insert a blank line or a character\r
+such as a + sign to make the output easier to read. Simply create this script\r
+with your favourite editor and save it with the callsign of the user as the\r
+filename. Filenames should always be in lower case.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Commands can be inserted in the same way for nodes. A node may wish a series\r
+of commands to be issued on login, such as a merge command for example.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Thirdly, there are 2 default scripts for users and nodes who do not have a\r
+specifically defined script. These are <em>user_default</em> and\r
+<em>node_default</em>\r
+\r
+<sect>Databases\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Spider allows the creation of local or remote databases. It supports\r
+chained databases, allowing several different databases to be scanned\r
+with one simple command. Importing of databases is limited at present\r
+to the standard AK1A databases such as OBLAST and the DB0SDX QSL \r
+database but will expand with time.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Creating databases\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Creating a database could not be more simple. All the commands are\r
+sent from the cluster prompt as the <em>sysop</em> user.\r
+\r
+To create a database you use the command <em>dbcreate</em>. It can\r
+be used in 3 different ways like so ..\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+dbcreate <name>\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+To simply create a database locally, you just tell the command the\r
+name of the database. This does not create the actual database, it\r
+simply defines it to say that it exists.\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+dbcreate <name> chain <name> [<name>...]\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+This creates a chained database entry. The first database will be\r
+scanned, then the second, the third etc...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+dbcreate <name> remote <name>\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+This creates a remote entry. the first name field is the database\r
+name at the remote node, then the remote switch, then the actual\r
+node_call of the remote node, for example...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+dbcreate buckmaster remote gb7dxc\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+Remote databases cannot be chained, however, the last database in a\r
+chain can be a remote database.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Importing databases\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+The only databases that Spider can currently import are the standard\r
+AK1A databases such as OBLAST or the DB0SDX qsl and address database.\r
+This will be added to with time.\r
+\r
+To import such a database, first put the file somewhere useful like /tmp\r
+and then issue the following command ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+dbimport oblast /tmp/OBLAST.FUL\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+This will update the existing local oblast database or create it if\r
+it does not exist.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Checking available databases\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Once a database is created, you will want to check that it has been\r
+added. To do this use the <em>dbavail</em> command. This will\r
+output the available databases. For example ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+dbavail\r
+DB Name Location Chain\r
+qsl Local\r
+buck GB7ADX\r
+hftest GB7DXM\r
+G0VGS de GB7MBC 3-Feb-2001 1925Z >\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<sect1>Looking up databases\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+To look for information in a defined database, simply use the <em>dbshow</em>\r
+command, for example ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+dbshow buckmaster G0YLM\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+will show the information for the callsign G0YLM from the buckmaster\r
+database if it exists. To make things more standard for the users\r
+you can add an entry in the Aliases file so that it looks like a standard \r
+<em>show</em> command like this ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+'^sh\w*/buc', 'dbshow buckmaster', 'dbshow',\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+Now you can simply use show/buckmaster or an abreviation.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Removing databases\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+To delete an existing database you use the <em>dbremove</em> command.\r
+For example ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+dbremove oblast\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+would remove the oblast database and its associated datafile from the\r
+system. There are no warnings or recovery possible from this command.\r
+If you remove a database it ceases to exist and would have to be created\r
+from scratch if you still required it.\r
+\r
+<sect>Information, files and useful programs\r
+\r
+<sect1>MOTD\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+One of the more important things a cluster sysop needs to do is to get \r
+information to his users. The simplest way to do this is to have a banner \r
+that is sent to the user on login. This is know as a "message of the day" \r
+or "motd". To set this up, simply create a file in /spider/data called motd \r
+and edit it to say whatever you want. It is purely a text file and will be \r
+sent automatically to anyone logging in to the cluster.\r
+\r
+<sect1>MOTD_NOR\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+This message of the day file lives in the same directory as the standard\r
+motd file but is only sent to non-registered users. Once registered they\r
+will receive the same message as any other user.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Downtime message\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+If for any reason the cluster is down, maybe for upgrade or maintenance but \r
+the machine is still running, a message can be sent to the user advising them \r
+of the fact. This message lives in the /spider/data directory and is called\r
+"offline". Simply create the file and edit it to say whatever you wish. \r
+This file will be sent to a user attempting to log into the cluster when\r
+DXSpider is not actually running.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Other text messages\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+You can set other text messages to be read by the user if they input the file \r
+name. This could be for news items or maybe information for new users. \r
+To set this up, make a directory under /spider called <em>packclus</em>. \r
+Under this directory you can create files called <em>news</em> or <em>newuser</em>\r
+for example. In fact you can create files with any names you like. These can \r
+be listed by the user with the command ....\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+show/files\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+They can be read by the user by typing the command ....\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+type news\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+If the file they want to read is called <em>news</em>. You could also set \r
+an alias for this in the Alias file to allow them just to type <em>news</em>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+You can also store other information in this directory, either directly or \r
+nested under directories. One use for this would be to store DX bulletins \r
+such as the OPDX bulletins. These can be listed and read by the user. \r
+To keep things tidy, make a directory under /spider/packclus called\r
+<em>bulletin</em>. Now copy any OPDX or similar bulletins into it. These \r
+can be listed by the user in the same way as above using the <em>show/files</em>\r
+command with an extension for the bulletin directory you have just created, \r
+like this ....\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+show/files bulletin\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+An example would look like this ....\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+sh/files\r
+bulletin DIR 20-Dec-1999 1715Z news 1602 14-Dec-1999 1330Z\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+You can see that in the files area (basically the packclus directory) there is a \r
+file called <em>news</em> and a directory called <em>bulletin</em>. You can \r
+also see that dates they were created. In the case of the file <em>news</em>, \r
+you can also see the time it was last modified, a good clue as to whether the \r
+file has been updated since you last read it. To read the file called \r
+<em>news</em> you would simply issue the command ....\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+type news\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+To look what is in the bulletin directory you issue the command ....\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+show/files bulletin\r
+opdx390 21381 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx390.1 1670 29-Nov-1999 1621Z\r
+opdx390.2 2193 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx391 25045 29-Nov-1999 1621Z \r
+opdx392 35969 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx393 15023 29-Nov-1999 1621Z \r
+opdx394 33429 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx394.1 3116 29-Nov-1999 1621Z \r
+opdx395 24319 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx396 32647 29-Nov-1999 1621Z\r
+opdx396.1 5537 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx396.2 6242 29-Nov-1999 1621Z\r
+opdx397 18433 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx398 19961 29-Nov-1999 1621Z \r
+opdx399 17719 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx400 19600 29-Nov-1999 1621Z\r
+opdx401 27738 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx402 18698 29-Nov-1999 1621Z\r
+opdx403 24994 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx404 15685 29-Nov-1999 1621Z\r
+opdx405 13984 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx405.1 4166 29-Nov-1999 1621Z\r
+opdx406 28934 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx407 24153 29-Nov-1999 1621Z\r
+opdx408 15081 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx409 23234 29-Nov-1999 1621Z\r
+Press Enter to continue, A to abort (16 lines) >\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+You can now read any file in this directory using the type command, like this ....\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+type bulletin/opdx391\r
+Ohio/Penn DX Bulletin No. 391\r
+The Ohio/Penn Dx PacketCluster\r
+DX Bulletin No. 391\r
+BID: $OPDX.391\r
+January 11, 1999\r
+Editor Tedd Mirgliotta, KB8NW\r
+Provided by BARF-80 BBS Cleveland, Ohio\r
+Online at 440-237-8208 28.8k-1200 Baud 8/N/1 (New Area Code!)\r
+Thanks to the Northern Ohio Amateur Radio Society, Northern Ohio DX\r
+Association, Ohio/Penn PacketCluster Network, K1XN & Golist, WB2RAJ/WB2YQH\r
+& The 59(9) DXReport, W3UR & The Daily DX, K3TEJ, KN4UG, W4DC, NC6J, N6HR,\r
+Press Enter to continue, A to abort (508 lines) >\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+The page length will of course depend on what you have it set to!\r
+\r
+<sect1>The Aliases file\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+You will find a file in /spider/cmd/ called Aliases. This is the file that\r
+controls what a user gets when issuing a command. It is also possible to\r
+create your own aliases for databases and files you create locally.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+You should not alter the original file in /spider/cmd/ but create a new file\r
+with the same name in /spider/local_cmd. This means that any new Aliases files\r
+that is downloaded will not overwrite your self created Aliases and also that\r
+you do not override any new Aliases with your copy in /spider/local_cmd/. You\r
+must remember that any files you store in /spider/local/ or /spider/local_cmd\r
+override the originals if the same lines are used in both files.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+The best way of dealing with all this then is to only put your own locally\r
+created Aliases in the copy in /spider/local_cmd. The example below is\r
+currently in use at GB7MBC.\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+\r
+#\r
+# Local Aliases File\r
+#\r
+\r
+package CmdAlias;\r
+\r
+%alias = (\r
+ 'n' => [\r
+ '^news$', 'type news', 'type',\r
+ ],\r
+ 's' => [\r
+ '^sh\w*/buck$', 'show/qrz', 'show',\r
+ '^sh\w*/hftest$', 'dbshow hftest', 'dbshow',\r
+ '^sh\w*/qsl$', 'dbshow qsl', 'dbshow',\r
+ '^sh\w*/vhf$', 'dbshow vhf', 'dbshow',\r
+ '^sh\w*/vhftest$', 'dbshow vhftest', 'dbshow',\r
+ ],\r
+)\r
+\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Each alphabetical section should be preceded by the initial letter and the section\r
+should be wrapped in square brackets as you can see. The syntax is straightforward.\r
+The first section on each line is the new command that will be allowed once the\r
+alias is included. The second section is the command it is replacing and the last\r
+section is the actual command that is being used.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+The eagle-eyed amongst you will have noticed that in the first section, the new\r
+alias command has a '^' at the start and a '$' at the end. Basically these force\r
+a perfect match on the alias. The '^' says match the beginning exactly and the\r
+'$' says match the end exactly. This prevents unwanted and unintentional matches\r
+with similar commands.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+I have 3 different types of alias in this file. At the top is an alias for 'news'. \r
+This is a file I have created in the /spider/packclus/ directory where I can inform \r
+users of new developments or points of interest. In it's initial form a user would \r
+have to use the command <em>type news</em>. The alias allows them to simply type \r
+<em>news</em> to get the info. Second is an alias for the <em>show/qrz</em>\r
+command so that those users used to the original <em>show/buck</em> command in\r
+AK1A will not get an error, and the rest of the lines are for locally created\r
+databases so that a user can type <em>show/hftest</em> instead of having to use\r
+the command <em>dbshow hftest</em> which is not as intuitive.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+This file is just an example and you should edit it to your own requirements.\r
+Once created, simply issue the command <em>load/alias</em> at the cluster\r
+prompt as the sysop user and the aliases should be available.\r
+\r
+\r
+<sect1>Console.pl\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+In later versions of Spider a simple console program is provided for the sysop. \r
+This has a type ahead buffer with line editing facilities and colour for spots,\r
+announces etc. To use this program, simply use console.pl instead of client.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+To edit the colours, copy /spider/perl/Console.pl to /spider/local and edit the \r
+file with your favourite editor.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Updating kepler data\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Spider has a powerful and flexible show/satellite command. In order for\r
+this to be accurate, the kepler data has to be updated regularly. In\r
+general, this data is available as an email or via cluster mail.\r
+Updating it is simple. First you need to export the mail message as a\r
+file. You do this with the <em>export</em> command from the cluster prompt\r
+as the sysop. For example ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+export 5467 /spider/perl/keps.in\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+would export message number 5467 as a file called keps.in in the\r
+/spider/perl directory.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Now login to a VT as sysop and cd /spider/perl. There is a command in\r
+the perl directory called <em>convkeps.pl</em>. All we need to do now is\r
+convert the file like so ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+./convkeps.pl keps.in\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Now go back to the cluster and issue the command ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+load/keps\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+That is it! the kepler data has been updated.\r
+\r
+<sect1>The QRZ callbook\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+The command <em>sh/qrz</em> will only work once you have followed a few\r
+simple steps. First you need to get a user ID and password from qrz.com.\r
+Simply go to the site and create one. Secondly you need to copy the file\r
+/spider/perl/Internet.pm to /spider/local and alter it to match your user\r
+ID and password. You also at this point need to set $allow=1 to complete\r
+the setup. Many thanks to Fred Lloyd, the proprieter of\r
+<htmlurl url="http://www.qrz.com" name="qrz.com"> for allowing this access.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Connecting logging programs\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+There appear to be very few logging programs out there that support telnet\r
+especially the popular ones like LogEQF, Turbolog etc. This can make it\r
+difficult to connect to your own cluster!\r
+The way to do it is to make the logging program think it has a TNC attached\r
+to a com port on the logging PC and 'push' a linux login out to it.\r
+This is achieved very simply by the use of <em>agetty</em>.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+All that is required is to add a line in /etc/inittab to have the client\r
+ready for a connection on the com port of your choice. Remember that in\r
+Linux, the com ports start at ttyS0 for com1, ttyS1 for com2 etc.\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+c4:2345:respawn:/sbin/agetty -L 9600 ttyS1\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Add this after the standard runlevel lines in /etc/inittab. The above\r
+line works on ttyS1 (com2). Now as root, issue the command <em>telinit q</em>\r
+and it should be ready for connection. All that is required is a 3 wire\r
+serial lead (tx, rx and signal ground). Tell you logging program to use\r
+8n1 at 9600 baud and you should see a Linux login prompt. Login as normal\r
+and then telnet from there to the cluster.\r
+\r
+<sect>Java Web applet\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+In the spider tree will be a directory <em>spider-web</em>. This is a\r
+neat little java web applet that can be run from a website. The applet\r
+must run on the same machine as the cluster. The included README file is\r
+shown below.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+I should comment here that the applet is precompiled, that is, ready to go.\r
+It was compiled using JDK1.3.1. If your version is earlier than this then it\r
+may not work. Should that be the case you need to recompile or update your\r
+JDK. To recompile do the following ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+cd /spider/spider-web\r
+rm *.class\r
+/usr/bin/javac spiderclient.java\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+I have used /usr/bin/javac as an example, your path to javac may be different.\r
+\r
+<verb>\r
+Spider-WEB v0.6b\r
+\r
+Completely based on a clx web client written in Java by dl6dbh\r
+(ftp://clx.muc.de/pub/clx/clx-java_10130001.tgz)\r
+\r
+The webserver has to run on the same machine as your DxSpider software!\r
+\r
+It is assumed that you have Java installed. You need JDK1.3.1 at least.\r
+\r
+Installation instructions (Performed as root):\r
+\r
+Put all the files in the spider-web directory into a newly created directory\r
+under the DocumentRoot of your websever for instance 'client'. In my case\r
+this is: /home/httpd/html/client/ although ymmv. For Suse the correct\r
+path should be /usr/local/httpd/htdocs/client/ for example.\r
+\r
+Move spider.cgi to the cgi-bin directory of your webserver, in my case that is\r
+/home/httpd/cgi-bin/ although ymmv. For Suse the correct path should be\r
+/usr/local/httpd/cgi-bin/ for example.\r
+\r
+Change the permissions of the files to ensure they are correct, obviously you\r
+will need to use the correct path the the files according to your system:\r
+\r
+chmod 755 /home/httpd/html/cgi-bin/spider.cgi\r
+chmod -R 755 /home/httpd/html/client/\r
+\r
+By default the spider.cgi script should pick up your hostname (As long as this\r
+is set correctly). If it does not or your hostname differs from the name that\r
+you attach to the public address that you are using, then edit spider.cgi :\r
+\r
+# Uncomment and set the hostname manually here if the above fails.\r
+# $HOSTNAME = "gb7mbc.spoo.org" ;\r
+$PORT = "8000" ;\r
+\r
+'HOSTNAME' is the hostname of your cluster.\r
+\r
+'PORT' is the portnumber that you use to connect to your DxSpider via\r
+telnet (see Listeners.pm)\r
+\r
+NOTE: If you can start the console but cannot connect to the cluster from it,\r
+then it is possible that the machine you are on cannot resolve the hostname of \r
+your cluster machine. If this is the case, you need to set your hostname \r
+manually as above.\r
+\r
+You also need to set the $NODECALL variable. This prints the name of your\r
+choosing (probably your cluster callsign) on the html page.\r
+\r
+You now can connect to Spider-Web via http://yourserver/cgi-bin/spider.cgi\r
+</verb>\r
+\r
+<sect>Web based statistics\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+From version 1.50, you can use the freeware software MRTG to produce\r
+really nice graphical statistics on your web site. For an example\r
+try <htmlurl url="http://www.gb7mbc.net/mrtg/stats.html" name="http://www.gb7mbc.net/mrtg/stats.html">.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+The following should help you get it all working.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+First you need to download the latest version of MRTG from <htmlurl url="http://people.ee.ethz.ch/~oetiker/webtools/mrtg/" name="http://people.ee.ethz.ch/~oetiker/webtools/mrtg/">.\r
+You will also need the following files..\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+libpng-1.0.14.tar.gz\r
+zlib-1.1.4.tar.gz\r
+gd-1.8.3.tar.gz\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+Login to your machine as the root user, put all the downloaded files \r
+in /usr/local/src/ (or wherever you prefer) and untar and compile them. \r
+All the information to compile and install these sources come with them.\r
+After compilation and installation, you will find MRTG in /usr/local/mrtg-2.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Now copy all the files in /usr/local/src/mrtg-2.9.22/images/ to \r
+/spider/html/mrtg/\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+You now need to make 2 symbolic links like below...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+ln -s /usr/local/mrtg-2/bin/mrtg /usr/bin/mrtg\r
+ln -s /usr/local/mrtg-2/lib/mrtg2 /usr/lib/mrtg2\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Now login to the cluster with your sysop callsign and run the command \r
+"mrtg all".\r
+\r
+<P>Now you are nearly there! Login as the sysop user and change to the\r
+/spider/html/mrtg/ directory. Now run the command <em>indexmaker</em> as\r
+shown below...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+indexmaker --output stats.html --columns=1 --title "MRTG statistics for GB7DJK" ../../mrtg/mrtg.cfg\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+Changing the callsign for your own cluster callsign of course!\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+And finally you need to login as the root user and create one last\r
+symbolic link. Where this points will depend on where your html\r
+documents are kept. For RedHat systems you use...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+ln -s /home/sysop/spider/html/mrtg /home/httpd/html/mrtg\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+and for SuSE systems...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+ln -s /home/sysop/spider/html/mrtg /usr/local/httpd/htdocs/mrtg\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+If you now point your browser to your website as below it should all\r
+be happening!\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+http://www.xxx.xxx/mrtg/stats.html\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+Of course, to get the stats to update, you need to add some information\r
+in the spider crontab file as below...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+# Update stats for mrtg on website\r
+00,05,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,55 * * * * run_cmd('mrtg all')\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+This will update the site every 5 minutes.\r
+\r
+<sect>Security\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+From version 1.49 DXSpider has some additional security features. These\r
+are not by any means meant to be exhaustive, however they do afford some\r
+security against piracy. These two new features can be used independently \r
+of each other or in concert to tighten the security.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Registration\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+The basic principle of registration is simple. If a user is not registered\r
+by the sysop, then they have read-only access to the cluster. The only\r
+thing they can actually send is a talk or a message to the sysop. In\r
+order for them to be able to spot, send announces or talks etc the sysop\r
+must register them with the <em>set/register</em> command, like this ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+set/register g0vgs\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+The user g0vgs can now fully use the cluster. In order to enable \r
+registration, you can issue the command ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+set/var $main::reqreg = 1\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+Any users that are not registered will now see the motd_nor file rather\r
+than the motd file as discussed in the Information, files and useful \r
+programs section.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Entering this line at the prompt will only last for the time the cluster\r
+is running of course and would not be present on a restart. To make the\r
+change permanent, add the above line to /spider/scripts/startup. To\r
+read more on the startup file, see the section on Information, files \r
+and useful programs.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+To unregister a user use <em>unset/register</em> and to show the list\r
+of registered users, use the command <em>show/register</em>.\r
+\r
+<sect1>Passwords\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+At the moment, passwords only affect users who login to a DXSpider\r
+cluster node via telnet. If a user requires a password, they can\r
+either set it themselves or have the sysop enter it for them by using\r
+the <em>set/password</em> command. Any users who already have passwords, \r
+such as remote sysops, will be asked for their passwords automatically \r
+by the cluster. Using passwords in this way means that the user has a\r
+choice on whether to have a password or not. To force the use of\r
+passwords at login, issue the command ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+set/var $main::passwdreq = 1\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+at the cluster prompt. This can also be added to the /spider/scripts/startup\r
+file as above to make the change permanent.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Of course, if you do this you will have to assign a password for each of \r
+your users. If you were asking them to register, it is anticipated that\r
+you would ask them to send you a message both to ask to be registered and\r
+to give you the password they wish to use.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Should a user forget their password, it can be reset by the sysop by\r
+first removing the existing password and then setting a new one like so ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+unset/password g0vgs\r
+set/password g0vgs new_password\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<sect>CVS\r
+\r
+<sect1>CVS from a Linux platform\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+CVS stands for "Concurrent Versions System" and the CVS for DXSpider is held\r
+at <htmlurl url="http://www.sourceforge.net" name="Sourceforge">. This means\r
+that it is possible to update your DXSpider installation to the latest\r
+sources by using a few simple commands. A graphical interface to CVS for\r
+Windows is explained in the next section.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Please be aware that if you update your system using CVS, it is possible that\r
+you could be running code that is very beta and not fully tested. There is\r
+a possibility that it could be unstable.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+I am of course assuming that you have a machine with both DXSpider and\r
+Internet access running.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+BEFORE YOU EVEN CONSIDER STARTING WITH THIS MAKE A BACKUP OF YOUR\r
+ENTIRE SPIDER TREE!!\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Assuming you are connected to the Internet, you need to login to the\r
+CVS repository and then update your Spider source. There are several\r
+steps which are listed below ...\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+First login as the user <em>sysop</em>. Next you need to connect to the CVS\r
+repository. You do this with the command below ...\r
+\r
+<verb>\r
+cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.DXSpider.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/dxspider login\r
+</verb>\r
+\r
+You will get a password prompt. Simply hit return here and your machine should\r
+return to a normal linux prompt.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+What happens next depends on whether you have an existing installation that\r
+you want to update with the latest and greatest or whether you just want\r
+to see what is there and/or run it on a new machine for testing.\r
+\r
+If you are installing Spider from CVS then change directory to /home/sysop\r
+\r
+If you are wanting to update Spider then cd to /tmp\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+The next step will create a brand new 'spider' directory in your current\r
+directory.\r
+\r
+<verb>\r
+cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.DXSpider.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/dxspider co spider\r
+</verb>\r
+\r
+This command is all on one line.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Hopefully your screen should show you downloading files. The -z3 simply compresses\r
+the download to improve speed.\r
+When this has finished, you will have exactly the same as if you had untarred a full\r
+tarball PLUS some extra directories and files that CVS needs to do the magic that\r
+it does.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Now if you are doing a new installation, that's it. Carry on as if you have\r
+just downloaded and untarred the lastest tarball.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+If you want to upgrade your current installation then do this ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+tar cvfz /tmp/s.tgz spider\r
+cd /\r
+tar xvfzp /tmp/s.tgz\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+This is assuming you downloaded to the /tmp directory of course.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+NOTE: the 'p' on the end of the 'xvfz' is IMPORTANT! It keeps the permissions\r
+correct. YOU WERE LOGGED IN AS THE USER SYSOP WEREN'T YOU?????\r
+\r
+Remember to recompile the C client (cd /spider/src; make)\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+At this point the files have been upgraded. You can (usually) restart the cluster\r
+in your own time. However, if you attempt to use any new commands or features\r
+expect it to be fatal! At least your cluster will have been restarted then so it\r
+will be too late to worry about it!\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+Now the magic part! From now on when you want to update, simply connect to the\r
+Internet and then, as the user <em>sysop</em> ...\r
+\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+cd /spider\r
+cvs -z3 update -d\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+and your files will be updated. As above, remember to recompile the "C" client\r
+if it has been updated (CVS will tell you) and restart if any of the perl scripts\r
+have been altered or added, again, CVS will tell you.\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+You will find any changes documented in the /spider/Changes file.\r
+\r
+<sect1>CVS from a Windows platform\r
+\r
+<P>\r
+After the initial setup, an update to your DXSpider software is no more than a couple\r
+of clicks away. This section is intended to explain and illustrate the use of the\r
+WinCVS application to update your DXSpider software. The current stable version of\r
+WinCVS is Ver. 1.2. You can get this software at:\r
+\r
+<htmlurl url="http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/cvsgui/WinCvs120.zip" name="http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/cvsgui/WinCvs120.zip">\r
+\r
+Pick your download mirror and then install WinCVS after the download is complete.\r
+\r
+In this next section I have included a series of links to .jpg files to take advantage of the\r
+picture and 1000 words equivalency. The .jpg files are in the C:\spider\html directory. If\r
+someone using a Linux system is reading this section from boredom, the files are in\r
+/home/sysop/spider/html. One aside, a Linux user can also get a copy of gcvs and do your updates\r
+graphically as opposed to from the command line. The following descriptions are almost identical\r
+between WinCvs and gcvs. The following screen shots have duplicate links, depending upon whether\r
+you are viewing this information under the Windows or Linux operating system.\r
+\r
+When WinCVS is installed, running, and you are connected to the internet, the initial screen looks like:\r
+\r
+<htmlurl url="initial.jpg" name="initial.jpg">\r
+\r
+If you want, you can also look at these .jpg files with another viewer that might provide some\r
+better clarity to the image. On the left is the directory tree for your hard disk. Notice that\r
+the spider directory has a gray highlight.\r
+\r
+To start configuring WinCVS, click on Admin at the top of the screen and then Preferences. This \r
+should get you:\r
+\r
+<htmlurl url="pref-gen.jpg" name="pref-gen.jpg">\r
+\r
+In the top line for CVSROOT, enter:\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+anonymous@cvs.DXSpider.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/dxspider login\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+and select\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+"passwd" file on the cvs server\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+for Authentication on the General tab.\r
+\r
+Next, move to the right to the Ports tab.\r
+\r
+<htmlurl url="pref-ports.jpg" name="pref-ports.jpg">\r
+\r
+In here, check the box on the second line down for the "pserver" port. Enter a port number of 2401.\r
+\r
+Finally, go to the WinCvs tab all the way to the right.\r
+\r
+<htmlurl url="pref-wincvs.jpg" name="pref-wincvs.jpg">\r
+\r
+Enter Notepad as the viewer to open files. For the HOME folder, put "C:\spider" and click OK\r
+because the configuration is now complete.\r
+\r
+You are now ready to upgrade your copy of DXSpider. Click on the greyed Spider folder\r
+shown in the directory tree on the left of the WinCVS display. Two things should happen. The Spider\r
+folder will be selected and the greyed-out arrow located just below the word Query in the top line will\r
+turn to solid green.\r
+\r
+For anyone using gcvs under Linux, the green arrow is located on the extreme left of the display,\r
+under the word File. A gcvs screen looks like:\r
+\r
+<htmlurl url="gcvs.jpg" name="gcvs.jpg">\r
+\r
+Click on the now green arrow to start the download process. An Update Settings box will be displayed\r
+to which you can simply say OK.\r
+\r
+<htmlurl url="update-OK.jpg" name="update-OK.jpg">\r
+\r
+For future reference, the Update Settings box is the place where you can enter information to revert\r
+to a prior version of DXSpider. Information on reverting to a Before Date is contained in the WinCVS\r
+manual.\r
+\r
+After a short period of time, a series of file names will scroll by in the lower pane of the WinCVS\r
+window. Eventually you should see\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+*****CVS exited normally with code 0*****\r
+\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+appear in the lower pane. You're done. The updated files are in place ready for you to stop and then\r
+restart your DXSpider. After the restart, you're running with the latest version of DXSpider.\r
+\r
+<htmlurl url="completed.jpg" name="completed.jpg">\r
+\r
+To paraphrase from the CVS section... Now the magic part! From now on when you want to update, simply\r
+connect to the Internet and start WinCVS.\r
+<tscreen><verb>\r
+Click on the greyed-out Spider directory in the left screen\r
+Click on the green down arrow\r
+Click OK on the Update Settings dialog box\r
+Restart your Spider software\r
+</verb></tscreen>\r
+\r
+<sect>The DXSpider command set\r
+\r
+\r
+<sect1>accept (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept</bf> Set a filter to accept something
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create a filter to accept something
+
+There are 2 types of filter, accept and reject. See HELP FILTERING for more
+info.
+<sect1>accept/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf> Announce filter sysop version
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the
+default for nodes and users eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/ann by G,M,2
+ accept/ann input node_default by G,M,2
+ accept/ann user_default by G,M,2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>accept/announce [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/announce [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an 'accept' filter line for announce
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create an 'accept this announce' line for a filter.
+
+An accept filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it is
+passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
+
+You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,NH
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states>
+ channel <prefixes>
+ wx 1 filter WX announces
+ dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+some examples:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/ann dest 6MUK
+ acc/ann 2 by_zone 14,15,16
+ (this could be all on one line: acc/ann dest 6MUK or by_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+or
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/ann by G,M,2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+for american states
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/ann by_state va,nh,ri,nh
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/ann all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+but this probably for advanced users...
+<sect1>accept/route <call> [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/route <call> [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an 'accept' filter line for routing
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create an 'accept this routing PC Protocol' line for a filter.
+
+An accept filter line means that if a PC16/17/19/21/24/41/50 matches this filter
+it is passed thru that interface. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
+
+You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ call <prefixes> the callsign of the thingy
+ call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ call_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,NH
+ origin <prefixes> really the interface it came in on
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,NH
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+some examples:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (send only UK+EIRE nodes)
+ acc/route gb7djk call gb7djk (equiv to SET/ISOLATE)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+you can now use 'by' as a synonym for 'call' so:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ by = call
+ by_dxcc = call_dxcc
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+and so on
+
+You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/route all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>accept/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf> Spot filter sysop version
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the
+default for nodes and users eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/spot db0sue-7 1 by_zone 14,15,16
+ accept/spot node_default all
+ set/hops node_default 10
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/spot user_default by G,M,2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>accept/spots [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/spots [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an 'accept' filter line for spots
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create an 'accept this spot' line for a filter.
+
+An accept filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is
+passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
+
+You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m
+ on <range> same as 'freq'
+ call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes>
+ call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ call_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ origin <prefixes>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+'call' means the callsign that has spotted 'by' whoever.
+
+For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in
+SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -
+thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -
+this is more efficient than saying simply: freq HF (but don't get
+too hung up about that)
+
+some examples:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/spot 1 on hf/cw
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything, eg:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/spot 3 all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+for US states
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/spots by_state VA,NH,RI,MA,ME
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+but this probably for advanced users...
+<sect1>accept/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf> WCY filter sysop version
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the
+default for nodes and users eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/wcy node_default all
+ set/hops node_default 10
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern></bf> set an 'accept' WCY filter
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
+filter on the following fields:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place and
+you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want them).
+
+This command is really provided for future use.
+
+See HELP FILTER for information.
+<sect1>accept/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf> WWV filter sysop version
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the
+default for nodes and users eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/wwv db0sue-7 1 by_zone 4
+ accept/wwv node_default all
+ set/hops node_default 10
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/wwv user_default by W,K
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern></bf> set an 'accept' WWV filter
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
+filter on the following fields:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+for example
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/wwv by_zone 4
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV broadcasts
+by stations in the US).
+
+See HELP FILTER for information.
+<sect1>announce <text> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>announce <text></bf> Send an announcement to LOCAL users only
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<text> is the text of the announcement you wish to broadcast
+<sect1>announce full <text> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>announce full <text></bf> Send an announcement cluster wide
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This will send your announcement cluster wide
+<sect1>announce sysop <text> (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>announce sysop <text></bf> Send an announcement to Sysops only
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>apropos <string> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>apropos <string></bf> Search help database for <string>
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Search the help database for <string> (it isn't case sensitive), and print
+the names of all the commands that may be relevant.
+<sect1>blank [<string>] [<nn>] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>blank [<string>] [<nn>]</bf> Print nn (default 1) blank lines (or strings)
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+In its basic form this command prints one or more blank lines. However if
+you pass it a string it will replicate the string for the width of the
+screen (default 80) and then print that one or more times, so:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ blank 2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+prints two blank lines
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ blank -
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+prints a row of - characters once.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ blank abc
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+prints 'abcabcabcabcabcabc....'
+
+This is really only of any use in a script file and you can print a maximum
+of 9 lines.
+<sect1>bye (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>bye</bf> Exit from the cluster
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This will disconnect you from the cluster
+<sect1>catchup <node call> all|[<msgno> ...] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>catchup <node call> all|[<msgno> ...]</bf> Mark a message as sent
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>clear/announce <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/announce <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</bf> Clear a announce filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or the
+node_default or user_default.
+<sect1>clear/announce [1|all] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/announce [1|all]</bf> Clear a announce filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a annouce filter or to
+remove the whole filter.
+
+see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.
+<sect1>clear/route <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/route <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</bf> Clear a route filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or the
+node_default or user_default.
+<sect1>clear/route [1|all] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/route [1|all]</bf> Clear a route filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a route filter or to
+remove the whole filter.
+
+see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.
+<sect1>clear/spots <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/spots <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</bf> Clear a spot filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or the
+node_default or user_default.
+<sect1>clear/spots [0-9|all] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/spots [0-9|all]</bf> Clear a spot filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a spot filter or to
+remove the whole filter.
+
+If you have a filter:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/spot 1 on hf/cw
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+and you say:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ clear/spot 1
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+you will be left with:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you do:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ clear/spot all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+the filter will be completely removed.
+<sect1>clear/wcy <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/wcy <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</bf> Clear a WCY filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or the
+node_default or user_default.
+<sect1>clear/wcy [1|all] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/wcy [1|all]</bf> Clear a WCY filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WCY filter or to
+remove the whole filter.
+
+see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.
+<sect1>clear/wwv <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/wwv <callsign> [input] [0-9|all]</bf> Clear a WWV filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or the
+node_default or user_default.
+<sect1>clear/wwv [1|all] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/wwv [1|all]</bf> Clear a WWV filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WWV filter or to
+remove the whole filter.
+
+see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.
+<sect1>connect <callsign> (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>connect <callsign></bf> Start a connection to another DX Cluster
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Start a connection process that will culminate in a new connection to the
+DX cluster <callsign>. This process creates a new 'client' process which will
+use the script in /spider/connect/<callsign> to effect the 'chat' exchange
+necessary to traverse the network(s) to logon to the cluster <callsign>.
+<sect1>dbavail (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>dbavail</bf> Show a list of all the Databases in the system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Title says it all really, this command lists all the databases defined
+in the system. It is also aliased to SHOW/COMMAND.
+<sect1>dbshow <dbname> <key> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>dbshow <dbname> <key></bf> Display an entry, if it exists, in a database
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This is the generic user interface to the database to the database system.
+It is expected that the sysop will add an entry to the local Aliases file
+so that users can use the more familiar AK1A style of enquiry such as:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/BUCK G1TLH
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+but if he hasn't and the database really does exist (use DBAVAIL or
+SHOW/COMMAND to find out) you can do the same thing with:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DBSHOW buck G1TLH
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>directory (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory</bf> List messages
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory <from>-<to> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory <from>-<to></bf> List messages <from> message <to> message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+List the messages in the messages directory.
+
+If there is a 'p' one space after the message number then it is a
+personal message. If there is a '-' between the message number and the
+'p' then this indicates that the message has been read.
+
+You can use shell escape characters such as '*' and '?' in the <call>
+fields.
+
+You can combine some of the various directory commands together eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DIR TO G1TLH 5
+</verb></tscreen>
+or
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DIR SUBJECT IOTA 200-250
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can abbreviate all the commands to one letter and use ak1a syntax:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DIR/T G1* 10
+ DIR/S QSL 10-100 5
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>directory <nn> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory <nn></bf> List last <nn> messages
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory all (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory all</bf> List all messages
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory from <call> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory from <call></bf> List all messages from <call>
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory new (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory new</bf> List all new messages
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory own (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory own</bf> List your own messages
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory subject <string> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory subject <string></bf> List all messages with <string> in subject
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory to <call> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory to <call></bf> List all messages to <call>
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory- (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory-</bf>
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Sysops can see all users' messages.
+<sect1>disconnect <call> [<call> ...] (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>disconnect <call> [<call> ...]</bf> Disconnect a user or cluster
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Disconnect any <call> connected locally
+<sect1>dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks></bf> Send a DX spot
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This is how you send a DX Spot to other users. You can, in fact, now
+enter the <freq> and the <call> either way round.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DX FR0G 144.600
+ DX 144.600 FR0G
+ DX 144600 FR0G
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will all give the same result. You can add some remarks to the end
+of the command and they will be added to the spot.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DX FR0G 144600 this is a test
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can credit someone else by saying:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DX by G1TLH FR0G 144.600 he isn't on the cluster
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The <freq> is compared against the available bands set up in the
+cluster. See SHOW/BANDS for more information.
+<sect1>echo <line> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>echo <line></bf> Echo the line to the output
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command is useful in scripts and so forth for printing the
+line that you give to the command to the output. You can use this
+in user_default scripts and the SAVE command for titling and so forth
+
+The script will interpret certain standard "escape" sequences as follows:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ \t - becomes a TAB character (0x09 in ascii)
+ \a - becomes a BEEP character (0x07 in ascii)
+ \n - prints a new line
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+So the following example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ echo GB7DJK is a dxcluster
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+produces:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ GB7DJK is a dxcluster
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+on the output. You don't need a \n on the end of the line you want to send.
+
+A more complex example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ echo GB7DJK\n\tg1tlh\tDirk\n\tg3xvf\tRichard
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+produces:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ GB7DJK
+ g1tlh Dirk
+ g3xvf Richard
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+on the output.
+
+<sect1>filtering... (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>filtering...</bf> Filtering things in DXSpider
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+There are a number of things you can filter in the DXSpider system. They
+all use the same general mechanism.
+
+In general terms you can create a 'reject' or an 'accept' filter which
+can have up to 10 lines in it. You do this using, for example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/spots .....
+ reject/spots .....
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. There
+are filters for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops)
+connects. See each different accept or reject command reference for
+more details.
+
+There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a filter and
+one to show you what you have set. They are:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ clear/spots 1
+ clear/spots all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+and
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ show/filter
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.
+
+For now we are going to use spots for the examples, but you can apply
+the principles to all types of filter.
+
+There are two main types of filter 'accept' or 'reject'; which you use
+depends entirely on how you look at the world and what is least
+writing to achieve what you want. Each filter has 10 lines (of any
+length) which are tried in order. If a line matches then the action
+you have specified is taken (ie reject means ignore it and accept
+means gimme it).
+
+The important thing to remember is that if you specify a 'reject'
+filter (all the lines in it say 'reject/spots' (for instance)) then if
+a spot comes in that doesn't match any of the lines then you will get
+it BUT if you specify an 'accept' filter then any spots that don't
+match are dumped. For example if I have a one line accept filter:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+then automatically you will ONLY get VHF spots from or to CQ zones 14
+15 and 16. If you set a reject filter like:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/spots on hf/cw
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Then you will get everything EXCEPT HF CW spots, If you am interested in IOTA
+and will work it even on CW then you could say:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+which is exactly the same. You should choose one or the other until
+you are confortable with the way it works. Yes, you can mix them
+(actually you can have an accept AND a reject on the same line) but
+don't try this at home until you can analyse the results that you get
+without ringing up the sysop for help.
+
+Another useful addition now is filtering by US state
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/spots by_state VA,NH,RI,ME
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for your
+own understanding or simply convenience. I have one set frequently:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/cw
+ reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots (being a class B I can't
+read any CW and couldn't possibly be interested in HF :-) and also
+rejects any spots on VHF which don't either originate or spot someone
+in Europe.
+
+This is an exmaple where you would use the line number (1 and 2 in
+this case), if you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits
+'0'-'9' are available.
+
+You can leave the word 'and' out if you want, it is implied. You can
+use any number of brackets to make the 'expression' as you want
+it. There are things called precedence rules working here which mean
+that you will NEED brackets in a situation like line 2 because,
+without it, will assume:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ (on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+annoying, but that is the way it is. If you use OR - use
+brackets. Whilst we are here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' is
+just 'and by_zone'.
+
+If you want to alter your filter you can just redefine one or more
+lines of it or clear out one line. For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+or
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ clear/spots 1
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+To remove the filter in its entirty:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ clear/spots all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+There are similar CLEAR commands for the other filters:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ clear/announce
+ clear/wcy
+ clear/wwv
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+ADVANCED USERS:-
+
+Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to experiment.
+
+my example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts vhf/uhf spots from EU
+can be written with a mixed filter, eg:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ rej/spot on hf/cw
+ acc/spot on 0/30000
+ acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+each filter slot actually has a 'reject' slot and an 'accept'
+slot. The reject slot is executed BEFORE the accept slot.
+
+It was mentioned earlier that after a reject test that doesn't match,
+the default for following tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for
+'accept'. In the example what happens is that the reject is executed
+first, any non hf/cw spot is passed to the accept line, which lets
+thru everything else on HF.
+
+The next filter line lets through just VHF/UHF spots from EU.
+<sect1>forward/latlong <node_call> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>forward/latlong <node_call></bf> Send latitude and longitude information to another cluster
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command sends all the latitude and longitude information that your
+cluster is holding against callsigns. One advantage of recieving this
+information is that more locator information is held by you. This
+means that more locators are given on the DX line assuming you have
+SET/DXGRID enabled. This could be a LOT of information though, so
+it is not recommended on slow links.
+<sect1>forward/opernam <call> (1)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>forward/opernam <call></bf> Send out information on this <call> to all clusters
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command sends out any information held in the user file which can
+be broadcast in PC41 protocol packets. This information is Name, QTH, Location
+and Homenode. PC41s are only sent for the information that is available.
+
+<sect1>help (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>help</bf> The HELP Command
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+HELP is available for a number of commands. The syntax is:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ HELP <cmd>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Where <cmd> is the name of the command you want help on.
+
+All commands can be abbreviated, so SHOW/DX can be abbreviated
+to SH/DX, ANNOUNCE can be shortened to AN and so on.
+
+Look at the APROPOS <string> command which will search the help database
+for the <string> you specify and give you a list of likely commands
+to look at with HELP.
+<sect1>init <node> (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>init <node></bf> Re-initialise a link to an AK1A compatible node
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command attempts to re-initialise a link to a (usually) AK1A node
+that has got confused, usually by a protocol loop of some kind. It may
+work - but you usually will be better off simply disconnecting it (or
+better, if it is a real AK1A node, doing an RCMD <node> DISC/F <your
+node>).
+
+Best of luck - you will need it.
+
+<sect1>kill (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill</bf>
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+As a sysop you can kill any message on the system.
+<sect1>kill <from msgno>-<to msgno> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill <from msgno>-<to msgno></bf> Delete a range of messages
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>kill <from>-<to> (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill <from>-<to></bf> Remove a range of messages from the system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>kill <msgno> [<msgno..] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill <msgno> [<msgno..]</bf> Delete a message from the local system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...]</bf> Remove or erase a message from the system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+You can get rid of any message to or originating from your callsign using
+this command. You can remove more than one message at a time.
+<sect1>kill expunge <msgno> [<msgno..] (6)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill expunge <msgno> [<msgno..]</bf> Expunge a message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Deleting a message using the normal KILL commands only marks that message
+for deletion. The actual deletion only happens later (usually two days later).
+
+The KILL EXPUNGE command causes the message to be truly deleted more or less
+immediately.
+
+It otherwise is used in the same way as the KILL command.
+<sect1>kill from <call> (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill from <call></bf> Remove all messages from a callsign
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>kill full <msgno> [<msgno..] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill full <msgno> [<msgno..]</bf> Delete a message from the whole cluster
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Delete a message from the local system. You will only be able to
+delete messages that you have originated or been sent (unless you are
+the sysop).
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ KILL 1234-1255
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Will delete all the messages that you own between msgnos 1234 and 1255.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ KILL from g1tlh
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will delete all the messages from g1tlh (if you are g1tlh). Similarly:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ KILL to g1tlh
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will delete all messages to g1tlh.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ KILL FULL 1234
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will delete a message (usually a 'bulletin') from the whole cluster system.
+
+This uses the subject field, so any messages that have exactly the
+same subject will be deleted. Beware!
+<sect1>kill full <msgno> [<msgno] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill full <msgno> [<msgno]</bf> Remove a message from the entire cluster
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Remove this message from the entire cluster system as well as your node.
+<sect1>kill to <call> (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill to <call></bf> Remove all messages to a callsign
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>kill from <regex> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill from <regex></bf> Delete messages FROM a callsign or pattern
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>kill to <regex> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill to <regex></bf> Delete messages TO a callsign or pattern
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>links (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>links</bf> Show which nodes is physically connected
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This is a quick listing that shows which links are connected and
+some information about them. See WHO for a list of all connections.
+<sect1>load/keps (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>load/keps</bf> Load new keps data
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>load/keps [nn] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>load/keps [nn]</bf> Load new keps data from message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+If there is no message number then reload the current Keps data from
+the Keps.pm data file. You create this file by running
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ /spider/perl/convkeps.pl <filename>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+on a file containing NASA 2 line keps as a message issued by AMSAT.
+
+If there is a message number, then it will take the message, run
+convkeps.pl on it and then load the data, all in one step.
+
+These messages are sent to ALL by GB7DJK (and others) from time to time.
+<sect1>merge <node> [<no spots>/<no wwv>] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>merge <node> [<no spots>/<no wwv>]</bf> Ask for the latest spots and WWV
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+MERGE allows you to bring your spot and wwv database up to date. By default
+it will request the last 10 spots and 5 WWVs from the node you select. The
+node must be connected locally.
+
+You can request any number of spots or wwv and although they will be appended
+to your databases they will not duplicate any that have recently been added
+(the last 2 days for spots and last month for WWV data).
+<sect1>pc <call> <text> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>pc <call> <text></bf> Send arbitrary text to a connected callsign
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Send some arbitrary text to a locally connected callsign. No
+processing is done on the text. This command allows you to send PC
+Protocol to unstick things if problems arise (messages get stuck
+etc). eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ pc gb7djk PC33^GB7TLH^GB7DJK^400^
+</verb></tscreen>
+or
+<tscreen><verb>
+ pc G1TLH Try doing that properly!!!
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Send any text you like to the callsign requested. This is used mainly to send
+PC protocol to connected nodes either for testing or to unstick things.
+
+You can also use in the same way as a talk command to a connected user but
+without any processing, added of "from <blah> to <blah" or whatever.
+
+<sect1>ping <node call> (1)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>ping <node call></bf> Check the link quality between nodes
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to send a frame to another cluster node on
+the network and get a return frame. The time it takes to do this
+is a good indication of the quality of the link. The actual time
+it takes is output to the console in seconds.
+Any visible cluster node can be PINGed.
+<sect1>rcmd <node call> <cmd> (1)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>rcmd <node call> <cmd></bf> Send a command to another DX Cluster
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to send nearly any command to another DX Cluster
+node that is connected to the system.
+
+Whether you get any output is dependant on a) whether the other system knows
+that the node callsign of this cluster is in fact a node b) whether the
+other system is allowing RCMDs from this node and c) whether you have
+permission to send this command at all.
+<sect1>read (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>read</bf> Read the next unread personal message addressed to you
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>read <msgno> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>read <msgno></bf> Read the specified message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+You can read any messages that are sent as 'non-personal' and also any
+message either sent by or sent to your callsign.
+<sect1>read- (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>read-</bf>
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+As a sysop you may read any message on the system
+<sect1>reject (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject</bf> Set a filter to reject something
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create a filter to reject something
+
+There are 2 types of filter, accept and reject. See HELP FILTERING for more
+info.
+<sect1>reject/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf> Announce filter sysop version
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the
+default for nodes and users eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/ann by G,M,2
+ reject/ann input node_default by G,M,2
+ reject/ann user_default by G,M,2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>reject/announce [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/announce [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set a 'reject' filter line for announce
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create an 'reject this announce' line for a filter.
+
+A reject filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it is
+passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
+
+You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ channel <prefixes>
+ wx 1 filter WX announces
+ dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+some examples:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ rej/ann by_zone 14,15,16 and not by G,M,2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ rej/ann all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+but this probably for advanced users...
+<sect1>reject/route <call> [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/route <call> [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an 'reject' filter line for routing
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create an 'reject this routing PC Protocol' line for a filter.
+
+An reject filter line means that if a PC16/17/19/21/24/41/50 matches this filter
+it is NOT passed thru that interface. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please
+read this to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
+
+You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ call <prefixes> the callsign of the thingy
+ call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ call_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ origin <prefixes> really the interface it came in on
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+some examples:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ rej/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (everything except UK+EIRE nodes)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ rej/route all (equiv to [very] restricted mode)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+as with ACCEPT/ROUTE 'by' is now a synonym for 'call'.
+<sect1>reject/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf> Spot filter sysop version
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the
+default for nodes and users eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/spot db0sue-7 1 by_zone 14,15,16
+ reject/spot node_default all
+ set/hops node_default 10
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/spot user_default by G,M,2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>reject/spots [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/spots [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set a 'reject' filter line for spots
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create a 'reject this spot' line for a filter.
+
+A reject filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is
+dumped (not passed on). See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
+
+You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m
+ on <range> same as 'freq'
+ call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes>
+ call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ call_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ origin <prefixes>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+'call' means the callsign that has spotted 'by' whoever.
+
+For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in
+SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -
+thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -
+this is more efficient than saying simply: on HF (but don't get
+too hung up about that)
+
+some examples:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ rej/spot 1 on hf
+ rej/spot 2 on vhf and not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ rej/spot 3 all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+but this probably for advanced users...
+<sect1>reject/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf> WCY filter sysop version
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the
+default for nodes and users eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/wcy gb7djk all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern></bf> set a 'reject' WCY filter
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
+filter on the following fields:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place and
+you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want them).
+
+This command is really provided for future use.
+
+See HELP FILTER for information.
+<sect1>reject/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern></bf> WWV filter sysop version
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as the
+default for nodes and users eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/wwv db0sue-7 1 by_zone 4
+ reject/wwv node_default all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/wwv user_default by W
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern></bf> set a 'reject' WWV filter
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
+filter on the following fields:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+for example
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/wwv by_zone 14,15,16
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV broadcasts
+by stations in the US).
+
+See HELP FILTER for information.
+<sect1>reply (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reply</bf> Reply (privately) to the last message that you have read
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>reply <msgno> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reply <msgno></bf> Reply (privately) to the specified message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>reply b <msgno> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reply b <msgno></bf> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>reply noprivate <msgno> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reply noprivate <msgno></bf> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>reply rr <msgno> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reply rr <msgno></bf> Reply to the specified message with read receipt
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+You can reply to a message and the subject will automatically have
+"Re:" inserted in front of it, if it isn't already present.
+
+You can also use all the extra qualifiers such as RR, PRIVATE,
+NOPRIVATE, B that you can use with the SEND command (see SEND
+for further details)
+<sect1>send <call> [<call> ...] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>send <call> [<call> ...]</bf> Send a message to one or more callsigns
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>send copy <msgno> <call> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>send copy <msgno> <call></bf> Send a copy of a message to someone
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>send noprivate <call> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>send noprivate <call></bf> Send a message to all stations
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+All the SEND commands will create a message which will be sent either to
+an individual callsign or to one of the 'bulletin' addresses.
+
+SEND <call> on its own acts as though you had typed SEND PRIVATE, that is
+it will mark the message as personal and send it to the cluster node that
+that callsign is connected to. If the <call> you have specified is in fact
+a known bulletin category on your node (eg: ALL) then the message should
+automatically become a bulletin.
+
+You can have more than one callsign in all of the SEND commands.
+
+You can have multiple qualifiers so that you can have for example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SEND RR COPY 123 PRIVATE G1TLH G0RDI
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+which should send a copy of message 123 to G1TLH and G0RDI and you will
+receive a read receipt when they have read the message.
+
+SB is an alias for SEND NOPRIVATE (or send a bulletin in BBS speak)
+SP is an alias for SEND PRIVATE
+
+The system will ask you for a subject. Conventionally this should be
+no longer than 29 characters for compatibility. Most modern cluster
+software should accept more.
+
+You will now be prompted to start entering your text.
+
+You finish the message by entering '/EX' on a new line. For instance:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ ...
+ bye then Jim
+ 73 Dirk
+ /ex
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you have started a message and you don't want to keep it then you
+can abandon the message with '/ABORT' on a new line, like:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ line 1
+ line 2
+ oh I just can't be bothered with this
+ /abort
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you abort the message it will NOT be sent.
+
+When you are entering the text of your message, most normal output (such
+as DX announcements and so on are suppressed and stored for latter display
+(upto 20 such lines are stored, as new ones come along, so the oldest
+lines are dropped).
+
+Also, you can enter normal commands commands (and get the output
+immediately) whilst in the middle of a message. You do this by typing
+the command preceeded by a '/' character on a new line, so:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ /dx g1tlh 144010 strong signal
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Will issue a dx annoucement to the rest of the cluster.
+
+Also, you can add the output of a command to your message by preceeding
+the command with '//', thus :-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ //sh/vhftable
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+This will show YOU the output from SH/VHFTABLE and also store it in the
+message.
+
+You can carry on with the message until you are ready to send it.
+<sect1>send private <call> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>send private <call></bf> Send a personal message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>send rr <call> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>send rr <call></bf> Send a message and ask for a read receipt
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/address <your address> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/address <your address></bf> Record your postal address
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/announce (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/announce</bf> Allow announce messages to come out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/anntalk (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/anntalk</bf> Allow talk like announce messages on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/arcluster <call> [<call>..] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/arcluster <call> [<call>..]</bf> Make the callsign an AR-Cluster node
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/baddx <call>.. (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/baddx <call>..</bf> Stop callsigns in a dx spot being propagated
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/badnode <call>.. (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/badnode <call>..</bf> Stop spots from this node being propagated
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/badspotter <call>.. (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/badspotter <call>..</bf> Stop spots from this callsign being propagated
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/badword <word>.. (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/badword <word>..</bf> Stop things with this word being propagated
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/bbs <call> [<call>..] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/bbs <call> [<call>..]</bf> Make the callsign a BBS
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/beep (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/beep</bf> Add a beep to DX and other messages on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/clx <call> [<call>..] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/clx <call> [<call>..]</bf> Make the callsign an CLX node
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/dx (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/dx</bf> Allow DX messages to come out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/dxgrid (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/dxgrid</bf> Allow QRA Grid Squares on the end of DX announcements
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/dxnet <call> [<call>..] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/dxnet <call> [<call>..]</bf> Make the callsign an DXNet node
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/echo (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/echo</bf> Make the cluster echo your input
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/email <email> ... (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/email <email> ...</bf> Set email address(es) and forward your personals
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/here (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/here</bf> Tell the system you are present at your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/homenode <node> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/homenode <node> </bf> Set your normal cluster callsign
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Tell the cluster system where you normally connect to. Any Messages sent
+to you will normally find their way there should you not be connected.
+eg:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/HOMENODE gb7djk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>set/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy <n> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy <n></bf> Set hop count
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/language <lang> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/language <lang></bf> Set the language you want to use
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+You can select the language that you want the cluster to use. Currently
+the languages available are en (English), de (German), es (Spanish)
+and nl (Dutch).
+<sect1>set/location <lat & long> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/location <lat & long></bf> Set your latitude and longitude
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/logininfo (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/logininfo</bf> Inform when a station logs in locally
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/name <your name> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/name <your name></bf> Set your name
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Tell the system what your name is eg:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/NAME Dirk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>set/node <call> [<call>..] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/node <call> [<call>..]</bf> Make the callsign an AK1A cluster
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Tell the system that the call(s) are to be treated as AK1A cluster and
+fed PC Protocol rather normal user commands.
+<sect1>set/obscount <count> <call> (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/obscount <count> <call></bf> Set the 'pump-up' obscelence PING counter
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+From 1.35 onwards neighbouring nodes are pinged at regular intervals (see
+SET/PINGINTERVAL), usually 300 seconds or 5 minutes. There is a 'pump-up'
+counter which is decremented on every outgoing ping and then reset to
+the 'obscount' value on every incoming ping. The default value of this
+parameter is 2.
+
+What this means is that a neighbouring node will be pinged twice at
+(default) 300 second intervals and if no reply has been heard just before
+what would be the third attempt, that node is disconnected.
+
+If a ping is heard then the obscount is reset to the full value. Using
+default values, if a node has not responded to a ping within 15 minutes,
+it is disconnected.
+
+You can set this parameter between 1 and 9.
+
+It is STRONGLY recommended that you don't change the default.
+<sect1>set/page <lines per page> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/page <lines per page></bf> Set the lines per page
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Tell the system how many lines you wish on a page when the number of line
+of output from a command is more than this. The default is 20. Setting it
+explicitly to 0 will disable paging.
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/PAGE 30
+ SET/PAGE 0
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The setting is stored in your user profile.
+<sect1>set/password (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/password</bf> Set your own password
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command only works for a 'telnet' user (currently). It will
+only work if you have a password already set. This initial password
+can only be set by the sysop.
+
+When you execute this command it will ask you for your old password,
+then ask you to type in your new password twice (to make sure you
+get it right). You may or may not see the data echoed on the screen
+as you type, depending on the type of telnet client you have.
+<sect1>set/prompt <string> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/prompt <string></bf> Set your prompt to <string>
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/qra <locator> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/qra <locator></bf> Set your QRA Grid locator
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Tell the system what your QRA (or Maidenhead) locator is. If you have not
+done a SET/LOCATION then your latitude and longitude will be set roughly
+correctly (assuming your locator is correct ;-). For example:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/QRA JO02LQ
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>set/qth <your qth> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/qth <your qth></bf> Set your QTH
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Tell the system where you are. For example:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/QTH East Dereham, Norfolk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>set/spider <call> [<call>..] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/spider <call> [<call>..]</bf> Make the callsign an DXSpider node
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Tell the system that the call(s) are to be treated as DXSpider node and
+fed new style DX Protocol rather normal user commands.
+<sect1>set/talk (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/talk</bf> Allow TALK messages to come out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/wcy (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/wcy</bf> Allow WCY messages to come out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/wwv (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/wwv</bf> Allow WWV messages to come out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/wx (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/wx</bf> Allow WX messages to come out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>show/baddx (1)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/baddx</bf> Show all the bad dx calls in the system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Display all the bad dx callsigns in the system, see SET/BADDX
+for more information.
+<sect1>show/badnode (1)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/badnode</bf> Show all the bad nodes in the system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Display all the bad node callsigns in the system, see SET/BADNODE
+for more information.
+<sect1>show/badspotter (1)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/badspotter</bf> Show all the bad spotters in the system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Display all the bad spotter's callsigns in the system, see SET/BADSPOTTER
+for more information.
+<sect1>show/badword (1)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/badword</bf> Show all the bad words in the system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Display all the bad words in the system, see SET/BADWORD
+for more information.
+<sect1>show/configuration [<node>] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/configuration [<node>]</bf> Show all the nodes and users visible
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to see all the users that can be seen
+and the nodes to which they are connected.
+
+This command is normally abbreviated to: sh/c
+
+Normally, the list returned will be just for the nodes from your
+country (because the list otherwise will be very long).
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/C ALL
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will produce a complete list of all nodes.
+
+BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long
+
+It is possible to supply a node or part of a prefix and you will get
+a list of the users for that node or list of nodes starting with
+that prefix.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/C GB7DJK
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/C SK
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/configuration/node (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/configuration/node</bf> Show all the nodes connected locally
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show all the nodes connected to this node.
+<sect1>show/connect (1)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/connect</bf> Show all the active connections
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command shows information on all the active connections known to
+the node. This command gives slightly more information than WHO.
+<sect1>show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show the local time
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This is very nearly the same as SHOW/TIME, the only difference the format
+of the date string if no arguments are given.
+
+If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the local
+time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixes
+then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) at
+the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.
+<sect1>show/dx (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/dx</bf> Interrogate the spot database
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+If you just type SHOW/DX you will get the last so many spots
+(sysop configurable, but usually 10).
+
+In addition you can add any number of these commands in very nearly
+any order to the basic SHOW/DX command, they are:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ on <band> - eg 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm
+ on <region> - eg hf vhf uhf shf (see SHOW/BANDS)
+ on <from>/<to> - eg 1000/4000 14000-30000 (in Khz)
+ <from>-<to>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ <number> - the number of spots you want
+ <from>-<to> - <from> spot no <to> spot no in the selected list
+ <from>/<to>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ <prefix> - for a spotted callsign beginning with <prefix>
+ *<suffix> - for a spotted callsign ending in <suffix>
+ *<string>* - for a spotted callsign containing <string>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ day <number> - starting <number> days ago
+ day <from>-<to> - <from> days <to> days ago
+ <from>/<to>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ info <text> - any spots containing <text> in the info or remarks
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ by <call> - any spots spotted by <call> (spotter <call> is the
+ same).
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ qsl - this automatically looks for any qsl info on the call
+ held in the spot database.
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ iota [<iota>] - If the iota island number is missing it will look for
+ the string iota and anything which looks like an iota
+ island number. If you specify then it will look for
+ that island.
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ qra [<locator>] - this will look for the specific locator if you specify
+ one or else anything that looks like a locator.
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ dxcc - treat the prefix as a 'country' and look for spots
+ from that country regardless of actual prefix.
+ eg dxcc oq2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ You can also use this with the 'by' keyword so
+ eg by W dxcc
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ e.g.
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/DX 9m0
+ SH/DX on 20m info iota
+ SH/DX 9a on vhf day 30
+ SH/DX rf1p qsl
+ SH/DX iota
+ SH/DX iota eu-064
+ SH/DX qra jn86
+ SH/DX dxcc oq2
+ SH/DX dxcc oq2 by w dxcc
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/dxcc <prefix> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/dxcc <prefix></bf> Interrogate the spot database by country
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command takes the <prefix> (which can be a full or partial
+callsign if desired), looks up which internal country number it is
+and then displays all the spots as per SH/DX for that country.
+
+This is now an alias for 'SHOW/DX DXCC'
+
+The options for SHOW/DX also apply to this command.
+e.g.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/DXCC G
+ SH/DXCC W on 20m iota
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+This can be done with the SHOW/DX command like this:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/DX dxcc g
+ SH/DX dxcc w on 20m iota
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/dxstats [days] [date] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/dxstats [days] [date]</bf> Show the DX Statistics
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the total DX spots for the last <days> no of days (default is 31),
+starting from a <date> (default: today).
+<sect1>show/files [<filearea> [<string>]] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/files [<filearea> [<string>]]</bf> List the contents of a filearea
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+SHOW/FILES on its own will show you a list of the various fileareas
+available on the system. To see the contents of a particular file
+area type:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/FILES <filearea>
+</verb></tscreen>
+where <filearea> is the name of the filearea you want to see the
+contents of.
+
+You can also use shell globbing characters like '*' and '?' in a
+string to see a selection of files in a filearea eg:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/FILES bulletins arld*
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+See also TYPE - to see the contents of a file.
+<sect1>show/filter (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/filter</bf> Show the contents of all the filters you have set
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the contents of all the filters that are set. This command displays
+all the filters set - for all the various categories.
+<sect1>show/hfstats [days] [date] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/hfstats [days] [date]</bf> Show the HF DX Statistics
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the HF DX spots breakdown by band for the last <days> no of days
+(default is 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).
+<sect1>show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]</bf> Show the HF DX Spotter Table
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the HF DX Spotter table for the list of prefixes for the last
+<days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).
+
+If there are no prefixes then it will show the table for your country.
+
+Remember that some countries have more than one "DXCC country" in them
+(eg G :-), to show them (assuming you are not in G already which is
+specially treated in the code) you must list all the relevant prefixes
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/hftable g gm gd gi gj gw gu
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Note that the prefixes are converted into country codes so you don't have
+to list all possible prefixes for each country.
+
+If you want more or less days than the default simply include the
+number you require:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/hftable 20 pa
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you want to start at a different day, simply add the date in some
+recognizable form:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/hftable 2 25nov02
+ sh/hftable 2 25-nov-02
+ sh/hftable 2 021125
+ sh/hftable 2 25/11/02
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+This will show the stats for your DXCC for that CQWW contest weekend.
+
+You can specify either prefixes or full callsigns (so you can see how you
+did against all your mates). You can also say 'all' which will then print
+the worldwide statistics.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/hftable all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/hops <call> [ann|spots|route|wcy|wwv] (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/hops <call> [ann|spots|route|wcy|wwv]</bf> Show the hop counts for a node
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command shows the hop counts set up for a node. You can specify
+which category you want to see. If you leave the category out then
+all the categories will be listed.
+
+<sect1>show/isolate (1)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/isolate</bf> Show list of ISOLATED nodes
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>show/log [<callsign>] (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/log [<callsign>]</bf> Show excerpts from the system log
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command outputs a short section of the system log. On its own
+it will output a general logfile. With the optional callsign it will
+show output from the log associated with that callsign.
+<sect1>show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show Moon rise and set times
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the Moon rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns,
+together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at those
+locations.
+
+If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times for
+your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),
+together with the current azimuth and elevation.
+
+In addition, it will show the illuminated fraction of the moons disk.
+
+If all else fails it will show the Moonrise and set times for the node
+that you are connected to.
+
+For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/MOON
+ SH/MOON G1TLH W5UN
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can also use this command to see into the past or the future, so
+if you want to see yesterday's times then do:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/MOON -1
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+or in three days time:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/MOON +3 W9
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Upto 366 days can be checked both in the past and in the future.
+
+Please note that the rise and set times are given as the UT times of rise and
+set on the requested UT day.
+<sect1>show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long]</bf> Show the likely propagation to a prefix
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allow you to estimate the likelihood of you contacting
+a station with the prefix you have specified. The output assumes a modest
+power of 20dBW and receiver sensitivity of -123dBm (about 0.15muV/10dB SINAD)
+
+The result predicts the most likely operating frequencies and signal
+levels for high frequency (shortwave) radio propagation paths on
+specified days of the year and hours of the day. It is most useful for
+paths between 250 km and 6000 km, but can be used with reduced accuracy
+for paths shorter or longer than this.
+
+The command uses a routine MINIMUF 3.5 developed by the U.S. Navy and
+used to predict the MUF given the predicted flux, day of the year,
+hour of the day and geographic coordinates of the transmitter and
+receiver. This routine is reasonably accurate for the purposes here,
+with a claimed RMS error of 3.8 MHz, but much smaller and less complex
+than the programs used by major shortwave broadcasting organizations,
+such as the Voice of America.
+
+The command will display some header information detailing its
+assumptions, together with the locations, latitude and longitudes and
+bearings. It will then show UTC (UT), local time at the other end
+(LT), calculate the MUFs, Sun zenith angle at the midpoint of the path
+(Zen) and the likely signal strengths. Then for each frequency for which
+the system thinks there is a likelihood of a circuit it prints a value.
+
+The value is currently a likely S meter reading based on the conventional
+6dB / S point scale. If the value has a '+' appended it means that it is
+1/2 an S point stronger. If the value is preceeded by an 'm' it means that
+there is likely to be much fading and by an 's' that the signal is likely
+to be noisy.
+
+By default SHOW/MUF will show the next two hours worth of data. You
+can specify anything up to 24 hours worth of data by appending the no of
+hours required after the prefix. For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/MUF W
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+produces:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ RxSens: -123 dBM SFI: 159 R: 193 Month: 10 Day: 21
+ Power : 20 dBW Distance: 6283 km Delay: 22.4 ms
+ Location Lat / Long Azim
+ East Dereham, Norfolk 52 41 N 0 57 E 47
+ United-States-W 43 0 N 87 54 W 299
+ UT LT MUF Zen 1.8 3.5 7.0 10.1 14.0 18.1 21.0 24.9 28.0 50.0
+ 18 23 11.5 -35 mS0+ mS2 S3
+ 19 0 11.2 -41 mS0+ mS2 S3
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+indicating that you will have weak, fading circuits on top band and
+80m but usable signals on 40m (about S3).
+
+inputing:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/MUF W 24
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will get you the above display, but with the next 24 hours worth of
+propagation data.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/MUF W L 24
+ SH/MUF W 24 Long
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Gives you an estimate of the long path propagation characterics. It
+should be noted that the figures will probably not be very useful, nor
+terrible accurate, but it is included for completeness.
+<sect1>show/newconfiguration [<node>] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/newconfiguration [<node>]</bf> Show all the nodes and users visible
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to see all the users that can be seen
+and the nodes to which they are connected.
+
+This command produces essentially the same information as
+SHOW/CONFIGURATION except that it shows all the duplication of
+any routes that might be present It also uses a different format
+which may not take up quite as much space if you don't have any
+loops.
+
+BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long
+<sect1>show/newconfiguration/node (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/newconfiguration/node</bf> Show all the nodes connected locally
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show all the nodes connected to this node in the new format.
+<sect1>show/node [<callsign> ...] (1)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/node [<callsign> ...]</bf> Show the type and version number of nodes
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the type and version (if connected) of the nodes specified on the
+command line. If no callsigns are specified then a sorted list of all
+the non-user callsigns known to the system will be displayed.
+<sect1>show/prefix <callsign> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/prefix <callsign></bf> Interrogate the prefix database
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command takes the <callsign> (which can be a full or partial
+callsign or a prefix), looks up which internal country number
+it is and then displays all the relevant prefixes for that country
+together with the internal country no, the CQ and ITU regions.
+
+See also SHOW/DXCC
+<sect1>show/program (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/program</bf> Show the locations of all the included program modules
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the name and location where every program module was load from. This
+is useful for checking where you think you have loaded a .pm file from.
+<sect1>show/qra <lat> <long> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/qra <lat> <long></bf> Convert lat/long to a QRA Grid locator
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This is a multipurpose command that allows you either to calculate the
+distance and bearing between two locators or (if only one locator is
+given on the command line) the distance and beraing from your station
+to the locator. For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/QRA IO92QL
+ SH/QRA JN06 IN73
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The first example will show the distance and bearing to the locator from
+yourself, the second example will calculate the distance and bearing from
+the first locator to the second. You can use 4 or 6 character locators.
+
+It is also possible to convert a latitude and longitude to a locator by
+using this command with a latitude and longitude as an argument, for
+example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/QRA 52 41 N 0 58 E
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/qra <locator> [<locator>] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/qra <locator> [<locator>]</bf> Show distance between QRA Grid locators
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>show/qrz <callsign> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/qrz <callsign></bf> Show any callbook details on a callsign
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command queries the QRZ callbook server on the internet
+and returns any information available for that callsign. This service
+is provided for users of this software by http://www.qrz.com
+<sect1>show/route <callsign> ... (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/route <callsign> ...</bf> Show the route to the callsign
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to see to which node the callsigns specified are
+connected. It is a sort of inverse sh/config.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/route n2tly
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>]</bf> Show tracking data
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the tracking data from your location to the satellite of your choice
+from now on for the next few hours.
+
+If you use this command without a satellite name it will display a list
+of all the satellites known currently to the system.
+
+If you give a name then you can obtain tracking data of all the passes
+that start and finish 5 degrees below the horizon. As default it will
+give information for the next three hours for every five minute period.
+
+You can alter the number of hours and the step size, within certain
+limits.
+
+Each pass in a period is separated with a row of '-----' characters
+
+So for example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/SAT AO-10
+ SH/SAT FENGYUN1 12 2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/station all [<regex>] (6)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/station all [<regex>]</bf> Show list of users in the system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>show/station [<callsign> ..] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/station [<callsign> ..]</bf> Show information about a callsign
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the information known about a callsign and whether (and where)
+that callsign is connected to the cluster.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/ST G1TLH
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If no callsign is given then show the information for yourself.
+<sect1>show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show sun rise and set times
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the sun rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns,
+together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at those
+locations.
+
+If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times for
+your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),
+together with the current azimuth and elevation.
+
+If all else fails it will show the sunrise and set times for the node
+that you are connected to.
+
+For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/SUN
+ SH/SUN G1TLH K9CW ZS
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can also use this command to see into the past or the future, so
+if you want to see yesterday's times then do:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/SUN -1
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+or in three days time:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/SUN +3 W9
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Upto 366 days can be checked both in the past and in the future.
+
+Please note that the rise and set times are given as the UT times of rise
+and set on the requested UT day.
+<sect1>show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show the local time
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the local
+time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixes
+then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) at
+the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.
+<sect1>show/usdb [call ..] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/usdb [call ..]</bf> Show information held on the FCC Call database
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the City and State of a Callsign held on the FCC database if
+his is being run on this system, eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/usdb k1xx
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/vhfstats [days] [date] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/vhfstats [days] [date]</bf> Show the VHF DX Statistics
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the VHF DX spots breakdown by band for the last
+<days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a date (default: today).
+<sect1>show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]</bf> Show the VHF DX Spotter Table
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the VHF DX Spotter table for the list of prefixes for the last
+<days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a date (default: today).
+
+If there are no prefixes then it will show the table for your country.
+
+Remember that some countries have more than one "DXCC country" in them
+(eg G :-), to show them (assuming you are not in G already which is
+specially treated in the code) you must list all the relevant prefixes
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/vhftable g gm gd gi gj gw gu
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Note that the prefixes are converted into country codes so you don't have
+to list all possible prefixes for each country.
+
+If you want more or less days than the default simply include the
+number you require:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/vhftable 20 pa
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you want to start at a different day, simply add the date in some
+recognizable form:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/vhftable 2 25nov02
+ sh/vhftable 2 25-nov-02
+ sh/vhftable 2 021125
+ sh/vhftable 2 25/11/02
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+This will show the stats for your DXCC for that CQWW contest weekend.
+
+You can specify either prefixes or full callsigns (so you can see how you
+did against all your mates). You can also say 'all' which will then print
+the worldwide statistics.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/vhftable all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/wcy (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/wcy</bf> Show last 10 WCY broadcasts
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>show/wcy <n> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/wcy <n></bf> Show last <n> WCY broadcasts
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Display the most recent WCY information that has been received by the system
+<sect1>show/wwv (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/wwv</bf> Show last 10 WWV broadcasts
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>show/wwv <n> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/wwv <n></bf> Show last <n> WWV broadcasts
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Display the most recent WWV information that has been received by the system
+<sect1>shutdown (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>shutdown</bf> Shutdown the cluster
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Shutdown the cluster and disconnect all the users
+<sect1>stat/channel [<callsign>] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>stat/channel [<callsign>]</bf> Show the status of a channel on the cluster
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the internal status of the channel object either for the channel that
+you are on or else for the callsign that you asked for.
+
+Only the fields that are defined (in perl term) will be displayed.
+<sect1>stat/db <dbname> (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>stat/db <dbname></bf> Show the status of a database
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the internal status of a database descriptor.
+
+Depending on your privilege level you will see more or less information.
+This command is unlikely to be of much use to anyone other than a sysop.
+<sect1>stat/msg (1)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>stat/msg</bf> Show the status of the message system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>stat/msg <msgno> (1)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>stat/msg <msgno></bf> Show the status of a message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command shows the internal status of a message and includes information
+such as to whom it has been forwarded, its size, origin etc etc.
+
+If no message number is given then the status of the message system is
+displayed.
+<sect1>stat/route_node <callsign> (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>stat/route_node <callsign></bf> Show the data in a Route::Node object
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>stat/route_node all (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>stat/route_node all</bf> Show list of all Route::Node objects
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>stat/route_user <callsign> (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>stat/route_user <callsign></bf> Show the data in a Route::User object
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>stat/route_user all (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>stat/route_user all</bf> Show list of all Route::User objects
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>stat/user [<callsign>] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>stat/user [<callsign>]</bf> Show the full status of a user
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Shows the full contents of a user record including all the secret flags
+and stuff.
+
+Only the fields that are defined (in perl term) will be displayed.
+<sect1>sysop (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>sysop</bf> Regain your privileges if you login remotely
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+The system automatically reduces your privilege level to that of a
+normal user if you login in remotely. This command allows you to
+regain your normal privilege level. It uses the normal system: five
+numbers are returned that are indexes into the character array that is
+your assigned password (see SET/PASSWORD). The indexes start from
+zero.
+
+You are expected to return a string which contains the characters
+required in the correct order. You may intersperse those characters
+with others to obscure your reply for any watchers. For example (and
+these values are for explanation :-):
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ password = 012345678901234567890123456789
+ > sysop
+ 22 10 15 17 3
+</verb></tscreen>
+you type:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ aa2bbbb0ccc5ddd7xxx3n
+ or 2 0 5 7 3
+ or 20573
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+They will all match. If there is no password you will still be offered
+numbers but nothing will happen when you input a string. Any match is
+case sensitive.
+<sect1>talk <call> > <node> [<text>] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>talk <call> > <node> [<text>]</bf> Send a text message to another station via a node
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Send a short message to any other station that is visible on the cluster
+system. You can send it to anyone you can see with a SHOW/CONFIGURATION
+command, they don't have to be connected locally.
+
+The second form of TALK is used when other cluster nodes are connected
+with restricted information. This usually means that they don't send
+the user information usually associated with logging on and off the cluster.
+
+If you know that G3JNB is likely to be present on GB7TLH, but you can only
+see GB7TLH in the SH/C list but with no users, then you would use the
+second form of the talk message.
+
+If you want to have a ragchew with someone you can leave the text message
+out and the system will go into 'Talk' mode. What this means is that a
+short message is sent to the recipient telling them that you are in a
+'Talking' frame of mind and then you just type - everything you send will
+go to the station that you asked for.
+
+All the usual announcements, spots and so on will still come out on your
+terminal.
+
+If you want to do something (such as send a spot) you preceed the normal
+command with a '/' character, eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ /DX 14001 G1TLH What's a B class licensee doing on 20m CW?
+ /HELP talk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+To leave talk mode type:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ /EX
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you are in 'Talk' mode, there is an extention to the '/' command which
+allows you to send the output to all the people you are talking to. You do
+with the '//' command. For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ //sh/hftable
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will send the hftable as you have it to all the people you are currently
+talking to.
+<sect1>talk <call> [<text>] (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>talk <call> [<text>]</bf> Send a text message to another station
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>type <filearea>/<name> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>type <filearea>/<name></bf> Look at the contents of a file in one of the fileareas
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Type out the contents of a file in a filearea. So, for example, in
+filearea 'bulletins' you want to look at file 'arld051' you would
+enter:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ TYPE bulletins/arld051
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+See also SHOW/FILES to see what fileareas are available and a
+list of content.
+<sect1>uncatchup <node call> all|[msgno> ...] (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>uncatchup <node call> all|[msgno> ...]</bf> Unmark a message as sent
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+When you send messages the fact that you have forwarded it to another node
+is remembered so that it isn't sent again. When you have a new partner
+node and you add their callsign to your /spider/msg/forward.pl file, all
+outstanding non-private messages will be forwarded to them. This may well
+be ALL the non-private messages. You can prevent this by using these
+commmands:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ catchup GB7DJK all
+ catchup GB7DJK 300 301 302 303 500-510
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+and to undo what you have just done:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ uncatchup GB7DJK all
+ uncatchup GB7DJK 300 301 302 303 500-510
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+which will arrange for them to be forward candidates again.
+
+Order is not important.
+<sect1>unset/announce (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/announce</bf> Stop announce messages coming out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/anntalk (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/anntalk</bf> Stop talk like announce messages on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+The announce system on legacy cluster nodes is used as a talk
+substitute because the network is so poorly connected. If you:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ unset/anntalk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+you will suppress several of these announces, you may miss the odd
+useful one as well, but you would probably miss them anyway in the
+welter of useless ones.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ set/anntalk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+allows you to see them again. This is the default.
+<sect1>unset/baddx <call>.. (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/baddx <call>..</bf> Propagate a dx spot with this callsign again
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Setting a word as 'baddx' will prevent spots with that word in the
+'spotted' field (as in: DX 14001.1 FR0G)of a DX spot from going any
+further. They will not be displayed and they will not be sent onto
+other nodes.
+
+The word must be written in full, no wild cards are allowed eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ set/baddx FORSALE VIDEO FR0G
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+To allow a word again, use the following command ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ unset/baddx VIDEO
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>unset/badnode <call>.. (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/badnode <call>..</bf> Allow spots from this node again
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Setting a callsign as a 'badnode' will prevent spots from that node
+going any further. They will not be displayed and they will not be
+sent onto other nodes.
+
+The call must be a full eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ set/badnode K1TTT
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will stop anything from K1TTT. If you want SSIDs as well then you must
+enter them specifically.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ unset/badnode K1TTT
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will allow spots from him again.
+
+Use with extreme care. This command may well be superceeded by FILTERing.
+<sect1>unset/badspotter <call>.. (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/badspotter <call>..</bf> Allow spots from this callsign again
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Setting a callsign as a 'badspotter' will prevent spots from this callsign
+going any further. They will not be displayed and they will not be
+sent onto other nodes.
+
+The call must be written in full, no wild cards are allowed eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ set/badspotter VE2STN
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will stop anything from VE2STN. This command will automatically
+stop spots from this user, regardless of whether or which SSID
+he uses. DO NOT USE SSIDs in the callsign, just use the callsign
+as above or below.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ unset/badspotter VE2STN
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will allow spots from him again.
+
+Use with extreme care. This command may well be superceded by FILTERing.
+<sect1>unset/badword <word>.. (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/badword <word>..</bf> Propagate things with this word again
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Setting a word as a 'badword' will prevent things like spots,
+announces or talks with this word in the the text part from going any
+further. They will not be displayed and they will not be sent onto
+other nodes.
+
+The word must be written in full, no wild cards are allowed eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ set/badword annihilate annihilated annihilation
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will stop anything with these words in the text.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ unset/badword annihilated
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will allow text with this word again.
+<sect1>unset/beep (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/beep</bf> Stop beeps for DX and other messages on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/dx (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/dx</bf> Stop DX messages coming out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/dxgrid (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/dxgrid</bf> Stop QRA Grid Squares on the end of DX announcements
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+A standard feature which is enabled in version 1.43 and above is
+that if the spotter's grid square is known it is output on the end
+of a DX announcement (there is just enough room). Some user programs
+cannot cope with this. You can use this command to reset (or set)
+this feature.
+<sect1>unset/echo (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/echo</bf> Stop the cluster echoing your input
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+If you are connected via a telnet session, different implimentations
+of telnet handle echo differently depending on whether you are
+connected via port 23 or some other port. You can use this command
+to change the setting appropriately.
+
+The setting is stored in your user profile.
+
+YOU DO NOT NEED TO USE THIS COMMAND IF YOU ARE CONNECTED VIA AX25.
+<sect1>unset/email (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/email</bf> Stop personal msgs being forwarded by email
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+If any personal messages come in for your callsign then you can use
+these commands to control whether they are forwarded onto your email
+address. To enable the forwarding do something like:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/EMAIL mike.tubby@somewhere.com
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can have more than one email address (each one separated by a space).
+Emails are forwarded to all the email addresses you specify.
+
+You can disable forwarding by:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ UNSET/EMAIL
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>unset/here (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/here</bf> Tell the system you are absent from your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy (8)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy</bf> Unset hop count
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Set the hop count for a particular type of broadcast for a node.
+
+This command allows you to set up special hop counts for a node
+for currently: announce, spots, wwv and wcy broadcasts.
+
+eg:
+<tscreen><verb>
+ set/hops gb7djk ann 10
+ set/hops gb7mbc spots 20
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Set SHOW/HOPS for information on what is already set. This command
+creates a filter and works in conjunction with the filter system.
+
+You can unset the hops with command UNSET/HOPS. For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ unset/hops gb7djk ann
+ unset/hops gb7mbc spots
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>unset/logininfo (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/logininfo</bf> Inform when a station logs out locally
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/privilege (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/privilege</bf> Remove any privilege for this session
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+You can use this command to 'protect' this session from unauthorised
+use. If you want to get your normal privilege back you will need to
+either logout and login again (if you are on a console) or use the
+SYSOP command.
+<sect1>unset/prompt (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/prompt</bf> Set your prompt back to default
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command will set your user prompt to exactly the string that you
+say. The point of this command to enable a user to interface to programs
+that are looking for a specific prompt (or else you just want a different
+fixed prompt).
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/PROMPT clx >
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+UNSET/PROMPT will undo the SET/PROMPT command and set you prompt back to
+normal.
+<sect1>unset/talk (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/talk</bf> Stop TALK messages coming out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/wcy (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/wcy</bf> Stop WCY messages coming out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/wwv (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/wwv</bf> Stop WWV messages coming out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/wx (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/wx</bf> Stop WX messages coming out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>who (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>who</bf> Show who is physically connected
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This is a quick listing that shows which callsigns are connected and
+what sort of connection they have
+<sect1>wx <text> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>wx <text></bf> Send a weather message to local users
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>wx full <text> (0)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>wx full <text></bf> Send a weather message to all cluster users
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>wx sysop <text> (5)
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>wx sysop <text></bf> Send a weather message to other clusters only
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Weather messages can sometimes be useful if you are experiencing an extreme
+that may indicate enhanced conditions
+</article>
--- /dev/null
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+
+# cat Commands_en.hlp | ./commands2sgml.pl <level> > commands.sgml
+# Level 0 is assumed by default.
+
+# This Perl may not be nice but it seems to work :)
+# This is supposed to take a spider command definition file and
+# convert it to SGML format suitable for inclusion in the spider manual.
+#
+# It is cunningly written with no language in mind, and should work for all
+# command files in whatever language.
+#
+# I claim no suitability for purpose, and should this script mutate and eat
+# your children I'm afraid I'm not responsible. Wild herds of rampaging
+# Taiwanese suicide squirrels attacking your rabbit are also not my fault.
+#
+# Ian (M0AZM) 20030210.
+
+print STDERR localtime() ." ($$) $0 Starting\n";
+
+use strict;
+
+# Bewitched, debugged and bewildered?
+my $DEBUG = 0 ;
+
+# SGML headers - use for debugging your SGML output :)
+my $HEADERS = 0 ;
+
+# Definitions of things....
+my $count = 0 ;
+my ($cmd, $line) ;
+my %help ;
+
+# Default output level
+my $level = 0 ;
+
+# Command line parameters
+if(my $var = shift(@ARGV))
+ {
+ $level = $var ;
+ }
+
+# Disable line buffering
+$| = 1 ;
+
+# SGML headers
+if($HEADERS)
+ {
+ print("<!doctype linuxdoc system>\n") ;
+ print("<article>\n") ;
+ print("<sect>\n") ;
+ }
+
+# Loop until EOF
+while(<>)
+ {
+ # Ignore comments
+ if(m/^#/)
+ {
+ next;
+ }
+
+ chomp $_;
+
+ # Is this a command definition line?
+ # if(m/^=== ([\d])\^([\w,\W]*)\^([\w,\W]*)/)
+ if(m/^=== ([\d])\^(.*)\^(.*)/)
+ {
+ $count++ ;
+
+ if($DEBUG)
+ {
+ print("Level $1\n") ;
+ print("Command $2\n") ;
+ print("Description $3\n") ;
+ next;
+ }
+
+ $cmd = $2 ;
+
+ $help{$cmd}{level} = $1 ;
+ $help{$cmd}{command} = $2 ;
+ $help{$cmd}{description} = $3 ;
+ }
+ # Not a command definition line - Carry On Appending(tm)....
+ else
+ {
+ $help{$cmd}{comment} .= $_ . "\n" ;
+ }
+ # print("$_\n") ;
+ }
+
+# Go through all of the records in the hash in order
+foreach $cmd (sort(keys %help))
+ {
+ # Level checking goes here.
+ if($help{$cmd}{level} > $level) { next ; }
+
+ # Need to change characters that SGML doesn't like at this point.
+ # Perhaps we should use a function for each of these variables?
+ # Deal with < and >
+ $help{$cmd}{command} =~ s/</</g ;
+ $help{$cmd}{command} =~ s/>/>/g ;
+ # Deal with [ and ]
+ $help{$cmd}{command} =~ s/\[/[/g ;
+ $help{$cmd}{command} =~ s/\]/]/g ;
+ # Change to lower case
+ $help{$cmd}{command} = lc($help{$cmd}{command}) ;
+
+ # Deal with < and >
+ $help{$cmd}{description} =~ s/</</g ;
+ $help{$cmd}{description} =~ s/>/>/g ;
+
+ # Deal with < and >
+ if($help{$cmd}{comment})
+ {
+ $help{$cmd}{comment} =~ s/</</g ;
+ $help{$cmd}{comment} =~ s/>/>/g ;
+ }
+
+ # Output the section details and command summary.
+ print("<sect1>$help{$cmd}{command}") ;
+ if($level > 0) { print(" ($help{$cmd}{level})") ; }
+ print("\n\n") ;
+ print("<P>\n") ;
+ print("<tt>\n") ;
+ print("<bf>$help{$cmd}{command}</bf> $help{$cmd}{description}\n") ;
+ print("</tt>\n") ;
+ print("\n") ;
+
+ # Output the command comments.
+ print("<P>\n") ;
+
+ # Loop through each line of the command comments.
+ # If the first character of the line is whitespace, then use tscreen
+ # Once a tscreen block has started, continue until the next blank line.
+ my $block = 0 ;
+
+ # Is the comment field blank? Then trying to split will error - lets not.
+ if(!$help{$cmd}{comment})
+ {
+ next;
+ }
+
+ # Work through the comments line by line
+ foreach $line (split('\n', $help{$cmd}{comment}))
+ {
+ # Leading whitespace or not?
+ if($line =~ m/^\s+\S+/)
+ {
+ if(!$block)
+ {
+ $block = 1 ;
+ print("<tscreen><verb>\n") ;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if($block)
+ {
+ $block = 0 ;
+ print("</verb></tscreen>\n") ;
+ }
+ }
+ print("$line\n") ;
+ }
+
+ # We fell out of the command comments still in a block - Ouch....
+ if($block)
+ {
+ print("</verb></tscreen>\n\n") ;
+ }
+ }
+
+print("</article>\n") ;
+
+# Is it 'cos we is dun ?
+print STDERR localtime()." ($$) $0 Exiting ($count read)\n" ;
+
--- /dev/null
+<!doctype linuxdoc system>
+
+<article>
+
+<!-- Title information -->
+
+<title>The DXSpider Installation Manual v1.50</title>
+<author>Iain Philipps, G0RDI (g0rdi@77hz.com),
+Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net) and Charlie
+Carroll, K1XX, (k1xx@ptcnh.net)</author>
+<date>February 2003 revision 0.5</date>
+
+<abstract>
+A reference for SysOps of the DXSpider DXCluster program.
+</abstract>
+
+<!-- Table of contents -->
+<toc>
+
+<!-- Begin the document -->
+
+<sect>Linux Installation
+
+<sect1>Introduction
+
+<P>
+This section describes the installation of DX Spider v1.50 on a
+<htmlurl url="http://www.redhat.com" name="RedHat"> Linux Distribution.
+Wherever possible I will try to include differences for other distributions.
+
+<P>
+I am assuming a general knowledge of Linux and its commands. You should
+know how to use <em>tar</em> and how to edit files using your favourite editor.
+
+<P>
+The crucial ingredient for all of this is
+<htmlurl url="http://www.perl.org" name="Perl">. Earlier versions of
+Spider required perl 5.004, however it is now <it>STRONGLY</it> recommended
+that you use at least version 5.005_03 as this is the version being used
+in the development of Spider.
+
+<P>
+In addition to the standard Red Hat distribution you will require the
+following modules from <htmlurl url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/" name="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/"> , please note however that with later versions of perl, some of these
+modules may be included with the distribution. Get the modules anyway and try
+to install as below. If they complain, they are probably already a part of your
+perl distribution.
+
+<P>
+<itemize>
+<item> <htmlurl url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Data/Data-Dumper-2.10.tar.gz" name="Data-Dumper-2.101.tar.gz">
+<item> <htmlurl url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Date/TimeDate-1.10.tar.gz" name="TimeDate-1.10.tar.gz">
+<item> <htmlurl url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/IO/IO-1.20.tar.gz" name="IO-1.20.tar.gz (for perl 5.00403 and lower)">
+<item> <htmlurl url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Net/Net-Telnet-3.02.tar.gz" name="Net-Telnet-3.03.tar.gz">
+<item> <htmlurl url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Curses/Curses-1.06.tar.gz" name="Curses-1.06.tar.gz">
+<item> <htmlurl url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Time/Time-HiRes-01.20.tar.gz" name="Time-HiRes-01.20.tar.gz">
+<item> <htmlurl url="http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/Digest/Digest-SHA1-2.01.tar.gz" name="Digest-SHA1-2.01.tar.gz">
+</itemize>
+
+<P>
+Copy the CPAN modules listed above to a convenient place on your computer. One good
+place would be /usr/local/packages, and the instructions which follow will assume that
+that's where you have put them.
+
+<P>
+Log in as 'root', and make sure you're at '/root' before you continue. Here are exactly the commands you must issue next: -
+
+<verb>
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Data-Dumper-2.101.tar.gz
+# cd Data-Dumper-2.101
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install
+# cd ..
+#
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/TimeDate-1.10.tar.gz
+# cd TimeDate-1.10
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install
+# cd ..
+#
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/IO-1.20.tar.gz
+# cd IO-1.20
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install UNINST=1
+# cd ..
+#
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Net-Telnet-3.03.tar.gz
+# cd Net-Telnet-3.02
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install
+# cd ..
+#
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Curses-1.06.tar.gz
+# cd Curses-1.06
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install
+# cd ..
+#
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Time-HiRes-01.20.tar.gz
+# cd Time-HiRes-01.20
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install
+# cd ..
+#
+# tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Digest-SHA1-2.01.tar.gz
+# cd Digest-SHA1-2.01
+# perl Makefile.PL
+# make test
+# make install
+# cd ..
+</verb>
+
+<P>
+Do not fall into the trap of thinking they're all the same, just because they
+nearly are! Pay particular attention to the instructions of <em>IO</em>, above.
+
+
+<sect1>Preparation
+
+<P>
+I will assume that you have already downloaded the latest tarball of
+the DXSpider software and are ready to install it. I am assuming version
+1.50 for this section but of course you would use the latest version.
+
+<P>
+Login as root and create a user to run the cluster under. <bf><it>UNDER
+NO CIRCUMSTANCES USE ROOT AS THIS USER!</it></bf>. I am going to use
+the name <em>sysop</em>. You can call it anything you wish. Depending
+on your security requirements you may wish to use an existing user,
+however this is your own choice.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+# adduser -m sysop
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+For SuSE distributions, the command would be ..
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+# useradd -m sysop
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+Now set a password for the user ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+# passwd sysop
+# New UNIX password:
+# Retype new UNIX password:
+passwd: all authentication tokens updated successfully
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>Installing the software
+
+<P>
+Now to unpack the DX Spider distribution, set symbolic links and group
+permissions. Copy the tarball to /home/sysop and do the following.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+# cd ~sysop
+# tar xvfz spider-1.50.tar.gz
+# ln -s ~sysop/spider /spider
+# groupadd -g 251 spider (or another number)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+If you do not have the command <em>groupadd</em> available to you simply
+add a line in /etc/group by hand.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+# vi /etc/group (or your favorite editor)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+You also need to add some others to the group, including your own callsign
+(this will be used as an alias) and root. The finished line in /etc/group
+should look something like this
+
+<tt>
+spider:x:251:sysop,g0vgs,root
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+The next step is to set the permissions on the Spider directory tree and files ....
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+# chown -R sysop.spider spider
+# find . -type d -exec chmod 2775 {} \;
+# find . -type f -exec chmod 775 {} \;
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+This last step allows various users of the group <em>spider</em> to have
+write access to all the directories. This is not really needed just yet
+but will be useful when web interfaces start to appear.
+
+<P>
+Finally, you need to fix the permissions on the ax25_call and netrom_call
+programs. Check where they are with the <em>locate</em> command and alter
+the permissions with the <em>chmod</em> command like this ..
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+# chown root ax25_call netrom_call
+# chmod 4775 ax25_call netrom_call
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>Setting callsigns etc
+
+<P>
+Now login to your machine as the user you created earlier. In my case that
+user is called <em>sysop</em>. Once logged in, issue the following commands ....
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+$ cd /spider
+$ mkdir local
+$ mkdir local_cmd
+$ cp perl/DXVars.pm.issue local/DXVars.pm
+$ cd local
+$ vi DXVars.pm (or your favourite editor)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+Using the distributed DXVars.pm as a a template, set your cluster callsign,
+sysop callsign and other user info to suit your own environment.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+$mycall = "GB7DJK";
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+This is the call sign of your cluster. If you use an SSID then include it here
+also.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+$myalias = "G1TLH";
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+This is the sysop user callsign, normally your own.
+
+<P>
+<bf>PLEASE USE CAPITAL LETTERS FOR CALLSIGNS</bf>
+
+<P>
+Note that this a perl file which will be parsed and executed as part of the
+cluster. If you get it wrong then perl will complain when you start the cluster
+process. It is important only to alter the text of any section. Some of the
+lines look a little odd. Take this line for example ....
+
+<tt>
+$myemail = "ianmaude\@btinternet.com";
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+There appears to be an extra slash in there. However this has to be there
+for the file to work so leave it in.
+
+<P>
+DON'T alter any file in /spider/perl, they are overwritten with every
+release. Any files or commands you place in /spider/local or /spider/local_cmd
+will automagically be used in preference to the ones in /spider/perl EVEN
+while the cluster is running!
+
+<P>
+Save the new file and change directory to ../perl ....
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+$ cd ../perl
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+Now type the following command which creates the basic user file with you as
+the sysop.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+$ ./create_sysop.pl
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>The client program
+
+<P>
+In earlier versions of Spider, all the processes were Perl scripts. This
+was fine but with a lot of users your computer memory would soon be used up.
+To combat this a new client was written in "C". This client only works for
+<em>incoming</em> connects at the moment. Before you can use it though it
+has to be "made". CD to /spider/src and type <em>make</em>. You
+should see the output on your screen and hopefully now have a small C program
+called <em>client</em>. Leave it in this directory.
+
+
+<sect1>Starting up for the first time
+
+<P>
+We can now bring spider up for the first time and see if all is well or not!
+It should look something like this ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+$ ./cluster.pl
+DXSpider DX Cluster Version 1.50
+Copyright (c) 1998 Dirk Koopman G1TLH
+loading prefixes ...
+loading band data ...
+loading user file system ...
+starting listener ...
+reading existing message headers
+reading cron jobs
+orft we jolly well go ...
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+If all is well then login on another term or console as <em>sysop</em> and
+cd to /spider/src. Now issue the following command ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+$ ./client
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+This should log you into the cluster as the sysop under the alias callsign we
+set earlier. In this case the callsign is G0VGS. The cluster callsign is set
+in the DXVars.pm file in /spider/local. In this case we will assume that this
+was set as GB7MBC. You should therefore see this when you login ....
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+G0VGS de GB7MBC 19-Nov-1999 2150Z >
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+If you do, congratulations! If not, look over the instructions again, you
+have probably missed something out. You can shut spider down again with the
+command ....
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+shutdown
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+and both the cluster and the client should return to Linux prompts.
+
+
+<sect>Linux quick installation guide
+
+<P>
+This section is designed for experienced Spider sysops who want to install
+Spider from scratch. It is simply a check list of things that need to be
+done without any explanations. The name in brackets at the end of each line
+is the user that should be doing that process.
+
+<itemize>
+<item>Login as root
+<item>Get the additional CPAN modules and install them (root)
+<item>Create the "sysop" user and set a password (root)
+<item>Put the Spider tarball in ~sysop and untar it (root)
+<item>ln -s ~sysop/spider /spider (root)
+<item>groupadd -g 251 spider (root)
+<item>Add any more users you need to the group entry in /etc/group (root)
+<item>Set the permissions on the spider tree (root)
+<item>Fix permissions on ax25_call and netrom_call (root)
+<item>Login as the sysop user
+<item>cd to /spider (sysop)
+<item>mkdir local (sysop)
+<item>mkdir local_cmd (sysop)
+<item>cp perl/DXVars.pm.issue local/DXVars.pm (sysop)
+<item>cd to /spider/local and edit DXVars to set your details (sysop)
+<item>cd ../perl (sysop)
+<item>./create_sysop.pl (sysop)
+<item>./cluster.pl (sysop)
+</itemize>
+
+<P>
+Spider should now be running and you should be able to login using the
+client program.
+
+<itemize>
+<item>Login as root
+<item>Enter the correct line in ax25d.conf (root)
+<item>Enter the correct line in /etc/services (root)
+<item>Enter the correct line in /etc/inetd.conf (root)
+<item>killall -HUP inetd (root)
+</itemize>
+
+<P>
+Spider should now be able to accept logins via telnet, netrom and ax25.
+
+<itemize>
+<item>Login as sysop
+<item>Start the cluster (sysop)
+<item>set/node and type for links (sysop)
+<item>Write any connect scripts (sysop)
+<item>Edit /spider/crontab as required (sysop)
+<item>Edit any other files as necessary (sysop)
+<item>Set filters, hops and forwarding files (sysop)
+<item>Login as root
+<item>Enter the correct line in /etc/inittab (root)
+</itemize>
+
+<sect>Setting up the AX25 Utilities
+
+<P>
+The aim of this section is not to fully cover the installation
+and configuration of all the possible ax25 modules. I will
+attempt to cover a simple installation and configure 2 serial
+ports as if they had TNC's on them. I will also show what
+additional configuration the DXSpider program requires.
+
+<P>
+Please bear in mind that I am basing this section on a RedHat
+7.1 distribution, if you are using SuSe or any other distibution
+then your mileage may vary. I will be happy to make any changes
+and additions if you email me any errors or distribution specific
+requirements.
+
+<P>
+You would probably benefit from reading the <htmlurl url="http://www.fokus.gmd.de/linux/HOWTO/html_single/AX25-HOWTO.html#AEN151" name="AX25-HOWTO"> which is much more
+comprehensive and an interesting configuration program is also available
+called <htmlurl url="http://1409.org/projects/index.html" name="ax25-config"> which
+may help you to configure things.
+
+<P>
+The following files are extracts from the working files at GB7MBC and
+are in daily use. However, there are many ways that you can configure the
+ax25 utils, this is just the one I use, it does not mean it is necessarily
+the best or for that matter, the right way!
+
+<sect1>Getting Started
+
+<P>
+There are 2 things you need to do initially. You need to get the
+3 files required for the ax25 installation and you need to make
+some changes to the kernel configuration.
+
+<P>
+The first thing is to get the versions of the ax25 utils that match
+your kernel. You may also wish to get a node package of some kind.
+There are 2 main node packages in use of which I shall keep to the
+original by Tomi Manninen, OH2BNS as this is included in the ax25
+rpms as standard. The other is <htmlurl url="ftp://ftp.funet.fi/pub/ham/packet/linux/awznode/" name="AWZNode"> by IZ5AWZ.
+
+<P>
+NB: The AX25 stuff in 2.4 kernels appears to have been broken until 2.4.18. I
+strongly suggest you get at least this kernel.
+
+<P>
+For 2.4 kernels you need these files...
+
+<P>
+<itemize>
+<item> <htmlurl url="ftp://ftp.rpmfind.net/linux/redhat/7.1/en/powertools/i386/RedHat/RPMS/libax25-0.0.7-7.i386.rpm" name="libax25-0.0.7-7.i386.rpm">
+<item> <htmlurl url="ftp://ftp.rpmfind.net/linux/redhat/7.1/en/powertools/i386/RedHat/RPMS/ax25-tools-0.0.6-13.i386.rpm" name="ax25-tools-0.0.6-13.i386.rpm">
+<item> <htmlurl url="ftp://ftp.rpmfind.net/linux/redhat/7.1/en/powertools/i386/RedHat/RPMS/ax25-apps-0.0.4-9.i386.rpm" name="ax25-apps-0.0.4-9.i386.rpm">
+</itemize>
+
+<sect1>The kernel
+
+<P>
+First you need to add Amateur Radio Support to your kernel. This is
+a main menu item and should be easily found. Within this header you
+will find lots of options. For our purposes you need to enable
+Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2 Protocol, NET/ROM and the Serial Port
+KISS Driver. For the purposes of this document I will work under the
+assumption that you include them in the kernel fully, ie not as modules.
+If you need to look at compiling your kernel for ax25 more fully, I would
+refer to the excellent
+<htmlurl url="http://www.fokus.gmd.de/linux/HOWTO/html_single/AX25-HOWTO.html#AEN151" name="AX25-HOWTO">
+
+<P>
+I should say at this stage that NET/ROM is not mandatory. If you do not use it
+simply ignore any instruction concerning it.
+
+<P>
+Now recompile your kernel in the normal way and reboot your system.
+
+<sect1>Installing the RPM's
+
+<P>
+Now install the RPM's you downloaded, libax25 first, then ax25-tools,
+then ax25-apps.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+rpm -ivh libax25-0.0.7-7.i386.rpm
+rpm -ivh ax25-tool-0.0.6-13.i386.rpm
+rpm -ivh ax25-apps-0.0.4-9.i386.rpm
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>Configuration
+
+<P>
+You will find the configuration files in /etc/ax25. These consist of
+several files ...
+
+<itemize>
+<item>axports
+<item>nrports
+<item>nrbroadcast
+<item>ax25d.conf
+<item>node.conf
+</itemize>
+
+<P>
+These are the main files. You will find other files but they do not
+have any use unless you are wanting to use that particular protocol,
+Rose or axip for example.
+
+<P>
+NOTE:- before we start it is important to realise that every interface
+requires a different SSID. You should be able to follow this in the
+following examples.
+
+<sect1>axports
+
+<P>
+This file sets up the ax25 ports you want to use. An example is below
+for a standard TNC2 ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+#portname callsign baudrate paclen window description
+ 2m gb7mbc-2 19200 256 2 2m port on 144.900MHz
+ 4m gb7mbc-4 19200 256 2 4m port on 70.325MHz
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+Note that the portnames have to be unique.
+
+<P>
+The file headings are as follows ...
+
+<verb>
+portname - The name you will refer to the port by
+callsign - The ax25 callsign you want to assign to the port
+baudrate - The speed you communicate between TNC and computer
+paclen - The maximum packet length for ax25 connections
+window - The ax25 window parameter. This is like 'maxframe'
+description - A textual description of the port
+</verb>
+
+<sect1>nrports
+
+<P>
+This file sets up the netrom ports you want to use. An example is below
+and includes a port for both cluster and node. You will see why we need
+2 ports later ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+#portname callsign alias paclen description
+ netrom gb7mbc-8 BARE 236 Node Netrom Port
+ netrom2 gb7mbc-9 MBCDX 236 Cluster Netrom Port
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+Note that the portnames have to be unique.
+
+<P>
+The file headings are as follows ...
+
+<verb>
+portname - The name you will refer to the port by
+callsign - This is the callsign that NET/ROM traffic from this
+ port will use
+alias - The NET/ROM alias this port will be assigned
+paclen - The maximum size of NET/ROM frames transmitted
+description - A textual description of the port
+</verb>
+
+<sect1>nrbroadcast
+
+<P>
+This file sets up the netrom broadcast qualities. An example is below ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+#axport min_obs def_qual worst_qual verbose
+ 4m 5 10 100 1
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+The file headings are as follows ...
+
+<verb>
+axport - The port name in axports that you wish to broadcast
+ NET/ROM on.
+min_obs - The minimum obsolescence value for the port
+def_qual - The default quality for the port
+worst_qual - The worst quality for the port. Any routes under
+ this quality will be ignored
+verbose - This flag determines whether you will only broadcast
+ your own node (0) or all known nodes (1)
+</verb>
+
+<sect1>ax25d.conf
+
+<P>
+This file controls any incoming ax25 and NET/ROM connections and steers
+them to the relevant program. There are lots of configuration options
+you can set here, however they are well covered in the AX25-HOWTO. For
+our purposes I will show a typical set of parameters. An example is
+below ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+[gb7mbc-0 via 2m]
+parameters 2 1 6 900 * 15 0
+NOCALL * * * * * * L
+default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+
+[gb7mbc-1 via 2m]
+parameters 2 1 6 900 * 15 0
+NOCALL * * * * * * L
+default * * * * * * 0 root /usr/sbin/node node
+
+[gb7mbc-0 via 4m]
+parameters 2 1 6 900 * 15 0
+NOCALL * * * * * * L
+default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+
+[gb7mbc-1 via 4m]
+parameters 2 1 6 900 * 15 0
+NOCALL * * * * * * L
+default * * * * * * 0 root /usr/sbin/node node
+
+<netrom2>
+parameters 1 10 * * * 3 *
+NOCALL * * * * * * L
+default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+
+<netrom>
+parameters 1 10 * * * 3 *
+NOCALL * * * * * * L
+default * * * * * * 0 root /usr/sbin/node node
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+There are a few things to take note of here. Firstly, all ax25
+sections are wrapped in [ ] and all NET/ROM sections are wrapped in
+< >. Secondly you should be able to see that anyone who forgets to
+set their callsign in a TNC and tries to connect with the standard
+NOCALL set into their TNC will not connect, the 'L' means 'lockout'.
+Lastly and importantly, notice the order of the sections. They are
+all done in interface order.
+
+<P>
+You should be able to see that the normal line for access to the
+cluster is like this ..
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+however, if you wish your users to be able to use SSID's on their callsigns ..
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %s ax25
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+For most purposes this is not desirable. The only time you probably will
+need this is when you need to allow other cluster nodes that are using SSID's
+in. In this case it would probably be better to use the first example and
+then add a specific line for that node like this:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+GB7DJK-2 * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client gb7djk-2 ax25
+default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>node.conf
+
+<P>
+For those of you that wish to run the node, you need to set up the
+node.conf file. There are a couple of additional files, node.perms is
+very similar to the way ftp permissions are set up in NOS systems and
+node.motd is the message anyone logging into the node will get.
+The node.conf file sets all the parameters of the node as you would
+expect. An example is below ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+# /etc/ax25/node.conf - LinuxNode configuration file
+#
+# see node.conf(5)
+
+# Idle timeout (seconds).
+#
+IdleTimeout 1800
+
+# Timeout when gatewaying (seconds).
+#
+ConnTimeout 40000
+
+# Visible hostname. Will be shown at telnet login.
+#
+HostName gb7mbc.ampr.org
+
+# ReConnect flag.
+#
+ReConnect off
+
+# "Local" network.
+#
+#LocalNet 44.139.8.48/32
+
+# Command aliases. See node.conf(5) for the meaning of the uppercase
+# letters in the name of the alias.
+#
+##Alias CAllbook 'telnet %{2:44.17.0.53} 1235 %1 s'
+#Alias CONVers 'telnet %{2:oh2ti} 3600 "/n %u %{1:139}\n/w *"'
+#Alias CLuster 'c hkiclh'
+Alias CONV "telnet lurpac 3600"
+Alias BBS "c 70cm gb7crv"
+Alias DXC "telnet localhost 9000"
+Alias MUD "telnet homer 4000"
+##Alias TEMP "finger temp@mary.g6phf"
+##Alias TNOS "c ip1 gb7mbc-5"
+##Alias TUtor "telnet gb7mbc 3599"
+
+# Hidden ports.
+#
+#HiddenPorts 2
+
+# External commands. See node.conf(5) for the meaning of the uppercase
+# letters in the name of the extcmd.
+#
+# Flags: 1 Run command through pipe
+# 2 Reconnected flag
+#
+#ExtCmd TPM 3 nobody /usr/bin/finger finger tpm
+#ExtCmd ECho 1 nobody /bin/echo echo \%U \%u \%S \%s \%P \%p \%R \%r \%T \%t \%\% \%0 \%{1:foobar} \%{2} \%3 \%4 \%5
+
+# Node ID.
+#
+NodeId "\nBARE:GB7MBC-1"
+#NodeId \033[01;31m***\033[0m
+
+# Netrom port name. This port is used for outgoing netrom connects.
+#
+NrPort netrom
+
+# Logging level
+#
+LogLevel 3
+
+# The escape character (CTRL-T)
+#
+EscapeChar ^T
+
+# Resolve ip numbers to addresses?
+#
+ResolveAddrs off
+
+# Node prompt.
+#
+#NodePrompt "\n"
+#NodePrompt "%s@%h \%i> "
+NodePrompt "\nBARE:GB7MBC-1 \%i > "
+#NodePrompt "\a\033[36m%U\033[0m de \033[01;32m#LNODE\033[0m:\033[01;33mOH2BNS-10\033[0m> "
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+This should be fairly obvious I hope.
+
+<sect1>Getting it all running
+
+<P>
+Ok, now we have all the relevant files configured, the next step is to get
+it all running.
+
+<P>
+The first thing to do is attach the TNC's. Your TNC's should be in KISS mode
+and connected to the serial ports involved.
+
+<P>
+You now use the 'kissattach' command to connect the TNC's to the system like this ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+kissattach /dev/ttyS0 2m 44.131.96.199
+kissattach /dev/ttyS1 4m 44.131.96.199
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+Assuming that 44.131.96.199 is your IP address. The devices ttyS0 and ttyS1 are com1 and
+com2 respectively. Now we can set some parameters ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+kissparms -p 2m -t 150 -l 150 -s 50 -r 50
+kissparms -p 4m -t 150 -l 150 -s 50 -r 50
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+The command 'man kissparms' will give you the explanation of the switches.
+
+<P>
+Now we need to attach the NET/ROM ports in the same way ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+nrattach netrom
+nrattach netrom2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+All of the above can be put in a file and called from /etc/rc.d/rc.local. Put all
+the above commands in a file called rc.ax25 and put a line in rc.local to call it.
+
+<P>
+Now you can start the daemons that set everything in motion ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ax25d
+netromd -i
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+All should now be running. All that remains is to get the node working for telnet
+connections. If nothing else, this will allow you to connect to the node yourself
+to check on connection status etc. There are 2 files that need to be edited.
+
+<P>
+First edit /etc/services and add
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+node 3000/tcp #OH2BNS's Node Software
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+Assuming you want it to run on port 3000
+
+<P>
+Now cd /etc/xinetd.d and edit a new file called node. It should look like this ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+# default: on
+# unencrypted username/password pairs for authentication.
+service node
+{
+ socket_type = stream
+ wait = no
+ user = root
+ server = /usr/sbin/node
+ log_on_failure += USERID
+ disable = no
+}
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+You now need to restart the xinetd daemon. First find out what the PID is
+like so ..
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ps auxw |grep xinetd
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+You will get a reply something like this ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+root 592 0.0 0.1 2256 620 ? S Feb07 0:00 xinetd -stayalive -reuse -pidfile /var/run/xinetd.pid
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+The PID or Process ID is 592 in this case so now we can issue the command ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+kill -HUP 592
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+All should now be operational and you should be able to log into the node by
+using a telnet session to the relevant port, like so ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+telnet localhost 3000
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+If that works, you are just about there. you should (assuming you have radios connected
+to the TNC's) be able to connect out to other stations and receive incoming ax25 and
+netrom connections.
+
+<sect>Configuration
+
+<sect1>Allowing ax25 connects from users
+
+<P>
+This is dealt with in the previous section
+
+<sect1>Allowing telnet connects from users
+
+<P>
+>From version 1.47 there is a new (more efficient) way of doing this
+(see next section) but, if you prefer, the method of doing it described
+here will continue to work just fine.
+
+<P>
+Allowing telnet connections is quite simple. Firstly you need to add a line
+in /etc/services to allow connections to a port number, like this ....
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+spdlogin 8000/tcp # spider anonymous login port
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+Then add a line in /etc/inetd.conf like this ....
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+spdlogin stream tcp nowait root /usr/sbin/tcpd /spider/src/client login telnet
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+Once this is done, you need to restart inetd like this ....
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+killall -HUP inetd
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+Now login as <em>sysop</em> and cd spider/src. You can test that spider
+is accepting telnet logins by issuing the following command ....
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+./client login telnet
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+You should get a login prompt and on issuing a callsign, you will be given
+access to the cluster. Note, you will not get a password login. There seems
+no good reason for a password prompt to be given so it is not asked for.
+
+<P>
+Assuming all is well, then try a telnet from your linux console ....
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+telnet localhost 8000
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+You should now get the login prompt and be able to login as before.
+
+<sect1>Setting up telnet connects (from 1.47 onwards)
+
+<P>
+>From version 1.47 you can choose to allow the perl cluster.pl program to
+allow connections directly (i.e. not via the <tt>/spider/src/client</tt>
+interface program). If you are using Windows then this is the only method
+available of allowing incoming telnet connections.
+
+<P>
+To do this you need first to remove any line that you may previously have set
+up in /etc/inetd.conf. Remember to:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+killall -HUP inetd
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+to make the change happen...
+
+<P>
+Having done that, you need to copy the file
+<em>/spider/perl/Listeners.pm</em> to <em>/spider/local</em> and
+then edit it. You will need to uncomment the line containing &dquot;0.0.0.0&dquot;
+and select the correct port to listen on. So that it looks like this:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+@listen = (
+ ["0.0.0.0", 8000],
+);
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+As standard, the listener will listen on all interfaces simultaneously.
+If you require more control than this, you can specify each interface
+individually:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+@listen = (
+ ["gb7baa.dxcluster.net", 8000],
+ ["44.131.16.2", 6300],
+);
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+This will only be successful if the IP addresses on each interface are static.
+If you are using some kind of dynamic IP addressing then the 'default' method
+is the only one that will work.
+
+<P>
+Restart the cluster.pl program to enable the listener.
+
+<P>
+One important difference with the internal listener is that no echoing
+is done by the cluster program. Users will need to set 'local-echo' on in
+their telnet clients if it isn't set automatically (as per the standards).
+Needless to say this will probably only apply to Windows users.
+
+<sect1>Setting up for AGW Engine (1.47 onwards)
+
+<P>
+AGW Engine is a Windows based ax25 stack. You can connect to an AGW engine
+from Linux as well as Windows based machines.
+
+<P>
+In order to enable access to an AGW Engine you need to copy
+<em>/spider/perl/AGWConnect.pm</em> to <em>/spider/local</em> and edit it.
+Specifically you must:-
+
+<itemize>
+<item> set <tt>$enable</tt> to 1.
+<item> set <tt>$login</tt> and <tt>$passwd</tt> to the values set up in your AGW installation.
+If you haven't set any there, then you should not touch these values.
+<item> You can connect to a remote AGW engine (ie on some other machine) by changing <tt>$addr</tt>
+and <tt>$port</tt> appropriately.
+<item> Restart the cluster.pl program
+</itemize>
+
+
+<sect1>Setting up node connects
+
+<P>
+In order to allow cluster node connections, spider needs to know that the
+connecting callsign is a cluster node. This is the case whether the connect
+is incoming or outgoing. In spider this is a simple task and can be done in
+runtime.
+
+<P>
+Later versions of Spider can distinguish different software and treat them
+differently. For example, the WCY beacon cannot be handles by AK1A type
+nodes as AK1A does not know what to do with PC73. There are 4 different
+types of node at present and although they may not have any major
+differences at the moment, it allows for compatibility. The 4 types are ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+set/node (AK1A type)
+set/spider
+set/dxnet
+set/clx
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+For now, we will assume that the cluster we are going to connect to is an
+AK1A type node.
+
+<P>
+Start up the cluster as you did before and login as the sysop with client.
+The cluster node I am wanting to make a connection to is GB7BAA but you would
+obviously use whatever callsign you required. At the prompt type ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+set/node gb7baa
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+The case does not matter as long as you have a version of DXSpider later than
+1.33. Earlier versions required the callsign to be in upper case.
+
+<P>
+That is now set, it is as simple as that. To prove it, login on yet another
+console as sysop, cd to spider/src and issue the command ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+./client gb7baa (using the callsign you set as a node)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+You should get an initialisation string from DXSpider like this ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+./client gb7baa
+PC38^GB7MBC^~
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If the callsign you just set up as a cluster node is for an incoming connect,
+this is all that needs to be done. If the connection is to be outgoing then
+a connection script needs to be written.
+
+<P>
+Sometimes you make a mistake... Honest, it does happen. If you want to make a node
+back to being a normal user, regardless
+of what type it is, do:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+unset/node gb7baa
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>Connection scripts
+
+<P>
+Because DXSpider operates under Linux, connections can be made using just about
+any protocol; AX25, NETRom, tcp/ip, ROSE etc are all possible examples.
+Connect scripts live in the /spider/connect directory and are simple ascii files.
+Writing a script for connections is therefore relatively simple.
+
+<P>
+The connect scripts consist of lines which start with the following keywords
+or symbols:-
+
+<descrip>
+
+<tag/#/All lines starting with a <tt>#</tt> are ignored, as are completely
+ blank lines.
+
+<tag/timeout/<tt>timeout</tt> followed by a number is the number of seconds to wait for a
+ command to complete. If there is no timeout specified in the script
+ then the default is 60 seconds.
+
+<tag/abort/ <tt>abort</tt> is a regular expression containing one or more strings to look
+ for to abort a connection. This is a perl regular expression and is
+ executed ignoring case.
+
+<tag/connect/<tt>connect</tt> followed by ax25, agw (for Windows users) or telnet and some type dependent
+ information. In the case of a telnet connection, there can be up to
+ two parameters.
+ The first is the ip address or hostname of the computer you wish to
+ connect to and the second is the port number you want to use (this
+ can be left out if it is a normal telnet session).
+ In the case of an ax25 session then this would normally be a call to
+ ax25_call or netrom_call as in the example above. It is your
+ responsibility to get your node and other ax25 parameters to work
+ before going down this route!
+
+<tag/'/<tt>'</tt> is the delimiting character for a word or phrase of an expect/send
+ line in a chat type script. The words/phrases normally come in pairs,
+ either can be empty. Each line reads input from the connection until
+ it sees the string (or perl regular expression) contained in the
+ left hand string. If the left hand string is empty then it doesn't
+ read or wait for anything. The comparison is done ignoring case.
+ When the left hand string has found what it is looking for (if it is)
+ then the right hand string is sent to the connection.
+ This process is repeated for every line of chat script.
+
+<tag/client/<tt>client</tt> starts the connection, put the arguments you would want here
+ if you were starting the client program manually. You only need this
+ if the script has a different name to the callsign you are trying to
+ connect to (i.e. you have a script called other which actually
+ connects to GB7DJK-1 [instead of a script called gb7djk-1]).
+</descrip>
+
+<P>
+There are many possible ways to configure the script but here are three examples,
+one for a NETRom/AX25 connect, one for AGW engines and one for tcp/ip.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+timeout 60
+abort (Busy|Sorry|Fail)
+# don't forget to chmod 4775 netrom_call!
+connect ax25 /usr/sbin/netrom_call bbs gb7djk g1tlh
+'Connect' ''
+'Connect' 'c np7'
+'Connect' 'c gb7dxm'
+# you can leave this out if you call the script 'gb7dxm'
+client gb7dxm ax25
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+timeout 60
+abort (Busy|Sorry|Fail)
+# this does exactly the same as the previous example
+# the '1' is the AGW port number to connect thru for g1tlh
+connect agw 1 g1tlh
+'Connect' ''
+'Connect' 'c np7'
+'Connect' 'c gb7dxm'
+# you can leave this out if you call the script 'gb7dxm'
+client gb7dxm ax25
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+timeout 15
+connect telnet dirkl.tobit.co.uk
+'login' 'gb7djk'
+'word' 'gb7djk'
+# tell GB7DJK-1 that it is connected to GB7DJK
+# you can leave this out if you call this script 'gb7djk'
+client gb7djk telnet
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+Both these examples assume that everything is set up properly at the other end.
+You will find other examples in the /spider/examples directory.
+
+<sect1>Starting the connection
+
+<P>
+You start the connection, from within a sysop enabled cluster login, by typing
+in the word <em>connect</em> followed by a script name like this ....
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+G0VGS de GB7MBC 13-Dec-1998 2041Z >connect gb7djk-1
+connection to GB7DJK-1 started
+G0VGS de GB7MBC 13-Dec-1998 2043Z >
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+This will start a connection using the script called <em>gb7djk-1</em>. You can
+follow the connection by watching the term or console from where you started
+<em>cluster.pl</em>. From version 1.47 onwards, you will need to <tt>set/debug connect</tt> first.
+You should see something like this ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+<- D G1TLH connect gb7djk-1
+-> D G1TLH connection to GB7DJK-1 started
+-> D G1TLH G1TLH de GB7DJK 13-Dec-1998 2046Z >
+timeout set to 15
+CONNECT sort: telnet command: dirkl.tobit.co.uk
+CHAT "login" -> "gb7djk"
+received "
+Red Hat Linux release 5.1 (Manhattan)
+Kernel 2.0.35 on an i586
+"
+received "login: "
+sent "gb7djk"
+CHAT "word" -> "gb7djk"
+received "gb7djk"
+received "Password: "
+sent "gb7djk"
+Connected to GB7DJK-1, starting normal protocol
+<- O GB7DJK-1 telnet
+-> B GB7DJK-1 0
+GB7DJK-1 channel func state 0 -> init
+<- D GB7DJK-1
+<- D GB7DJK-1 Last login: Sun Dec 13 17:59:56 from dirk1
+<- D GB7DJK-1 PC38^GB7DJK-1^~
+<- D GB7DJK-1 PC18^ 1 nodes, 0 local / 1 total users Max users 0 Uptime
+0 00:00^5447^~
+ etc
+
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+With later versions of Spider there is a set/login command for users. This
+tells them when a user or node logs in or out. If you do not add a line to
+your scripts after the final line (or before the client line which should always
+be last if needed) then the login/logout information will be sent to users
+<it>before</it> the login actually completes. This means if a node is
+unreachable, it will continue sending logins and logouts to users even though it
+is not actually connecting. To avoid this use the following line ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+'connect' ''
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+In a script, this might look like ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+timeout 35
+abort (Busy|Sorry|Fail)
+connect telnet mary 3000
+'ogin:' 'gb7mbc'
+'>' 'telnet 44.131.93.96 7305'
+'connect' ''
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>Telnet echo
+
+<P>
+Cluster links in particular suffer greatly from the presence of telnet echo.
+This is caused by the telnet negotiation itself and can create at worst severe
+loops. At best it creates unnecessary bandwidth and large logfiles! There are
+things that can be done to limit this problem but will not always work dependent
+on the route taken to connect.
+
+<P>
+Telnet echo itself should only be a problem if the connection is being made to
+the telnet port (23). This port uses special rules that include echo negotiation.
+If the connection is to a different port, such as 7300, this negotiation does
+not happen and therefore no echo should be present.
+
+<P>
+Sometimes it is not possible to make a direct connection to another node and this
+can cause problems. There is a way of trying to suppress the telnet echo but
+this will not always work, unfortunately it is difficult to be more specific.
+Here is an example of what I mean ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+timeout 35
+abort (Busy|Sorry|Fail)
+connect telnet mary.lancs.ac.uk
+'ogin:' 'gb7mbc'
+'word:' 'mypasswd'
+'\$' 'stty -echo raw'
+'\$' 'telnet 44.131.93.96'
+'connect' ''
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+So, the first connection is made by Spider. This is fine as Spider uses the
+Net_Telnet script from within perl. This actually uses TCP rather than TELNET
+so no negotiation will be done on the first connection. Once connected to
+mary.lancs.ac.uk, the command is sent to suppress echo. Now a telnet is made
+to a cluster node that is accepting connections on port 23. The problem with
+this link is that the negotiation is made by the remote machine, therefore you
+have no control over it. The chances are that this link will create echo and
+there will be no way you can stop it.
+
+
+<sect1>Autostarting the cluster
+
+<P>
+Ok, you should now have DXSpider running nicely and allowing connects by cluster
+nodes or users. However, it has to be shutdown and restarted manually. It
+would be much easier to have it start automatically.
+
+<P>
+This is not only a way to start the cluster automatically, it also works as a
+watchdog, checking the sanity of DXSpider and respawning it should it crash for
+any reason. Before doing the following, shutdown the cluster as you did earlier.
+
+<P>
+Login as root and bring up the /etc/inittab file in your favourite editor. Add
+the following lines to the file near the end ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+##Start DXSpider on bootup and respawn it should it crash
+DX:3:respawn:/bin/su -c "/usr/bin/perl -w /spider/perl/cluster.pl" sysop >/dev/tty7
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+This line works fine for RedHat distributions. It is also fine for SuSE up to
+7.0. From SuSE 7.1 you need to add runlevels 2 and 5 like this ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+DX:235:respawn:/bin/su -c "/usr/bin/perl -w /spider/perl/cluster.pl" sysop >/dev/tty7
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+The line required for Slackware distributions is slightly different. My thanks to
+Aurelio, PA3EZL for this information.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+DX:23:respawn:/bin/su - sysop -c "/usr/bin/perl -w /spider/perl/cluster.pl" >/dev/tty7
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+This will automatically start DXSpider on tty7 (ALT-F7) on bootup and restart
+it should it crash for any reason.
+
+<P>
+NB: It should be noted that /dev/tty7 is only an example. Some SuSE systems will
+only accept upto tty6. It really does not matter which tty you run it on.
+
+<P>
+As root type the command <em>telinit q</em>. DXSpider should start up
+immediately. You will see the output on tty7 and if you login as <em>sysop</em>
+you should find everything running nicely.
+
+<sect>Microsoft Windows Installation
+
+<sect1>Introduction
+
+<P>
+<bf>IMPORTANT:</bf>
+
+What you'll be left with once you've followed these instructions
+is (hopefully) a working DX Spider v1.50 system that is capable
+of accepting or originating "internet" connections, plus inbound
+and outbound AX.25 and TCP/IP radio connections.
+
+On the other hand, you may have an enquiring mind, or better yet,
+may be looking for a useful way of connecting your current
+(perhaps) AK1A cluster "to the internet" via some networking
+mechanism (BPQEther, etc) or other. I won't be producing
+instructions for the latter case, because I don't have an AK1A to
+play with. But someone might ...
+
+Whatever, this document is intended to get you started with DX
+Spider in a Microsoft Windows ™ environment. It's not
+intended to teach you anything other than how to perform a
+minimum configuration of a DX Spider installation and have it
+able to connect across "the internet" to other DX Clusters, while
+accepting inbound TELNET and radio connections.
+
+<sect1>The requirements
+
+<P>
+The very first things you're going to need are (in order of
+importance):-
+
+<itemize>
+<item>A cup of good, strong tea
+<item>A supported Windows platform with an internet connection so you can
+download the necessary software bits and bobs directly to it. There are other ways, but this is preferable.
+<item>Another cup of good, strong tea
+<item>If all goes according to plan, about an hour to spare
+<item>Plenty of good, strong tea
+</itemize>
+
+<sect1>The system
+
+<P>
+The platform I used to generate these instructions was a
+"vanilla" Microsoft Windows Me 4.90.3000 system, with a 700MHz
+AMD Athlon processor and 96 Mb memory. I've also personally
+verified that it runs on my laptop (Pentium 266MHz, 32 Mb memory,
+Windows 98 SE v4.10.2222 A) and a computer that I assembled from
+a random pile of junk (AMD K6-2 333MHz, 64 Mb memory, Windows 98
+v4.10.1998). As a result, I have reason to believe that what I'm
+about to describe will perform equally on any 32-bit MS Windows
+environment with 32 Mb of memory.
+
+Because of the changes that have recently been made to the core
+"cluster.pl" module and the introduction of a very lightweight
+"winclient.pl", I have a sneaking suspicion that this will now
+run on any platform that has reasonably complete support for
+Perl. Is there someone out there with both an enquiring mind and
+(say) a Macintosh, for instance?
+
+Please bear in mind, though, that my instructions relate solely
+to how to get this going under a Microsoft Windows environment,
+and I have zero intention of trying to make them say otherwise.
+
+<sect1>Perl
+
+<P>
+Install your chosen Perl environment. Unless you have a very good
+reason for not doing so, I strongly suggest that you use
+ActivePerl v5.6. For my testing & development, I used build 623.
+(A recent installation used the newer ActivePerl v5.6.1, build
+633 without any noticable difficulty.) You can get this from:
+<htmlurl url="http://www.activestate.com/Products/ActivePerl/Download.html"
+name="http://www.activestate.com/Products/ActivePerl/Download.html">
+
+The link takes you to an initial page of System Requirements and
+Software Prerequisites. If you do not have it already installed,
+you can download and install the Windows Installer 2.0 for a Win98
+installation. Be forewarned, you will have to reboot your PC at the
+completion of the installer's installation.
+
+If you already have the installer on your PC, simply click on the
+Next arrow at the bottom of the page. Two clicks will finally get
+you to the actual download page. The MSI version of Build 633 is
+now 8.6MB in size, so make that a big cup of tea or coffee if you're
+on a slow dial-up connection.
+
+During installation, please ensure that you do choose the options
+to "Add Perl to the PATH environment variable" and "Create Perl
+file extension association"; it will make your life so much
+easier. Once the installation is finished, be sure to reboot your
+PC. You probably won't be told anywhere else that this needs to
+be done now, but it does. Really.
+
+Once you've rebooted, open a "DOS box" (Start > Run > command
+might do it, if you can't find it elsewhere) and from wherever it
+lands, type PERL -v <ENTER> (it's better if that's a lower-case
+'v', because an upper-case 'V' means something else. You should
+be rewarded with some interesting information about your Perl
+installation. If you're not, you must go back to the beginning
+and discover what went wrong and fix it. It's pointless to
+proceed unless this simple check is passed. Assuming it did work,
+you may now move on.
+
+<sect1>Additional packages
+
+<P>
+Some extensions ("packages") need to be added to the base Perl
+distribution, and we'll do this next. If you're using the Perl I
+recommended, and don't know any better for yourself, then just
+blindly following these instructions will work just fine. If that
+didn't describe you, then you're on your own.
+
+Visit the following URL:
+
+<htmlurl url="http://www.activestate.com/PPMPackages/zips/6xx-builds-only/"
+name="http://www.activestate.com/PPMPackages/zips/6xx-builds-only/">
+
+and download the following files:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+Data-Dumper.zip
+Net-Telnet.zip
+TimeDate.zip
+Time-HiRes.zip
+DB_File.zip
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If this is a new installation, now would also be a good time to
+install a copy of WinZip on your PC. Make yourself a convenient
+directory to unpack all of these zip files into (I put mine in
+"D:\ppm>" but "C:\ppm" works just as well.) and do the following
+(the bits you type in are blue ). You can upzip all of the files into
+the same directory. When prompted, simply overwrite the Readme file
+from each zip package. Note that where these files land will be
+directly related to where you chose to install your ActivePerl
+(mine, as you can probably guess from what follows, went into "D:\Perl"):-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+D:\ppm>ppm install Data-Dumper.ppd
+Installing package 'Data-Dumper.ppd'
+Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.bs
+Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.dll
+Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.exp
+Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.lib
+Installing D:\Perl\html\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.html
+Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\Data\Dumper\Dumper.pm
+Writing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.packlist
+D:\ppm>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+I'm not going to bother you with exhaustive details of the rest
+of them, but suffice it to say you need to:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ppm install DB_File.ppd
+ppm install Net-Telnet.ppd
+ppm install TimeDate.ppd
+ppm install Time-HiRes.ppd
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If all that seemed to work OK, time to move along. Before anyone
+who is familiar with PPM tells me that we didn't need to download
+and keep those files locally, I knew that. I also knew that PPM
+is sometimes awkward to configure via firewalls, and that
+sometimes the repositories don't always work the way we'd hope. I
+do it that way because it suits me.
+
+<sect1>Getting Spider
+
+<P>
+Get the current version of the DX Spider distribution. This needs
+to be v1.50 or later. You've got two ways (currently) of getting
+this; either get a CVS update from sourceforge (if you don't know
+what this is, then it isn't for you) or get the latest "official"
+release from:
+
+<htmlurl url="http://www.dxcluster.org/download/index.html" name="http://www.dxcluster.org/download/index.html">
+
+or if you want the lastest snapshot of CVS version (which is produced
+every night):-
+
+<htmlurl url="http://www.dxcluster.org/download/CVSlatest.tgz" name="http://www.dxcluster.org/download/CVSlatest.tgz">
+
+This is generally the best one to go for as it is completely up to
+date. However, there is always the very slight chance that it might
+unstable. Generally, there will be a note on the website if this is
+the case.
+
+
+The only difference between "CVSlatest.tgz" and the latest
+"official" release version is that it is more up to date. <bf>Do not confuse
+the "CVSlatest.tgz" file with "Downloading from Sourceforge with CVS" - they
+are two quite different things.</bf> "Downloading from Sourceforge with CVS" is
+explained in a section within the Admin manual.
+
+<p>
+If you go down the CVS route (ie installing WinCVS as explained in the Admin
+manual and downloaded from sourceforge), then everything will be nicely
+installed on your local disk. If you got the CVSlatest.tgz file, unzip
+(<htmlurl url="http://www.winzip.com" name="winzip">) it to "C:\".
+This is an important point since paths are included within the .tgz
+file. Make sure you unzip to the root directory of whichever drive you use...
+"C:\" or "D:\" or .., not "C:\spider." If you double click on CVSlatest.tgz,
+WinZip should open with a dialogue box that says the Archive contains a single
+file (CVSlatest.tar) and asks whether WinZip should decompress it to a
+temporary fold and then open it. Say "Yes" and then you will get the typical
+Classical WinZip listing of files ready for extraction. Remember, extract
+them to your desired root directory ("C:\" or "D:\" or ...). The following
+examples assume that you put it on drive "C:\", for convenience.
+
+<sect>Installing the software
+
+<P>
+At this point you will need to create 2 additional directories under
+"C:\Spider." Make directories "C:\spider\local" and "C:\spider\local_cmd".
+If "C:\spider" is missing, go back and figure out why, because it shouldn't be.
+
+Now create your own local copy of the DXVars.pm file by:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+copy c:\spider\perl\DXVars.pm.issue
+c:\spider\local\DXVars.pm
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Now you'll need to edit this file using a text editor like Notepad. If nothing
+else, you can simply
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+cd \spider\local
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+and then
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+notepad DXVars.pm
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+to bring up an editor window containing the file. As an absolute
+minimum you must adjust the following items in DXVars.pm:-
+
+<itemize>
+<item> $mycall - Should hold the callsign of your DX Cluster
+<item> $myname - The SysOp's first name
+<item> $myalias - the SysOp's callsign. Cannot be the same as $mycall!
+<item> $myqth - The station's geographical location (QTH).
+<item> $mylatitude - The station latitude in degrees and decimal fractions
+<item> $mylongitude - The station longitude in degrees and decimal fractions
+<item> $mylocator - The Maidenhead (or QRA) locator of the station
+</itemize>
+
+You really also ought to update the $myqth and $myemail variables. And
+unless you are absolutely certain you know what you're doing, you
+should change nothing else in this file. Note that if you use an "@" or
+a "$" character in one of the above strings (typically in $myemail) you must
+write them as "\@" or "\$".
+
+<sect1>Incoming telnets
+
+<P>
+If you want to enable inbound "TELNET" connections (or you are running
+Windows 98, NT, 2000 or XP), you've got a little more work to do. From a
+handy "DOS box" that's not doing anything else, do the following:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+copy \spider\perl\Listeners.pm \spider\local
+cd \spider\local
+notepad listeners.pm
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The following line need attention:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+# ["0.0.0.0", 7300],
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+On my machine, I've simply uncommented the "0.0.0.0" entry by
+removing the '#' from the front of the line.
+
+<bf>You MUST carry out this step if you are
+running on a Windows 98, NT, 2000 or XP based system</bf>
+
+If you don't have a static hostname for your machine, and you
+intend to allow folk to connect to your machine across the
+internet, then I'd suggest you pay a visit to www.dyndns.org and
+create one for yourself. While it's free, it will take a modest
+amount of effort on your part to read, understand and
+implement what needs to be done to set this up.
+
+<p>If your machine is connected to the internet <bf>and</bf> you don't
+want to allow your machine to be visible to the outside world you
+should change the "0.0.0.0" to "127.0.0.1" [which is
+"localhost"]. This will then only allow connections from inside your
+machine. As was said earlier: if you aren't running Win9x (or you want
+to use DXTelnet or somesuch), then you need to have the machine
+listening at least to "127.0.0.1" ("0.0.0.0" means <bf>all</bf> IP
+addresses).
+
+<sect1>The AGW packet engine
+
+<P>
+On the assumption that you'll be using the SV2AGW Packet Engine
+to interface your radios to the cluster, it would be a good idea to
+download the Packet Engine software! You can get this software from:
+
+<htmlurl url="http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwpe.zip" name="http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwpe.zip">
+
+Depending upon your TNCs, you may also need to get:
+
+<htmlurl url="http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/drivers.zip" name="http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/drivers.zip">
+
+A couple of the tools:
+
+<htmlurl url="http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwterm.zip" name="http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwterm.zip">
+
+<htmlurl url="http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwmonitor.zip" name="http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwmonitor.zip">
+
+will also help with troubleshooting of the RF links themselves.
+
+Install and configure AGWPE. You should now create your own local copy of
+AGWConnect.pm by:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+copy c:\spider\perl\AGWConnect.pm
+c:\spider\local\AGWConnect.pm
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+and then
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+notepad AGWConnect.pm
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+to bring up an editor window containing the file. You must
+consider adjusting the following items in AGWConnect.pm:-
+
+<itemize>
+<item>$enable - set to '1' to enable AGWPE interface
+<item>$login - the login ID you chose when you set up the SV2AGW security :-)
+<item>$passwd - password that matches $login
+</itemize>
+
+The login ID and passwd only need to be set if you are accessing AGW separately
+via its web interface. This interface is normally not needed for use with DXSpider.
+
+<sect1>Setting up the initial user files
+
+<P>
+Next you need to create the initial user files, etc. A tool is
+supplied which will do this for you. To run the tool:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+cd \spider\perl
+perl create_sysop.pl
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If all goes according to plan, you will see no output from this
+program, and after a brief wait, your DOS prompt will be
+returned.
+
+Depending on how brave you are, you might now care to try the
+following:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+perl cluster.pl
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you did everything you were told, your DOS window will now
+hold a display which looks something like:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+DXSpider DX Cluster Version 1.50
+Copyright (c) 1998-2002 Dirk Koopman G1TLH
+loading prefixes ...
+loading band data ...
+loading user file system ...
+starting listeners ...
+Internal port: localhost 27754
+load badwords: Ok
+reading in duplicate spot and WWV info ...
+reading existing message headers ...
+load badmsg: Ok
+load forward: Ok
+load swop: Ok
+@msg = 0 before delete
+@msg = 0 after delete
+reading cron jobs ...v cron: reading /spider/cmd/crontab
+cron: adding 1 0 * * 0
+DXUser::export("$main::data/user_asc")
+reading database descriptors ...
+doing local initialisation ...
+orft we jolly well go ...
+queue msg (0)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Now, if that's what you've got, you are very nearly home and dry
+(in as far as these particular experiments are concerned, anyhow)
+
+If you are running Windows 9x you can access your new cluster (from
+the local machine) by finding yourself another "DOS box" and doing the
+following:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+cd \spider\perl
+perl winclient.pl
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you are running Windows NT, 2000 or XP then winclient.pl does not
+work. We don't know why other than this seems to be some kind of
+incomaptibility in perl. You can achieve the same thing by telnetting
+to the port you defined in Listeners.pm (7300 as default), thus:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+Menu->Start->Run
+telnet localhost 7300
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+On getting the <bf>login:</bf> prompt, enter your sysop callsign (the one you
+put in DXVars.pm as $myalias).
+
+<p>I would recommend <bf>strongly</bf> that you obtain a better telnet
+client than that which comes with windows (I use <htmlurl
+url="http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html"
+name="PuTTY">).
+
+<p>Anyway, if you are rewarded with a display which looks something like:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+Hello Iain, this is GB7SJP in Amersham, Bucks running DXSpider V1.50
+Cluster: 1 nodes, 1 local / 1 total users Max users 2 Uptime 0 00:00
+M0ADI de GB7SJP 4-Mar-2001 1511Z >
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You've arrived. Try some commands, and see how they feel. (In
+case you were wondering, "Iain", "M0ADI" and "GB7SJP" all came
+from the version of DXVars.pm that was on the machine when I
+started the winclient.pl)
+
+<p>The interface is very basic. It is a simple command line. There are
+better looking interfaces. Most of the "standard" logging and DX
+Cluster access programs that are capable of connecting via a TCP or
+telnet connection will work as a "Sysop Console" client. You connect
+to "localhost" on the port that you defined in Listeners.pm (usually
+7300). I recommend packages like <htmlurl
+url="http://www.qsl.net/wd4ngb/telnet.htm" name="DXTelnet">.
+
+<sect1>Connecting to other clusters
+
+<P>
+If you want to connect this to another cluster, then you'll want to
+negotiate a link with someone. For experimental purposes, I'm happy to
+allow folk to connect to GB7DXA (spud.ath.cx), on the understanding
+that the system may or may not be there and may or may not be
+connected to anything particularly useful at any given moment. Contact
+me by <htmlurl url="mailto:g0rdi@blacksheep.org" name="Email"> if you
+want me to set up a connection for you.
+
+<sect>General Information
+
+<P>
+The following relates to all versions of DXSpider and is not platform related.
+
+<sect1>The crontab file
+
+<P>
+Login as <em>sysop</em> and create a file in /spider/local_cmd called crontab.
+Edit it with your favourite editor and add a line like this (I have included
+a comment)
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+# check every 10 minutes to see if gb7xxx is connected and if not
+# start a connect job going
+
+0,10,20,30,40,50 * * * * start_connect('gb7xxx') unless connected('gb7xxx')
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+The callsign involved will be the callsign of the cluster node you are
+going to connect to. This will now check every 10 minutes to see if
+gb7xxx is connected, if it is then nothing will be done. If it is not,
+then a connect attempt will be started.
+
+<P>
+There are probably lots of other things you could use this crontab file for.
+If you want to know more about it, look at the
+<htmlurl url="http://www.dxcluster.org/cron.html" name="DXSpider"> website
+at the cron page where it is explained more fully.
+
+</article>
+
+
--- /dev/null
+<!doctype linuxdoc system>
+
+<article>
+
+<!-- Title information -->
+
+<title>The DXSpider CVS Changes Addendum v1.50</title>
+<author>Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net)</author>
+<date>February 2003 revision 0.1</date>
+
+<abstract>
+A reference for CVS users of the DXSpider DXCluster program.
+</abstract>
+
+<!-- Begin the document -->
+
+<P>
+If you have any problems with a new CVS version please mail the support
+list.
+
+<P>
+The latest CVS is version 1.50 build 57.191. There are major changes going on currently as the code is being prepared for New Protocol.
+
+<P>
+To run the latest CVS you need to additional perl modules. The links are below...
+
+<P>
+<itemize>
+<item> <htmlurl url="ftp://ftp.plig.org/pub/CPAN/authors/id/A/AM/AMS/Storable-2.06.tar.gz" name="Storable-2.06.tar.gz">
+<item> <htmlurl url="ftp://ftp.plig.org/pub/CPAN/authors/id/M/MR/MROGASKI/Log-Agent-0.303.tar.gz" name="Log-Agent-0.303.tar.gz">
+</itemize>
+
+</article>
--- /dev/null
+<!doctype linuxdoc system>
+
+<article>
+
+<!-- Title information -->
+
+<title>The DXSpider FAQ</title>
+<author>Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net)</author>
+<date>December 2001 Revision: 1.8</date>
+<abstract>
+A reference for SysOps of the DXSpider DXCluster program.
+</abstract>
+
+<!-- Table of contents -->
+<toc>
+
+<!-- Begin the document -->
+
+<P>Please mail any FAQs to the maintainer at the address above.
+
+<P>
+<sect>Installation
+
+<sect1>Where do I get DXSpider?
+
+<P>
+All things Spider can be found at <htmlurl url="http://www.dxcluster.org" name="www.dxcluster.org"> and the actual program and patches can be found in the <htmlurl url="http://www.dxcluster.org/download/index.html" name="download"> area.
+
+<sect1>How do I use the patches?
+
+<P>
+Patching is done in the standard linux way ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+zcat /tmp/patch-1.40 | patch -p0
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+assuming the patch version you are using is 1.40 and resides in /tmp!
+
+<P>
+Be aware that each patch assumes the previous patch has been applied. That
+is to say if you are patching from version 1.38 to 1.40 you would first need
+to apply patch-1.39 and then patch-1.40.
+
+<sect1>If I use a tarball to overwrite my installation, what happens to my configuration?
+
+<P>
+The tarballs are designed to not overwrite your existing configuration
+and can be used at any time to update your Spider software. All the key
+files have the suffix .issue (eg. DXVars.pm.issue) at default.
+
+<sect1>I am running RedHat 5.2 and I am getting strange errors, what is wrong?
+
+<P>
+The version of Perl that comes with 5.2 seems to be some kind of pre-release
+and is broken. You can get a new version of perl from
+<htmlurl url="http://www.dxcluster.org/download/index.html" name="www.dxcluster.org">
+or <htmlurl url="ftp://updates.redhat.com" name="ftp://updates.redhat.com">.
+Don't forget to patch it with the CPAN modules.
+
+<sect>Administration
+
+<sect1>How can I get Spider to restart automatically if it crashes?
+
+<P>
+Put this line into /etc/inittab ..
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+DX:3:respawn:/bin/su -c "/usr/bin/perl -w /spider/perl/cluster.pl" sysop > /dev/tty7
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Run <em>telinit q</em> as root. Spider will restart so be aware. However, any
+time you reboot, cluster.pl will start in tty7 and if it crashes, it should restart ok.
+
+<sect1>How can I monitor traffic to and from a node or user?
+
+<P>
+There are 2 ways to achieve this. You can use the <em>tail</em> command like this ..
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+tail -f /spider/data/debug/167.dat |grep G0VGS
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+or in later versions of Spider, there is a command called <em>watchdbg</em> in which
+case you simply type ..
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+watchdbg G0VGS
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>My neighbouring node cannot use the RCMD command to me, he just keeps
+getting the "tut tut" message.
+
+<P>
+Assuming that the permissions are set correctly (perm level 5 required), it could be
+that the home_node is set incorrectly. You can reset the home_node using the <em>spoof</em>
+command like this ..
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+spoof gb7adx set/home gb7adx
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Assuming that the node_call you are changing is gb7adx.
+
+<sect1>I do not seem to be sending any bulletin mail to my link partners, what is wrong?
+
+<P>
+There is a file in /spider/msg called forward.pl.issue. Rename this to
+forward.pl and edit it to meet your requirements. You will need to issue
+the command <em>load/forward</em> or restart Spider for the changes to
+take effect.
+
+<sect1>How can I automatically limit the amount of debug logfiles that are stored?
+
+<P>
+Use the tmpwatch command. Create a file in /etc/cron.daily/ containing the line ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+/usr/sbin/tmpwatch -f 240 /spider/data/debug
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Remember to make it executable!
+
+This will limit your debug data down to the last 10 days
+
+<sect1>I updated my Linux distribution and now Spider cannot read the users file or the dupefile, what is the problem?
+
+<P>
+Almost certainly this is a change in the db format of perl. Follow these
+few steps to correct the problem.
+
+<itemize>
+<item>stop the cluster (disable any autostart in inittab)
+<item>cd /spider/data
+<item>issue the command perl user_asc
+<item>restart the cluster
+</itemize>
+
+That should solve the problem.
+
+<sect1>Since I last updated I seem to be getting duplicate spots appearing.
+
+<P>
+What has probably happened is that the dupefile has got corrupted in
+some way. Simply delete the /spider/data/dupefile and restart the
+cluster. It may take a little time to become fully functional but
+should solve your problem.
+
+<sect1>I have deleted a message but it is still there, why?
+
+<P>
+This is now the way messages are handled for deletion in Spider. If you
+look closely you will see a 'D' following the message number. This
+message is marked for deletion and will be deleted in 2 days if nothing
+further is done. Optionally you can use the command <em>delete/expunge</em>
+to delete it immediately.
+
+</article>
<sect>The DXSpider command reference
-<P>
-Below is a complete list of commands available from the cluster prompt.
-These are listed below in alphabetical order.
-
-<sect1>accept/announce
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>accept/announce [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an accept filter
- line for announce
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Create an 'accept this announce' line for a filter.
-
-An accept filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it is
-passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERS for more info. Please read this
-to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
-
-You can use any of the following things in this line:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- info <string> eg: iota or qsl
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
- origin <prefixes>
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- origin_itu <numbers>
- origin_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- channel <prefixes>
- wx 1 filter WX announces
- dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-some examples:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- acc/ann dest 6MUK
- acc/ann 2 by_zone 14,15,16
- (this could be all on one line: acc/ann dest 6MUK or by_zone 14,15,16)
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-or
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- acc/ann by G,M,2
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-This filter would only allow announces that were posted buy UK stations.
-You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- acc/ann all
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-but this probably for advanced users...
-
-<sect1>accept/spots
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>accept/spots [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an accept filter
-line for spots
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Create an 'accept this spot' line for a filter.
-
-<P>
-An accept filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is
-passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERS for more info. Please read this
-to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
-
-You can use any of the following things in this line:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m
- on <range> same as 'freq'
- call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9
- info <string> eg: iota or qsl
- by <prefixes>
- call_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- call_itu <numbers>
- call_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- origin <prefixes>
- channel <prefixes>
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<P>
-For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in
-SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -
-thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -
-this is more efficient than saying simply: freq HF (but don't get
-too hung up about that)
-
-some examples:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- acc/spot 1 on hf/cw
- acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything, eg:
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- acc/spot 3 all
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-but this probably for advanced users...
-
-<sect1>accept/wcy
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern></bf> set an accept WCY filter
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
-filter on the following fields:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
- origin <prefixes>
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- origin_itu <numbers>
- origin_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- channel <prefixes>
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<P>
-There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place and
-you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want them).
-
-This command is really provided for future use.
-
-See HELP FILTER for information.
-
-<sect1>accept/wwv
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an accept WWV filter
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
-filter on the following fields:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
- origin <prefixes>
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- origin_itu <numbers>
- origin_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- channel <prefixes>
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-for example
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- accept/wwv by_zone 4
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV broadcasts
-by stations in the US).
-
-See HELP FILTER for information.
-
-<sect1>announce
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>announce <text></bf> Send an announcement to local users
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Send an announcement to LOCAL users only, where <text> is the text
-of the announcement you wish to broadcast
-
-<sect1>announce full
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>announce full <text></bf> Send an announcement cluster wide
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This command will send your announcement across the whole cluster
-network.
-
-<sect1>apropos
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>apropos <string></bf> Search the help database
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Search the help database for <string> (it isn't case sensitive),
-and print the names of all the commands that may be relevant.
-
-<sect1>bye
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>bye</bf> Exit from the cluster
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This will disconnect you from the cluster
-
-<sect1>clear/spots
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>clear/spots [1|all]</bf> Clear a spot filter line
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a spot filter or to
-remove the whole filter.
-
-If you have a filter:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- acc/spot 1 on hf/cw
- acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-and you say:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- clear/spot 1
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-you will be left with:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-If you do:
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- clear/spot all
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-the filter will be completely removed.
-
-<sect1>dbavail
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>dbavail</bf> Show a list of all the databases in the system
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-The title says it all really, this command lists all the databases defined
-in the system. It is also aliased to SHOW/COMMAND.
-
-<sect1>dbshow
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>dbshow <dbname> <key></bf> Display an entry, if it exists,
-in a database
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This is the generic user interface to the database to the database system.
-It is expected that the sysop will add an entry to the local Aliases file
-so that users can use the more familiar AK1A style of enquiry such as:
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SH/BUCK G1TLH
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-but if he hasn't and the database really does exist (use DBAVAIL or
-SHOW/COMMAND to find out) you can do the same thing with:
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- DBSHOW buck G1TLH
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>directory
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>directory</bf> List messages<newline>
-<bf>directory all</bf> List all messages<newline>
-<bf>directory own</bf> List your own messages<newline>
-<bf>directory new</bf> List all new messages<newline>
-<bf>directory to <call></bf> List all messages to <call><newline>
-<bf>directory from <call></bf> List all messages from <call><newline>
-<bf>directory subject <string></bf> List all messages with <string>
-in subject<newline>
-<bf>directory <nn></bf> List last <nn> messages<newline>
-<bf>directory <from>-<to></bf> List messages <from> message <to> message <newline>
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-List the messages in the messages directory.
-
-If there is a 'p' one space after the message number then it is a
-personal message. If there is a '-' between the message number and the
-'p' then this indicates that the message has been read.
-
-You can use shell escape characters such as '*' and '?' in the <call>
-fields.
-
-You can combine some of the various directory commands together eg:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- DIR TO G1TLH 5
-or
- DIR SUBJECT IOTA 200-250
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-You can abbreviate all the commands to one letter and use ak1a syntax:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- DIR/T G1* 10
- DIR/S QSL 10-100 5
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>dx
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks></bf> Send a DX spot
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This is how you send a DX Spot to other users. You can, in fact, now
-enter the <freq> and the <call> either way round.
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- DX FR0G 144.600
- DX 144.600 FR0G
- DX 144600 FR0G
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-will all give the same result. You can add some remarks to the end
-of the command and they will be added to the spot.
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- DX FR0G 144600 this is a test
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-You can credit someone else by saying:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- DX by G1TLH FR0G 144.600 he isn't on the cluster
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-The <freq> is compared against the available bands set up in the
-cluster. See SHOW/BANDS for more information.
-
-<sect1>help
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>help <cmd></bf> Get help on a command
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-All commands can be abbreviated, so SHOW/DX can be abbreviated
-to SH/DX, ANNOUNCE can be shortened to AN and so on.
-
-Look at the APROPOS <string> command which will search the help database
-for the <string> you specify and give you a list of likely commands
-to look at with HELP.
-
-<sect1>kill
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>kill <msgno> [<msgno> ..]</bf> Delete a message
-from the local system
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Delete a message from the local system. You will only be able to
-delete messages that you have originated or been sent (unless you are
-the sysop).
-
-<sect1>links
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>links</bf> Show which nodes are physically connected
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This is a quick listing that shows which links are connected and
-some information about them. See WHO for a list of all connections.
-
-<sect1>read
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>read</bf> Read the next unread personal message addressed to you<newline>
-<bf>read <msgno></bf> Read the specified message<newline>
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-You can read any messages that are sent as 'non-personal' and also any
-message either sent by or sent to your callsign.
-
-<sect1>reject/announce
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>reject/announce [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set a reject filter
-for announce
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Create an 'reject this announce' line for a filter.
-
-An reject filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it is
-passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERS for more info. Please read this
-to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
-
-You can use any of the following things in this line:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- info <string> eg: iota or qsl
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
- origin <prefixes>
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- origin_itu <numbers>
- origin_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- channel <prefixes>
- wx 1 filter WX announces
- dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-some examples:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- rej/ann by_zone 14,15,16 and not by G,M,2
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- rej/ann all
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-but this probably for advanced users...
-
-<sect1>reject/spots
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>reject/spots [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set a reject filter
-line for spots
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Create a 'reject this spot' line for a filter.
-
-A reject filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is
-dumped (not passed on). See HELP FILTERS for more info. Please read this
-to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
-
-You can use any of the following things in this line:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m
- on <range> same as 'freq'
- call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9
- info <string> eg: iota or qsl
- by <prefixes>
- call_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- call_itu <numbers>
- call_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- origin <prefixes>
- channel <prefixes>
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in
-SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -
-thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -
-this is more efficient than saying simply: on HF (but don't get
-too hung up about that)
-
-some examples:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- rej/spot 1 on hf
- rej/spot 2 on vhf and not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- rej/spot 3 all
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-but this probably for advanced users...
-
-<sect1>reject/wcy
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set a reject WCY filter
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
-filter on the following fields:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
- origin <prefixes>
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- origin_itu <numbers>
- origin_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- channel <prefixes>
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place and
-you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want them).
-
-This command is really provided for future use.
-
-See HELP FILTER for information.
-
-<sect1>reject/wwv
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set a reject WWV filter
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
-filter on the following fields:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
- origin <prefixes>
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- origin_itu <numbers>
- origin_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- channel <prefixes>
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-for example
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- reject/wwv by_zone 14,15,16
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV broadcasts
-by stations in the US).
-
-See HELP FILTER for information.
-
-<sect1>reply
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>reply</bf> Reply (privately) to the last message that you have read<newline>
-<bf>reply <msgno></bf> Reply (privately) to the specified message<newline>
-<bf>reply B <msgno></bf> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message<newline>
-<bf>reply NOPrivate <msgno></bf> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified
-message<newline>
-<bf>reply RR <msgno></bf> Reply to the specified message with read
-receipt<newline>
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-You can reply to a message and the subject will automatically have
-"Re:" inserted in front of it, if it isn't already present.
-
-You can also use all the extra qualifiers such as RR, PRIVATE,
-NOPRIVATE, B that you can use with the SEND command (see SEND
-for further details)
-
-<sect1>send
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>send <call> [<call> ...]</bf> Send a message to
-one or more callsigns<newline>
-<bf>send RR <call></bf> Send a message and ask for a read receipt<newline>
-<bf>send COPY <msgno> <call></bf> Send a copy of a message
-to someone<newline>
-<bf>send PRIVATE <call></bf> Send a personal message<newline>
-<bf>send NOPRIVATE <call></bf> Send a message to all stations<newline>
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-All the SEND commands will create a message which will be sent either to
-an individual callsign or to one of the 'bulletin' addresses.
-
-SEND <call> on its own acts as though you had typed SEND PRIVATE, that is
-it will mark the message as personal and send it to the cluster node that
-that callsign is connected to.
-
-You can have more than one callsign in all of the SEND commands.
-
-You can have multiple qualifiers so that you can have for example:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SEND RR COPY 123 PRIVATE G1TLH G0RDI
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-which should send a copy of message 123 to G1TLH and G0RDI and you will
-receive a read receipt when they have read the message.
-
-SB is an alias for SEND NOPRIVATE (or send a bulletin in BBS speak)
-SP is an alias for SEND PRIVATE
-
-<sect1>set/address
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/address <your_address></bf> Record your postal address
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Literally, record your address details on the cluster.
-
-<sect1>set/announce
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/announce</bf> Allow announce messages
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Allow announce messages to arrive at your terminal.
-
-<sect1>set/beep
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/beep</bf> Add beeps to terminal messages
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Add a beep to DX and other terminal messages.
-
-<sect1>set/dx
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/dx</bf>Allow DX messages to arrive at your terminal
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-You can stop DX messages with the <em>unset/dx</em> command
-
-<sect1>set/dxgrid
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/dxgrid</bf>Allow grid squares on the end of DX messages
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Some logging programs do not like the additional information at
-the end of a DX spot. If this is the case, use the <em>unset/dxgrid</em>
-command to remove the grid squares.
-
-<sect1>set/echo
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/echo</bf> Make the cluster echo your input
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-If you are connected via a telnet session, different implimentations
-of telnet handle echo differently depending on whether you are
-connected via port 23 or some other port. You can use this command
-to change the setting appropriately.
-
-You can remove the echo with the <em>unset/echo</em> command
-
-The setting is stored in your user profile.
-
-YOU DO NOT NEED TO USE THIS COMMAND IF YOU ARE CONNECTED VIA AX25.
-
-<sect1>set/here
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/here</bf> Set the here flag
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Let others on the cluster know you are here by only displaying your
-callsign. If you are away from your terminal you can use the <em>unset/here</em>
-command to let people know you are away. This simply puts brackets
-around your callsign to indicate you are not available.
-
-<sect1>set/homenode
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/homenode <node_call></bf> Set your home cluster
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Tell the cluster system where you normally connect to. Any Messages sent
-to you will normally find their way there should you not be connected.
-eg:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SET/HOMENODE gb7djk
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>set/language
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/language <language></bf> Set the language you wish to use
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-You can select the language that you want the cluster to use. Currently
-the languages available are <em>en</em> (English) <em>sp</em> (Spanish)
-and <em>nl</em> (Dutch).
-
-<sect1>set/location
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/location <lat and long></bf> Set your latitude and longitude
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-You can set your latitude and longitude manually or alternatively use the
-<em>set/qra</em> command which will do the conversion for you.
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- set/location 54 04 N 2 02 E
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>set/logininfo
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/logininfo</bf> Show logins and logouts of nodes and users
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Show users and nodes when they log in and out of the local cluster. You
-can stop these messages by using the <em>unset/logininfo</em> command.
-
-<sect1>set/name
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/name <your_name></bf> Set your name
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Tell the cluster what your name is, eg:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- set/name Dirk
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>set/page
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/page <n></bf> Set the number of lines per page
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Tell the system how many lines you wish on a page when the number of lines
-of output from a command is more than this. The default is 20. Setting it
-explicitly to 0 will disable paging.
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SET/PAGE 30
- SET/PAGE 0
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-The setting is stored in your user profile.
-
-<sect1>set/qra
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/qra <locator></bf> Set your QRA locator
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Tell the system what your QRA (or Maidenhead) locator is. If you have not
-done a SET/LOCATION then your latitude and longitude will be set roughly
-correctly (assuming your locator is correct ;-). For example:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SET/QRA JO02LQ
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>set/qth
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/qth <your QTH></bf> Set your QTH
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Tell the system where your are. For example:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- set/qth East Dereham, Norfolk
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>set/talk
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/talk</bf> Allow talk messages to be seen at your console
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Allow talk messages to arrive at your console. You can switch off
-talks with the <em>unset/talk</em> command.
-
-<sect1>set/wcy
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/wcy</bf> Allow WCY messages to be seen at your console
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Allow WCY information to be seen at your console. You can switch off
-WCY messages with the <em>unset/wcy</em> command.
-
-<sect1>set/wwv
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/wwv</bf> Allow WWV messages to be seen at your console
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Allow WWV information to be seen at your console. You can switch off
-WWV messages with the <em>unset/wwv</em> command.
-
-<sect1>set/wx
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>set/wx</bf> Allow WX messages to be seen at your console
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Allow WX information to be seen at your console. You can switch off
-WX messages with the <em>unset/wx</em> command.
-
-<sect1>show/configuration
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/configuration [<node>]</bf> Show all visible nodes and their users
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This command allows you to see all the users that can be seen
-and the nodes to which they are connected. With the optional <em>node</em>,
-you can specify a particular node to look at.
-
-This command is normally abbreviated to: sh/c
-
-BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long
-
-<sect1>show/configuration/node
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/configuration/node</bf> Show all the nodes connected
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Show all the nodes connected locally and the nodes they have connected.
-
-
-<sect1>show/date
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show
-the local time
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This is very nearly the same as SHOW/TIME, the only difference the format
-of the date string if no arguments are given.
-
-If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the local
-time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixes
-then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) at
-the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.
-
-<sect1>show/dx
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/dx [options]</bf> interrogate the spot database
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-If you just type SHOW/DX you will get the last so many spots
-(sysop configurable, but usually 10).
-
-In addition you can add any number of these options in very nearly
-any order to the basic SHOW/DX command, they are:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
-on <band> - eg 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm
-on <region> - eg hf vhf uhf shf (see SHOW/BANDS)
-
-<number> - the number of spots you want
-<from>-<to> - <from> spot no <to> spot no in
- the selected list
-
-<prefix> - for a spotted callsign beginning with <prefix>
-*<suffix> - for a spotted callsign ending in <suffix>
-*<string>* - for a spotted callsign containing <string>
-
-day <number> - starting <number> days ago
-day <from>-<to> - <from> days <to> days ago
-
-info <text> - any spots containing <text> in the info or remarks
-
-by <call> - any spots spotted by <call> (spotter <call>
- is the same).
-
-qsl - this automatically looks for any qsl info on the call
- held in the spot database.
-
-iota [<iota>] - If the iota island number is missing it will
- look for the string iota and anything which looks like
- an iota island number. If you specify then it will look
- for that island.
-
-qra [<locator>] - this will look for the specific locator if
- you specify one or else anything that looks like a locator.
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-e.g.
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SH/DX 9m0
- SH/DX on 20m info iota
- SH/DX 9a on vhf day 30
- SH/DX rf1p qsl
- SH/DX iota
- SH/DX iota eu-064
- SH/DX qra jn86
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>show/dxcc
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/dxcc <prefix></bf> Interrogate the spot database by country
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This command takes the <prefix> (which can be a full or partial
-callsign if desired), looks up which internal country number it is
-and then displays all the spots as per SH/DX for that country.
-
-The options for SHOW/DX also apply to this command.
-e.g.
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SH/DXCC G
- SH/DXCC W on 20m info iota
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>show/files
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/files [<filearea> [<string>]]</bf> List
-the contents of a filearea
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-SHOW/FILES on its own will show you a list of the various fileareas
-available on the system. To see the contents of a particular file
-area type:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SH/FILES <filearea>
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-where <filearea> is the name of the filearea you want to see the
-contents of.
-
-You can also use shell globbing characters like '*' and '?' in a
-string to see a selection of files in a filearea eg:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SH/FILES bulletins arld*
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-See also TYPE - to see the contents of a file.
-
-<sect1>show/filter
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/filter</bf> Show the filters you have set
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Show the contents of all the filters that are set by you. This command
-displays all the filters set - for all the various categories.
-
-<sect1>show/moon
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/moon [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show moon
-rise and set times
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Show the Moon rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns,
-together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at those
-locations.
-
-If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times for
-your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),
-together with the current azimuth and elevation.
-
-In addition, it will show the gain or loss dB relative to the nominal
-distance of 385,000Km due to the ellipsoidal nature of the orbit.
-
-If all else fails it will show the Moonrise and set times for the node
-that you are connected to.
-
-For example:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SH/MOON
- SH/MOON G1TLH W5UN
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>show/muf
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long]</bf> Show
-the likely propagation to <prefix>
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This command allow you to estimate the likelihood of you contacting
-a station with the prefix you have specified. The output assumes a modest
-power of 20dBW and receiver sensitivity of -123dBm (about 0.15muV/10dB SINAD)
-
-The result predicts the most likely operating frequencies and signal
-levels for high frequency (shortwave) radio propagation paths on
-specified days of the year and hours of the day. It is most useful for
-paths between 250 km and 6000 km, but can be used with reduced accuracy
-for paths shorter or longer than this.
-
-The command uses a routine MINIMUF 3.5 developed by the U.S. Navy and
-used to predict the MUF given the predicted flux, day of the year,
-hour of the day and geographic coordinates of the transmitter and
-receiver. This routine is reasonably accurate for the purposes here,
-with a claimed RMS error of 3.8 MHz, but much smaller and less complex
-than the programs used by major shortwave broadcasting organizations,
-such as the Voice of America.
-
-The command will display some header information detailing its
-assumptions, together with the locations, latitude and longitudes and
-bearings. It will then show UTC (UT), local time at the other end
-(LT), calculate the MUFs, Sun zenith angle at the midpoint of the path
-(Zen) and the likely signal strengths. Then for each frequency for which
-the system thinks there is a likelihood of a circuit it prints a value.
-
-The value is currently a likely S meter reading based on the conventional
-6dB / S point scale. If the value has a '+' appended it means that it is
-1/2 an S point stronger. If the value is preceeded by an 'm' it means that
-there is likely to be much fading and by an 's' that the signal is likely
-to be noisy.
-
-By default SHOW/MUF will show the next two hours worth of data. You
-can specify anything up to 24 hours worth of data by appending the no of
-hours required after the prefix. For example:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SH/MUF W
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-produces:
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- RxSens: -123 dBM SFI: 159 R: 193 Month: 10 Day: 21
- Power : 20 dBW Distance: 6283 km Delay: 22.4 ms
- Location Lat / Long Azim
- East Dereham, Norfolk 52 41 N 0 57 E 47
- United-States-W 43 0 N 87 54 W 299
- UT LT MUF Zen 1.8 3.5 7.0 10.1 14.0 18.1 21.0 24.9 28.0 50.0
- 18 23 11.5 -35 mS0+ mS2 S3
- 19 0 11.2 -41 mS0+ mS2 S3
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-indicating that you will have weak, fading circuits on top band and
-80m but usable signals on 40m (about S3).
-
-inputing:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SH/MUF W 24
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-will get you the above display, but with the next 24 hours worth of
-propagation data.
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SH/MUF W L 24
- SH/MUF W 24 Long
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-Gives you an estimate of the long path propagation characterics. It
-should be noted that the figures will probably not be very useful, nor
-terrible accurate, but it is included for completeness.
-
-<sect1>show/prefix
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/prefix <callsign></bf> Interrogate the prefix database
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This command takes the <callsign> (which can be a full or partial
-callsign or a prefix), looks up which internal country number
-it is and then displays all the relevant prefixes for that country
-together with the internal country no, the CQ and ITU regions.
-
-See also SHOW/DXCC
-
-<sect1>show/qra
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/qra <locator> [<locator>]</bf> Show the distance
-between locators<newline>
-<bf>show/qra <lat> <long></bf> Convert latitude and longitude to
-a locator
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This is a multipurpose command that allows you either to calculate the
-distance and bearing between two locators or (if only one locator is
-given on the command line) the distance and beraing from your station
-to the locator. For example:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
-SH/QRA IO92QL
-SH/QRA JN06 IN73
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-The first example will show the distance and bearing to the locator from
-yourself, the second example will calculate the distance and bearing from
-the first locator to the second. You can use 4 or 6 character locators.
-
-It is also possible to convert a latitude and longitude to a locator by
-using this command with a latitude and longitude as an argument, for
-example:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
-SH/QRA 52 41 N 0 58 E
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>show/qrz
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/qrz <callsign></bf> Show any callbook details on a callsign
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This command queries the QRZ callbook server on the internet
-and returns any information available for that callsign. This service
-is provided for users of this software by http://www.qrz.com
-
-<sect1>show/route
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/route <callsign></bf> Show the route to <callsign>
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This command allows you to see to which node the callsigns specified are
-connected. It is a sort of inverse sh/config.
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- sh/route n2tly
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>show/satellite
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>]</bf>
-Show satellite tracking data
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Show the tracking data from your location to the satellite of your choice
-from now on for the next few hours.
-
-If you use this command without a satellite name it will display a list
-of all the satellites known currently to the system.
-
-If you give a name then you can obtain tracking data of all the passes
-that start and finish 5 degrees below the horizon. As default it will
-give information for the next three hours for every five minute period.
-
-You can alter the number of hours and the step size, within certain
-limits.
-
-Each pass in a period is separated with a row of '-----' characters
-
-So for example:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
-SH/SAT AO-10
-SH/SAT FENGYUN1 12 2
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>show/sun
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/sun [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show
-sun rise and set times
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Show the sun rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns,
-together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at those
-locations.
-
-If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times for
-your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),
-together with the current azimuth and elevation.
-
-If all else fails it will show the sunrise and set times for the node
-that you are connected to.
-
-For example:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- SH/SUN
- SH/SUN G1TLH K9CW ZS
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>show/time
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show
-the local time
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the local
-time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixes
-then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) at
-the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.
-
-<sect1>show/wcy
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/wcy</bf> Show the last 10 WCY broadcasts<newline>
-<bf>show/wcy <n></bf> Show the last <n> WCY broadcasts
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Display the most recent WCY information that has been received by the system
-
-<sect1>show/wwv
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>show/wwv</bf> Show the last 10 WWV broadcasts<newline>
-<bf>show/wwv <n></bf> Show the last <n> WWV broadcasts
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Display the most recent WWV information that has been received by the system
-
-<sect1>sysop
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>sysop</bf> Regain your privileges if you login remotely
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-The system automatically reduces your privilege level to that of a
-normal user if you login in remotely. This command allows you to
-regain your normal privilege level. It uses the normal system: five
-numbers are returned that are indexes into the character array that is
-your assigned password (see SET/PASSWORD). The indexes start from
-zero.
-
-You are expected to return a string which contains the characters
-required in the correct order. You may intersperse those characters
-with others to obscure your reply for any watchers. For example (and
-these values are for explanation :-):
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- password = 012345678901234567890123456789
- > sysop
- 22 10 15 17 3
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-you type:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- aa2bbbb0ccc5ddd7xxx3n
- or 2 0 5 7 3
- or 20573
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-They will all match. If there is no password you will still be offered
-numbers but nothing will happen when you input a string. Any match is
-case sensitive.
-
-<sect1>talk
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>talk <callsign></bf> Enter talk mode with <callsign><newline>
-<bf>talk <callsign> <text></bf> Send a text message to <callsign><newline>
-<bf>talk <callsign> > <node_call> [<text>]</bf>
-Send a text message to <callsign> via <node_call>
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Send a short message to any other station that is visible on the cluster
-system. You can send it to anyone you can see with a SHOW/CONFIGURATION
-command, they don't have to be connected locally.
-
-The second form of TALK is used when other cluster nodes are connected
-with restricted information. This usually means that they don't send
-the user information usually associated with logging on and off the cluster.
-
-If you know that G3JNB is likely to be present on GB7TLH, but you can only
-see GB7TLH in the SH/C list but with no users, then you would use the
-second form of the talk message.
-
-If you want to have a ragchew with someone you can leave the text message
-out and the system will go into 'Talk' mode. What this means is that a
-short message is sent to the recipient telling them that you are in a 'Talking'
-frame of mind and then you just type - everything you send will go to the
-station that you asked for.
-
-All the usual announcements, spots and so on will still come out on your
-terminal.
-
-If you want to do something (such as send a spot) you precede the normal
-command with a '/' character, eg:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- /DX 14001 G1TLH What's a B class licensee doing on 20m CW?
- /HELP talk
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-To leave talk mode type:
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- /EX
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-<sect1>type
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>type <filearea>/<name></bf> Look at a file in one of the fileareas
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Type out the contents of a file in a filearea. So, for example, in
-filearea 'bulletins' you want to look at file 'arld051' you would
-enter:-
-
-<tscreen><verb>
- TYPE bulletins/arld051
-</verb></tscreen>
-
-See also SHOW/FILES to see what fileareas are available and a
-list of content.
-
-<sect1>who
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>who</bf> Show who is physically connected locally
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-This is a quick listing that shows which callsigns are connected and
-what sort of connection they have
-
-<sect1>wx
-
-<P>
-<tt>
-<bf>wx <text></bf> Send a weather message to local users<newline>
-<bf>wx full <text> </bf> Send a weather message to all cluster users
-</tt>
-
-<P>
-Weather messages can sometimes be useful if you are experiencing an extreme
-that may indicate enhanced conditions
-
-</article>
--- /dev/null
+<!doctype linuxdoc system>
+
+<article>
+
+<!-- Title information -->
+
+<title>The DXSpider User Manual v1.50</title>
+<author>Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net)</author>
+<date>September 2002 revision 0.1</date>
+
+<abstract>
+A complete reference for users of the DXSpider DXCluster program.
+</abstract>
+
+<!-- Table of contents -->
+<toc>
+
+<!-- Begin the document -->
+
+<sect>Introduction
+
+<sect1>What is a DX Cluster?
+
+<p>
+A DX Cluster is a packet node where DX chasers on any band or mode can
+post rare or interesting stations that they have worked or heard. Of
+course other people are doing the same thing too, so you can find new
+DX as well as telling others about the stations you have worked.
+Clusters tend to be linked to each other so that the amount of people
+using them is increased, thereby increasing the amount of posted DX.
+Other information can be found on clusters such as on-line call books,
+mail etc. You can talk to other stations connected to the cluster
+network too, in real time, whether at the node you are logged into or
+on another node connected to the network. You can also use converse
+mode, where several stations can talk to each other in the same way.
+Of course, the DX is still posted to you all the while!
+
+<sect1>So what is DXSpider?
+
+<p>
+PacketCluster nodes have been around since roughly 1985. The original
+PacketCluster idea came from Dick Newell, AK1A, and ran under DOS.
+In about 1992 Dick stopped the development of the PacketCluster
+software for amateur radio. Many systems are still using this
+relatively old DOS software today.
+
+There are several new compatible cluster programs around now,
+including DXSpider. DXSpider is a clone of PacketCluster software that runs
+under several operating systems including Linux and Windows. Linux is fast
+becoming the choice for amateur radio stations because of it's flexibility,
+reliability and the lack of the memory limitations of DOS. Linux supports
+multitasking and is also multiuser. It has support for AX25, ROSE,
+NetROM and TCPIP built in, making it the ideal choice for amateur
+radio. It is also totally free!
+
+DXSpider was conceived and begun in 1998 by Dirk Koopman, G1TLH as an
+exercise in perl programming. It has developed rapidly and today is a
+very powerful cluster program. It was designed to be totally compatible
+with the AK1A program, although several commands have been extended to
+improve functionality.
+
+This manual is designed to help you become familiar with the commands
+that DXSpider supports and to help you get the best from the program so
+you can enjoy working that rare DX! As DXSpider is being improved all the
+time, commands will be added as time goes by, so make sure you have
+the most upto date version of this manual. The latest version will
+always be included with the cluster program so if you are unsure, simply
+ask your sysop. The manual will also be available on the wesite.
+
+
+<sect>Logins and logouts.
+
+<p>
+You might not think that there is a lot of point of including a
+section on how to log in and out of DXSpider. However, you would be
+suprised at the difficulties some people have in simply getting in
+and out of the cluster!
+
+There are several ways a login might be achieved, dependant on how
+the sysop has DXSpider configured. It is impossible for me to cover all
+variations but here are the basic ones.
+
+<sect1>AX25 logins.
+
+<p>
+Simplicity itself. The usual <bf>CONNECT</bf> command will log you straight
+into the cluster and you will not have to do anything else.
+Obviously, you will have to connect to the correct callsign. Some
+nodes use an SSID with their call so you would have to add that.
+
+<bf>Examples:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+connect GB7MBC
+connect GB7MBC-1
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>Netrom logins.
+
+<p>
+There are several possibilities here, dependant on how the sysop has
+configured his system. If you are connecting via netrom then you are
+most probably connecting from another station. Listing the nodes in
+that station with the <bf>NODES</bf> command will tell you what callsign
+or netrom alias to connect to. Then just issue the connect command
+from there. It is possible that the netrom alias may connect you to
+a node with an alias for the cluster, such as DXC. Just type this
+and you will be connected.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+<tscreen><verb>
+connect MBCDX
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>Telnet logins.
+
+<p>
+With telnet connections, the source callsign is not seen by DXSpider, so
+you will be asked to login with your callsign.
+To telnet to DXSpider, you would connect to a specific port. There is no
+standard at the moment for a cluster telnet port but ask the sysop if
+you are unsure.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+telnet gb7mbc 8000
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+All the above are possible ways of connecting to a DXSpider cluster. You
+may have some or all of these available to you. There may be one or
+two additional ways to connect dependant on the network local to you.
+However I am sure you get the idea.
+
+<sect1>Logouts.
+
+<p>
+Logging out can be done by simply issuing the standard <bf>BYE</bf>
+command.
+
+You could also send a disconnect if you are using AX25, or a <bf>CLOSE</bf>
+command if you are connected via telnet.
+If you do not log out gracefully using one of the above commands,
+you may find you are unable to get a full connect next time. This
+may also happen if a netrom connection drops. You may get connected,
+but nothing else will happen because the program thinks you are still
+connected and will not let you connect twice under the same call.
+However you could reconnect by adding a number to the end of your call,
+for example G0YLM-2.
+This can be done by either altering your MYCALL setting in the TNC or
+by altering your program configuration.
+
+
+<sect>Setting your personal details.
+
+<p>
+Once logged in to the cluster, you should set your details so that
+anybody who wishes to contact you can find out who and where you are.
+There are four items to set, your name, qth, location and home node.
+Setting these details also allows the use of the SHOW/HEADING and
+SHOW/SUN commands from within the cluster. Unless you set your QTH
+and location, these commands cannot function.
+Once you have set your name, DXSpider will greet you with it next time
+you login. Your QTH setting is where you live and it is a good idea
+to add your locator to this as the location setting is converted to
+latitude and longitude once inputted. You can actually set your location
+in latitude/longitude or as a locator. Setting your home node will
+tell the program where you wish mail to be sent to you.
+
+<bf>Examples:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+set/name Ian
+set/qth Morecambe, Lancashire IO84NB
+set/location 48 34 n 12 12 e
+set/qra IO84NB
+set/home gb7mbc
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect>Getting and posting DX.
+
+<p>
+When all is said and done, this is the main function of a DX cluster.
+In its simplest form you can just connect to the node and you will
+start to receive DX spots almost immediately! You can check on
+recent postings in either a general manner or on a particular band or
+mode. You can even check DX by callsign or a fragment of a callsign.
+Of course, once you get the hang of things, it is expected that you
+start posting some yourself! After all, there would be no clusters
+if people did not post DX and you get the added thrill of the hunt!
+
+<sect1>Receiving DX.
+
+<p>
+As we have already said, it is possible just to connect to the
+cluster and you will receive spots automatically. However, you may
+wish to check on spots just posted. Maybe you wish to see if a
+particular band is open or if a certain callsign is active, perhaps a
+DXpedition. The command to do this is <bf>SHOW/DX</bf>. Without any
+other arguments, this command will output the last 10 spots
+posted. It is possible to look at more than this, for example the
+last 20 or 50 spots, by adding the number to the command. You can
+make it even more specific by adding a band in either wavelength or
+frequency, and/or any additional information such as QSL details.
+
+<bf>Examples:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/dx
+show/dx 5
+show/dx 20
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will show the last 10, 5 and 20 spots received by the cluster
+respectively.
+
+<bf>Examples</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/dx on 20m
+show/dx 10 on 20m
+show/dx 20 on 20m
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will show the last 5, 10 or 20 spots on 20 metres only.
+
+It is also possible to check for certain callsigns, or fragments of
+callsigns in the same way.
+
+<bf>Examples:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/dx g0vgs
+show/dx 10 g0vgs
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+would show the last 5 or 10 dx spots containing the callsign g0vgs.
+
+<p>
+You can check for DX by offset and also by specifying a comment to
+search for.
+
+<bf>Examples:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/dx 30-40
+show/dx 14000-14033
+show/dx iota
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+would show the spots that arrived between 30 and 40 spots ago and any
+spots with the word <em>iota</em> in the comment field. The case of
+the comment is not important.
+
+Checking DX posted on a certain day is possible too. All you have
+to do here is to specify how many days ago it was like this ...
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/dx day 30
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+It is of course possible to specify multiple arguments.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/dx 20 prefix 9a on vhf day 30
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+This would show the last 20 spots posted by or about calls with the prefix
+9a on vhf 30 days ago.
+
+As you can see the <bf>SHOW/DX</bf> command is very flexible, so if you are
+not sure whether something will work or not, try it and see! More
+information can be found in the Command Set section.
+
+<sect1>Posting DX.
+
+<p>
+To post DX you use the <bf>DX</bf> command. The syntax is shown below.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+dx (frequency) (callsign) (remarks)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Where frequency is in kilohertz and the callsign is the callsign of
+the station you have worked or heard, (ie not your own callsign!).
+The remarks section allows you to add information like the operators
+name or perhaps a location. Actually DXSpider will allow the frequency
+and callsign fields to be entered in any order.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+dx 14004 pa3ezl OP Aurelio 599
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+In fact, all the following will give the same result...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+dx 14004 pa3ezl OP Aurelio 599
+dx pa3ezl 14004 OP Aurelio 599
+dx pa3ezl 14.004 OP Aurelio 599
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+This posting, or callout as it is known, will be forwarded to all
+other connected stations both at the cluster you are connected to and
+other active clusters in the network. The callout will also be sent
+to you as proof of receipt.
+
+<sect>Headings and propagation
+
+<p>
+There are three commands in DXSpider to help you get the best DX possible.
+These are <bf>SHOW/SUN</bf>, <bf>SHOW/MOON</bf> and
+<bf>SHOW/HEADING</bf>. These commands will only work for you if you
+have entered your personal details. They use your entered location as
+a reference, so if you have not entered it or have entered it incorrectly
+they will not return the correct information.
+
+<sect1>Sun
+
+<p>
+The <bf>SHOW/SUN</bf> command can be used in three different ways. It
+can be used to show sunrise and sunset times for your own station, a
+particular callsign or a prefix.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/sun
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The output from this would look something like this ..
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+sh/sun
+Location Rise Set Azim Elev
+G0VGS Morecambe, Lancashire 07:08Z 17:39Z 205.3 24.1
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+sh/sun 5b4
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+would look like this ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+sh/sun 5b4
+Location Rise Set Azim Elev
+5B Cyprus-5B 04:23Z 15:40Z 244.0 18.8
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can also specify multiple arguments like this ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+sh/sun gw4veq 5b4ab zs
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+and then the output would look like this ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+sh/sun gw4veq 5b4ab zs
+Location Rise Set Azim Elev
+GW4VEQ Brungwran, Isle of Anglesey IO 07:14Z 17:48Z 204.9 24.9
+5B Cyprus-5B 04:23Z 15:40Z 244.5 18.3
+ZS So-Africa-ZS1-ZS 04:31Z 17:28Z 289.9 41.3
+ZS So-Africa-ZS5-ZS 03:44Z 16:34Z 278.5 32.0
+ZS So-Africa-ZS6-ZS 03:59Z 16:42Z 277.6 35.0
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>Moon
+
+<p>
+The <bf>SHOW/MOON</bf> command works in the same way as the
+<bf>SHOW/SUN</bf> command. This program however, calculates the
+rise and set times of the moon for a prefix or callsign, together
+with the current azimuth and elevation of the sun at these
+locations.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/moon ea
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The output from this command would look like this ..
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+sh/moon ea
+Location Rise Set Azim Elev RGain dB
+EA Spain-EA 08:15Z 20:09Z 257.2 9.5 -0.6
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can see that the output is similar to the <bf>SHOW/SUN</bf>
+command, with slightly different fields.
+
+<sect1>Heading
+
+<p>
+The <bf>SHOW/HEADING</bf> command works in the same way as the
+<bf>SHOW/SUN</bf> and <bf>SHOW/MOON</bf> commands but outputs beam
+headings for a specified callsign or prefix. Reciprocal beam headings
+are also calculated.
+
+<bf>Example</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/heading zl
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The output from this command would look like this ..
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+sh/heading zl
+ZL New-Zealand-ZL1-ZL: 7 degs - dist: 11238 mi, 18087 km Reciprocal heading: 355 degs
+ZL New-Zealand-ZL2-ZL: 9 degs - dist: 11540 mi, 18574 km Reciprocal heading: 353 degs
+ZL New-Zealand-ZL3-ZL: 19 degs - dist: 11634 mi, 18724 km Reciprocal heading: 345 degs
+ZL New-Zealand-ZL4-ZL: 34 degs - dist: 11783 mi, 18963 km Reciprocal heading: 332 degs
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect>Announcements.
+
+<sect1>Making announcements.
+
+<p>
+Occasionally, you may wish to post something that does not fall into
+the normal parameters for a DX callout. You may wish to tell
+everybody connected that 10 FM is open for example, or ask if anyone
+knows the QSL manager for a certain callsign etc. You can do this
+using the <bf>ANNOUNCE</bf> command.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+announce 10 FM is open in IO84NB to europe.
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+That would let everyone know locally that this was the case, however
+it would not be forwarded to other nodes connected. To send
+announcements to other connected nodes as well, you would use the
+<bf>FULL</bf> extension.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+announce full Anyone seen EA7WA today?
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Be cautious in your use of announce full. There are many other tools
+available to get the information you require and the judicious use of
+this command is frowned upon as it creates a great deal of traffic
+across the network.
+
+<sect1>Listing announcements.
+
+<p>
+You can list previous announcements in the standard format with the
+<bf>SHOW</bf> command. As before you can list just the last 5 or as
+many as you wish.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/announcements
+show/announcements 10
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect>Nodes and users.
+
+<p>
+You can check which nodes are connected in the network, who is
+logged on locally, who is logged on at all the nodes or even
+just one node in particular. This is handy if you wish to see whether
+a friend is connected at the node they use. To see who is connected
+to the nodes, the <bf>SHOW/CONFIGURATION</bf> command is used.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/configuration
+show/configuration/nodes
+show/configuration (node_call)
+show/configuration (prefix)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The first of our three examples would output something like this,
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+sh/c
+Node Callsigns
+EI5TCR (7 users)
+GB7ADX
+GB7BAA G4FPV G8TIC
+GB7BIG (GD0TEP) GD3UMW
+GB7BPQ (G0INA) G0RCI G3AKU G3OCA
+(GB7CDX) G3JNB G4ALR
+GB7DJK G0FYD G0REK G1TLH G4PEL G4SOZ
+ G4TVR G7SQW K8AZ M0CTQ-1 MM1CXE-10
+ ON7WP
+GB7DXA G0RDI G8SJP
+GB7DXC (G0HDB) G0WFK (G1FYC) G3KWK G3LME
+ G3OIL G4BGW G4FUJ (G4PDQ) GW7SMV
+GB7DXE G1NNB
+(GB7DXG) GU6EFB GU7DHI
+GB7DXK G1NTW G3IBI G3NSM G3XAQ G4CUS
+ G4XQY G7GAN
+GB7DXM G1EUC G3GAF G3LAS G4ZTR G8WXU
+ M0BCT M1EMF
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You will notice that EI5TCR is showing only that it has 7 users and not
+giving the actual callsigns. This means that this node is on a limited
+protocol of some kind, probably because of a contest situation where
+slow radio links can block up and fail if too much information is sent
+between nodes.
+
+The second example would just show the nodes connected in the
+network, like this,
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+sh/c/n
+Node Callsigns
+GB7BAA GB7BAA GB7BPQ (GB7CDX) GB7DJK GB7DXA
+ GB7DXC GB7DXE (GB7DXG) GB7DXK GB7DXL
+ GB7DXM GB7DXS GB7IPT GB7MRS GB7UJS
+ GB7YDX KL7G N2TLY (ON0DXK)
+GB7BIG EI5TCR GB7ADX GB7BIG GB7UDX
+GB7MBC
+PA4AB-14 PA4AB-14
+PI4TUE-8 PI4TUE-8
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If we insert the node_call pi4tue-8 into the third example, then
+this would be the output,
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+Node Callsigns
+PI4TUE-8 9A1CMA-6 DF6PW DL4FAY DL4KAK DL4WF-2
+ F5NOD-2 F5PAC IZ0CSR N6CR OH2BLD
+ ON1LVL-13 ON4CBT ON4CJP ON5DXL-14 ON7NQ
+ PA0RCT PA3DYS PA3FDO PA5KW-4 PI4TUE-9
+ YT1XX
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+As you can see, only the users of the requested node are shown.
+
+You can also use a prefix to show only a group of nodes. For example
+you may only wish to see who is connected to the nodes in the UK. To
+do this simply use a prefix like this ...
+
+<verb>
+show/configuration gb7
+</verb>
+
+To show the locally connected users, the <bf>SHOW/USERS</bf> command is
+used
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/users
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The output of this command would look like this,
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+Callsigns connected to GB7MBC
+G0JHC G0NEI G0VGS G0VGS-2 G0YLM
+G3JAG G3OWO G3UEU
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect>Talk mode.
+
+<p>
+You can send a single comment or start a dedicated talk session to
+another user by using the <bf>TALK</bf> command.
+
+<p>
+Talk mode is used to send a one line comment or greeting to a
+specific user connected either at your node or another in the
+network. You can also enter into a dedicated talk session with
+another user. Talks will be automatically forwarded to other nodes
+if the station you are talking to is not connected locally.
+You can find out who is connected by using the
+<bf>SHOW/CONFIGURATION</bf> command, (described earlier).
+
+<bf>Examples:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+talk g0rdi Having a good day Iain?
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+This example would send the line "Having a good day Iain?" to the
+user g0rdi but would leave you in normal mode.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+talk g0rdi
+Entering Talkmode, /EX to end, /<cmd> to run a command
+Talk (G0RDI)>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+As you can see, you can still run commands whilst in talk mode.
+Simply prefix the command with a / like /sh/dx and you will get
+the expected output.
+If the user is connected to another node, you may have to use a
+slightly extended version of the <bf>TALK</bf> command.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+talk g0rdi > gb7djk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+To exit talk mode, you issue the command <bf>/ex</bf>.
+
+Whilst in talk mode you will still receive DX spots. This means that
+you can chat to a friend whilst working DX.
+
+<sect>Mail.
+
+<p>
+You can send and receive both personal mail and bulletins with DXSpider
+quite easily.
+
+<sect1>The "directory" command.
+
+<p>
+To list mail you would use the <bf>DIRECTORY</bf> command. On its
+own, this command will output the last ten messages received by the
+node, either to or from yourself or bulletins such as "DX" and "ALL".
+As with other commands you can display more by specifying a number
+with the command. You should be aware that Spider will accept
+these commands by separating with either a slash or a space, so
+<em>dir new</em> and <em>dir/new</em> work in the same way.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+directory
+directory/20
+directory 20
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Of course most of the time you will only want to list new mail sent
+to you personally since your last login. However you might also like
+to check for general mail received by the node. In fact if there is
+new mail for you, the cluster will tell you when you login. You will
+also be informed if new mail arrives for you during the time you are
+logged in.
+Mail is not only sent to callsigns though. Mail can also be sent to
+subjects like "all" or "local" or "dx" etc. You can treat these
+bulletins in the same way as personal mail with the directory
+command.
+
+<bf>Examples:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+directory/new
+directory/own
+directory/own/10
+directory/all
+directory/from <call>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The last option will only show mail from a callsign if it was sent to
+you personally or was sent as a bulletin. There are some additional
+commands and these can be found in the DXSpider Command Reference section.
+
+<sect1>Reading mail.
+
+<p>
+The output of the <bf>DIRECTORY</bf> command could be something like
+this.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+dir
+ 20735 2 ALL GW7SMV 21-Feb 1204Z REC 9E1S QSL TDY 50Mhz....
+ 20823 308 UK G0HDB 22-Feb 2334Z Help - which district code?
+ 20824 105 ALL W9AE 23-Feb 0349Z S0NY QSL address?
+ 20825 2 UK G0LRJ 23-Feb 0806Z QSL REC LZ2CJ/1.CARD NO-750.
+ 20858 2 ALL GW7SMV 24-Feb 0905Z REC S92DX QSL CARD TDY 50Mhz
+ 20921 200 ALL GM4FDM 27-Feb 2203Z Trip to VP8
+ 20949 375 ALL K0MN 27-Feb 0428Z ST0P cards are gd @ ARRL
+ 20950 2 UK G0LRJ 28-Feb 0835Z QSL REC SV9/IZ0CKJ/P EU-187.
+ 20987 569 ALL GD0TEP 1-Mar 1733Z Portable contests
+ 21076 2 ALL G4AFJ 3-Mar 1743Z kh6nd/kh5 qsl received
+ 21184-p 599 GW4HAT G0VGS 4-Mar 1518Z Re: Time
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The first column is the actual message number. If the message is a
+personal one to you, you will see a letter 'p' after this number. If
+the message has been read, there will be a '-' between the message
+number and the 'p'. This only works for personal messages. The next
+column shows the file size of the message. The third column shows the
+address the message was sent to and the next column shows who sent it.
+The rest is fairly self-explanatory.
+
+Reading a message is as simple as typing read, followed by the
+message number that you wish to read.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+read 25
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will read message number 25. However the mail will be displayed in it's
+entirety unless you specify a page length. You can set your page length
+to any number you like and when the message reaches that number of lines
+you will get a prompt giving you options.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+set/page 20
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+
+<sect1>Sending mail.
+
+<p>
+Sending mail is done in the time honoured way. First you specify
+a recipient for the message, then you will be prompted for a subject.
+Once you have done this you will be asked to type your message.
+Please remember that there is no automatic word wrap, so unless you
+are using a client that wraps lines automatically, remember to hit
+return at the end of each line.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+send m0azm
+Enter Subject (30 characters):
+See you Thursday
+Enter Message /EX to send or /ABORT to exit
+Hi Ian,
+Just a quick note to say that I can make Thursday after all. The
+appointment I had has cancelled so we are go!
+Cheers
+Ian
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+At this point you can either hit return and enter /ex to send the
+message or use /abort at any time to abort it. You can now display
+the message in the normal way. There are several send options and
+these are listed in the Command Set section. These include sending
+mail to several recipients and asking for a return receipt.
+
+
+<sect1>Replying to mail.
+
+<p>
+If mail is addressed to you or to a bulletin address, you can use the
+<bf>REPLY</bf> command to reply to it. Using this command, the
+subject will be automatically set for you as "Re: subject", whatever
+the subject was.
+
+<bf>Example:</bf>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+reply 2500
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>Deleting mail
+
+<P>
+To delete a message, you use the <em>delete</em> command.
+You can only delete messages sent to or received by yourself.
+Bulletins are dealt with automatically or by the sysop.
+
+<sect>Filtering (From version 1.45)
+
+<sect1>General filter rules
+
+<P>
+Upto v1.44 it was not possible for the user to set their own filters. From
+v1.45 though that has all changed. It is now possible to set filters for just
+about anything you wish. If you have just updated from an older version of
+DXSpider you will need to update your new filters. You do not need to do
+anything with your old filters, they will be renamed as you update.
+
+<P>
+There are 3 basic commands involved in setting and manipulating filters. These
+are <em>accept</em>, <em>reject</em> and <em>clear</em>. First we will look
+generally at filtering. There are a number of things you can filter in the
+DXSpider system. They all use the same general mechanism.
+
+<P>
+In general terms you can create a 'reject' or an 'accept' filter which can have
+up to 10 lines in it. You do this using, for example ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+accept/spots .....
+reject/spots .....
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. There are
+filters for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops) connects. See each
+different accept or reject command reference for more details.
+
+There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a filter. They are ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+clear/spots 1
+clear/spots all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.
+
+<P>
+and you can check that your filters have worked by the command ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+show/filter
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<P>
+For now we are going to use spots for the examples, but you can apply the same
+principles to all types of filter.
+
+<sect1>Types of filter
+
+<P>
+There are two main types of filter, <em>accept</em> or <em>reject</em>. You
+can use either to achieve the result you want dependent on your own preference
+and which is more simple to do. It is pointless writing 8 lines of reject
+filters when 1 accept filter would do the same thing! Each filter has 10
+lines (of any length) which are tried in order. If a line matches then the
+action you have specified is taken (ie reject means ignore it and accept
+means take it)
+
+<P>
+If you specify reject filters, then any lines that arrive that match the filter
+will be dumped but all else will be accepted. If you use an accept filter,
+then ONLY the lines in the filter will be accepted and all else will be dumped.
+For example if you have a single line <em>accept</em> filter ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+then you will <em>ONLY</em> get VHF spots <em>from</em> or <em>to</em> CQ zones
+14, 15 and 16.
+
+<P>
+If you set a reject filter like this ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+reject/spots on hf/cw
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Then you will get everything <em>EXCEPT</em> HF CW spots. You could make this
+single filter even more flexible. For example, if you are interested in IOTA
+and will work it even on CW even though normally you are not interested in
+CW, then you could say ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+which achieves exactly the same thing. You should choose one or the other
+until you are comfortable with the way it works. You can mix them if you
+wish (actually you can have an accept AND a reject on the same line) but
+don't attempt this until you are sure you know what you are doing!
+
+<P>
+You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for your own
+understanding or simply convenience. Here is an example ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+reject/spots 1 on hf/cw
+reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots and also rejects any spots on VHF
+which don't either originate or spot someone in Europe.
+
+<P>
+This is an example where you would use a line number (1 and 2 in this case), if
+you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits '0'-'9' are available.
+This make it easier to see just what filters you have set. It also makes it
+more simple to remove individual filters, during a contest for example.
+
+<P>
+You will notice in the above example that the second line has brackets. Look
+at the line logically. You can see there are 2 separate sections to it. We
+are saying reject spots that are VHF or above <em>APART</em> from those in
+zones 14, 15 and 16 (either spotted there or originated there). If you did
+not have the brackets to separate the 2 sections, then Spider would read it
+logically from the front and see a different expression entirely ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+(on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The simple way to remember this is, if you use OR - use brackets. Whilst we are
+here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' is just the same as 'and by_zone'.
+
+As mentioned earlier, setting several filters can be more flexible than
+simply setting one complex one. Doing it in this way means that if you want
+to alter your filter you can just redefine or remove one or more lines of it or
+one line. For example ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+would redefine our earlier example, or
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+clear/spots 1
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+To remove all the filter lines in the spot filter ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+clear/spots all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>Filter options
+
+<P>
+You can filter in several different ways. The options are listed in the
+various helpfiles for accept, reject and filter.
+
+<sect1>Advanced filtering
+
+<P>
+Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to experiment.
+
+<P>
+The previous example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts vhf/uhf spots from EU
+can be written with a mixed filter, for example ...
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+rej/spot on hf/cw
+acc/spot on 0/30000
+acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Note that the first filter has not been specified with a number. This
+will automatically be assumed to be number 1. In this case, we have
+said <em>reject all HF spots in the CW section of the bands but accept
+all others at HF. Also accept anything in VHF and above spotted in or
+by operators in the zones 14, 15 and 16</em>. Each filter slot actually
+has a 'reject' slot and an 'accept' slot. The reject slot is executed
+BEFORE the accept slot.
+
+<P>
+It was mentioned earlier that after a reject test that doesn't match, the
+default for following tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for 'accept'.
+In the example what happens is that the reject is executed first, any non
+hf/cw spot is passed to the accept line, which lets through everything
+else on HF. The next filter line lets through just VHF/UHF spots from EU.
+
+
+<sect>Hints, tips and common questions.
+
+<p>
+<bf/Q./These commands seem very long! Can I shorten them?
+
+<bf/A./Of course you can and the usual abbreviations work. If you
+are unsure, try it.
+
+<bf/Q./I am not sure if this command is correct. Can I cause any
+harm if I try it?
+
+<bf/A./Do not be afraid to try a command to see if it will work,
+at the worst you will get an error message. If you require any
+help on a command, just type help followed by the command you
+want help on. Look at the "DXSpider Command Reference" section to see
+what help can be found.
+
+<bf/Q./How should I use the announce command?
+
+<bf/A./With respect. Use the command by all means, but please
+only use the "full" extension if absolutely necessary. It can
+create a LOT of messages passing between clusters.
+
+<bf/Q./I like to be working in the shack while logged into the
+cluster but I can't be looking at the screen all the time. How
+can I be alerted when anything happens?
+
+<bf/A./Use the <bf>SET/BEEP</bf> command. You can find information
+on this in the "DXSpider Command Reference" section.
+
+<bf/Q./I got disconnected from the cluster and now I can't log
+back in again. What is wrong?
+
+<bf/A./Probably the cluster thinks you are still logged on and
+will not let you reconnect using the same call to prevent loops.
+Try logging on again adding an ssid to your callsign as DXSpider
+treats G0YLM and G0YLM-1 as different users.
+
+<bf/Q./How do I know if I have got the latest version of this
+user manual?
+
+<bf/A./The latest and greatest will always be on the Website. It will
+also be included with every release of DXSpider. As always, if unsure,
+ask your sysop what version number is the latest.
+
+<sect>The DXSpider command reference
+
+<sect1>accept
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept</bf> Set a filter to accept something
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create a filter to accept something
+
+There are 2 types of filter, accept and reject. See HELP FILTERING for more
+info.
+<sect1>accept/announce [0-9] <pattern>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/announce [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an 'accept' filter line for announce
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create an 'accept this announce' line for a filter.
+
+An accept filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it is
+passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
+
+You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,NH
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states>
+ channel <prefixes>
+ wx 1 filter WX announces
+ dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+some examples:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/ann dest 6MUK
+ acc/ann 2 by_zone 14,15,16
+ (this could be all on one line: acc/ann dest 6MUK or by_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+or
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/ann by G,M,2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+for american states
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/ann by_state va,nh,ri,nh
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/ann all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+but this probably for advanced users...
+<sect1>accept/spots [0-9] <pattern>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/spots [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set an 'accept' filter line for spots
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create an 'accept this spot' line for a filter.
+
+An accept filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is
+passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
+
+You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m
+ on <range> same as 'freq'
+ call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes>
+ call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ call_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ origin <prefixes>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+'call' means the callsign that has spotted 'by' whoever.
+
+For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in
+SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -
+thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -
+this is more efficient than saying simply: freq HF (but don't get
+too hung up about that)
+
+some examples:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/spot 1 on hf/cw
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything, eg:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/spot 3 all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+for US states
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/spots by_state VA,NH,RI,MA,ME
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+but this probably for advanced users...
+<sect1>accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern></bf> set an 'accept' WCY filter
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
+filter on the following fields:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place and
+you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want them).
+
+This command is really provided for future use.
+
+See HELP FILTER for information.
+<sect1>accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern></bf> set an 'accept' WWV filter
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
+filter on the following fields:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+for example
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/wwv by_zone 4
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV broadcasts
+by stations in the US).
+
+See HELP FILTER for information.
+<sect1>announce <text>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>announce <text></bf> Send an announcement to LOCAL users only
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<text> is the text of the announcement you wish to broadcast
+<sect1>announce full <text>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>announce full <text></bf> Send an announcement cluster wide
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This will send your announcement cluster wide
+<sect1>apropos <string>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>apropos <string></bf> Search help database for <string>
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Search the help database for <string> (it isn't case sensitive), and print
+the names of all the commands that may be relevant.
+<sect1>blank [<string>] [<nn>]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>blank [<string>] [<nn>]</bf> Print nn (default 1) blank lines (or strings)
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+In its basic form this command prints one or more blank lines. However if
+you pass it a string it will replicate the string for the width of the
+screen (default 80) and then print that one or more times, so:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ blank 2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+prints two blank lines
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ blank -
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+prints a row of - characters once.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ blank abc
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+prints 'abcabcabcabcabcabc....'
+
+This is really only of any use in a script file and you can print a maximum
+of 9 lines.
+<sect1>bye
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>bye</bf> Exit from the cluster
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This will disconnect you from the cluster
+<sect1>clear/announce [1|all]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/announce [1|all]</bf> Clear a announce filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a annouce filter or to
+remove the whole filter.
+
+see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.
+<sect1>clear/route [1|all]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/route [1|all]</bf> Clear a route filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a route filter or to
+remove the whole filter.
+
+see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.
+<sect1>clear/spots [0-9|all]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/spots [0-9|all]</bf> Clear a spot filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a spot filter or to
+remove the whole filter.
+
+If you have a filter:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/spot 1 on hf/cw
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+and you say:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ clear/spot 1
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+you will be left with:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you do:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ clear/spot all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+the filter will be completely removed.
+<sect1>clear/wcy [1|all]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/wcy [1|all]</bf> Clear a WCY filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WCY filter or to
+remove the whole filter.
+
+see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.
+<sect1>clear/wwv [1|all]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>clear/wwv [1|all]</bf> Clear a WWV filter line
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WWV filter or to
+remove the whole filter.
+
+see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.
+<sect1>dbavail
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>dbavail</bf> Show a list of all the Databases in the system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Title says it all really, this command lists all the databases defined
+in the system. It is also aliased to SHOW/COMMAND.
+<sect1>dbshow <dbname> <key>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>dbshow <dbname> <key></bf> Display an entry, if it exists, in a database
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This is the generic user interface to the database to the database system.
+It is expected that the sysop will add an entry to the local Aliases file
+so that users can use the more familiar AK1A style of enquiry such as:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/BUCK G1TLH
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+but if he hasn't and the database really does exist (use DBAVAIL or
+SHOW/COMMAND to find out) you can do the same thing with:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DBSHOW buck G1TLH
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>directory
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory</bf> List messages
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory <from>-<to>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory <from>-<to></bf> List messages <from> message <to> message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+List the messages in the messages directory.
+
+If there is a 'p' one space after the message number then it is a
+personal message. If there is a '-' between the message number and the
+'p' then this indicates that the message has been read.
+
+You can use shell escape characters such as '*' and '?' in the <call>
+fields.
+
+You can combine some of the various directory commands together eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DIR TO G1TLH 5
+</verb></tscreen>
+or
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DIR SUBJECT IOTA 200-250
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can abbreviate all the commands to one letter and use ak1a syntax:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DIR/T G1* 10
+ DIR/S QSL 10-100 5
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>directory <nn>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory <nn></bf> List last <nn> messages
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory all
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory all</bf> List all messages
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory from <call>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory from <call></bf> List all messages from <call>
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory new
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory new</bf> List all new messages
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory own
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory own</bf> List your own messages
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory subject <string>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory subject <string></bf> List all messages with <string> in subject
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>directory to <call>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>directory to <call></bf> List all messages to <call>
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks></bf> Send a DX spot
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This is how you send a DX Spot to other users. You can, in fact, now
+enter the <freq> and the <call> either way round.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DX FR0G 144.600
+ DX 144.600 FR0G
+ DX 144600 FR0G
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will all give the same result. You can add some remarks to the end
+of the command and they will be added to the spot.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DX FR0G 144600 this is a test
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can credit someone else by saying:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ DX by G1TLH FR0G 144.600 he isn't on the cluster
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The <freq> is compared against the available bands set up in the
+cluster. See SHOW/BANDS for more information.
+<sect1>echo <line>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>echo <line></bf> Echo the line to the output
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command is useful in scripts and so forth for printing the
+line that you give to the command to the output. You can use this
+in user_default scripts and the SAVE command for titling and so forth
+
+The script will interpret certain standard "escape" sequences as follows:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ \t - becomes a TAB character (0x09 in ascii)
+ \a - becomes a BEEP character (0x07 in ascii)
+ \n - prints a new line
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+So the following example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ echo GB7DJK is a dxcluster
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+produces:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ GB7DJK is a dxcluster
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+on the output. You don't need a \n on the end of the line you want to send.
+
+A more complex example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ echo GB7DJK\n\tg1tlh\tDirk\n\tg3xvf\tRichard
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+produces:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ GB7DJK
+ g1tlh Dirk
+ g3xvf Richard
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+on the output.
+
+<sect1>filtering...
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>filtering...</bf> Filtering things in DXSpider
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+There are a number of things you can filter in the DXSpider system. They
+all use the same general mechanism.
+
+In general terms you can create a 'reject' or an 'accept' filter which
+can have up to 10 lines in it. You do this using, for example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/spots .....
+ reject/spots .....
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. There
+are filters for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops)
+connects. See each different accept or reject command reference for
+more details.
+
+There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a filter and
+one to show you what you have set. They are:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ clear/spots 1
+ clear/spots all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+and
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ show/filter
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.
+
+For now we are going to use spots for the examples, but you can apply
+the principles to all types of filter.
+
+There are two main types of filter 'accept' or 'reject'; which you use
+depends entirely on how you look at the world and what is least
+writing to achieve what you want. Each filter has 10 lines (of any
+length) which are tried in order. If a line matches then the action
+you have specified is taken (ie reject means ignore it and accept
+means gimme it).
+
+The important thing to remember is that if you specify a 'reject'
+filter (all the lines in it say 'reject/spots' (for instance)) then if
+a spot comes in that doesn't match any of the lines then you will get
+it BUT if you specify an 'accept' filter then any spots that don't
+match are dumped. For example if I have a one line accept filter:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+then automatically you will ONLY get VHF spots from or to CQ zones 14
+15 and 16. If you set a reject filter like:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/spots on hf/cw
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Then you will get everything EXCEPT HF CW spots, If you am interested in IOTA
+and will work it even on CW then you could say:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+which is exactly the same. You should choose one or the other until
+you are confortable with the way it works. Yes, you can mix them
+(actually you can have an accept AND a reject on the same line) but
+don't try this at home until you can analyse the results that you get
+without ringing up the sysop for help.
+
+Another useful addition now is filtering by US state
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ accept/spots by_state VA,NH,RI,ME
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for your
+own understanding or simply convenience. I have one set frequently:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/cw
+ reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots (being a class B I can't
+read any CW and couldn't possibly be interested in HF :-) and also
+rejects any spots on VHF which don't either originate or spot someone
+in Europe.
+
+This is an exmaple where you would use the line number (1 and 2 in
+this case), if you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits
+'0'-'9' are available.
+
+You can leave the word 'and' out if you want, it is implied. You can
+use any number of brackets to make the 'expression' as you want
+it. There are things called precedence rules working here which mean
+that you will NEED brackets in a situation like line 2 because,
+without it, will assume:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ (on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+annoying, but that is the way it is. If you use OR - use
+brackets. Whilst we are here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' is
+just 'and by_zone'.
+
+If you want to alter your filter you can just redefine one or more
+lines of it or clear out one line. For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+or
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ clear/spots 1
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+To remove the filter in its entirty:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ clear/spots all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+There are similar CLEAR commands for the other filters:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ clear/announce
+ clear/wcy
+ clear/wwv
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+ADVANCED USERS:-
+
+Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to experiment.
+
+my example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts vhf/uhf spots from EU
+can be written with a mixed filter, eg:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ rej/spot on hf/cw
+ acc/spot on 0/30000
+ acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+each filter slot actually has a 'reject' slot and an 'accept'
+slot. The reject slot is executed BEFORE the accept slot.
+
+It was mentioned earlier that after a reject test that doesn't match,
+the default for following tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for
+'accept'. In the example what happens is that the reject is executed
+first, any non hf/cw spot is passed to the accept line, which lets
+thru everything else on HF.
+
+The next filter line lets through just VHF/UHF spots from EU.
+<sect1>help
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>help</bf> The HELP Command
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+HELP is available for a number of commands. The syntax is:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ HELP <cmd>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Where <cmd> is the name of the command you want help on.
+
+All commands can be abbreviated, so SHOW/DX can be abbreviated
+to SH/DX, ANNOUNCE can be shortened to AN and so on.
+
+Look at the APROPOS <string> command which will search the help database
+for the <string> you specify and give you a list of likely commands
+to look at with HELP.
+<sect1>kill <from msgno>-<to msgno>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill <from msgno>-<to msgno></bf> Delete a range of messages
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>kill <msgno> [<msgno..]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill <msgno> [<msgno..]</bf> Delete a message from the local system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...]</bf> Remove or erase a message from the system
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+You can get rid of any message to or originating from your callsign using
+this command. You can remove more than one message at a time.
+<sect1>kill from <regex>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill from <regex></bf> Delete messages FROM a callsign or pattern
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>kill to <regex>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>kill to <regex></bf> Delete messages TO a callsign or pattern
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>links
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>links</bf> Show which nodes is physically connected
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This is a quick listing that shows which links are connected and
+some information about them. See WHO for a list of all connections.
+<sect1>read
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>read</bf> Read the next unread personal message addressed to you
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>read <msgno>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>read <msgno></bf> Read the specified message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+You can read any messages that are sent as 'non-personal' and also any
+message either sent by or sent to your callsign.
+<sect1>reject
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject</bf> Set a filter to reject something
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create a filter to reject something
+
+There are 2 types of filter, accept and reject. See HELP FILTERING for more
+info.
+<sect1>reject/announce [0-9] <pattern>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/announce [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set a 'reject' filter line for announce
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create an 'reject this announce' line for a filter.
+
+A reject filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it is
+passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
+
+You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ channel <prefixes>
+ wx 1 filter WX announces
+ dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+some examples:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ rej/ann by_zone 14,15,16 and not by G,M,2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ rej/ann all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+but this probably for advanced users...
+<sect1>reject/spots [0-9] <pattern>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/spots [0-9] <pattern></bf> Set a 'reject' filter line for spots
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Create a 'reject this spot' line for a filter.
+
+A reject filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is
+dumped (not passed on). See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read this
+to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
+
+You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m
+ on <range> same as 'freq'
+ call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes>
+ call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ call_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ origin <prefixes>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+'call' means the callsign that has spotted 'by' whoever.
+
+For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in
+SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -
+thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -
+this is more efficient than saying simply: on HF (but don't get
+too hung up about that)
+
+some examples:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ rej/spot 1 on hf
+ rej/spot 2 on vhf and not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ rej/spot 3 all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+but this probably for advanced users...
+<sect1>reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern></bf> set a 'reject' WCY filter
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
+filter on the following fields:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place and
+you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want them).
+
+This command is really provided for future use.
+
+See HELP FILTER for information.
+<sect1>reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern></bf> set a 'reject' WWV filter
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you can
+filter on the following fields:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+for example
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ reject/wwv by_zone 14,15,16
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV broadcasts
+by stations in the US).
+
+See HELP FILTER for information.
+<sect1>reply
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reply</bf> Reply (privately) to the last message that you have read
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>reply <msgno>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reply <msgno></bf> Reply (privately) to the specified message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>reply b <msgno>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reply b <msgno></bf> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>reply noprivate <msgno>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reply noprivate <msgno></bf> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>reply rr <msgno>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>reply rr <msgno></bf> Reply to the specified message with read receipt
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+You can reply to a message and the subject will automatically have
+"Re:" inserted in front of it, if it isn't already present.
+
+You can also use all the extra qualifiers such as RR, PRIVATE,
+NOPRIVATE, B that you can use with the SEND command (see SEND
+for further details)
+<sect1>send <call> [<call> ...]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>send <call> [<call> ...]</bf> Send a message to one or more callsigns
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>send copy <msgno> <call>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>send copy <msgno> <call></bf> Send a copy of a message to someone
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>send noprivate <call>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>send noprivate <call></bf> Send a message to all stations
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+All the SEND commands will create a message which will be sent either to
+an individual callsign or to one of the 'bulletin' addresses.
+
+SEND <call> on its own acts as though you had typed SEND PRIVATE, that is
+it will mark the message as personal and send it to the cluster node that
+that callsign is connected to. If the <call> you have specified is in fact
+a known bulletin category on your node (eg: ALL) then the message should
+automatically become a bulletin.
+
+You can have more than one callsign in all of the SEND commands.
+
+You can have multiple qualifiers so that you can have for example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SEND RR COPY 123 PRIVATE G1TLH G0RDI
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+which should send a copy of message 123 to G1TLH and G0RDI and you will
+receive a read receipt when they have read the message.
+
+SB is an alias for SEND NOPRIVATE (or send a bulletin in BBS speak)
+SP is an alias for SEND PRIVATE
+
+The system will ask you for a subject. Conventionally this should be
+no longer than 29 characters for compatibility. Most modern cluster
+software should accept more.
+
+You will now be prompted to start entering your text.
+
+You finish the message by entering '/EX' on a new line. For instance:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ ...
+ bye then Jim
+ 73 Dirk
+ /ex
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you have started a message and you don't want to keep it then you
+can abandon the message with '/ABORT' on a new line, like:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ line 1
+ line 2
+ oh I just can't be bothered with this
+ /abort
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you abort the message it will NOT be sent.
+
+When you are entering the text of your message, most normal output (such
+as DX announcements and so on are suppressed and stored for latter display
+(upto 20 such lines are stored, as new ones come along, so the oldest
+lines are dropped).
+
+Also, you can enter normal commands commands (and get the output
+immediately) whilst in the middle of a message. You do this by typing
+the command preceeded by a '/' character on a new line, so:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ /dx g1tlh 144010 strong signal
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Will issue a dx annoucement to the rest of the cluster.
+
+Also, you can add the output of a command to your message by preceeding
+the command with '//', thus :-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ //sh/vhftable
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+This will show YOU the output from SH/VHFTABLE and also store it in the
+message.
+
+You can carry on with the message until you are ready to send it.
+<sect1>send private <call>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>send private <call></bf> Send a personal message
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>send rr <call>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>send rr <call></bf> Send a message and ask for a read receipt
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/address <your address>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/address <your address></bf> Record your postal address
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/announce
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/announce</bf> Allow announce messages to come out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/anntalk
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/anntalk</bf> Allow talk like announce messages on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/beep
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/beep</bf> Add a beep to DX and other messages on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/dx
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/dx</bf> Allow DX messages to come out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/dxgrid
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/dxgrid</bf> Allow QRA Grid Squares on the end of DX announcements
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/echo
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/echo</bf> Make the cluster echo your input
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/email <email> ...
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/email <email> ...</bf> Set email address(es) and forward your personals
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/here
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/here</bf> Tell the system you are present at your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/homenode <node>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/homenode <node> </bf> Set your normal cluster callsign
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Tell the cluster system where you normally connect to. Any Messages sent
+to you will normally find their way there should you not be connected.
+eg:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/HOMENODE gb7djk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>set/language <lang>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/language <lang></bf> Set the language you want to use
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+You can select the language that you want the cluster to use. Currently
+the languages available are en (English), de (German), es (Spanish)
+and nl (Dutch).
+<sect1>set/location <lat & long>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/location <lat & long></bf> Set your latitude and longitude
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/logininfo
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/logininfo</bf> Inform when a station logs in locally
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/name <your name>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/name <your name></bf> Set your name
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Tell the system what your name is eg:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/NAME Dirk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>set/page <lines per page>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/page <lines per page></bf> Set the lines per page
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Tell the system how many lines you wish on a page when the number of line
+of output from a command is more than this. The default is 20. Setting it
+explicitly to 0 will disable paging.
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/PAGE 30
+ SET/PAGE 0
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The setting is stored in your user profile.
+<sect1>set/password
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/password</bf> Set your own password
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command only works for a 'telnet' user (currently). It will
+only work if you have a password already set. This initial password
+can only be set by the sysop.
+
+When you execute this command it will ask you for your old password,
+then ask you to type in your new password twice (to make sure you
+get it right). You may or may not see the data echoed on the screen
+as you type, depending on the type of telnet client you have.
+<sect1>set/prompt <string>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/prompt <string></bf> Set your prompt to <string>
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/qra <locator>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/qra <locator></bf> Set your QRA Grid locator
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Tell the system what your QRA (or Maidenhead) locator is. If you have not
+done a SET/LOCATION then your latitude and longitude will be set roughly
+correctly (assuming your locator is correct ;-). For example:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/QRA JO02LQ
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>set/qth <your qth>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/qth <your qth></bf> Set your QTH
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Tell the system where you are. For example:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/QTH East Dereham, Norfolk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>set/talk
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/talk</bf> Allow TALK messages to come out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/wcy
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/wcy</bf> Allow WCY messages to come out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/wwv
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/wwv</bf> Allow WWV messages to come out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>set/wx
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>set/wx</bf> Allow WX messages to come out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>show/configuration [<node>]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/configuration [<node>]</bf> Show all the nodes and users visible
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to see all the users that can be seen
+and the nodes to which they are connected.
+
+This command is normally abbreviated to: sh/c
+
+Normally, the list returned will be just for the nodes from your
+country (because the list otherwise will be very long).
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/C ALL
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will produce a complete list of all nodes.
+
+BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long
+
+It is possible to supply a node or part of a prefix and you will get
+a list of the users for that node or list of nodes starting with
+that prefix.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/C GB7DJK
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/C SK
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/configuration/node
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/configuration/node</bf> Show all the nodes connected locally
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show all the nodes connected to this node.
+<sect1>show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show the local time
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This is very nearly the same as SHOW/TIME, the only difference the format
+of the date string if no arguments are given.
+
+If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the local
+time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixes
+then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) at
+the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.
+<sect1>show/dx
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/dx</bf> Interrogate the spot database
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+If you just type SHOW/DX you will get the last so many spots
+(sysop configurable, but usually 10).
+
+In addition you can add any number of these commands in very nearly
+any order to the basic SHOW/DX command, they are:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ on <band> - eg 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm
+ on <region> - eg hf vhf uhf shf (see SHOW/BANDS)
+ on <from>/<to> - eg 1000/4000 14000-30000 (in Khz)
+ <from>-<to>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ <number> - the number of spots you want
+ <from>-<to> - <from> spot no <to> spot no in the selected list
+ <from>/<to>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ <prefix> - for a spotted callsign beginning with <prefix>
+ *<suffix> - for a spotted callsign ending in <suffix>
+ *<string>* - for a spotted callsign containing <string>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ day <number> - starting <number> days ago
+ day <from>-<to> - <from> days <to> days ago
+ <from>/<to>
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ info <text> - any spots containing <text> in the info or remarks
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ by <call> - any spots spotted by <call> (spotter <call> is the
+ same).
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ qsl - this automatically looks for any qsl info on the call
+ held in the spot database.
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ iota [<iota>] - If the iota island number is missing it will look for
+ the string iota and anything which looks like an iota
+ island number. If you specify then it will look for
+ that island.
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ qra [<locator>] - this will look for the specific locator if you specify
+ one or else anything that looks like a locator.
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ dxcc - treat the prefix as a 'country' and look for spots
+ from that country regardless of actual prefix.
+ eg dxcc oq2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ You can also use this with the 'by' keyword so
+ eg by W dxcc
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ e.g.
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/DX 9m0
+ SH/DX on 20m info iota
+ SH/DX 9a on vhf day 30
+ SH/DX rf1p qsl
+ SH/DX iota
+ SH/DX iota eu-064
+ SH/DX qra jn86
+ SH/DX dxcc oq2
+ SH/DX dxcc oq2 by w dxcc
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/dxcc <prefix>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/dxcc <prefix></bf> Interrogate the spot database by country
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command takes the <prefix> (which can be a full or partial
+callsign if desired), looks up which internal country number it is
+and then displays all the spots as per SH/DX for that country.
+
+This is now an alias for 'SHOW/DX DXCC'
+
+The options for SHOW/DX also apply to this command.
+e.g.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/DXCC G
+ SH/DXCC W on 20m iota
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+This can be done with the SHOW/DX command like this:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/DX dxcc g
+ SH/DX dxcc w on 20m iota
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/dxstats [days] [date]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/dxstats [days] [date]</bf> Show the DX Statistics
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the total DX spots for the last <days> no of days (default is 31),
+starting from a <date> (default: today).
+<sect1>show/files [<filearea> [<string>]]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/files [<filearea> [<string>]]</bf> List the contents of a filearea
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+SHOW/FILES on its own will show you a list of the various fileareas
+available on the system. To see the contents of a particular file
+area type:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/FILES <filearea>
+</verb></tscreen>
+where <filearea> is the name of the filearea you want to see the
+contents of.
+
+You can also use shell globbing characters like '*' and '?' in a
+string to see a selection of files in a filearea eg:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/FILES bulletins arld*
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+See also TYPE - to see the contents of a file.
+<sect1>show/filter
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/filter</bf> Show the contents of all the filters you have set
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the contents of all the filters that are set. This command displays
+all the filters set - for all the various categories.
+<sect1>show/hfstats [days] [date]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/hfstats [days] [date]</bf> Show the HF DX Statistics
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the HF DX spots breakdown by band for the last <days> no of days
+(default is 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).
+<sect1>show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]</bf> Show the HF DX Spotter Table
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the HF DX Spotter table for the list of prefixes for the last
+<days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).
+
+If there are no prefixes then it will show the table for your country.
+
+Remember that some countries have more than one "DXCC country" in them
+(eg G :-), to show them (assuming you are not in G already which is
+specially treated in the code) you must list all the relevant prefixes
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/hftable g gm gd gi gj gw gu
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Note that the prefixes are converted into country codes so you don't have
+to list all possible prefixes for each country.
+
+If you want more or less days than the default simply include the
+number you require:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/hftable 20 pa
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you want to start at a different day, simply add the date in some
+recognizable form:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/hftable 2 25nov02
+ sh/hftable 2 25-nov-02
+ sh/hftable 2 021125
+ sh/hftable 2 25/11/02
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+This will show the stats for your DXCC for that CQWW contest weekend.
+
+You can specify either prefixes or full callsigns (so you can see how you
+did against all your mates). You can also say 'all' which will then print
+the worldwide statistics.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/hftable all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show Moon rise and set times
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the Moon rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns,
+together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at those
+locations.
+
+If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times for
+your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),
+together with the current azimuth and elevation.
+
+In addition, it will show the illuminated fraction of the moons disk.
+
+If all else fails it will show the Moonrise and set times for the node
+that you are connected to.
+
+For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/MOON
+ SH/MOON G1TLH W5UN
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can also use this command to see into the past or the future, so
+if you want to see yesterday's times then do:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/MOON -1
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+or in three days time:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/MOON +3 W9
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Upto 366 days can be checked both in the past and in the future.
+
+Please note that the rise and set times are given as the UT times of rise and
+set on the requested UT day.
+<sect1>show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long]</bf> Show the likely propagation to a prefix
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allow you to estimate the likelihood of you contacting
+a station with the prefix you have specified. The output assumes a modest
+power of 20dBW and receiver sensitivity of -123dBm (about 0.15muV/10dB SINAD)
+
+The result predicts the most likely operating frequencies and signal
+levels for high frequency (shortwave) radio propagation paths on
+specified days of the year and hours of the day. It is most useful for
+paths between 250 km and 6000 km, but can be used with reduced accuracy
+for paths shorter or longer than this.
+
+The command uses a routine MINIMUF 3.5 developed by the U.S. Navy and
+used to predict the MUF given the predicted flux, day of the year,
+hour of the day and geographic coordinates of the transmitter and
+receiver. This routine is reasonably accurate for the purposes here,
+with a claimed RMS error of 3.8 MHz, but much smaller and less complex
+than the programs used by major shortwave broadcasting organizations,
+such as the Voice of America.
+
+The command will display some header information detailing its
+assumptions, together with the locations, latitude and longitudes and
+bearings. It will then show UTC (UT), local time at the other end
+(LT), calculate the MUFs, Sun zenith angle at the midpoint of the path
+(Zen) and the likely signal strengths. Then for each frequency for which
+the system thinks there is a likelihood of a circuit it prints a value.
+
+The value is currently a likely S meter reading based on the conventional
+6dB / S point scale. If the value has a '+' appended it means that it is
+1/2 an S point stronger. If the value is preceeded by an 'm' it means that
+there is likely to be much fading and by an 's' that the signal is likely
+to be noisy.
+
+By default SHOW/MUF will show the next two hours worth of data. You
+can specify anything up to 24 hours worth of data by appending the no of
+hours required after the prefix. For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/MUF W
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+produces:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ RxSens: -123 dBM SFI: 159 R: 193 Month: 10 Day: 21
+ Power : 20 dBW Distance: 6283 km Delay: 22.4 ms
+ Location Lat / Long Azim
+ East Dereham, Norfolk 52 41 N 0 57 E 47
+ United-States-W 43 0 N 87 54 W 299
+ UT LT MUF Zen 1.8 3.5 7.0 10.1 14.0 18.1 21.0 24.9 28.0 50.0
+ 18 23 11.5 -35 mS0+ mS2 S3
+ 19 0 11.2 -41 mS0+ mS2 S3
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+indicating that you will have weak, fading circuits on top band and
+80m but usable signals on 40m (about S3).
+
+inputing:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/MUF W 24
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will get you the above display, but with the next 24 hours worth of
+propagation data.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/MUF W L 24
+ SH/MUF W 24 Long
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Gives you an estimate of the long path propagation characterics. It
+should be noted that the figures will probably not be very useful, nor
+terrible accurate, but it is included for completeness.
+<sect1>show/newconfiguration [<node>]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/newconfiguration [<node>]</bf> Show all the nodes and users visible
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to see all the users that can be seen
+and the nodes to which they are connected.
+
+This command produces essentially the same information as
+SHOW/CONFIGURATION except that it shows all the duplication of
+any routes that might be present It also uses a different format
+which may not take up quite as much space if you don't have any
+loops.
+
+BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long
+<sect1>show/newconfiguration/node
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/newconfiguration/node</bf> Show all the nodes connected locally
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show all the nodes connected to this node in the new format.
+<sect1>show/prefix <callsign>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/prefix <callsign></bf> Interrogate the prefix database
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command takes the <callsign> (which can be a full or partial
+callsign or a prefix), looks up which internal country number
+it is and then displays all the relevant prefixes for that country
+together with the internal country no, the CQ and ITU regions.
+
+See also SHOW/DXCC
+<sect1>show/qra <lat> <long>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/qra <lat> <long></bf> Convert lat/long to a QRA Grid locator
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This is a multipurpose command that allows you either to calculate the
+distance and bearing between two locators or (if only one locator is
+given on the command line) the distance and beraing from your station
+to the locator. For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/QRA IO92QL
+ SH/QRA JN06 IN73
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+The first example will show the distance and bearing to the locator from
+yourself, the second example will calculate the distance and bearing from
+the first locator to the second. You can use 4 or 6 character locators.
+
+It is also possible to convert a latitude and longitude to a locator by
+using this command with a latitude and longitude as an argument, for
+example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/QRA 52 41 N 0 58 E
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/qra <locator> [<locator>]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/qra <locator> [<locator>]</bf> Show distance between QRA Grid locators
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>show/qrz <callsign>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/qrz <callsign></bf> Show any callbook details on a callsign
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command queries the QRZ callbook server on the internet
+and returns any information available for that callsign. This service
+is provided for users of this software by http://www.qrz.com
+<sect1>show/route <callsign> ...
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/route <callsign> ...</bf> Show the route to the callsign
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command allows you to see to which node the callsigns specified are
+connected. It is a sort of inverse sh/config.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/route n2tly
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>]</bf> Show tracking data
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the tracking data from your location to the satellite of your choice
+from now on for the next few hours.
+
+If you use this command without a satellite name it will display a list
+of all the satellites known currently to the system.
+
+If you give a name then you can obtain tracking data of all the passes
+that start and finish 5 degrees below the horizon. As default it will
+give information for the next three hours for every five minute period.
+
+You can alter the number of hours and the step size, within certain
+limits.
+
+Each pass in a period is separated with a row of '-----' characters
+
+So for example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/SAT AO-10
+ SH/SAT FENGYUN1 12 2
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/station [<callsign> ..]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/station [<callsign> ..]</bf> Show information about a callsign
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the information known about a callsign and whether (and where)
+that callsign is connected to the cluster.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/ST G1TLH
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If no callsign is given then show the information for yourself.
+<sect1>show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show sun rise and set times
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the sun rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns,
+together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at those
+locations.
+
+If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times for
+your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),
+together with the current azimuth and elevation.
+
+If all else fails it will show the sunrise and set times for the node
+that you are connected to.
+
+For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/SUN
+ SH/SUN G1TLH K9CW ZS
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can also use this command to see into the past or the future, so
+if you want to see yesterday's times then do:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/SUN -1
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+or in three days time:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SH/SUN +3 W9
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Upto 366 days can be checked both in the past and in the future.
+
+Please note that the rise and set times are given as the UT times of rise
+and set on the requested UT day.
+<sect1>show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>]</bf> Show the local time
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the local
+time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixes
+then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) at
+the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.
+<sect1>show/usdb [call ..]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/usdb [call ..]</bf> Show information held on the FCC Call database
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the City and State of a Callsign held on the FCC database if
+his is being run on this system, eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/usdb k1xx
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/vhfstats [days] [date]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/vhfstats [days] [date]</bf> Show the VHF DX Statistics
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the VHF DX spots breakdown by band for the last
+<days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a date (default: today).
+<sect1>show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]</bf> Show the VHF DX Spotter Table
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Show the VHF DX Spotter table for the list of prefixes for the last
+<days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a date (default: today).
+
+If there are no prefixes then it will show the table for your country.
+
+Remember that some countries have more than one "DXCC country" in them
+(eg G :-), to show them (assuming you are not in G already which is
+specially treated in the code) you must list all the relevant prefixes
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/vhftable g gm gd gi gj gw gu
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Note that the prefixes are converted into country codes so you don't have
+to list all possible prefixes for each country.
+
+If you want more or less days than the default simply include the
+number you require:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/vhftable 20 pa
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you want to start at a different day, simply add the date in some
+recognizable form:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/vhftable 2 25nov02
+ sh/vhftable 2 25-nov-02
+ sh/vhftable 2 021125
+ sh/vhftable 2 25/11/02
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+This will show the stats for your DXCC for that CQWW contest weekend.
+
+You can specify either prefixes or full callsigns (so you can see how you
+did against all your mates). You can also say 'all' which will then print
+the worldwide statistics.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ sh/vhftable all
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>show/wcy
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/wcy</bf> Show last 10 WCY broadcasts
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>show/wcy <n>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/wcy <n></bf> Show last <n> WCY broadcasts
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Display the most recent WCY information that has been received by the system
+<sect1>show/wwv
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/wwv</bf> Show last 10 WWV broadcasts
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>show/wwv <n>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>show/wwv <n></bf> Show last <n> WWV broadcasts
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Display the most recent WWV information that has been received by the system
+<sect1>sysop
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>sysop</bf> Regain your privileges if you login remotely
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+The system automatically reduces your privilege level to that of a
+normal user if you login in remotely. This command allows you to
+regain your normal privilege level. It uses the normal system: five
+numbers are returned that are indexes into the character array that is
+your assigned password (see SET/PASSWORD). The indexes start from
+zero.
+
+You are expected to return a string which contains the characters
+required in the correct order. You may intersperse those characters
+with others to obscure your reply for any watchers. For example (and
+these values are for explanation :-):
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ password = 012345678901234567890123456789
+ > sysop
+ 22 10 15 17 3
+</verb></tscreen>
+you type:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ aa2bbbb0ccc5ddd7xxx3n
+ or 2 0 5 7 3
+ or 20573
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+They will all match. If there is no password you will still be offered
+numbers but nothing will happen when you input a string. Any match is
+case sensitive.
+<sect1>talk <call> > <node> [<text>]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>talk <call> > <node> [<text>]</bf> Send a text message to another station via a node
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Send a short message to any other station that is visible on the cluster
+system. You can send it to anyone you can see with a SHOW/CONFIGURATION
+command, they don't have to be connected locally.
+
+The second form of TALK is used when other cluster nodes are connected
+with restricted information. This usually means that they don't send
+the user information usually associated with logging on and off the cluster.
+
+If you know that G3JNB is likely to be present on GB7TLH, but you can only
+see GB7TLH in the SH/C list but with no users, then you would use the
+second form of the talk message.
+
+If you want to have a ragchew with someone you can leave the text message
+out and the system will go into 'Talk' mode. What this means is that a
+short message is sent to the recipient telling them that you are in a
+'Talking' frame of mind and then you just type - everything you send will
+go to the station that you asked for.
+
+All the usual announcements, spots and so on will still come out on your
+terminal.
+
+If you want to do something (such as send a spot) you preceed the normal
+command with a '/' character, eg:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ /DX 14001 G1TLH What's a B class licensee doing on 20m CW?
+ /HELP talk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+To leave talk mode type:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ /EX
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+If you are in 'Talk' mode, there is an extention to the '/' command which
+allows you to send the output to all the people you are talking to. You do
+with the '//' command. For example:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ //sh/hftable
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+will send the hftable as you have it to all the people you are currently
+talking to.
+<sect1>talk <call> [<text>]
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>talk <call> [<text>]</bf> Send a text message to another station
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>type <filearea>/<name>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>type <filearea>/<name></bf> Look at the contents of a file in one of the fileareas
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+Type out the contents of a file in a filearea. So, for example, in
+filearea 'bulletins' you want to look at file 'arld051' you would
+enter:-
+<tscreen><verb>
+ TYPE bulletins/arld051
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+See also SHOW/FILES to see what fileareas are available and a
+list of content.
+<sect1>unset/announce
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/announce</bf> Stop announce messages coming out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/anntalk
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/anntalk</bf> Stop talk like announce messages on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+The announce system on legacy cluster nodes is used as a talk
+substitute because the network is so poorly connected. If you:
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ unset/anntalk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+you will suppress several of these announces, you may miss the odd
+useful one as well, but you would probably miss them anyway in the
+welter of useless ones.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ set/anntalk
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+allows you to see them again. This is the default.
+<sect1>unset/beep
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/beep</bf> Stop beeps for DX and other messages on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/dx
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/dx</bf> Stop DX messages coming out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/dxgrid
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/dxgrid</bf> Stop QRA Grid Squares on the end of DX announcements
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+A standard feature which is enabled in version 1.43 and above is
+that if the spotter's grid square is known it is output on the end
+of a DX announcement (there is just enough room). Some user programs
+cannot cope with this. You can use this command to reset (or set)
+this feature.
+<sect1>unset/echo
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/echo</bf> Stop the cluster echoing your input
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+If you are connected via a telnet session, different implimentations
+of telnet handle echo differently depending on whether you are
+connected via port 23 or some other port. You can use this command
+to change the setting appropriately.
+
+The setting is stored in your user profile.
+
+YOU DO NOT NEED TO USE THIS COMMAND IF YOU ARE CONNECTED VIA AX25.
+<sect1>unset/email
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/email</bf> Stop personal msgs being forwarded by email
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+If any personal messages come in for your callsign then you can use
+these commands to control whether they are forwarded onto your email
+address. To enable the forwarding do something like:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/EMAIL mike.tubby@somewhere.com
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+You can have more than one email address (each one separated by a space).
+Emails are forwarded to all the email addresses you specify.
+
+You can disable forwarding by:-
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ UNSET/EMAIL
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect1>unset/here
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/here</bf> Tell the system you are absent from your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/logininfo
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/logininfo</bf> Inform when a station logs out locally
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/privilege
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/privilege</bf> Remove any privilege for this session
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+You can use this command to 'protect' this session from unauthorised
+use. If you want to get your normal privilege back you will need to
+either logout and login again (if you are on a console) or use the
+SYSOP command.
+<sect1>unset/prompt
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/prompt</bf> Set your prompt back to default
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This command will set your user prompt to exactly the string that you
+say. The point of this command to enable a user to interface to programs
+that are looking for a specific prompt (or else you just want a different
+fixed prompt).
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+ SET/PROMPT clx >
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+UNSET/PROMPT will undo the SET/PROMPT command and set you prompt back to
+normal.
+<sect1>unset/talk
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/talk</bf> Stop TALK messages coming out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/wcy
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/wcy</bf> Stop WCY messages coming out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/wwv
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/wwv</bf> Stop WWV messages coming out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>unset/wx
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>unset/wx</bf> Stop WX messages coming out on your terminal
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>who
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>who</bf> Show who is physically connected
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+This is a quick listing that shows which callsigns are connected and
+what sort of connection they have
+<sect1>wx <text>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>wx <text></bf> Send a weather message to local users
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+<sect1>wx full <text>
+
+<P>
+<tt>
+<bf>wx full <text></bf> Send a weather message to all cluster users
+</tt>
+
+<P>
+</article>
--- /dev/null
+ The DXSpider Administration Manual v1.50
+ Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net), and Charlie Carroll,
+ K1XX, (k1xx@ptcnh.net)
+ February 2003 revision 0.3
+
+ A reference for SysOps of the DXSpider DXCluster program.
+ ______________________________________________________________________
+
+ Table of Contents
+
+
+
+ 1. Routing and Filtering
+ 1.1 Introduction
+ 1.2 Route Filters
+ 1.3 The node_default filter
+ 1.4 General route filtering
+ 1.5 General filter rules
+ 1.6 Types of filter
+ 1.7 Filter options
+ 1.8 Default filters
+ 1.9 Advanced filtering
+ 1.10 Basic hop control
+ 1.11 Hop Control on Specific Nodes
+ 1.12 Isolating networks
+
+ 2. Other filters
+ 2.1 Filtering Mail
+ 2.2 Filtering words from text fields in Announce, Talk and DX spots
+ 2.3 Stopping (possibly bad) DX Spots from Nodes or Spotters
+
+ 3. Mail
+ 3.1 Personal mail
+ 3.2 Bulletin mail
+ 3.3 Forward.pl
+ 3.4 The msg command
+ 3.5 Message status
+ 3.6 Filtering mail
+ 3.7 Distribution lists
+ 3.8 BBS interface
+
+ 4. Scripts
+ 5. Databases
+ 5.1 Creating databases
+ 5.2 Importing databases
+ 5.3 Checking available databases
+ 5.4 Looking up databases
+ 5.5 Removing databases
+
+ 6. Information, files and useful programs
+ 6.1 MOTD
+ 6.2 MOTD_NOR
+ 6.3 Downtime message
+ 6.4 Other text messages
+ 6.5 The Aliases file
+ 6.6 Console.pl
+ 6.7 Updating kepler data
+ 6.8 The QRZ callbook
+ 6.9 Connecting logging programs
+
+ 7. Java Web applet
+ 8. Web based statistics
+ 9. Security
+ 9.1 Registration
+ 9.2 Passwords
+
+ 10. CVS
+ 10.1 CVS from a Linux platform
+ 10.2 CVS from a Windows platform
+
+ 11. The DXSpider command set
+ 11.1 accept (0)
+ 11.2 accept/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+ 11.3 accept/announce [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+ 11.4 accept/route <call> [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+ 11.5 accept/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+ 11.6 accept/spots [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+ 11.7 accept/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+ 11.8 accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+ 11.9 accept/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+ 11.10 accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+ 11.11 announce <text> (0)
+ 11.12 announce full <text> (0)
+ 11.13 announce sysop <text> (5)
+ 11.14 apropos <string> (0)
+ 11.15 blank [<string>] [<nn>] (0)
+ 11.16 bye (0)
+ 11.17 catchup <node call> all|[<msgno> ...] (5)
+ 11.18 clear/announce <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+ 11.19 clear/announce [1|all] (0)
+ 11.20 clear/route <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+ 11.21 clear/route [1|all] (0)
+ 11.22 clear/spots <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+ 11.23 clear/spots [0-9|all] (0)
+ 11.24 clear/wcy <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+ 11.25 clear/wcy [1|all] (0)
+ 11.26 clear/wwv <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+ 11.27 clear/wwv [1|all] (0)
+ 11.28 connect <callsign> (5)
+ 11.29 dbavail (0)
+ 11.30 dbshow <dbname> <key> (0)
+ 11.31 directory (0)
+ 11.32 directory <from>-<to> (0)
+ 11.33 directory <nn> (0)
+ 11.34 directory all (0)
+ 11.35 directory from <call> (0)
+ 11.36 directory new (0)
+ 11.37 directory own (0)
+ 11.38 directory subject <string> (0)
+ 11.39 directory to <call> (0)
+ 11.40 directory- (5)
+ 11.41 disconnect <call> [<call> ...] (8)
+ 11.42 dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks> (0)
+ 11.43 echo <line> (0)
+ 11.44 filtering... (0)
+ 11.45 forward/latlong <node_call> (8)
+ 11.46 forward/opernam <call> (1)
+ 11.47 help (0)
+ 11.48 init <node> (5)
+ 11.49 kill (5)
+ 11.50 kill <from msgno>-<to msgno> (0)
+ 11.51 kill <from>-<to> (5)
+ 11.52 kill <msgno> [<msgno..] (0)
+ 11.53 kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...] (0)
+ 11.54 kill expunge <msgno> [<msgno..] (6)
+ 11.55 kill from <call> (5)
+ 11.56 kill full <msgno> [<msgno..] (5)
+ 11.57 kill full <msgno> [<msgno] (5)
+ 11.58 kill to <call> (5)
+ 11.59 kill from <regex> (0)
+ 11.60 kill to <regex> (0)
+ 11.61 links (0)
+ 11.62 load/keps (5)
+ 11.63 load/keps [nn] (5)
+ 11.64 merge <node> [<no spots>/<no wwv>] (5)
+ 11.65 pc <call> <text> (8)
+ 11.66 ping <node call> (1)
+ 11.67 rcmd <node call> <cmd> (1)
+ 11.68 read (0)
+ 11.69 read <msgno> (0)
+ 11.70 read- (5)
+ 11.71 reject (0)
+ 11.72 reject/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+ 11.73 reject/announce [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+ 11.74 reject/route <call> [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+ 11.75 reject/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+ 11.76 reject/spots [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+ 11.77 reject/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+ 11.78 reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+ 11.79 reject/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+ 11.80 reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+ 11.81 reply (0)
+ 11.82 reply <msgno> (0)
+ 11.83 reply b <msgno> (0)
+ 11.84 reply noprivate <msgno> (0)
+ 11.85 reply rr <msgno> (0)
+ 11.86 send <call> [<call> ...] (0)
+ 11.87 send copy <msgno> <call> (0)
+ 11.88 send noprivate <call> (0)
+ 11.89 send private <call> (0)
+ 11.90 send rr <call> (0)
+ 11.91 set/address <your address> (0)
+ 11.92 set/announce (0)
+ 11.93 set/anntalk (0)
+ 11.94 set/arcluster <call> [<call>..] (5)
+ 11.95 set/baddx <call>.. (8)
+ 11.96 set/badnode <call>.. (8)
+ 11.97 set/badspotter <call>.. (8)
+ 11.98 set/badword <word>.. (8)
+ 11.99 set/bbs <call> [<call>..] (5)
+ 11.100 set/beep (0)
+ 11.101 set/clx <call> [<call>..] (5)
+ 11.102 set/dx (0)
+ 11.103 set/dxgrid (0)
+ 11.104 set/dxnet <call> [<call>..] (5)
+ 11.105 set/echo (0)
+ 11.106 set/email <email> ... (0)
+ 11.107 set/here (0)
+ 11.108 set/homenode <node> (0)
+ 11.109 set/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy <n> (8)
+ 11.110 set/language <lang> (0)
+ 11.111 set/location <lat & long> (0)
+ 11.112 set/logininfo (0)
+ 11.113 set/name <your name> (0)
+ 11.114 set/node <call> [<call>..] (5)
+ 11.115 set/obscount <count> <call> (8)
+ 11.116 set/page <lines per page> (0)
+ 11.117 set/password (0)
+ 11.118 set/prompt <string> (0)
+ 11.119 set/qra <locator> (0)
+ 11.120 set/qth <your qth> (0)
+ 11.121 set/spider <call> [<call>..] (5)
+ 11.122 set/talk (0)
+ 11.123 set/wcy (0)
+ 11.124 set/wwv (0)
+ 11.125 set/wx (0)
+ 11.126 show/baddx (1)
+ 11.127 show/badnode (1)
+ 11.128 show/badspotter (1)
+ 11.129 show/badword (1)
+ 11.130 show/configuration [<node>] (0)
+ 11.131 show/configuration/node (0)
+ 11.132 show/connect (1)
+ 11.133 show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)
+ 11.134 show/dx (0)
+ 11.135 show/dxcc <prefix> (0)
+ 11.136 show/dxstats [days] [date] (0)
+ 11.137 show/files [<filearea> [<string>]] (0)
+ 11.138 show/filter (0)
+ 11.139 show/hfstats [days] [date] (0)
+ 11.140 show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...] (0)
+ 11.141 show/hops <call> [ann|spots|route|wcy|wwv] (8)
+ 11.142 show/isolate (1)
+ 11.143 show/log [<callsign>] (8)
+ 11.144 show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)
+ 11.145 show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long] (0)
+ 11.146 show/newconfiguration [<node>] (0)
+ 11.147 show/newconfiguration/node (0)
+ 11.148 show/node [<callsign> ...] (1)
+ 11.149 show/prefix <callsign> (0)
+ 11.150 show/program (5)
+ 11.151 show/qra <lat> <long> (0)
+ 11.152 show/qra <locator> [<locator>] (0)
+ 11.153 show/qrz <callsign> (0)
+ 11.154 show/route <callsign> ... (0)
+ 11.155 show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>] (0)
+ 11.156 show/station all [<regex>] (6)
+ 11.157 show/station [<callsign> ..] (0)
+ 11.158 show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)
+ 11.159 show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)
+ 11.160 show/usdb [call ..] (0)
+ 11.161 show/vhfstats [days] [date] (0)
+ 11.162 show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...] (0)
+ 11.163 show/wcy (0)
+ 11.164 show/wcy <n> (0)
+ 11.165 show/wwv (0)
+ 11.166 show/wwv <n> (0)
+ 11.167 shutdown (5)
+ 11.168 stat/channel [<callsign>] (5)
+ 11.169 stat/db <dbname> (5)
+ 11.170 stat/msg (1)
+ 11.171 stat/msg <msgno> (1)
+ 11.172 stat/route_node <callsign> (5)
+ 11.173 stat/route_node all (5)
+ 11.174 stat/route_user <callsign> (5)
+ 11.175 stat/route_user all (5)
+ 11.176 stat/user [<callsign>] (5)
+ 11.177 sysop (0)
+ 11.178 talk <call> > <node> [<text>] (0)
+ 11.179 talk <call> [<text>] (0)
+ 11.180 type <filearea>/<name> (0)
+ 11.181 uncatchup <node call> all|[msgno> ...] (5)
+ 11.182 unset/announce (0)
+ 11.183 unset/anntalk (0)
+ 11.184 unset/baddx <call>.. (8)
+ 11.185 unset/badnode <call>.. (8)
+ 11.186 unset/badspotter <call>.. (8)
+ 11.187 unset/badword <word>.. (8)
+ 11.188 unset/beep (0)
+ 11.189 unset/dx (0)
+ 11.190 unset/dxgrid (0)
+ 11.191 unset/echo (0)
+ 11.192 unset/email (0)
+ 11.193 unset/here (0)
+ 11.194 unset/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy (8)
+ 11.195 unset/logininfo (0)
+ 11.196 unset/privilege (0)
+ 11.197 unset/prompt (0)
+ 11.198 unset/talk (0)
+ 11.199 unset/wcy (0)
+ 11.200 unset/wwv (0)
+ 11.201 unset/wx (0)
+ 11.202 who (0)
+ 11.203 wx <text> (0)
+ 11.204 wx full <text> (0)
+ 11.205 wx sysop <text> (5)
+ ______________________________________________________________________
+
+ 1. Routing and Filtering
+
+ 1.1. Introduction
+
+ From DXSpider version 1.48, major changes were introduced to the way
+ node connections are treated. This is part of an ongoing process to
+ remove problems with loops and to enable talk and other functions to
+ propagate across the whole of the worldwide cluster network. In fact,
+ in a Spider network, it would be useful, perhaps even necessary to
+ have loops. This would give real resilience to the network, meaning
+ that if a link dropped, the information flow would simply come in and
+ go out via a different route. Of course, we do not have a complete
+ network of Spider nodes, there are other programs out there. Some of
+ these do not have any protection from loops. Certainly AK1A does not
+ handle loops well at all. It is therefore necessary to have some form
+ of protection for these nodes.
+
+
+ In fact DXSpider has had a simple system for some time which is called
+ isolation. This is similar to what in other systems such as clx, is
+ called passive mode. A more detailed explanation of isolation is given
+ further below. This system is still available and, for simple
+ networks, is probably all that you need.
+
+
+ The new functionality introduced in version 1.48 allows filtering the
+ node and user protocol frames on a "per interface" basis. We call this
+ route filtering. This is used instead of isolation.
+
+
+ What this really means is that you can control more or less completely
+ which user and node management PC protocol frames pass to each of your
+ partner nodes. You can also limit what comes into your node from your
+ partners. It is even possible to control the settings that your
+ partner node has for the routing information that it sends to you
+ (using the rcmd command).
+
+
+ 1.2. Route Filters
+
+ Initially when route filters were being tested we generated a
+ "default" filter. Unfortunately it quickly became apparent that this
+ might suit the UK cluster network but didn't really fit anybody else.
+ However using a default filter is an appropriate thing to do. How, is
+ explained further on.
+
+
+ The first thing that you must do is determine whether you need to use
+ route filtering at all. If you are a "normal" node with two or three
+ partners and you arranged in an "official" non-looping tree type
+ network, then you do not need to do route filtering and you will feel
+ a lot better for not getting involved. If you are successfully using
+ isolation then you also probably don't need to use route filtering.
+
+
+ To put it simply, you should not mix Isolation and Route Filtering.
+ It will work, of sorts, but you will not get the expected results. If
+ you are using Isolation sucessfully at the moment, do not get involved
+ in Route Filtering unless you have a good supply of aspirin! Once you
+ have started down the road of Route Filtering, do not use Isolation
+ either. Use one or the other, not both.
+
+
+
+ You will only require this functionality if you are "well-connected".
+ What that means is that you are connected to several different parts
+ of (say) the EU cluster and, at the same time, also connected to two
+ or three places in the US which, in turn are connected back to the EU.
+ This is called a "loop" and if you are seriously looped then you need
+ filtering.
+
+
+ I should at this stage give a little bit of background on filters.
+ All the filters in Spider work in basically the same way. You can
+ either accept or reject various options in order to create the filter
+ rules you wish to achieve. Some filters are user settable, others can
+ only be altered by the sysop. Route filtering can only be done by the
+ sysop.
+
+
+
+ Anyway, without further discouragement, let me start the process of
+ explanation.
+
+
+ 1.3. The node_default filter
+
+ All normal systems should have a default routing filter and it should
+ usually be set to send only the normal, unlooped, view of your
+ "national" network. Here in the UK that means nodes from the UK and
+ Eire, in EU it is more complex as the networks there grew up in a more
+ intertwined way.
+
+
+
+ The generic commands are:-
+
+
+
+ reject/route node_default <filter_option>
+
+ or
+
+ accept/route node_default <filter_option>
+
+
+
+ where filter_option is one of the following ...
+
+
+
+ call <prefixes>
+ call_dxcc <numbers>
+ call_itu <numbers>
+ call_zone <numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+ channel_dxcc <numbers>
+ channel_itu <numbers>
+ channel_zone <numbers>
+
+
+
+ Please be careful if you alter this setting, it will affect ALL your
+ links! Remember, this is a default filter for node connections, not a
+ per link default.
+
+
+
+ For the default routing filter then you have two real choices: either
+ a "national" view or the "safe" option of only your own callsign.
+ Examples of each (for my node: GB7DJK) are:-
+
+
+
+ acc/route node_default call_dxcc 61,38
+ acc/route node_default call gb7djk
+
+
+
+ GB7DJK uses the first of these. The DXCC countries can be obtained
+ from the show/prefix command.
+
+
+ The example filters shown control output TO all your partner nodes
+ unless they have a specific filter applied to them (see next section).
+
+
+ It is also possible to control the incoming routing information that
+ you are prepared to accept FROM your partner nodes. The reason this is
+ necessary is to make sure that stuff like mail, pings and similar
+ commands a) go down the correct links and b) don't loop around
+ excessively. Again using GB7DJK as an example a typical default input
+ filter would be something like:
+
+
+
+ rej/route node_default input call_dxcc 61,38 and not channel_dxcc 61,38
+
+
+
+ What this does is accept node and user information for our national
+ network from nodes that are in our national network, but rejects such
+ information from anyone else. Although it doesn't explicitly say so,
+ by implication, any other node information (not from the UK and Eire)
+ is accepted.
+
+
+ As I imagine it will take a little while to get one's head around all
+ of this you can study the effect of any rules that you try by watching
+ the debug output after having done:-
+
+
+
+ set/debug filter
+
+
+
+ After you have got tired of that, to put it back the way it was:-
+
+
+
+ unset/debug filter
+
+
+
+ 1.4. General route filtering
+
+ Exactly the same rules apply for general route filtering. You would
+ use either an accept filter or a reject filter like this ...
+ reject/route <node_call> <filter_option>
+
+ or
+
+ accept/route <node_call> <filter_option>
+
+
+
+ Here are some examples of route filters ...
+
+
+
+ rej/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (send everything except UK+EIRE nodes)
+ rej/route all (equiv to [very] restricted mode)
+ acc/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (send only UK+EIRE nodes)
+ acc/route gb7djk call gb7djk (equiv to SET/ISOLATE)
+
+
+
+ In practice you will either be opening the default filter out for a
+ partner by defining a specific filter for that callsign:-
+
+
+
+ acc/route gb7baa all
+ acc/route gb7baa input all
+
+
+
+ or restricting it quite a lot, in fact making it very nearly like an
+ isolated node, like this:-
+
+
+
+ acc/route pi4ehv-8 call gb7djk
+ rej/route pi4ehv-8 input call_dxcc 61,38
+
+
+
+ This last example takes everything except UK and Eire from PI4EHV-8
+ but only sends him my local configuration (just a PC19 for GB7DJK and
+ PC16s for my local users).
+
+
+ It is possible to write much more complex rules, there are up to 10
+ accept/reject pairs per callsign per filter. For more information see
+ the next section.
+
+
+
+ 1.5. General filter rules
+
+ Upto v1.44 it was not possible for the user to set their own filters.
+ From v1.45 though that has all changed. It is now possible to set
+ filters for just about anything you wish. If you have just updated
+ from an older version of DXSpider you will need to update your new
+ filters. You do not need to do anything with your old filters, they
+ will be renamed as you update.
+
+
+
+ There are 3 basic commands involved in setting and manipulating
+ filters. These are accept, reject and clear. First we will look
+ generally at filtering. There are a number of things you can filter in
+ the DXSpider system. They all use the same general mechanism.
+
+
+ In general terms you can create a "reject" or an "accept" filter which
+ can have up to 10 lines in it. You do this using, for example ...
+
+
+
+ accept/spots .....
+ reject/spots .....
+
+
+
+ where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. There
+ are filters for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops) connects.
+ See each different accept or reject command reference for more
+ details.
+
+ There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a filter.
+ They are ...
+
+
+
+ clear/spots 1
+ clear/spots all
+
+
+
+ There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.
+
+
+ and you can check that your filters have worked by the command ...
+
+
+
+ show/filter
+
+
+
+ For now we are going to use spots for the examples, but you can apply
+ the same principles to all types of filter.
+
+
+ 1.6. Types of filter
+
+ There are two main types of filter, accept or reject. You can use
+ either to achieve the result you want dependent on your own preference
+ and which is more simple to do. It is pointless writing 8 lines of
+ reject filters when 1 accept filter would do the same thing! Each
+ filter has 10 lines (of any length) which are tried in order. If a
+ line matches then the action you have specified is taken (ie reject
+ means ignore it and accept means take it)
+
+
+ If you specify reject filters, then any lines that arrive that match
+ the filter will be dumped but all else will be accepted. If you use
+ an accept filter, then ONLY the lines in the filter will be accepted
+ and all else will be dumped. For example if you have a single line
+ accept filter ...
+
+
+
+ accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ then you will ONLY get VHF spots from or to CQ zones 14, 15 and 16.
+
+
+ If you set a reject filter like this ...
+
+
+
+ reject/spots on hf/cw
+
+
+
+ Then you will get everything EXCEPT HF CW spots. You could make this
+ single filter even more flexible. For example, if you are interested
+ in IOTA and will work it even on CW even though normally you are not
+ interested in CW, then you could say ...
+
+
+
+ reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota
+
+
+
+ But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-
+
+
+
+ accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota
+
+
+
+ which achieves exactly the same thing. You should choose one or the
+ other until you are comfortable with the way it works. You can mix
+ them if you wish (actually you can have an accept AND a reject on the
+ same line) but don't attempt this until you are sure you know what you
+ are doing!
+
+
+ You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for your
+ own understanding or simply convenience. Here is an example ...
+
+
+
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/cw
+ reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots and also rejects any spots
+ on VHF which don't either originate or spot someone in Europe.
+
+
+
+ This is an example where you would use a line number (1 and 2 in this
+ case), if you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits
+ '0'-'9' are available. This make it easier to see just what filters
+ you have set. It also makes it more simple to remove individual
+ filters, during a contest for example.
+
+
+ You will notice in the above example that the second line has
+ brackets. Look at the line logically. You can see there are 2
+ separate sections to it. We are saying reject spots that are VHF or
+ above APART from those in zones 14, 15 and 16 (either spotted there or
+ originated there). If you did not have the brackets to separate the 2
+ sections, then Spider would read it logically from the front and see a
+ different expression entirely ...
+
+
+
+ (on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16
+
+
+
+ The simple way to remember this is, if you use OR - use brackets.
+ Whilst we are here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' is just the
+ same as 'and by_zone'.
+
+ As mentioned earlier, setting several filters can be more flexible
+ than simply setting one complex one. Doing it in this way means that
+ if you want to alter your filter you can just redefine or remove one
+ or more lines of it or one line. For example ...
+
+
+
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb
+
+
+
+ would redefine our earlier example, or
+
+
+
+ clear/spots 1
+
+
+
+ To remove all the filter lines in the spot filter ...
+
+
+
+ clear/spots all
+
+
+
+ 1.7. Filter options
+
+ You can filter in several different ways. The options are listed in
+ the various helpfiles for accept, reject and filter.
+
+
+
+ 1.8. Default filters
+
+ Sometimes all that is needed is a general rule for node connects.
+ This can be done with a node_default filter. This rule will always be
+ followed, even if the link is isolated, unless another filter is set
+ specifically. Default rules can be set for nodes and users. They can
+ be set for spots, announces, WWV and WCY. They can also be used for
+ hops. An example might look like this ...
+
+
+
+ accept/spot node_default by_zone 14,15,16,20,33
+ set/hops node_default spot 50
+
+
+
+ This filter is for spots only, you could set others for announce, WWV
+ and WCY. This filter would work for ALL nodes unless a specific
+ filter is written to override it for a particular node. You can also
+ set a user_default should you require. It is important to note that
+ default filters should be considered to be "connected". By this I
+ mean that should you override the default filter for spots, you need
+ to add a rule for the hops for spots also.
+
+
+ 1.9. Advanced filtering
+
+ Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to
+ experiment.
+
+
+ The previous example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts vhf/uhf
+ spots from EU can be written with a mixed filter, for example ...
+
+
+
+ rej/spot on hf/cw
+ acc/spot on 0/30000
+ acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ Note that the first filter has not been specified with a number. This
+ will automatically be assumed to be number 1. In this case, we have
+ said reject all HF spots in the CW section of the bands but accept all
+ others at HF. Also accept anything in VHF and above spotted in or by
+ operators in the zones 14, 15 and 16. Each filter slot actually has a
+ 'reject' slot and an 'accept' slot. The reject slot is executed BEFORE
+ the accept slot.
+
+
+ It was mentioned earlier that after a reject test that doesn't match,
+ the default for following tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for
+ 'accept'. In the example what happens is that the reject is executed
+ first, any non hf/cw spot is passed to the accept line, which lets
+ through everything else on HF. The next filter line lets through just
+ VHF/UHF spots from EU.
+
+
+ 1.10. Basic hop control
+
+ In /spider/data you will find a file called hop_table.pl. This is the
+ file that controls your hop count settings. It has a set of default
+ hops on the various PC frames and also a set for each node you want to
+ alter the hops for. You may be happy with the default settings of
+ course, but this powerful tool can help to protect and improve the
+ network. The file will look something like this ...
+
+
+
+ #
+ # hop table construction
+ #
+
+ package DXProt;
+
+ # default hopcount to use
+ $def_hopcount = 5;
+
+ # some variable hop counts based on message type
+ %hopcount =
+ (
+ 11 => 10,
+ 16 => 10,
+ 17 => 10,
+ 19 => 10,
+ 21 => 10,
+ );
+
+
+ # the per node hop control thingy
+
+
+ %nodehops =
+ (
+ GB7ADX => { 11 => 8,
+ 12 => 8,
+ 16 => 8,
+ 17 => 8,
+ 19 => 8,
+ 21 => 8,
+ },
+
+ GB7UDX => { 11 => 8,
+ 12 => 8,
+ 16 => 8,
+ 17 => 8,
+ 19 => 8,
+ 21 => 8,
+ },
+ GB7BAA => {
+ 11 => 5,
+ 12 => 8,
+ 16 => 8,
+ 17 => 8,
+ 19 => 8,
+ 21 => 8,
+ },
+ );
+
+
+
+ Each set of hops is contained within a pair of curly braces and
+ contains a series of PC frame types. PC11 for example is a DX spot.
+ The figures here are not exhaustive but should give you a good idea of
+ how the file works.
+
+
+ SHould any of the nodecalls include an ssid, it is important to wrap
+ the whole call in single quotes, like this ...
+
+
+
+ 'DB0FHF-15' => {
+ 11 => 5,
+ 12 => 8,
+ 16 => 8,
+ 17 => 8,
+ 19 => 8,
+ 21 => 8,
+ },
+
+
+
+ If you do not do this, you will get errors and the file will not work
+ as expected.
+
+
+ You can alter this file at any time, including whilst the cluster is
+ running. If you alter the file during runtime, the command load/hops
+ will bring your changes into effect.
+
+
+ 1.11. Hop Control on Specific Nodes
+
+ You can set a callsign specific hop count for any of the standard
+ filter options so:-
+
+
+
+ set/hops gb7djk spot 4
+ set/hops node_default route 10
+ set/hops gb7baa wcy 5
+
+
+
+ all work on their specific area of the protocol.
+
+
+ The set/hops command overrides any hops that you have set otherwise.
+
+
+ You can show what hops have been set using the show/hops command.
+
+
+ 1.12. Isolating networks
+
+ It is possible to isolate networks from each other on a "gateway" node
+ using the set/isolate <node_call> command.
+
+
+ The effect of this is to partition an isolated network completely from
+ another node connected to your node. Your node will appear on and
+ otherwise behave normally on every network to which you are connected,
+ but data from an isolated network will not cross onto any other
+ network or vice versa. However all the spot, announce and WWV traffic
+ and personal messages will still be handled locally (because you are a
+ real node on all connected networks), that is locally connected users
+ will appear on all networks and will be able to access and receive
+ information from all networks transparently. All routed messages will
+ be sent as normal, so if a user on one network knows that you are a
+ gateway for another network, he can still still send a talk/announce
+ etc message via your node and it will be routed across.
+
+
+ If you use isolate on a node connection you will continue to receive
+ all information from the isolated partner, however you will not pass
+ any information back to the isolated node. There are times when you
+ would like to forward only spots across a link (maybe during a contest
+ for example). To do this, isolate the node in the normal way and use
+ an acc/spot >call< all filter to override the isolate.
+
+
+ 2. Other filters
+
+ 2.1. Filtering Mail
+
+ In the /spider/msg directory you will find a file called
+ badmsg.pl.issue. Rename this to badmsg.pl and edit the file. The
+ original looks something like this ....
+
+
+
+ # the list of regexes for messages that we won't store having
+ # received them (bear in mind that we must receive them fully before
+ # we can bin them)
+
+
+ # The format of each line is as follows
+
+ # type source pattern
+ # P/B/F T/F/O/S regex
+
+ # type: P - private, B - bulletin (msg), F - file (ak1a bull)
+ # source: T - to field, F - from field, O - origin, S - subject
+ # pattern: a perl regex on the field requested
+
+ # Currently only type B and P msgs are affected by this code.
+ #
+ # The list is read from the top down, the first pattern that matches
+ # causes the action to be taken.
+
+ # The pattern can be undef or 0 in which case it will always be selected
+ # for the action specified
+
+
+
+ package DXMsg;
+
+ @badmsg = (
+ );
+
+
+
+ I think this is fairly self explanatory. It is simply a list of
+ subject headers that we do not want to pass on to either the users of
+ the cluster or the other cluster nodes that we are linked to. This is
+ usually because of rules and regulations pertaining to items for sale
+ etc in a particular country.
+
+
+
+ 2.2. Filtering words from text fields in Announce, Talk and DX spots
+
+ From version 1.48 onwards the interface to this has changed. You can
+ now use the commands set/badword to add words that you are not
+ prepared to see on the cluster, unset/badword to allow that word again
+ and show/badword to list the words that you have set.
+
+
+ If you have a previous /spider/data/badwords, the first time you start
+ the node, it will read and convert this file to the new commands. The
+ old style file will then be removed.
+
+
+ 2.3. Stopping (possibly bad) DX Spots from Nodes or Spotters
+
+
+ There are a number of commands that control whether a spot progresses
+ any further by regarding it as "bad" in some way.
+
+
+ A DX Spot has a number of fields which can be checked to see whether
+ they contain "bad" values, they are: the DX callsign itself, the
+ Spotter and the Originating Node.
+
+
+ There are a set of commands which allow the sysop to control whether a
+ spot continues:-
+
+
+
+ set/baddx
+ set/badspotter
+ set/badnode
+
+
+
+ These work in the same as the set/badword command, you can add any
+ words or callsigns or whatever to the appropriate database. For
+ example, to stop a spot from a particular node you do:
+
+
+
+ set/badnode gb7djk gb7dxc
+
+
+
+ a bad spotter:
+
+
+
+ set/badspotter b0mb p1rat nocall
+
+
+
+ and some bad dx:
+
+
+
+ set/baddx video wsjt
+
+
+
+ You can remove a word using the appropriate unset command
+ (unset/baddx, unset/badspotter, unset/badnode) or list them using one
+ of show/baddx, show/badspotter and show/badnode.
+
+
+ 3. Mail
+
+ DXSpider deals seamlessly with standard AK1A type mail. It supports
+ both personal and bulletin mail and the sysop has additional commands
+ to ensure that mail gets to where it is meant. DXSpider will send
+ mail almost immediately, assuming that the target is on line.
+ However, only one mail message is dealt with at any one time. If a
+ mail message is already being sent or recieved, then the new message
+ will be queued until it has finished.
+
+ The cluster mail is automatically deleted after 30 days unless the
+ sysop sets the "keep" flag using the msg command.
+
+
+ 3.1. Personal mail
+
+ Personal mail is sent using the sp command. This is actually the
+ default method of sending mail and so a simple s for send will do. A
+ full list of the send commands and options is in the command set
+ section, so I will not duplicate them here.
+
+
+ 3.2. Bulletin mail
+
+ Bulletin mail is sent by using the sb command. This is one of the
+ most common mistakes users make when sending mail. They send a
+ bulletin mail with s or sp instead of sb and of course the message
+ never leaves the cluster. This can be rectified by the sysop by using
+ the msg command.
+
+
+ Bulletin addresses can be set using the Forward.pl file.
+
+
+ 3.3. Forward.pl
+
+ DXSpider receives all and any mail sent to it without any alterations
+ needed in files. Because personal and bulletin mail are treated
+ differently, there is no need for a list of accepted bulletin
+ addresses. It is necessary, however, to tell the program which links
+ accept which bulletins. For example, it is pointless sending
+ bulletins addresses to "UK" to any links other than UK ones. The file
+ that does this is called forward.pl and lives in /spider/msg. At
+ default, like other spider files it is named forward.pl.issue. Rename
+ it to forward.pl and edit the file to match your requirements. The
+ format is below ...
+
+
+
+ #
+ # this is an example message forwarding file for the system
+ #
+ # The format of each line is as follows
+ #
+ # type to/from/at pattern action destinations
+ # P/B/F T/F/A regex I/F [ call [, call ...] ]
+ #
+ # type: P - private, B - bulletin (msg), F - file (ak1a bull)
+ # to/from/at: T - to field, F - from field, A - home bbs, O - origin
+ # pattern: a perl regex on the field requested
+ # action: I - ignore, F - forward
+ # destinations: a reference to an array containing node callsigns
+ #
+ # if it is non-private and isn't in here then it won't get forwarded
+ #
+ # Currently only type B msgs are affected by this code.
+ #
+ # The list is read from the top down, the first pattern that matches
+ # causes the action to be taken.
+ #
+ # The pattern can be undef or 0 in which case it will always be selected
+ # for the action specified
+ #
+ # If the BBS list is undef or 0 and the action is 'F' (and it matches the
+ # pattern) then it will always be forwarded to every node that doesn't have
+ # it (I strongly recommend you don't use this unless you REALLY mean it, if
+ # you allow a new link with this on EVERY bull will be forwarded immediately
+ # on first connection)
+ #
+
+ package DXMsg;
+
+ @forward = (
+ );
+
+
+
+ Simply insert a bulletin address and state in the brackets where you
+ wish that mail to go. For example, you can see here that mail sent to
+ "UK" will only be sent to the UK links and not to PA4AB-14.
+
+
+ To force the cluster to reread the file use load/forward
+
+
+ NB: If a user tries to send mail to a bulletin address that does not
+ exist in this file, they will get an error.
+
+
+ 3.4. The msg command
+
+ The msg command is a very powerful and flexible tool for the sysop.
+ It allows the sysop to alter to and from fields and make other changes
+ to manage the cluster mail.
+
+ Here is a full list of the various options ...
+
+
+
+ MSG TO <msgno> <call> - change TO callsign to <call>
+ MSG FRom <msgno> <call> - change FROM callsign to <call>
+ MSG PRrivate <msgno> - set private flag
+ MSG NOPRrivate <msgno> - unset private flag
+ MSG RR <msgno> - set RR flag
+ MSG NORR <msgno> - unset RR flag
+ MSG KEep <msgno> - set the keep flag (message won't be deleted ever)
+ MSG NOKEep <msgno> - unset the keep flag
+ MSG SUbject <msgno> <new> - change the subject to <new>
+ MSG WAittime <msgno> - remove any waiting time for this message
+ MSG NOREad <msgno> - mark message as unread
+ MSG REad <msgno> - mark message as read
+ MSG QUeue - queue any outstanding bulletins
+ MSG QUeue 1 - queue any outstanding private messages
+
+
+
+ These commands are simply typed from within the cluster as the sysop
+ user.
+
+
+ 3.5. Message status
+
+ You can check on a message from within the cluster by using the
+ command stat/msg. This will give you additional information on the
+ message number including which nodes have received it, which node it
+ was received from and when etc. Here is an example of the output of
+ the command ...
+
+
+
+ G0VGS de GB7MBC 28-Jan-2001 1308Z >
+ stat/msg 6869
+ From: GB7DJK
+ Msg Time: 26-Jan-2001 1302Z
+ Msgno: 6869
+ Origin: GB7DJK
+ Size: 8012
+ Subject: AMSAT 2line KEPS 01025.AMSAT
+ To: UK
+ Got it Nodes: GB7BAA, GB7ADX
+ Private: 0
+ Read Confirm: 0
+ Times read: 0
+ G0VGS de GB7MBC 28-Jan-2001 1308Z >
+
+
+
+ 3.6. Filtering mail
+
+ This is described in the section on Other filters so I will not
+ duplicate it here.
+
+
+ 3.7. Distribution lists
+
+ Distribution lists are simply a list of users to send certain types of
+ mail to. An example of this is mail you only wish to send to other
+ sysops. In /spider/msg there is a directory called distro. You put
+ any distibution lists in here. For example, here is a file called
+ SYSOP.pl that caters for the UK sysops.
+
+
+ qw(GB7TLH GB7DJK GB7DXM GB7CDX GB7BPQ GB7DXN GB7MBC GB7MBC-6 GB7MDX
+ GB7NDX GB7SDX GB7TDX GB7UDX GB7YDX GB7ADX GB7BAA GB7DXA GB7DXH
+ GB7DXK GB7DXI GB7DXS)
+
+
+
+ Any mail sent to "sysop" would only be sent to the callsigns in this
+ list.
+
+
+ 3.8. BBS interface
+
+ Spider provides a simple BBS interface. No input is required from the
+ sysop of the cluster at all. The BBS simply sets the cluster as a BBS
+ and pushes any required mail to the cluster. No mail can flow from
+ Spider to the BBS, the interface is one-way.
+
+
+ Please be careful not to flood the cluster network with unnecessary
+ mail. Make sure you only send mail to the clusters that want it by
+ using the Forward.pl file very carefully.
+
+
+ 4. Scripts
+
+ From 1.48 onwards it will become increasingly possible to control
+ DXSpider's operation with scripts of various kinds.
+
+
+ The directory /spider/scripts is where it all happens and is used for
+ several things. Firstly it contains a file called startup that can be
+ used to call in any changes to the cluster from the default settings
+ on startup. This script is executed immediately after all
+ initialisation of the node is done but before any connections are
+ possible. Examples of this include how many spots it is possible to
+ get with the sh/dx command, whether you want registration/passwords to
+ be permanently on etc. An example file is shown below and is included
+ in the distribution as startup.issue.
+
+
+
+ #
+ # startup script example
+ #
+ # set maximum no of spots allowed to 100
+ # set/var $Spot::maxspots = 100
+ #
+ # Set registration on
+ # set/var $main::reqreg = 1
+ #
+ # Set passwords on
+ # set/var $main::passwdreq = 1
+ #
+
+
+
+ As usual, any text behind a # is treated as a comment and not read.
+ To use this file, simply rename it from startup.issue to startup. In
+ our example above there are three options. The first option is the
+ amount of spots that a user can request with the sh/dx command.
+ Normally the default is to give 10 spots unless the user specifies
+ more. Without this line enabled, the maximum a user can request is
+ 100 spots. Depending on your link quality you may wish to enable more
+ or less by specifying the number.
+
+
+ The other 2 options are dealt with more fully in the security section.
+
+
+ Secondly, it is used to store the login scripts for users and nodes.
+ Currently this can only be done by the sysop but it is envisaged that
+ eventually users will be able to set their own. An example is
+ included in the distibution but here is a further example.
+
+
+
+ #
+ # G0FYD
+ #
+ blank +
+ sh/wwv 3
+ blank +
+ sh/dx
+ blank +
+ t g0jhc You abt?
+ blank +
+
+
+
+ The lines in between commands can simply insert a blank line or a
+ character such as a + sign to make the output easier to read. Simply
+ create this script with your favourite editor and save it with the
+ callsign of the user as the filename. Filenames should always be in
+ lower case.
+
+
+ Commands can be inserted in the same way for nodes. A node may wish a
+ series of commands to be issued on login, such as a merge command for
+ example.
+
+
+ Thirdly, there are 2 default scripts for users and nodes who do not
+ have a specifically defined script. These are user_default and
+ node_default
+
+
+ 5. Databases
+
+ Spider allows the creation of local or remote databases. It supports
+ chained databases, allowing several different databases to be scanned
+ with one simple command. Importing of databases is limited at present
+ to the standard AK1A databases such as OBLAST and the DB0SDX QSL
+ database but will expand with time.
+
+
+ 5.1. Creating databases
+
+ Creating a database could not be more simple. All the commands are
+ sent from the cluster prompt as the sysop user.
+
+ To create a database you use the command dbcreate. It can be used in
+ 3 different ways like so ..
+
+
+
+ dbcreate <name>
+
+
+ To simply create a database locally, you just tell the command the
+ name of the database. This does not create the actual database, it
+ simply defines it to say that it exists.
+
+
+
+ dbcreate <name> chain <name> [<name>...]
+
+
+
+ This creates a chained database entry. The first database will be
+ scanned, then the second, the third etc...
+
+
+
+ dbcreate <name> remote <name>
+
+
+
+ This creates a remote entry. the first name field is the database
+ name at the remote node, then the remote switch, then the actual
+ node_call of the remote node, for example...
+
+
+
+ dbcreate buckmaster remote gb7dxc
+
+
+
+ Remote databases cannot be chained, however, the last database in a
+ chain can be a remote database.
+
+
+ 5.2. Importing databases
+
+ The only databases that Spider can currently import are the standard
+ AK1A databases such as OBLAST or the DB0SDX qsl and address database.
+ This will be added to with time.
+
+ To import such a database, first put the file somewhere useful like
+ /tmp and then issue the following command ...
+
+
+
+ dbimport oblast /tmp/OBLAST.FUL
+
+
+
+ This will update the existing local oblast database or create it if it
+ does not exist.
+
+
+ 5.3. Checking available databases
+
+ Once a database is created, you will want to check that it has been
+ added. To do this use the dbavail command. This will output the
+ available databases. For example ...
+
+
+
+ dbavail
+ DB Name Location Chain
+ qsl Local
+ buck GB7ADX
+ hftest GB7DXM
+ G0VGS de GB7MBC 3-Feb-2001 1925Z >
+
+
+
+ 5.4. Looking up databases
+
+ To look for information in a defined database, simply use the dbshow
+ command, for example ...
+
+
+
+ dbshow buckmaster G0YLM
+
+
+
+ will show the information for the callsign G0YLM from the buckmaster
+ database if it exists. To make things more standard for the users you
+ can add an entry in the Aliases file so that it looks like a standard
+ show command like this ...
+
+
+
+ Now you can simply use show/buckmaster or an abreviation.
+
+
+ 5.5. Removing databases
+
+ To delete an existing database you use the dbremove command. For
+ example ...
+
+
+
+ dbremove oblast
+
+
+
+ would remove the oblast database and its associated datafile from the
+ system. There are no warnings or recovery possible from this command.
+ If you remove a database it ceases to exist and would have to be
+ created from scratch if you still required it.
+
+
+ 6. Information, files and useful programs
+
+ 6.1. MOTD
+
+ One of the more important things a cluster sysop needs to do is to get
+ information to his users. The simplest way to do this is to have a
+ banner that is sent to the user on login. This is know as a "message
+ of the day" or "motd". To set this up, simply create a file in
+ /spider/data called motd and edit it to say whatever you want. It is
+ purely a text file and will be sent automatically to anyone logging in
+ to the cluster.
+ 6.2. MOTD_NOR
+
+ This message of the day file lives in the same directory as the
+ standard motd file but is only sent to non-registered users. Once
+ registered they will receive the same message as any other user.
+
+
+ 6.3. Downtime message
+
+ If for any reason the cluster is down, maybe for upgrade or
+ maintenance but the machine is still running, a message can be sent to
+ the user advising them of the fact. This message lives in the
+ /spider/data directory and is called "offline". Simply create the
+ file and edit it to say whatever you wish. This file will be sent to
+ a user attempting to log into the cluster when DXSpider is not
+ actually running.
+
+
+ 6.4. Other text messages
+
+ You can set other text messages to be read by the user if they input
+ the file name. This could be for news items or maybe information for
+ new users. To set this up, make a directory under /spider called
+ packclus. Under this directory you can create files called news or
+ newuser for example. In fact you can create files with any names you
+ like. These can be listed by the user with the command ....
+
+
+
+ show/files
+
+
+
+ They can be read by the user by typing the command ....
+
+
+
+ type news
+
+
+
+ If the file they want to read is called news. You could also set an
+ alias for this in the Alias file to allow them just to type news
+
+
+ You can also store other information in this directory, either
+ directly or nested under directories. One use for this would be to
+ store DX bulletins such as the OPDX bulletins. These can be listed
+ and read by the user. To keep things tidy, make a directory under
+ /spider/packclus called bulletin. Now copy any OPDX or similar
+ bulletins into it. These can be listed by the user in the same way as
+ above using the show/files command with an extension for the bulletin
+ directory you have just created, like this ....
+
+
+
+ show/files bulletin
+
+
+
+ An example would look like this ....
+
+ sh/files
+ bulletin DIR 20-Dec-1999 1715Z news 1602 14-Dec-1999 1330Z
+
+
+
+ You can see that in the files area (basically the packclus directory)
+ there is a file called news and a directory called bulletin. You can
+ also see that dates they were created. In the case of the file news,
+ you can also see the time it was last modified, a good clue as to
+ whether the file has been updated since you last read it. To read the
+ file called news you would simply issue the command ....
+
+
+
+ type news
+
+
+
+ To look what is in the bulletin directory you issue the command ....
+
+
+
+ show/files bulletin
+ opdx390 21381 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx390.1 1670 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ opdx390.2 2193 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx391 25045 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ opdx392 35969 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx393 15023 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ opdx394 33429 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx394.1 3116 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ opdx395 24319 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx396 32647 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ opdx396.1 5537 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx396.2 6242 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ opdx397 18433 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx398 19961 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ opdx399 17719 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx400 19600 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ opdx401 27738 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx402 18698 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ opdx403 24994 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx404 15685 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ opdx405 13984 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx405.1 4166 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ opdx406 28934 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx407 24153 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ opdx408 15081 29-Nov-1999 1621Z opdx409 23234 29-Nov-1999 1621Z
+ Press Enter to continue, A to abort (16 lines) >
+
+
+
+ You can now read any file in this directory using the type command,
+ like this ....
+
+
+
+ type bulletin/opdx391
+ Ohio/Penn DX Bulletin No. 391
+ The Ohio/Penn Dx PacketCluster
+ DX Bulletin No. 391
+ BID: $OPDX.391
+ January 11, 1999
+ Editor Tedd Mirgliotta, KB8NW
+ Provided by BARF-80 BBS Cleveland, Ohio
+ Online at 440-237-8208 28.8k-1200 Baud 8/N/1 (New Area Code!)
+ Thanks to the Northern Ohio Amateur Radio Society, Northern Ohio DX
+ Association, Ohio/Penn PacketCluster Network, K1XN & Golist, WB2RAJ/WB2YQH
+ & The 59(9) DXReport, W3UR & The Daily DX, K3TEJ, KN4UG, W4DC, NC6J, N6HR,
+ Press Enter to continue, A to abort (508 lines) >
+
+
+
+ The page length will of course depend on what you have it set to!
+
+
+ 6.5. The Aliases file
+
+ You will find a file in /spider/cmd/ called Aliases. This is the file
+ that controls what a user gets when issuing a command. It is also
+ possible to create your own aliases for databases and files you create
+ locally.
+
+
+ You should not alter the original file in /spider/cmd/ but create a
+ new file with the same name in /spider/local_cmd. This means that any
+ new Aliases files that is downloaded will not overwrite your self
+ created Aliases and also that you do not override any new Aliases with
+ your copy in /spider/local_cmd/. You must remember that any files you
+ store in /spider/local/ or /spider/local_cmd override the originals if
+ the same lines are used in both files.
+
+
+ The best way of dealing with all this then is to only put your own
+ locally created Aliases in the copy in /spider/local_cmd. The example
+ below is currently in use at GB7MBC.
+
+
+
+ #
+ # Local Aliases File
+ #
+
+ package CmdAlias;
+
+ %alias = (
+ 'n' => [
+ '^news$', 'type news', 'type',
+ ],
+ 's' => [
+ '^sh\w*/buck$', 'show/qrz', 'show',
+ '^sh\w*/hftest$', 'dbshow hftest', 'dbshow',
+ '^sh\w*/qsl$', 'dbshow qsl', 'dbshow',
+ '^sh\w*/vhf$', 'dbshow vhf', 'dbshow',
+ '^sh\w*/vhftest$', 'dbshow vhftest', 'dbshow',
+ ],
+ )
+
+
+
+ Each alphabetical section should be preceded by the initial letter and
+ the section should be wrapped in square brackets as you can see. The
+ syntax is straightforward. The first section on each line is the new
+ command that will be allowed once the alias is included. The second
+ section is the command it is replacing and the last section is the
+ actual command that is being used.
+
+
+ The eagle-eyed amongst you will have noticed that in the first
+ section, the new alias command has a '^' at the start and a '$' at the
+ end. Basically these force a perfect match on the alias. The '^'
+ says match the beginning exactly and the with similar commands.
+
+
+ I have 3 different types of alias in this file. At the top is an
+ alias for 'news'. This is a file I have created in the
+ /spider/packclus/ directory where I can inform users of new
+ developments or points of interest. In it's initial form a user would
+ have to use the command type news. The alias allows them to simply
+ type news to get the info. Second is an alias for the show/qrz
+ command so that those users used to the original show/buck command in
+ AK1A will not get an error, and the rest of the lines are for locally
+ created databases so that a user can type show/hftest instead of
+ having to use the command dbshow hftest which is not as intuitive.
+
+
+ This file is just an example and you should edit it to your own
+ requirements. Once created, simply issue the command load/alias at
+ the cluster prompt as the sysop user and the aliases should be
+ available.
+
+
+
+ 6.6. Console.pl
+
+ In later versions of Spider a simple console program is provided for
+ the sysop. This has a type ahead buffer with line editing facilities
+ and colour for spots, announces etc. To use this program, simply use
+ console.pl instead of client.
+
+
+ To edit the colours, copy /spider/perl/Console.pl to /spider/local and
+ edit the file with your favourite editor.
+
+
+ 6.7. Updating kepler data
+
+ Spider has a powerful and flexible show/satellite command. In order
+ for this to be accurate, the kepler data has to be updated regularly.
+ In general, this data is available as an email or via cluster mail.
+ Updating it is simple. First you need to export the mail message as a
+ file. You do this with the export command from the cluster prompt as
+ the sysop. For example ...
+
+
+
+ export 5467 /spider/perl/keps.in
+
+
+
+ would export message number 5467 as a file called keps.in in the
+ /spider/perl directory.
+
+
+ Now login to a VT as sysop and cd /spider/perl. There is a command in
+ the perl directory called convkeps.pl. All we need to do now is
+ convert the file like so ...
+
+
+
+ ./convkeps.pl keps.in
+
+
+
+ Now go back to the cluster and issue the command ...
+
+
+
+ load/keps
+
+
+
+ That is it! the kepler data has been updated.
+
+
+ 6.8. The QRZ callbook
+
+ The command sh/qrz will only work once you have followed a few simple
+ steps. First you need to get a user ID and password from qrz.com.
+ Simply go to the site and create one. Secondly you need to copy the
+ file /spider/perl/Internet.pm to /spider/local and alter it to match
+ your user ID and password. You also at this point need to set
+ $allow=1 to complete the setup. Many thanks to Fred Lloyd, the
+ proprieter of qrz.com for allowing this access.
+
+
+ 6.9. Connecting logging programs
+
+ There appear to be very few logging programs out there that support
+ telnet especially the popular ones like LogEQF, Turbolog etc. This
+ can make it difficult to connect to your own cluster! The way to do
+ it is to make the logging program think it has a TNC attached to a com
+ port on the logging PC and 'push' a linux login out to it. This is
+ achieved very simply by the use of agetty.
+
+
+ All that is required is to add a line in /etc/inittab to have the
+ client ready for a connection on the com port of your choice.
+ Remember that in Linux, the com ports start at ttyS0 for com1, ttyS1
+ for com2 etc.
+
+
+
+ c4:2345:respawn:/sbin/agetty -L 9600 ttyS1
+
+
+
+ Add this after the standard runlevel lines in /etc/inittab. The above
+ line works on ttyS1 (com2). Now as root, issue the command telinit q
+ and it should be ready for connection. All that is required is a 3
+ wire serial lead (tx, rx and signal ground). Tell you logging program
+ to use 8n1 at 9600 baud and you should see a Linux login prompt.
+ Login as normal and then telnet from there to the cluster.
+
+
+ 7. Java Web applet
+
+ In the spider tree will be a directory spider-web. This is a neat
+ little java web applet that can be run from a website. The applet
+ must run on the same machine as the cluster. The included README file
+ is shown below.
+
+
+ I should comment here that the applet is precompiled, that is, ready
+ to go. It was compiled using JDK1.3.1. If your version is earlier
+ than this then it may not work. Should that be the case you need to
+ recompile or update your JDK. To recompile do the following ...
+
+
+
+ cd /spider/spider-web
+ rm *.class
+ /usr/bin/javac spiderclient.java
+
+
+
+ I have used /usr/bin/javac as an example, your path to javac may be
+ different.
+
+
+ Spider-WEB v0.6b
+
+ Completely based on a clx web client written in Java by dl6dbh
+ (ftp://clx.muc.de/pub/clx/clx-java_10130001.tgz)
+
+ The webserver has to run on the same machine as your DxSpider software!
+
+ It is assumed that you have Java installed. You need JDK1.3.1 at least.
+
+ Installation instructions (Performed as root):
+
+ Put all the files in the spider-web directory into a newly created directory
+ under the DocumentRoot of your websever for instance 'client'. In my case
+ this is: /home/httpd/html/client/ although ymmv. For Suse the correct
+ path should be /usr/local/httpd/htdocs/client/ for example.
+
+ Move spider.cgi to the cgi-bin directory of your webserver, in my case that is
+ /home/httpd/cgi-bin/ although ymmv. For Suse the correct path should be
+ /usr/local/httpd/cgi-bin/ for example.
+
+ Change the permissions of the files to ensure they are correct, obviously you
+ will need to use the correct path the the files according to your system:
+
+ chmod 755 /home/httpd/html/cgi-bin/spider.cgi
+ chmod -R 755 /home/httpd/html/client/
+
+ By default the spider.cgi script should pick up your hostname (As long as this
+ is set correctly). If it does not or your hostname differs from the name that
+ you attach to the public address that you are using, then edit spider.cgi :
+
+ # Uncomment and set the hostname manually here if the above fails.
+ # $HOSTNAME = "gb7mbc.spoo.org" ;
+ $PORT = "8000" ;
+
+
+ telnet (see Listeners.pm)
+
+ NOTE: If you can start the console but cannot connect to the cluster from it,
+ then it is possible that the machine you are on cannot resolve the hostname of
+ your cluster machine. If this is the case, you need to set your hostname
+ manually as above.
+
+ You also need to set the $NODECALL variable. This prints the name of your
+ choosing (probably your cluster callsign) on the html page.
+
+ You now can connect to Spider-Web via http://yourserver/cgi-bin/spider.cgi
+
+
+
+ 8. Web based statistics
+
+ From version 1.50, you can use the freeware software MRTG to produce
+ really nice graphical statistics on your web site. For an example try
+ http://www.gb7mbc.net/mrtg/stats.html.
+
+
+ The following should help you get it all working.
+
+
+ First you need to download the latest version of MRTG from
+ http://people.ee.ethz.ch/~oetiker/webtools/mrtg/. You will also need
+ the following files..
+
+
+
+ libpng-1.0.14.tar.gz
+ zlib-1.1.4.tar.gz
+ gd-1.8.3.tar.gz
+
+
+
+ Login to your machine as the root user, put all the downloaded files
+ in /usr/local/src/ (or wherever you prefer) and untar and compile
+ them. All the information to compile and install these sources come
+ with them. After compilation and installation, you will find MRTG in
+ /usr/local/mrtg-2.
+
+
+ Now copy all the files in /usr/local/src/mrtg-2.9.22/images/ to
+ /spider/html/mrtg/
+
+
+ You now need to make 2 symbolic links like below...
+
+
+
+ ln -s /usr/local/mrtg-2/bin/mrtg /usr/bin/mrtg
+ ln -s /usr/local/mrtg-2/lib/mrtg2 /usr/lib/mrtg2
+
+
+
+ Now login to the cluster with your sysop callsign and run the command
+ "mrtg all".
+
+
+ Now you are nearly there! Login as the sysop user and change to the
+ /spider/html/mrtg/ directory. Now run the command indexmaker as shown
+ below...
+
+
+
+ indexmaker --output stats.html --columns=1 --title "MRTG statistics for GB7DJK" ../../mrtg/mrtg.cfg
+
+
+
+ Changing the callsign for your own cluster callsign of course!
+
+
+ And finally you need to login as the root user and create one last
+ symbolic link. Where this points will depend on where your html
+ documents are kept. For RedHat systems you use...
+
+
+
+ ln -s /home/sysop/spider/html/mrtg /home/httpd/html/mrtg
+
+
+
+ and for SuSE systems...
+
+
+
+ ln -s /home/sysop/spider/html/mrtg /usr/local/httpd/htdocs/mrtg
+
+
+
+ If you now point your browser to your website as below it should all
+ be happening!
+
+
+
+ http://www.xxx.xxx/mrtg/stats.html
+
+
+
+ Of course, to get the stats to update, you need to add some
+ information in the spider crontab file as below...
+
+
+
+ # Update stats for mrtg on website
+ 00,05,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50,55 * * * * run_cmd('mrtg all')
+
+
+
+ This will update the site every 5 minutes.
+
+
+ 9. Security
+
+ From version 1.49 DXSpider has some additional security features.
+ These are not by any means meant to be exhaustive, however they do
+ afford some security against piracy. These two new features can be
+ used independently of each other or in concert to tighten the
+ security.
+
+
+ 9.1. Registration
+
+ The basic principle of registration is simple. If a user is not
+ registered by the sysop, then they have read-only access to the
+ cluster. The only thing they can actually send is a talk or a message
+ to the sysop. In order for them to be able to spot, send announces or
+ talks etc the sysop must register them with the set/register command,
+ like this ...
+
+
+
+ set/register g0vgs
+
+
+
+ The user g0vgs can now fully use the cluster. In order to enable
+ registration, you can issue the command ...
+
+ set/var $main::reqreg = 1
+
+
+
+ Any users that are not registered will now see the motd_nor file
+ rather than the motd file as discussed in the Information, files and
+ useful programs section.
+
+
+ Entering this line at the prompt will only last for the time the
+ cluster is running of course and would not be present on a restart.
+ To make the change permanent, add the above line to
+ /spider/scripts/startup. To read more on the startup file, see the
+ section on Information, files and useful programs.
+
+
+ To unregister a user use unset/register and to show the list of
+ registered users, use the command show/register.
+
+
+ 9.2. Passwords
+
+ At the moment, passwords only affect users who login to a DXSpider
+ cluster node via telnet. If a user requires a password, they can
+ either set it themselves or have the sysop enter it for them by using
+ the set/password command. Any users who already have passwords, such
+ as remote sysops, will be asked for their passwords automatically by
+ the cluster. Using passwords in this way means that the user has a
+ choice on whether to have a password or not. To force the use of
+ passwords at login, issue the command ...
+
+
+
+ set/var $main::passwdreq = 1
+
+
+
+ at the cluster prompt. This can also be added to the
+ /spider/scripts/startup file as above to make the change permanent.
+
+
+ Of course, if you do this you will have to assign a password for each
+ of your users. If you were asking them to register, it is anticipated
+ that you would ask them to send you a message both to ask to be
+ registered and to give you the password they wish to use.
+
+
+ Should a user forget their password, it can be reset by the sysop by
+ first removing the existing password and then setting a new one like
+ so ...
+
+
+
+ unset/password g0vgs
+ set/password g0vgs new_password
+
+
+
+ 10. CVS
+
+
+
+ 10.1. CVS from a Linux platform
+
+ CVS stands for "Concurrent Versions System" and the CVS for DXSpider
+ is held at Sourceforge. This means that it is possible to update your
+ DXSpider installation to the latest sources by using a few simple
+ commands. A graphical interface to CVS for Windows is explained in
+ the next section.
+
+
+ Please be aware that if you update your system using CVS, it is
+ possible that you could be running code that is very beta and not
+ fully tested. There is a possibility that it could be unstable.
+
+
+ I am of course assuming that you have a machine with both DXSpider and
+ Internet access running.
+
+
+ BEFORE YOU EVEN CONSIDER STARTING WITH THIS MAKE A BACKUP OF YOUR
+ ENTIRE SPIDER TREE!!
+
+
+ Assuming you are connected to the Internet, you need to login to the
+ CVS repository and then update your Spider source. There are several
+ steps which are listed below ...
+
+
+ First login as the user sysop. Next you need to connect to the CVS
+ repository. You do this with the command below ...
+
+
+ cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.DXSpider.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/dxspider login
+
+
+
+ You will get a password prompt. Simply hit return here and your
+ machine should return to a normal linux prompt.
+
+
+ What happens next depends on whether you have an existing installation
+ that you want to update with the latest and greatest or whether you
+ just want to see what is there and/or run it on a new machine for
+ testing.
+
+ If you are installing Spider from CVS then change directory to
+ /home/sysop
+
+ If you are wanting to update Spider then cd to /tmp
+
+
+ The next step will create a brand new 'spider' directory in your
+ current directory.
+
+
+ cvs -z3 -d:pserver:anonymous@cvs.DXSpider.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/dxspider co spider
+
+
+
+ This command is all on one line.
+
+
+ Hopefully your screen should show you downloading files. The -z3
+ simply compresses the download to improve speed. When this has
+ finished, you will have exactly the same as if you had untarred a full
+ tarball PLUS some extra directories and files that CVS needs to do the
+ magic that it does.
+ Now if you are doing a new installation, that's it. Carry on as if
+ you have just downloaded and untarred the lastest tarball.
+
+
+ If you want to upgrade your current installation then do this ...
+
+
+
+ tar cvfz /tmp/s.tgz spider
+ cd /
+ tar xvfzp /tmp/s.tgz
+
+
+
+ This is assuming you downloaded to the /tmp directory of course.
+
+
+ NOTE: the 'p' on the end of the 'xvfz' is IMPORTANT! It keeps the
+ permissions correct. YOU WERE LOGGED IN AS THE USER SYSOP WEREN'T
+ YOU?????
+
+ Remember to recompile the C client (cd /spider/src; make)
+
+
+ At this point the files have been upgraded. You can (usually) restart
+ the cluster in your own time. However, if you attempt to use any new
+ commands or features expect it to be fatal! At least your cluster
+ will have been restarted then so it will be too late to worry about
+ it!
+
+
+ Now the magic part! From now on when you want to update, simply
+ connect to the Internet and then, as the user sysop ...
+
+
+
+ cd /spider
+ cvs -z3 update -d
+
+
+
+ and your files will be updated. As above, remember to recompile the
+ "C" client if it has been updated (CVS will tell you) and restart if
+ any of the perl scripts have been altered or added, again, CVS will
+ tell you.
+
+
+ You will find any changes documented in the /spider/Changes file.
+
+
+ 10.2. CVS from a Windows platform
+
+ After the initial setup, an update to your DXSpider software is no
+ more than a couple of clicks away. This section is intended to
+ explain and illustrate the use of the WinCVS application to update
+ your DXSpider software. The current stable version of WinCVS is Ver.
+ 1.2. You can get this software at:
+
+ http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/cvsgui/WinCvs120.zip
+
+ Pick your download mirror and then install WinCVS after the download
+ is complete.
+
+
+ In this next section I have included a series of links to .jpg files
+ to take advantage of the picture and 1000 words equivalency. The .jpg
+ files are in the C:\spider\html directory. If someone using a Linux
+ system is reading this section from boredom, the files are in
+ /home/sysop/spider/html. One aside, a Linux user can also get a copy
+ of gcvs and do your updates graphically as opposed to from the command
+ line. The following descriptions are almost identical between WinCvs
+ and gcvs. The following screen shots have duplicate links, depending
+ upon whether you are viewing this information under the Windows or
+ Linux operating system.
+
+ When WinCVS is installed, running, and you are connected to the
+ internet, the initial screen looks like:
+
+ initial.jpg
+
+ If you want, you can also look at these .jpg files with another viewer
+ that might provide some better clarity to the image. On the left is
+ the directory tree for your hard disk. Notice that the spider
+ directory has a gray highlight.
+
+ To start configuring WinCVS, click on Admin at the top of the screen
+ and then Preferences. This should get you:
+
+ pref-gen.jpg
+
+ In the top line for CVSROOT, enter:
+
+
+ anonymous@cvs.DXSpider.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/dxspider login
+
+
+
+ and select
+
+
+ "passwd" file on the cvs server
+
+
+
+ for Authentication on the General tab.
+
+ Next, move to the right to the Ports tab.
+
+ pref-ports.jpg
+
+ In here, check the box on the second line down for the "pserver" port.
+ Enter a port number of 2401.
+
+ Finally, go to the WinCvs tab all the way to the right.
+
+ pref-wincvs.jpg
+
+ Enter Notepad as the viewer to open files. For the HOME folder, put
+ "C:\spider" and click OK because the configuration is now complete.
+
+ You are now ready to upgrade your copy of DXSpider. Click on the
+ greyed Spider folder shown in the directory tree on the left of the
+ WinCVS display. Two things should happen. The Spider folder will be
+ selected and the greyed-out arrow located just below the word Query in
+ the top line will turn to solid green.
+
+ For anyone using gcvs under Linux, the green arrow is located on the
+ extreme left of the display, under the word File. A gcvs screen looks
+ like:
+
+ gcvs.jpg
+
+ Click on the now green arrow to start the download process. An Update
+ Settings box will be displayed to which you can simply say OK.
+
+ update-OK.jpg
+
+ For future reference, the Update Settings box is the place where you
+ can enter information to revert to a prior version of DXSpider.
+ Information on reverting to a Before Date is contained in the WinCVS
+ manual.
+
+ After a short period of time, a series of file names will scroll by in
+ the lower pane of the WinCVS window. Eventually you should see
+
+
+ *****CVS exited normally with code 0*****
+
+
+
+ appear in the lower pane. You're done. The updated files are in
+ place ready for you to stop and then restart your DXSpider. After the
+ restart, you're running with the latest version of DXSpider.
+
+ completed.jpg
+
+ To paraphrase from the CVS section... Now the magic part! From now on
+ when you want to update, simply connect to the Internet and start
+ WinCVS.
+
+
+ Click on the greyed-out Spider directory in the left screen
+ Click on the green down arrow
+ Click OK on the Update Settings dialog box
+ Restart your Spider software
+
+
+
+ 11. The DXSpider command set
+
+ 11.1. accept (0)
+
+ accept Set a filter to accept something
+
+ Create a filter to accept somethingThere are 2 types of filter, accept
+ and reject. See HELP FILTERING for moreinfo.
+
+ 11.2. accept/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+ accept/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> Announce filter sysop
+ version
+
+ This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as
+ thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+
+
+ accept/ann by G,M,2 accept/ann input node_default by G,M,2 accept/ann user_default by G,M,2
+
+
+
+ 11.3. accept/announce [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+ accept/announce [0-9] <pattern> Set an 'accept' filter line for
+ announce
+
+ Create an 'accept this announce' line for a filter. An accept filter
+ line means that if the announce matches this filter it ispassed onto
+ the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read thisto
+ understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.You
+ can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 origin <prefixes> origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,NH by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_state <states> channel <prefixes> wx 1 filter WX announces dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
+
+
+
+ some examples:-
+
+
+ acc/ann dest 6MUK acc/ann 2 by_zone 14,15,16 (this could be all on one line: acc/ann dest 6MUK or by_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ or
+
+
+ acc/ann by G,M,2
+
+
+
+ for american states
+
+
+ acc/ann by_state va,nh,ri,nh
+
+
+
+ You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:
+
+
+ acc/ann all
+
+
+
+ but this probably for advanced users...
+
+ 11.4. accept/route <call> [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+ accept/route <call> [0-9] <pattern> Set an 'accept' filter line for
+ routing
+
+ Create an 'accept this routing PC Protocol' line for a filter. An
+ accept filter line means that if a PC16/17/19/21/24/41/50 matches this
+ filter it is passed thru that interface. See HELP FILTERING for more
+ info. Please read thisto understand how filters work - it will save a
+ lot of grief later on.You can use any of the following things in this
+ line:-
+
+
+ call <prefixes> the callsign of the thingy call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW call_zone <prefixes or numbers> call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,NH origin <prefixes> really the interface it came in on origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,NH
+
+
+
+ some examples:-
+
+
+ acc/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (send only UK+EIRE nodes) acc/route gb7djk call gb7djk (equiv to SET/ISOLATE)
+
+
+
+ you can now use 'by' as a synonym for 'call' so:
+
+
+ by = call by_dxcc = call_dxcc
+
+
+
+ and so onYou can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:
+
+
+ acc/route all
+
+
+
+ 11.5. accept/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+ accept/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> Spot filter sysop version
+
+ This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as
+ thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+
+
+ accept/spot db0sue-7 1 by_zone 14,15,16 accept/spot node_default all set/hops node_default 10
+
+
+
+ accept/spot user_default by G,M,2
+
+
+
+ 11.6. accept/spots [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+ accept/spots [0-9] <pattern> Set an 'accept' filter line for spots
+
+ Create an 'accept this spot' line for a filter. An accept filter line
+ means that if the spot matches this filter it ispassed onto the user.
+ See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read thisto understand how
+ filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.You can use any of
+ the following things in this line:-
+
+
+ freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m on <range> same as 'freq' call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9 info <string> eg: iota or qsl by <prefixes> call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW call_zone <prefixes or numbers> call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME origin <prefixes> channel <prefixes>
+
+
+
+ acc/spot 1 on hf/cw acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything, eg:
+
+
+ acc/spot 3 all
+
+
+
+ for US states
+
+
+ acc/spots by_state VA,NH,RI,MA,ME
+
+
+
+ but this probably for advanced users...
+
+ 11.7. accept/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+ accept/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> WCY filter sysop version
+
+ This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as
+ thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+
+
+ accept/wcy node_default all set/hops node_default 10
+
+
+
+ 11.8. accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+ accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern> set an 'accept' WCY filter
+
+ It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you
+ canfilter on the following fields:-
+
+
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 origin <prefixes> origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> channel <prefixes>
+
+
+
+ There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place
+ andyou either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want
+ them).This command is really provided for future use.See HELP FILTER
+ for information.
+
+ 11.9. accept/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+ accept/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> WWV filter sysop version
+
+ This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as
+ thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+
+
+ accept/wwv db0sue-7 1 by_zone 4 accept/wwv node_default all set/hops node_default 10
+
+
+
+ accept/wwv user_default by W,K
+
+
+
+ 11.10. accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+ accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern> set an 'accept' WWV filter
+
+ It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you
+ canfilter on the following fields:-
+
+
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 origin <prefixes> origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> channel <prefixes>
+
+
+
+ for example
+
+
+ accept/wwv by_zone 4
+
+
+
+ is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV
+ broadcastsby stations in the US).See HELP FILTER for information.
+
+ 11.11. announce <text> (0)
+
+ announce <text> Send an announcement to LOCAL users only
+
+ <text> is the text of the announcement you wish to broadcast
+
+ 11.12. announce full <text> (0)
+
+ announce full <text> Send an announcement cluster wide
+
+ This will send your announcement cluster wide
+
+ 11.13. announce sysop <text> (5)
+
+ announce sysop <text> Send an announcement to Sysops only
+
+
+ 11.14. apropos <string> (0)
+
+ apropos <string> Search help database for <string>
+
+ Search the help database for <string> (it isn't case sensitive), and
+ printthe names of all the commands that may be relevant.
+
+ 11.15. blank [<string>] [<nn>] (0)
+
+ blank [<string>] [<nn>] Print nn (default 1) blank lines (or strings)
+
+ In its basic form this command prints one or more blank lines. However
+ ifyou pass it a string it will replicate the string for the width of
+ the screen (default 80) and then print that one or more times, so:
+
+
+ blank 2
+
+
+
+ prints two blank lines
+
+
+ blank -
+
+
+
+ prints a row of - characters once.
+
+
+ blank abc
+
+
+
+ prints 'abcabcabcabcabcabc....'This is really only of any use in a
+ script file and you can print a maximumof 9 lines.
+
+ 11.16. bye (0)
+
+ bye Exit from the cluster
+
+ This will disconnect you from the cluster
+
+ 11.17. catchup <node call> all|[<msgno> ...] (5)
+
+ catchup <node call> all|[<msgno> ...] Mark a message as sent
+
+
+ 11.18. clear/announce <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+
+ clear/announce <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] Clear a announce filter
+ line
+
+ A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or
+ thenode_default or user_default.
+
+ 11.19. clear/announce [1|all] (0)
+
+ clear/announce [1|all] Clear a announce filter line
+
+ This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a annouce filter
+ or to remove the whole filter.see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed
+ explanation.
+
+ 11.20. clear/route <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+
+ clear/route <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] Clear a route filter line
+
+ A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or
+ thenode_default or user_default.
+
+ 11.21. clear/route [1|all] (0)
+
+ clear/route [1|all] Clear a route filter line
+
+ This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a route filter or
+ to remove the whole filter.see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed
+ explanation.
+
+ 11.22. clear/spots <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+
+ clear/spots <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] Clear a spot filter line
+
+ A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or
+ thenode_default or user_default.
+
+ 11.23. clear/spots [0-9|all] (0)
+
+ clear/spots [0-9|all] Clear a spot filter line
+
+ This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a spot filter or
+ to remove the whole filter.If you have a filter:-
+
+
+ acc/spot 1 on hf/cw acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ and you say:-
+
+ clear/spot 1
+
+
+
+ you will be left with:-
+
+
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ If you do:
+
+
+ clear/spot all
+
+
+
+ the filter will be completely removed.
+
+ 11.24. clear/wcy <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+
+ clear/wcy <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] Clear a WCY filter line
+
+ A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or
+ thenode_default or user_default.
+
+ 11.25. clear/wcy [1|all] (0)
+
+ clear/wcy [1|all] Clear a WCY filter line
+
+ This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WCY filter or to
+ remove the whole filter.see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed
+ explanation.
+
+ 11.26. clear/wwv <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] (8)
+
+ clear/wwv <callsign> [input] [0-9|all] Clear a WWV filter line
+
+ A sysop can clear an input or normal output filter for a user or
+ thenode_default or user_default.
+
+ 11.27. clear/wwv [1|all] (0)
+
+ clear/wwv [1|all] Clear a WWV filter line
+
+ This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WWV filter or to
+ remove the whole filter.see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed
+ explanation.
+
+ 11.28. connect <callsign> (5)
+
+ connect <callsign> Start a connection to another DX Cluster
+
+ Start a connection process that will culminate in a new connection to
+ theDX cluster <callsign>. This process creates a new 'client' process
+ which willuse the script in /spider/connect/<callsign> to effect the
+ 'chat' exchangenecessary to traverse the network(s) to logon to the
+ cluster <callsign>.
+
+ 11.29. dbavail (0)
+
+ dbavail Show a list of all the Databases in the system
+
+ Title says it all really, this command lists all the databases
+ definedin the system. It is also aliased to SHOW/COMMAND.
+ 11.30. dbshow <dbname> <key> (0)
+
+ dbshow <dbname> <key> Display an entry, if it exists, in a database
+
+ This is the generic user interface to the database to the database
+ system.It is expected that the sysop will add an entry to the local
+ Aliases fileso that users can use the more familiar AK1A style of
+ enquiry such as:
+
+
+ SH/BUCK G1TLH
+
+
+
+ but if he hasn't and the database really does exist (use DBAVAIL
+ orSHOW/COMMAND to find out) you can do the same thing with:
+
+
+ DBSHOW buck G1TLH
+
+
+
+ 11.31. directory (0)
+
+ directory List messages
+
+
+ 11.32. directory <from>-<to> (0)
+
+ directory <from>-<to> List messages <from> message <to> message
+
+ List the messages in the messages directory.If there is a 'p' one
+ space after the message number then it is a personal message. If there
+ is a '-' between the message number and the'p' then this indicates
+ that the message has been read.You can use shell escape characters
+ such as '*' and '?' in the <call>fields.You can combine some of the
+ various directory commands together eg:-
+
+
+ DIR TO G1TLH 5
+
+
+
+ or
+
+
+ DIR SUBJECT IOTA 200-250
+
+
+
+ You can abbreviate all the commands to one letter and use ak1a syn-
+ tax:-
+
+
+ DIR/T G1* 10 DIR/S QSL 10-100 5
+
+
+
+ 11.33. directory <nn> (0)
+
+ directory <nn> List last <nn> messages
+
+
+
+ 11.34. directory all (0)
+
+ directory all List all messages
+
+
+ 11.35. directory from <call> (0)
+
+ directory from <call> List all messages from <call>
+
+
+ 11.36. directory new (0)
+
+ directory new List all new messages
+
+
+ 11.37. directory own (0)
+
+ directory own List your own messages
+
+
+ 11.38. directory subject <string> (0)
+
+ directory subject <string> List all messages with <string> in subject
+
+
+ 11.39. directory to <call> (0)
+
+ directory to <call> List all messages to <call>
+
+
+ 11.40. directory- (5)
+
+ directory-
+
+ Sysops can see all users' messages.
+
+ 11.41. disconnect <call> [<call> ...] (8)
+
+ disconnect <call> [<call> ...] Disconnect a user or cluster
+
+ Disconnect any <call> connected locally
+
+ 11.42. dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks> (0)
+
+ dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks> Send a DX spot
+
+ This is how you send a DX Spot to other users. You can, in fact,
+ nowenter the <freq> and the <call> either way round.
+
+
+ DX FR0G 144.600 DX 144.600 FR0G DX 144600 FR0G
+
+
+
+ will all give the same result. You can add some remarks to the endof
+ the command and they will be added to the spot.
+
+
+ DX FR0G 144600 this is a test
+
+
+
+ You can credit someone else by saying:-
+
+
+
+ DX by G1TLH FR0G 144.600 he isn't on the cluster
+
+
+
+ The <freq> is compared against the available bands set up in the clus-
+ ter. See SHOW/BANDS for more information.
+
+ 11.43. echo <line> (0)
+
+ echo <line> Echo the line to the output
+
+ This command is useful in scripts and so forth for printing theline
+ that you give to the command to the output. You can use thisin
+ user_default scripts and the SAVE command for titling and so forthThe
+ script will interpret certain standard "escape" sequences as follows:-
+
+
+ \t - becomes a TAB character (0x09 in ascii) \a - becomes a BEEP character (0x07 in ascii) \n - prints a new line
+
+
+
+ So the following example:-
+
+
+ echo GB7DJK is a dxcluster
+
+
+
+ produces:-
+
+
+ GB7DJK is a dxcluster
+
+
+
+ on the output. You don't need a \n on the end of the line you want to
+ send.A more complex example:-
+
+
+ echo GB7DJK\n\tg1tlh\tDirk\n\tg3xvf\tRichard
+
+
+
+ produces:-
+
+
+ GB7DJK g1tlh Dirk g3xvf Richard
+
+
+
+ on the output.
+
+ 11.44. filtering... (0)
+
+ filtering... Filtering things in DXSpider
+
+ There are a number of things you can filter in the DXSpider system.
+ Theyall use the same general mechanism.In general terms you can create
+ a 'reject' or an 'accept' filter whichcan have up to 10 lines in it.
+ You do this using, for example:-
+
+
+ accept/spots ..... reject/spots .....
+
+
+
+ where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. There-
+ are filters for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops)connects.
+ See each different accept or reject command reference formore
+ details.There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a
+ filter andone to show you what you have set. They are:-
+
+
+ clear/spots 1 clear/spots all
+
+
+
+ and
+
+
+ show/filter
+
+
+
+ There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.For now we are
+ going to use spots for the examples, but you can applythe principles
+ to all types of filter.There are two main types of filter 'accept' or
+ 'reject'; which you usedepends entirely on how you look at the world
+ and what is leastwriting to achieve what you want. Each filter has 10
+ lines (of anylength) which are tried in order. If a line matches then
+ the actionyou have specified is taken (ie reject means ignore it and
+ acceptmeans gimme it).The important thing to remember is that if you
+ specify a 'reject'filter (all the lines in it say 'reject/spots' (for
+ instance)) then ifa spot comes in that doesn't match any of the lines
+ then you will getit BUT if you specify an 'accept' filter then any
+ spots that don'tmatch are dumped. For example if I have a one line
+ accept filter:-
+
+
+ accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ then automatically you will ONLY get VHF spots from or to CQ zones
+ 1415 and 16. If you set a reject filter like:
+
+
+ reject/spots on hf/cw
+
+
+
+ Then you will get everything EXCEPT HF CW spots, If you am interested
+ in IOTAand will work it even on CW then you could say:-
+
+
+ reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota
+
+
+
+ But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-
+
+
+ accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota
+
+
+
+ which is exactly the same. You should choose one or the other untilyou
+ are confortable with the way it works. Yes, you can mix them(actually
+ you can have an accept AND a reject on the same line) butdon't try
+ this at home until you can analyse the results that you getwithout
+ ringing up the sysop for help.Another useful addition now is filtering
+ by US state
+ accept/spots by_state VA,NH,RI,ME
+
+
+
+ You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for
+ yourown understanding or simply convenience. I have one set fre-
+ quently:-
+
+
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/cw reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots (being a class B I
+ can'tread any CW and couldn't possibly be interested in HF :-) and
+ alsorejects any spots on VHF which don't either originate or spot
+ someonein Europe.This is an exmaple where you would use the line num-
+ ber (1 and 2 inthis case), if you leave the digit out, the system
+ assumes '1'. Digits'0'-'9' are available.You can leave the word 'and'
+ out if you want, it is implied. You canuse any number of brackets to
+ make the 'expression' as you wantit. There are things called prece-
+ dence rules working here which meanthat you will NEED brackets in a
+ situation like line 2 because,without it, will assume:-
+
+
+ (on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16
+
+
+
+ annoying, but that is the way it is. If you use OR - usebrackets.
+ Whilst we are here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' isjust 'and
+ by_zone'.If you want to alter your filter you can just redefine one or
+ morelines of it or clear out one line. For example:-
+
+
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb
+
+
+
+ or
+
+
+ clear/spots 1
+
+
+
+ To remove the filter in its entirty:-
+
+
+ clear/spots all
+
+
+
+ There are similar CLEAR commands for the other filters:-
+
+
+ clear/announce clear/wcy clear/wwv
+
+
+
+ ADVANCED USERS:-Once you are happy with the results you get, you may
+ like to experiment. my example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts
+ vhf/uhf spots from EUcan be written with a mixed filter, eg:
+
+
+
+ rej/spot on hf/cw acc/spot on 0/30000 acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ each filter slot actually has a 'reject' slot and an 'accept'slot. The
+ reject slot is executed BEFORE the accept slot.It was mentioned ear-
+ lier that after a reject test that doesn't match,the default for fol-
+ lowing tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for'accept'. In the
+ example what happens is that the reject is executedfirst, any non
+ hf/cw spot is passed to the accept line, which letsthru everything
+ else on HF.The next filter line lets through just VHF/UHF spots from
+ EU.
+
+ 11.45. forward/latlong <node_call> (8)
+
+ forward/latlong <node_call> Send latitude and longitude information to
+ another cluster
+
+ This command sends all the latitude and longitude information that
+ yourcluster is holding against callsigns. One advantage of recieving
+ thisinformation is that more locator information is held by you.
+ Thismeans that more locators are given on the DX line assuming you
+ haveSET/DXGRID enabled. This could be a LOT of information though,
+ soit is not recommended on slow links.
+
+ 11.46. forward/opernam <call> (1)
+
+ forward/opernam <call> Send out information on this <call> to all
+ clusters
+
+ This command sends out any information held in the user file which can
+ be broadcast in PC41 protocol packets. This information is Name, QTH,
+ Locationand Homenode. PC41s are only sent for the information that is
+ available.
+
+ 11.47. help (0)
+
+ help The HELP Command
+
+ HELP is available for a number of commands. The syntax is:-
+
+
+ HELP <cmd>
+
+
+
+ Where <cmd> is the name of the command you want help on.All commands
+ can be abbreviated, so SHOW/DX can be abbreviatedto SH/DX, ANNOUNCE
+ can be shortened to AN and so on.Look at the APROPOS <string> command
+ which will search the help databasefor the <string> you specify and
+ give you a list of likely commandsto look at with HELP.
+
+ 11.48. init <node> (5)
+
+ init <node> Re-initialise a link to an AK1A compatible node
+
+ This command attempts to re-initialise a link to a (usually) AK1A
+ nodethat has got confused, usually by a protocol loop of some kind. It
+ maywork - but you usually will be better off simply disconnecting it
+ (orbetter, if it is a real AK1A node, doing an RCMD <node> DISC/F
+ <yournode>).Best of luck - you will need it.
+
+ 11.49. kill (5)
+
+ kill
+
+ As a sysop you can kill any message on the system.
+
+ 11.50. kill <from msgno>-<to msgno> (0)
+
+ kill <from msgno>-<to msgno> Delete a range of messages
+
+
+ 11.51. kill <from>-<to> (5)
+
+ kill <from>-<to> Remove a range of messages from the system
+
+
+ 11.52. kill <msgno> [<msgno..] (0)
+
+ kill <msgno> [<msgno..] Delete a message from the local system
+
+
+ 11.53. kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...] (0)
+
+ kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...] Remove or erase a message from the system
+
+ You can get rid of any message to or originating from your callsign
+ using this command. You can remove more than one message at a time.
+
+ 11.54. kill expunge <msgno> [<msgno..] (6)
+
+ kill expunge <msgno> [<msgno..] Expunge a message
+
+ Deleting a message using the normal KILL commands only marks that
+ messagefor deletion. The actual deletion only happens later (usually
+ two days later).The KILL EXPUNGE command causes the message to be
+ truly deleted more or lessimmediately.It otherwise is used in the same
+ way as the KILL command.
+
+ 11.55. kill from <call> (5)
+
+ kill from <call> Remove all messages from a callsign
+
+
+ 11.56. kill full <msgno> [<msgno..] (5)
+
+ kill full <msgno> [<msgno..] Delete a message from the whole cluster
+
+ Delete a message from the local system. You will only be able todelete
+ messages that you have originated or been sent (unless you arethe
+ sysop).
+
+
+ KILL 1234-1255
+
+
+
+ Will delete all the messages that you own between msgnos 1234 and
+ 1255.
+
+
+ KILL from g1tlh
+
+
+
+ will delete all the messages from g1tlh (if you are g1tlh). Similarly:
+
+
+ KILL to g1tlh
+
+
+ will delete all messages to g1tlh.
+
+
+ KILL FULL 1234
+
+
+
+ will delete a message (usually a 'bulletin') from the whole cluster
+ system. This uses the subject field, so any messages that have exactly
+ thesame subject will be deleted. Beware!
+
+ 11.57. kill full <msgno> [<msgno] (5)
+
+ kill full <msgno> [<msgno] Remove a message from the entire cluster
+
+ Remove this message from the entire cluster system as well as your
+ node.
+
+ 11.58. kill to <call> (5)
+
+ kill to <call> Remove all messages to a callsign
+
+
+ 11.59. kill from <regex> (0)
+
+ kill from <regex> Delete messages FROM a callsign or pattern
+
+
+ 11.60. kill to <regex> (0)
+
+ kill to <regex> Delete messages TO a callsign or pattern
+
+
+ 11.61. links (0)
+
+ links Show which nodes is physically connected
+
+ This is a quick listing that shows which links are connected andsome
+ information about them. See WHO for a list of all connections.
+
+ 11.62. load/keps (5)
+
+ load/keps Load new keps data
+
+
+ 11.63. load/keps [nn] (5)
+
+ load/keps [nn] Load new keps data from message
+
+ If there is no message number then reload the current Keps data
+ fromthe Keps.pm data file. You create this file by running
+
+
+ /spider/perl/convkeps.pl <filename>
+
+
+
+ on a file containing NASA 2 line keps as a message issued by AMSAT. If
+ there is a message number, then it will take the message, runcon-
+ vkeps.pl on it and then load the data, all in one step.These messages
+ are sent to ALL by GB7DJK (and others) from time to time.
+
+ 11.64. merge <node> [<no spots>/<no wwv>] (5)
+
+ merge <node> [<no spots>/<no wwv>] Ask for the latest spots and WWV
+
+ MERGE allows you to bring your spot and wwv database up to date. By
+ defaultit will request the last 10 spots and 5 WWVs from the node you
+ select. The node must be connected locally.You can request any number
+ of spots or wwv and although they will be appendedto your databases
+ they will not duplicate any that have recently been added (the last 2
+ days for spots and last month for WWV data).
+
+ 11.65. pc <call> <text> (8)
+
+ pc <call> <text> Send arbitrary text to a connected callsign
+
+ Send some arbitrary text to a locally connected callsign. Noprocessing
+ is done on the text. This command allows you to send PCProtocol to
+ unstick things if problems arise (messages get stucketc). eg:-
+
+
+ pc gb7djk PC33^GB7TLH^GB7DJK^400^
+
+
+
+ or
+
+
+ pc G1TLH Try doing that properly!!!
+
+
+
+ Send any text you like to the callsign requested. This is used mainly
+ to sendPC protocol to connected nodes either for testing or to unstick
+ things. You can also use in the same way as a talk command to a con-
+ nected user butwithout any processing, added of "from <blah> to <blah"
+ or whatever.
+
+ 11.66. ping <node call> (1)
+
+ ping <node call> Check the link quality between nodes
+
+ This command allows you to send a frame to another cluster node onthe
+ network and get a return frame. The time it takes to do thisis a good
+ indication of the quality of the link. The actual timeit takes is
+ output to the console in seconds.Any visible cluster node can be
+ PINGed.
+
+ 11.67. rcmd <node call> <cmd> (1)
+
+ rcmd <node call> <cmd> Send a command to another DX Cluster
+
+ This command allows you to send nearly any command to another DX
+ Clusternode that is connected to the system. Whether you get any
+ output is dependant on a) whether the other system knowsthat the node
+ callsign of this cluster is in fact a node b) whether theother system
+ is allowing RCMDs from this node and c) whether you havepermission to
+ send this command at all.
+
+ 11.68. read (0)
+
+ read Read the next unread personal message addressed to you
+
+
+ 11.69. read <msgno> (0)
+
+ read <msgno> Read the specified message
+
+ You can read any messages that are sent as 'non-personal' and also
+ anymessage either sent by or sent to your callsign.
+
+ 11.70. read- (5)
+
+ read-
+
+ As a sysop you may read any message on the system
+
+ 11.71. reject (0)
+
+ reject Set a filter to reject something
+
+ Create a filter to reject somethingThere are 2 types of filter, accept
+ and reject. See HELP FILTERING for moreinfo.
+
+ 11.72. reject/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+ reject/announce <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> Announce filter sysop
+ version
+
+ This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as
+ thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+
+
+ reject/ann by G,M,2 reject/ann input node_default by G,M,2 reject/ann user_default by G,M,2
+
+
+
+ 11.73. reject/announce [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+ reject/announce [0-9] <pattern> Set a 'reject' filter line for
+ announce
+
+ Create an 'reject this announce' line for a filter. A reject filter
+ line means that if the announce matches this filter it ispassed onto
+ the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read thisto
+ understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.You
+ can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 origin <prefixes> origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME channel <prefixes> wx 1 filter WX announces dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
+
+
+
+ some examples:-
+
+
+ rej/ann by_zone 14,15,16 and not by G,M,2
+
+
+
+ You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+
+
+ rej/ann all
+
+
+
+ but this probably for advanced users...
+
+ 11.74. reject/route <call> [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+ reject/route <call> [0-9] <pattern> Set an 'reject' filter line for
+ routing
+
+ Create an 'reject this routing PC Protocol' line for a filter. An
+ reject filter line means that if a PC16/17/19/21/24/41/50 matches this
+ filter it is NOT passed thru that interface. See HELP FILTERING for
+ more info. Please read this to understand how filters work - it will
+ save a lot of grief later on.You can use any of the following things
+ in this line:-
+
+
+ call <prefixes> the callsign of the thingy call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW call_zone <prefixes or numbers> call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME origin <prefixes> really the interface it came in on origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+
+
+
+ some examples:-
+
+
+ rej/route gb7djk call_dxcc 61,38 (everything except UK+EIRE nodes)
+
+
+
+ You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+
+
+ rej/route all (equiv to [very] restricted mode)
+
+
+
+ as with ACCEPT/ROUTE 'by' is now a synonym for 'call'.
+
+ 11.75. reject/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+ reject/spots <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> Spot filter sysop version
+
+ This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as
+ thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+
+
+ reject/spot db0sue-7 1 by_zone 14,15,16 reject/spot node_default all set/hops node_default 10
+
+
+
+ reject/spot user_default by G,M,2
+
+
+
+ 11.76. reject/spots [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+ reject/spots [0-9] <pattern> Set a 'reject' filter line for spots
+
+ Create a 'reject this spot' line for a filter. A reject filter line
+ means that if the spot matches this filter it isdumped (not passed
+ on). See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read thisto understand
+ how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.You can use
+ any of the following things in this line:-
+
+
+ freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m on <range> same as 'freq' call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9 info <string> eg: iota or qsl by <prefixes> call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW call_zone <prefixes or numbers> call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME origin <prefixes> channel <prefixes>
+
+
+
+ rej/spot 1 on hf rej/spot 2 on vhf and not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+
+
+ rej/spot 3 all
+
+
+
+ but this probably for advanced users...
+
+ 11.77. reject/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+ reject/wcy <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> WCY filter sysop version
+
+ This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as
+ thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+
+
+ reject/wcy gb7djk all
+
+
+
+ 11.78. reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+ reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern> set a 'reject' WCY filter
+
+ It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you
+ canfilter on the following fields:-
+
+
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 origin <prefixes> origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> channel <prefixes>
+
+
+
+ There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place
+ andyou either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want
+ them).This command is really provided for future use.See HELP FILTER
+ for information.
+
+ 11.79. reject/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> (8)
+
+ reject/wwv <call> [input] [0-9] <pattern> WWV filter sysop version
+
+ This version allows a sysop to set a filter for a callsign as well as
+ thedefault for nodes and users eg:-
+
+
+ reject/wwv db0sue-7 1 by_zone 4 reject/wwv node_default all
+
+
+
+ reject/wwv user_default by W
+
+
+
+ 11.80. reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern> (0)
+
+ reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern> set a 'reject' WWV filter
+
+ It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you
+ canfilter on the following fields:-
+
+
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2 origin <prefixes> origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G) origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW origin_zone <prefixes or numbers> by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> by_itu <prefixes or numbers> by_zone <prefixes or numbers> channel <prefixes>
+
+
+
+ for example
+
+
+ reject/wwv by_zone 14,15,16
+
+
+
+ is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV
+ broadcastsby stations in the US).See HELP FILTER for information.
+
+ 11.81. reply (0)
+
+ reply Reply (privately) to the last message that you have read
+
+
+ 11.82. reply <msgno> (0)
+
+ reply <msgno> Reply (privately) to the specified message
+
+
+ 11.83. reply b <msgno> (0)
+
+ reply b <msgno> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message
+
+
+ 11.84. reply noprivate <msgno> (0)
+
+ reply noprivate <msgno> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message
+
+
+ 11.85. reply rr <msgno> (0)
+
+ reply rr <msgno> Reply to the specified message with read receipt
+
+ You can reply to a message and the subject will automatically
+ have"Re:" inserted in front of it, if it isn't already present.You can
+ also use all the extra qualifiers such as RR, PRIVATE, NOPRIVATE, B
+ that you can use with the SEND command (see SENDfor further details)
+
+ 11.86. send <call> [<call> ...] (0)
+
+ send <call> [<call> ...] Send a message to one or more callsigns
+
+
+ 11.87. send copy <msgno> <call> (0)
+
+ send copy <msgno> <call> Send a copy of a message to someone
+
+
+ 11.88. send noprivate <call> (0)
+
+ send noprivate <call> Send a message to all stations
+
+ All the SEND commands will create a message which will be sent either
+ toan individual callsign or to one of the 'bulletin' addresses. SEND
+ <call> on its own acts as though you had typed SEND PRIVATE, that isit
+ will mark the message as personal and send it to the cluster node
+ thatthat callsign is connected to. If the <call> you have specified is
+ in facta known bulletin category on your node (eg: ALL) then the
+ message shouldautomatically become a bulletin.You can have more than
+ one callsign in all of the SEND commands.You can have multiple
+ qualifiers so that you can have for example:-
+ SEND RR COPY 123 PRIVATE G1TLH G0RDI
+
+
+
+ which should send a copy of message 123 to G1TLH and G0RDI and you
+ willreceive a read receipt when they have read the message.SB is an
+ alias for SEND NOPRIVATE (or send a bulletin in BBS speak)SP is an
+ alias for SEND PRIVATEThe system will ask you for a subject. Conven-
+ tionally this should be no longer than 29 characters for compatibil-
+ ity. Most modern clustersoftware should accept more.You will now be
+ prompted to start entering your text. You finish the message by enter-
+ ing '/EX' on a new line. For instance:
+
+
+ ... bye then Jim 73 Dirk /ex
+
+
+
+ If you have started a message and you don't want to keep it then you-
+ can abandon the message with '/ABORT' on a new line, like:-
+
+
+ line 1 line 2 oh I just can't be bothered with this /abort
+
+
+
+ If you abort the message it will NOT be sent.When you are entering the
+ text of your message, most normal output (suchas DX announcements and
+ so on are suppressed and stored for latter display(upto 20 such lines
+ are stored, as new ones come along, so the oldestlines are
+ dropped).Also, you can enter normal commands commands (and get the
+ output immediately) whilst in the middle of a message. You do this by
+ typingthe command preceeded by a '/' character on a new line, so:-
+
+
+ /dx g1tlh 144010 strong signal
+
+
+
+ Will issue a dx annoucement to the rest of the cluster. Also, you can
+ add the output of a command to your message by preceeding the command
+ with '//', thus :-
+
+
+ //sh/vhftable
+
+
+
+ This will show YOU the output from SH/VHFTABLE and also store it in
+ themessage. You can carry on with the message until you are ready to
+ send it.
+
+ 11.89. send private <call> (0)
+
+ send private <call> Send a personal message
+
+
+ 11.90. send rr <call> (0)
+
+ send rr <call> Send a message and ask for a read receipt
+
+
+ 11.91. set/address <your address> (0)
+
+ set/address <your address> Record your postal address
+
+ 11.92. set/announce (0)
+
+ set/announce Allow announce messages to come out on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.93. set/anntalk (0)
+
+ set/anntalk Allow talk like announce messages on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.94. set/arcluster <call> [<call>..] (5)
+
+ set/arcluster <call> [<call>..] Make the callsign an AR-Cluster node
+
+
+ 11.95. set/baddx <call>.. (8)
+
+ set/baddx <call>.. Stop callsigns in a dx spot being propagated
+
+
+ 11.96. set/badnode <call>.. (8)
+
+ set/badnode <call>.. Stop spots from this node being propagated
+
+
+ 11.97. set/badspotter <call>.. (8)
+
+ set/badspotter <call>.. Stop spots from this callsign being propagated
+
+
+ 11.98. set/badword <word>.. (8)
+
+ set/badword <word>.. Stop things with this word being propagated
+
+
+ 11.99. set/bbs <call> [<call>..] (5)
+
+ set/bbs <call> [<call>..] Make the callsign a BBS
+
+
+ 11.100. set/beep (0)
+
+ set/beep Add a beep to DX and other messages on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.101. set/clx <call> [<call>..] (5)
+
+ set/clx <call> [<call>..] Make the callsign an CLX node
+
+
+ 11.102. set/dx (0)
+
+ set/dx Allow DX messages to come out on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.103. set/dxgrid (0)
+
+ set/dxgrid Allow QRA Grid Squares on the end of DX announcements
+
+
+ 11.104. set/dxnet <call> [<call>..] (5)
+
+ set/dxnet <call> [<call>..] Make the callsign an DXNet node
+
+
+
+ 11.105. set/echo (0)
+
+ set/echo Make the cluster echo your input
+
+
+ 11.106. set/email <email> ... (0)
+
+ set/email <email> ... Set email address(es) and forward your personals
+
+
+ 11.107. set/here (0)
+
+ set/here Tell the system you are present at your terminal
+
+
+ 11.108. set/homenode <node> (0)
+
+ set/homenode <node> Set your normal cluster callsign
+
+ Tell the cluster system where you normally connect to. Any Messages
+ sentto you will normally find their way there should you not be
+ connected.eg:-
+
+
+ SET/HOMENODE gb7djk
+
+
+
+ 11.109. set/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy <n> (8)
+
+ set/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy <n> Set hop count
+
+
+ 11.110. set/language <lang> (0)
+
+ set/language <lang> Set the language you want to use
+
+ You can select the language that you want the cluster to use.
+ Currentlythe languages available are en (English), de (German), es
+ (Spanish) and nl (Dutch).
+
+ 11.111. set/location <lat & long> (0)
+
+ set/location <lat & long> Set your latitude and longitude
+
+
+ 11.112. set/logininfo (0)
+
+ set/logininfo Inform when a station logs in locally
+
+
+ 11.113. set/name <your name> (0)
+
+ set/name <your name> Set your name
+
+ Tell the system what your name is eg:-
+
+
+ SET/NAME Dirk
+
+
+
+ 11.114. set/node <call> [<call>..] (5)
+
+ set/node <call> [<call>..] Make the callsign an AK1A cluster
+
+ Tell the system that the call(s) are to be treated as AK1A cluster
+ andfed PC Protocol rather normal user commands.
+
+ 11.115. set/obscount <count> <call> (8)
+
+ set/obscount <count> <call> Set the 'pump-up' obscelence PING counter
+
+ From 1.35 onwards neighbouring nodes are pinged at regular intervals
+ (seeSET/PINGINTERVAL), usually 300 seconds or 5 minutes. There is a
+ 'pump-up'counter which is decremented on every outgoing ping and then
+ reset tothe 'obscount' value on every incoming ping. The default value
+ of thisparameter is 2. What this means is that a neighbouring node
+ will be pinged twice at (default) 300 second intervals and if no reply
+ has been heard just beforewhat would be the third attempt, that node
+ is disconnected.If a ping is heard then the obscount is reset to the
+ full value. Usingdefault values, if a node has not responded to a ping
+ within 15 minutes,it is disconnected.You can set this parameter
+ between 1 and 9.It is STRONGLY recommended that you don't change the
+ default.
+
+ 11.116. set/page <lines per page> (0)
+
+ set/page <lines per page> Set the lines per page
+
+ Tell the system how many lines you wish on a page when the number of
+ lineof output from a command is more than this. The default is 20.
+ Setting itexplicitly to 0 will disable paging.
+
+
+ SET/PAGE 30 SET/PAGE 0
+
+
+
+ The setting is stored in your user profile.
+
+ 11.117. set/password (0)
+
+ set/password Set your own password
+
+ This command only works for a 'telnet' user (currently). It willonly
+ work if you have a password already set. This initial passwordcan only
+ be set by the sysop.When you execute this command it will ask you for
+ your old password,then ask you to type in your new password twice (to
+ make sure youget it right). You may or may not see the data echoed on
+ the screenas you type, depending on the type of telnet client you
+ have.
+
+ 11.118. set/prompt <string> (0)
+
+ set/prompt <string> Set your prompt to <string>
+
+
+ 11.119. set/qra <locator> (0)
+
+ set/qra <locator> Set your QRA Grid locator
+
+ Tell the system what your QRA (or Maidenhead) locator is. If you have
+ notdone a SET/LOCATION then your latitude and longitude will be set
+ roughlycorrectly (assuming your locator is correct ;-). For example:-
+
+
+
+ SET/QRA JO02LQ
+
+
+
+ 11.120. set/qth <your qth> (0)
+
+ set/qth <your qth> Set your QTH
+
+ Tell the system where you are. For example:-
+
+
+ SET/QTH East Dereham, Norfolk
+
+
+
+ 11.121. set/spider <call> [<call>..] (5)
+
+ set/spider <call> [<call>..] Make the callsign an DXSpider node
+
+ Tell the system that the call(s) are to be treated as DXSpider node
+ andfed new style DX Protocol rather normal user commands.
+
+ 11.122. set/talk (0)
+
+ set/talk Allow TALK messages to come out on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.123. set/wcy (0)
+
+ set/wcy Allow WCY messages to come out on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.124. set/wwv (0)
+
+ set/wwv Allow WWV messages to come out on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.125. set/wx (0)
+
+ set/wx Allow WX messages to come out on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.126. show/baddx (1)
+
+ show/baddx Show all the bad dx calls in the system
+
+ Display all the bad dx callsigns in the system, see SET/BADDXfor more
+ information.
+
+ 11.127. show/badnode (1)
+
+ show/badnode Show all the bad nodes in the system
+
+ Display all the bad node callsigns in the system, see SET/BADNODEfor
+ more information.
+
+ 11.128. show/badspotter (1)
+
+ show/badspotter Show all the bad spotters in the system
+
+ Display all the bad spotter's callsigns in the system, see
+ SET/BADSPOTTERfor more information.
+
+
+ 11.129. show/badword (1)
+
+ show/badword Show all the bad words in the system
+
+ Display all the bad words in the system, see SET/BADWORDfor more
+ information.
+
+ 11.130. show/configuration [<node>] (0)
+
+ show/configuration [<node>] Show all the nodes and users visible
+
+ This command allows you to see all the users that can be seenand the
+ nodes to which they are connected.This command is normally abbreviated
+ to: sh/cNormally, the list returned will be just for the nodes from
+ your country (because the list otherwise will be very long).
+
+
+ SH/C ALL
+
+
+
+ will produce a complete list of all nodes. BE WARNED: the list that is
+ returned can be VERY longIt is possible to supply a node or part of a
+ prefix and you will get a list of the users for that node or list of
+ nodes starting withthat prefix.
+
+
+ SH/C GB7DJK
+
+
+
+ SH/C SK
+
+
+
+ 11.131. show/configuration/node (0)
+
+ show/configuration/node Show all the nodes connected locally
+
+ Show all the nodes connected to this node.
+
+ 11.132. show/connect (1)
+
+ show/connect Show all the active connections
+
+ This command shows information on all the active connections known
+ tothe node. This command gives slightly more information than WHO.
+
+ 11.133. show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)
+
+ show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>] Show the local time
+
+ This is very nearly the same as SHOW/TIME, the only difference the
+ formatof the date string if no arguments are given.If no prefixes or
+ callsigns are given then this command returns the localtime and UTC as
+ the computer has it right now. If you give some prefixesthen it will
+ show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not including DST) atthe prefixes
+ or callsigns that you specify.
+
+ 11.134. show/dx (0)
+
+ show/dx Interrogate the spot database
+
+ If you just type SHOW/DX you will get the last so many spots(sysop
+ configurable, but usually 10).In addition you can add any number of
+ these commands in very nearlyany order to the basic SHOW/DX command,
+ they are:-
+
+
+ on <band> - eg 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm on <region> - eg hf vhf uhf shf (see SHOW/BANDS) on <from>/<to> - eg 1000/4000 14000-30000 (in Khz) <from>-<to>
+
+
+
+ <number> - the number of spots you want <from>-<to> - <from> spot no <to> spot no in the selected list <from>/<to>
+
+
+
+ <prefix> - for a spotted callsign beginning with <prefix> *<suffix> - for a spotted callsign ending in <suffix> *<string>* - for a spotted callsign containing <string>
+
+
+
+ day <number> - starting <number> days ago day <from>-<to> - <from> days <to> days ago <from>/<to>
+
+
+
+ info <text> - any spots containing <text> in the info or remarks
+
+
+
+ by <call> - any spots spotted by <call> (spotter <call> is the same).
+
+
+
+ qsl - this automatically looks for any qsl info on the call held in the spot database.
+
+
+
+ iota [<iota>] - If the iota island number is missing it will look for the string iota and anything which looks like an iota island number. If you specify then it will look for that island.
+
+
+
+ qra [<locator>] - this will look for the specific locator if you specify one or else anything that looks like a locator.
+
+
+
+ dxcc - treat the prefix as a 'country' and look for spots from that country regardless of actual prefix. eg dxcc oq2
+
+
+
+ You can also use this with the 'by' keyword so eg by W dxcc
+
+
+
+ e.g.
+
+
+
+ SH/DX 9m0 SH/DX on 20m info iota SH/DX 9a on vhf day 30 SH/DX rf1p qsl SH/DX iota SH/DX iota eu-064 SH/DX qra jn86 SH/DX dxcc oq2 SH/DX dxcc oq2 by w dxcc
+
+
+
+ 11.135. show/dxcc <prefix> (0)
+
+ show/dxcc <prefix> Interrogate the spot database by country
+
+ This command takes the <prefix> (which can be a full or partial
+ callsign if desired), looks up which internal country number it isand
+ then displays all the spots as per SH/DX for that country.This is now
+ an alias for 'SHOW/DX DXCC' The options for SHOW/DX also apply to this
+ command. e.g.
+
+
+ SH/DXCC G SH/DXCC W on 20m iota
+
+
+
+ This can be done with the SHOW/DX command like this:-
+
+
+ SH/DX dxcc g SH/DX dxcc w on 20m iota
+
+
+
+ 11.136. show/dxstats [days] [date] (0)
+
+ show/dxstats [days] [date] Show the DX Statistics
+
+ Show the total DX spots for the last <days> no of days (default is
+ 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).
+
+ 11.137. show/files [<filearea> [<string>]] (0)
+
+ show/files [<filearea> [<string>]] List the contents of a filearea
+
+ SHOW/FILES on its own will show you a list of the various
+ fileareasavailable on the system. To see the contents of a particular
+ filearea type:-
+
+
+ SH/FILES <filearea>
+
+
+
+ where <filearea> is the name of the filearea you want to see the con-
+ tents of.You can also use shell globbing characters like '*' and '?'
+ in astring to see a selection of files in a filearea eg:-
+
+
+
+ SH/FILES bulletins arld*
+
+
+
+ See also TYPE - to see the contents of a file.
+
+ 11.138. show/filter (0)
+
+ show/filter Show the contents of all the filters you have set
+
+ Show the contents of all the filters that are set. This command
+ displaysall the filters set - for all the various categories.
+
+ 11.139. show/hfstats [days] [date] (0)
+
+ show/hfstats [days] [date] Show the HF DX Statistics
+
+ Show the HF DX spots breakdown by band for the last <days> no of days
+ (default is 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).
+
+ 11.140. show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...] (0)
+
+ show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...] Show the HF DX Spotter Table
+
+ Show the HF DX Spotter table for the list of prefixes for the last
+ <days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a <date> (default:
+ today).If there are no prefixes then it will show the table for your
+ country.Remember that some countries have more than one "DXCC country"
+ in them(eg G :-), to show them (assuming you are not in G already
+ which isspecially treated in the code) you must list all the relevant
+ prefixes
+
+
+ sh/hftable g gm gd gi gj gw gu
+
+
+
+ Note that the prefixes are converted into country codes so you don't
+ haveto list all possible prefixes for each country.If you want more or
+ less days than the default simply include thenumber you require:-
+
+
+ sh/hftable 20 pa
+
+
+
+ If you want to start at a different day, simply add the date in some
+ recognizable form:-
+
+
+ sh/hftable 2 25nov02 sh/hftable 2 25-nov-02 sh/hftable 2 021125 sh/hftable 2 25/11/02
+
+
+
+ This will show the stats for your DXCC for that CQWW contest weekend.
+ You can specify either prefixes or full callsigns (so you can see how
+ youdid against all your mates). You can also say 'all' which will then
+ printthe worldwide statistics.
+
+
+ sh/hftable all
+
+
+
+ 11.141. show/hops <call> [ann|spots|route|wcy|wwv] (8)
+
+ show/hops <call> [ann|spots|route|wcy|wwv] Show the hop counts for a
+ node
+
+ This command shows the hop counts set up for a node. You can
+ specifywhich category you want to see. If you leave the category out
+ then all the categories will be listed.
+
+ 11.142. show/isolate (1)
+
+ show/isolate Show list of ISOLATED nodes
+
+
+ 11.143. show/log [<callsign>] (8)
+
+ show/log [<callsign>] Show excerpts from the system log
+
+ This command outputs a short section of the system log. On its ownit
+ will output a general logfile. With the optional callsign it willshow
+ output from the log associated with that callsign.
+
+ 11.144. show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)
+
+ show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>] Show Moon rise and set times
+
+ Show the Moon rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or
+ callsigns, together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun
+ currently at thoselocations.If you don't specify any prefixes or
+ callsigns, it will show the times foryour QTH (assuming you have set
+ it with either SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),together with the current
+ azimuth and elevation.In addition, it will show the illuminated
+ fraction of the moons disk.If all else fails it will show the Moonrise
+ and set times for the nodethat you are connected to. For example:-
+
+
+ SH/MOON SH/MOON G1TLH W5UN
+
+
+
+ You can also use this command to see into the past or the future, soif
+ you want to see yesterday's times then do:-
+
+
+ SH/MOON -1
+
+
+
+ or in three days time:-
+
+
+ SH/MOON +3 W9
+
+
+
+ Upto 366 days can be checked both in the past and in the future.Please
+ note that the rise and set times are given as the UT times of rise and
+ set on the requested UT day.
+
+ 11.145. show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long] (0)
+
+ show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long] Show the likely propagation to a
+ prefix
+
+ This command allow you to estimate the likelihood of you contactinga
+ station with the prefix you have specified. The output assumes a
+ modestpower of 20dBW and receiver sensitivity of -123dBm (about
+ 0.15muV/10dB SINAD)The result predicts the most likely operating
+ frequencies and signallevels for high frequency (shortwave) radio
+ propagation paths onspecified days of the year and hours of the day.
+ It is most useful forpaths between 250 km and 6000 km, but can be used
+ with reduced accuracyfor paths shorter or longer than this.The command
+ uses a routine MINIMUF 3.5 developed by the U.S. Navy andused to
+ predict the MUF given the predicted flux, day of the year,hour of the
+ day and geographic coordinates of the transmitter andreceiver. This
+ routine is reasonably accurate for the purposes here,with a claimed
+ RMS error of 3.8 MHz, but much smaller and less complexthan the
+ programs used by major shortwave broadcasting organizations,such as
+ the Voice of America.The command will display some header information
+ detailing itsassumptions, together with the locations, latitude and
+ longitudes andbearings. It will then show UTC (UT), local time at the
+ other end(LT), calculate the MUFs, Sun zenith angle at the midpoint of
+ the path(Zen) and the likely signal strengths. Then for each frequency
+ for whichthe system thinks there is a likelihood of a circuit it
+ prints a value.The value is currently a likely S meter reading based
+ on the conventional6dB / S point scale. If the value has a '+'
+ appended it means that it is1/2 an S point stronger. If the value is
+ preceeded by an 'm' it means thatthere is likely to be much fading and
+ by an 's' that the signal is likelyto be noisy. By default SHOW/MUF
+ will show the next two hours worth of data. Youcan specify anything up
+ to 24 hours worth of data by appending the no ofhours required after
+ the prefix. For example:-
+
+
+ SH/MUF W
+
+
+
+ produces:
+
+
+ RxSens: -123 dBM SFI: 159 R: 193 Month: 10 Day: 21 Power : 20 dBW Distance: 6283 km Delay: 22.4 ms Location Lat / Long Azim East Dereham, Norfolk 52 41 N 0 57 E 47 United-States-W 43 0 N 87 54 W 299 UT LT MUF Zen 1.8 3.5 7.0 10.1 14.0 18.1 21.0 24.9 28.0 50.0 18 23 11.5 -35 mS0+ mS2 S3 19 0 11.2 -41 mS0+ mS2 S3
+
+
+
+ indicating that you will have weak, fading circuits on top band and
+ 80m but usable signals on 40m (about S3).inputing:-
+
+
+ SH/MUF W 24
+
+
+
+ will get you the above display, but with the next 24 hours worth
+ ofpropagation data.
+
+
+ SH/MUF W L 24 SH/MUF W 24 Long
+
+
+
+ Gives you an estimate of the long path propagation characterics.
+ Itshould be noted that the figures will probably not be very useful,
+ norterrible accurate, but it is included for completeness.
+
+ 11.146. show/newconfiguration [<node>] (0)
+
+ show/newconfiguration [<node>] Show all the nodes and users visible
+
+ This command allows you to see all the users that can be seenand the
+ nodes to which they are connected. This command produces essentially
+ the same information as SHOW/CONFIGURATION except that it shows all
+ the duplication ofany routes that might be present It also uses a
+ different formatwhich may not take up quite as much space if you don't
+ have anyloops.BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long
+
+ 11.147. show/newconfiguration/node (0)
+
+ show/newconfiguration/node Show all the nodes connected locally
+
+ Show all the nodes connected to this node in the new format.
+
+ 11.148. show/node [<callsign> ...] (1)
+
+ show/node [<callsign> ...] Show the type and version number of nodes
+
+ Show the type and version (if connected) of the nodes specified on
+ thecommand line. If no callsigns are specified then a sorted list of
+ allthe non-user callsigns known to the system will be displayed.
+
+ 11.149. show/prefix <callsign> (0)
+
+ show/prefix <callsign> Interrogate the prefix database
+
+ This command takes the <callsign> (which can be a full or partial
+ callsign or a prefix), looks up which internal country number it is
+ and then displays all the relevant prefixes for that countrytogether
+ with the internal country no, the CQ and ITU regions. See also
+ SHOW/DXCC
+
+ 11.150. show/program (5)
+
+ show/program Show the locations of all the included program modules
+
+ Show the name and location where every program module was load from.
+ Thisis useful for checking where you think you have loaded a .pm file
+ from.
+
+ 11.151. show/qra <lat> <long> (0)
+
+ show/qra <lat> <long> Convert lat/long to a QRA Grid locator
+
+ This is a multipurpose command that allows you either to calculate
+ thedistance and bearing between two locators or (if only one locator
+ isgiven on the command line) the distance and beraing from your
+ stationto the locator. For example:-
+
+
+ SH/QRA IO92QL SH/QRA JN06 IN73
+
+
+
+ The first example will show the distance and bearing to the locator
+ fromyourself, the second example will calculate the distance and bear-
+ ing fromthe first locator to the second. You can use 4 or 6 character
+ locators.It is also possible to convert a latitude and longitude to a
+ locator by using this command with a latitude and longitude as an
+ argument, forexample:-
+
+
+ SH/QRA 52 41 N 0 58 E
+
+
+
+ 11.152. show/qra <locator> [<locator>] (0)
+
+ show/qra <locator> [<locator>] Show distance between QRA Grid locators
+
+
+ 11.153. show/qrz <callsign> (0)
+
+ show/qrz <callsign> Show any callbook details on a callsign
+
+ This command queries the QRZ callbook server on the internetand
+ returns any information available for that callsign. This serviceis
+ provided for users of this software by http://www.qrz.com
+
+ 11.154. show/route <callsign> ... (0)
+
+ show/route <callsign> ... Show the route to the callsign
+
+ This command allows you to see to which node the callsigns specified
+ areconnected. It is a sort of inverse sh/config.
+
+
+ sh/route n2tly
+
+
+
+ 11.155. show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>] (0)
+
+ show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>] Show tracking data
+
+ Show the tracking data from your location to the satellite of your
+ choicefrom now on for the next few hours.If you use this command
+ without a satellite name it will display a listof all the satellites
+ known currently to the system. If you give a name then you can obtain
+ tracking data of all the passesthat start and finish 5 degrees below
+ the horizon. As default it willgive information for the next three
+ hours for every five minute period.You can alter the number of hours
+ and the step size, within certain limits. Each pass in a period is
+ separated with a row of '-----' charactersSo for example:-
+
+
+ SH/SAT AO-10 SH/SAT FENGYUN1 12 2
+
+
+
+ 11.156. show/station all [<regex>] (6)
+
+ show/station all [<regex>] Show list of users in the system
+
+
+ 11.157. show/station [<callsign> ..] (0)
+
+ show/station [<callsign> ..] Show information about a callsign
+
+ Show the information known about a callsign and whether (and
+ where)that callsign is connected to the cluster.
+
+
+ SH/ST G1TLH
+
+
+
+ If no callsign is given then show the information for yourself.
+
+
+ 11.158. show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)
+
+ show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>] Show sun rise and set times
+
+ Show the sun rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns,
+ together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at
+ thoselocations.If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will
+ show the times foryour QTH (assuming you have set it with either
+ SET/LOCATION or SET/QRA),together with the current azimuth and
+ elevation.If all else fails it will show the sunrise and set times for
+ the nodethat you are connected to. For example:-
+
+
+ SH/SUN SH/SUN G1TLH K9CW ZS
+
+
+
+ You can also use this command to see into the past or the future, soif
+ you want to see yesterday's times then do:-
+
+
+ SH/SUN -1
+
+
+
+ or in three days time:-
+
+
+ SH/SUN +3 W9
+
+
+
+ Upto 366 days can be checked both in the past and in the future.Please
+ note that the rise and set times are given as the UT times of rise and
+ set on the requested UT day.
+
+ 11.159. show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>] (0)
+
+ show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>] Show the local time
+
+ If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the
+ localtime and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some
+ prefixesthen it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not
+ including DST) atthe prefixes or callsigns that you specify.
+
+ 11.160. show/usdb [call ..] (0)
+
+ show/usdb [call ..] Show information held on the FCC Call database
+
+ Show the City and State of a Callsign held on the FCC database ifhis
+ is being run on this system, eg:-
+
+
+ sh/usdb k1xx
+
+
+
+ 11.161. show/vhfstats [days] [date] (0)
+
+ show/vhfstats [days] [date] Show the VHF DX Statistics
+
+ Show the VHF DX spots breakdown by band for the last <days> no of days
+ (default is 31), starting from a date (default: today).
+
+
+ 11.162. show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...] (0)
+
+ show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...] Show the VHF DX Spotter Table
+
+ Show the VHF DX Spotter table for the list of prefixes for the last
+ <days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a date (default:
+ today).If there are no prefixes then it will show the table for your
+ country.Remember that some countries have more than one "DXCC country"
+ in them(eg G :-), to show them (assuming you are not in G already
+ which isspecially treated in the code) you must list all the relevant
+ prefixes
+
+
+ sh/vhftable g gm gd gi gj gw gu
+
+
+
+ Note that the prefixes are converted into country codes so you don't
+ haveto list all possible prefixes for each country.If you want more or
+ less days than the default simply include thenumber you require:-
+
+
+ sh/vhftable 20 pa
+
+
+
+ If you want to start at a different day, simply add the date in some
+ recognizable form:-
+
+
+ sh/vhftable 2 25nov02 sh/vhftable 2 25-nov-02 sh/vhftable 2 021125 sh/vhftable 2 25/11/02
+
+
+
+ This will show the stats for your DXCC for that CQWW contest weekend.
+ You can specify either prefixes or full callsigns (so you can see how
+ youdid against all your mates). You can also say 'all' which will then
+ printthe worldwide statistics.
+
+
+ sh/vhftable all
+
+
+
+ 11.163. show/wcy (0)
+
+ show/wcy Show last 10 WCY broadcasts
+
+
+ 11.164. show/wcy <n> (0)
+
+ show/wcy <n> Show last <n> WCY broadcasts
+
+ Display the most recent WCY information that has been received by the
+ system
+
+ 11.165. show/wwv (0)
+
+ show/wwv Show last 10 WWV broadcasts
+
+
+ 11.166. show/wwv <n> (0)
+
+ show/wwv <n> Show last <n> WWV broadcasts
+
+ Display the most recent WWV information that has been received by the
+ system
+
+ 11.167. shutdown (5)
+
+ shutdown Shutdown the cluster
+
+ Shutdown the cluster and disconnect all the users
+
+ 11.168. stat/channel [<callsign>] (5)
+
+ stat/channel [<callsign>] Show the status of a channel on the cluster
+
+ Show the internal status of the channel object either for the channel
+ that you are on or else for the callsign that you asked for.Only the
+ fields that are defined (in perl term) will be displayed.
+
+ 11.169. stat/db <dbname> (5)
+
+ stat/db <dbname> Show the status of a database
+
+ Show the internal status of a database descriptor.Depending on your
+ privilege level you will see more or less information. This command is
+ unlikely to be of much use to anyone other than a sysop.
+
+ 11.170. stat/msg (1)
+
+ stat/msg Show the status of the message system
+
+
+ 11.171. stat/msg <msgno> (1)
+
+ stat/msg <msgno> Show the status of a message
+
+ This command shows the internal status of a message and includes
+ informationsuch as to whom it has been forwarded, its size, origin etc
+ etc.If no message number is given then the status of the message
+ system is displayed.
+
+ 11.172. stat/route_node <callsign> (5)
+
+ stat/route_node <callsign> Show the data in a Route::Node object
+
+
+ 11.173. stat/route_node all (5)
+
+ stat/route_node all Show list of all Route::Node objects
+
+
+ 11.174. stat/route_user <callsign> (5)
+
+ stat/route_user <callsign> Show the data in a Route::User object
+
+
+ 11.175. stat/route_user all (5)
+
+ stat/route_user all Show list of all Route::User objects
+
+
+ 11.176. stat/user [<callsign>] (5)
+
+ stat/user [<callsign>] Show the full status of a user
+
+ Shows the full contents of a user record including all the secret
+ flagsand stuff.Only the fields that are defined (in perl term) will be
+ displayed.
+ 11.177. sysop (0)
+
+ sysop Regain your privileges if you login remotely
+
+ The system automatically reduces your privilege level to that of
+ anormal user if you login in remotely. This command allows you
+ toregain your normal privilege level. It uses the normal system:
+ fivenumbers are returned that are indexes into the character array
+ that isyour assigned password (see SET/PASSWORD). The indexes start
+ fromzero.You are expected to return a string which contains the
+ charactersrequired in the correct order. You may intersperse those
+ characterswith others to obscure your reply for any watchers. For
+ example (andthese values are for explanation :-):
+
+
+ password = 012345678901234567890123456789 > sysop 22 10 15 17 3
+
+
+
+ you type:-
+
+
+ aa2bbbb0ccc5ddd7xxx3n or 2 0 5 7 3 or 20573
+
+
+
+ They will all match. If there is no password you will still be
+ offerednumbers but nothing will happen when you input a string. Any
+ match iscase sensitive.
+
+ 11.178. talk <call> > <node> [<text>] (0)
+
+ talk <call> > <node> [<text>] Send a text message to another station
+ via a node
+
+ Send a short message to any other station that is visible on the
+ clustersystem. You can send it to anyone you can see with a
+ SHOW/CONFIGURATION command, they don't have to be connected
+ locally.The second form of TALK is used when other cluster nodes are
+ connectedwith restricted information. This usually means that they
+ don't send the user information usually associated with logging on and
+ off the cluster.If you know that G3JNB is likely to be present on
+ GB7TLH, but you can onlysee GB7TLH in the SH/C list but with no users,
+ then you would use thesecond form of the talk message.If you want to
+ have a ragchew with someone you can leave the text messageout and the
+ system will go into 'Talk' mode. What this means is that ashort
+ message is sent to the recipient telling them that you are in
+ a'Talking' frame of mind and then you just type - everything you send
+ willgo to the station that you asked for. All the usual announcements,
+ spots and so on will still come out on yourterminal.If you want to do
+ something (such as send a spot) you preceed the normal command with a
+ '/' character, eg:-
+
+
+ /DX 14001 G1TLH What's a B class licensee doing on 20m CW? /HELP talk
+
+
+
+ To leave talk mode type:
+
+
+ /EX
+
+
+
+ If you are in 'Talk' mode, there is an extention to the '/' command
+ whichallows you to send the output to all the people you are talking
+ to. You do with the '//' command. For example:-
+
+
+ //sh/hftable
+
+
+
+ will send the hftable as you have it to all the people you are cur-
+ rently talking to.
+
+ 11.179. talk <call> [<text>] (0)
+
+ talk <call> [<text>] Send a text message to another station
+
+
+ 11.180. type <filearea>/<name> (0)
+
+ type <filearea>/<name> Look at the contents of a file in one of the
+ fileareas
+
+ Type out the contents of a file in a filearea. So, for example, in
+ filearea 'bulletins' you want to look at file 'arld051' you would
+ enter:-
+
+
+ TYPE bulletins/arld051
+
+
+
+ See also SHOW/FILES to see what fileareas are available and a list of
+ content.
+
+ 11.181. uncatchup <node call> all|[msgno> ...] (5)
+
+ uncatchup <node call> all|[msgno> ...] Unmark a message as sent
+
+ When you send messages the fact that you have forwarded it to another
+ node is remembered so that it isn't sent again. When you have a new
+ partnernode and you add their callsign to your /spider/msg/forward.pl
+ file, alloutstanding non-private messages will be forwarded to them.
+ This may wellbe ALL the non-private messages. You can prevent this by
+ using these commmands:-
+
+
+ catchup GB7DJK all catchup GB7DJK 300 301 302 303 500-510
+
+
+
+ and to undo what you have just done:-
+
+
+ uncatchup GB7DJK all uncatchup GB7DJK 300 301 302 303 500-510
+
+
+
+ which will arrange for them to be forward candidates again.Order is
+ not important.
+
+ 11.182. unset/announce (0)
+
+ unset/announce Stop announce messages coming out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 11.183. unset/anntalk (0)
+
+ unset/anntalk Stop talk like announce messages on your terminal
+
+ The announce system on legacy cluster nodes is used as a talk
+ substitute because the network is so poorly connected. If you:
+
+
+ unset/anntalk
+
+
+
+ you will suppress several of these announces, you may miss the odd
+ useful one as well, but you would probably miss them anyway in thewel-
+ ter of useless ones.
+
+
+ set/anntalk
+
+
+
+ allows you to see them again. This is the default.
+
+ 11.184. unset/baddx <call>.. (8)
+
+ unset/baddx <call>.. Propagate a dx spot with this callsign again
+
+ Setting a word as 'baddx' will prevent spots with that word in
+ the'spotted' field (as in: DX 14001.1 FR0G)of a DX spot from going
+ anyfurther. They will not be displayed and they will not be sent
+ ontoother nodes.The word must be written in full, no wild cards are
+ allowed eg:-
+
+
+ set/baddx FORSALE VIDEO FR0G
+
+
+
+ To allow a word again, use the following command ...
+
+
+ unset/baddx VIDEO
+
+
+
+ 11.185. unset/badnode <call>.. (8)
+
+ unset/badnode <call>.. Allow spots from this node again
+
+ Setting a callsign as a 'badnode' will prevent spots from that node
+ going any further. They will not be displayed and they will not be
+ sent onto other nodes.The call must be a full eg:-
+
+
+ set/badnode K1TTT
+
+
+
+ will stop anything from K1TTT. If you want SSIDs as well then you mus-
+ tenter them specifically.
+
+
+ unset/badnode K1TTT
+
+
+ will allow spots from him again.Use with extreme care. This command
+ may well be superceeded by FILTERing.
+
+ 11.186. unset/badspotter <call>.. (8)
+
+ unset/badspotter <call>.. Allow spots from this callsign again
+
+ Setting a callsign as a 'badspotter' will prevent spots from this
+ callsign going any further. They will not be displayed and they will
+ not be sent onto other nodes.The call must be written in full, no wild
+ cards are allowed eg:-
+
+
+ set/badspotter VE2STN
+
+
+
+ will stop anything from VE2STN. This command will automaticallystop
+ spots from this user, regardless of whether or which SSID he uses. DO
+ NOT USE SSIDs in the callsign, just use the callsignas above or below.
+
+
+ unset/badspotter VE2STN
+
+
+
+ will allow spots from him again.Use with extreme care. This command
+ may well be superceded by FILTERing.
+
+ 11.187. unset/badword <word>.. (8)
+
+ unset/badword <word>.. Propagate things with this word again
+
+ Setting a word as a 'badword' will prevent things like spots,announces
+ or talks with this word in the the text part from going anyfurther.
+ They will not be displayed and they will not be sent ontoother
+ nodes.The word must be written in full, no wild cards are allowed eg:-
+
+
+ set/badword annihilate annihilated annihilation
+
+
+
+ will stop anything with these words in the text.
+
+
+ unset/badword annihilated
+
+
+
+ will allow text with this word again.
+
+ 11.188. unset/beep (0)
+
+ unset/beep Stop beeps for DX and other messages on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.189. unset/dx (0)
+
+ unset/dx Stop DX messages coming out on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.190. unset/dxgrid (0)
+
+ unset/dxgrid Stop QRA Grid Squares on the end of DX announcements
+
+ A standard feature which is enabled in version 1.43 and above is that
+ if the spotter's grid square is known it is output on the endof a DX
+ announcement (there is just enough room). Some user programscannot
+ cope with this. You can use this command to reset (or set)this
+ feature.
+
+ 11.191. unset/echo (0)
+
+ unset/echo Stop the cluster echoing your input
+
+ If you are connected via a telnet session, different implimentationsof
+ telnet handle echo differently depending on whether you are connected
+ via port 23 or some other port. You can use this commandto change the
+ setting appropriately. The setting is stored in your user profile.YOU
+ DO NOT NEED TO USE THIS COMMAND IF YOU ARE CONNECTED VIA AX25.
+
+ 11.192. unset/email (0)
+
+ unset/email Stop personal msgs being forwarded by email
+
+ If any personal messages come in for your callsign then you can
+ usethese commands to control whether they are forwarded onto your
+ emailaddress. To enable the forwarding do something like:-
+
+
+ SET/EMAIL mike.tubby@somewhere.com
+
+
+
+ You can have more than one email address (each one separated by a
+ space).Emails are forwarded to all the email addresses you specify.You
+ can disable forwarding by:-
+
+
+ UNSET/EMAIL
+
+
+
+ 11.193. unset/here (0)
+
+ unset/here Tell the system you are absent from your terminal
+
+
+ 11.194. unset/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy (8)
+
+ unset/hops <call> ann|spots|route|wwv|wcy Unset hop count
+
+ Set the hop count for a particular type of broadcast for a node.This
+ command allows you to set up special hop counts for a node for
+ currently: announce, spots, wwv and wcy broadcasts.eg:
+
+
+ set/hops gb7djk ann 10 set/hops gb7mbc spots 20
+
+
+
+ Set SHOW/HOPS for information on what is already set. This commandcre-
+ ates a filter and works in conjunction with the filter system. You can
+ unset the hops with command UNSET/HOPS. For example:-
+
+
+ unset/hops gb7djk ann unset/hops gb7mbc spots
+
+
+
+ 11.195. unset/logininfo (0)
+
+ unset/logininfo Inform when a station logs out locally
+
+
+ 11.196. unset/privilege (0)
+
+ unset/privilege Remove any privilege for this session
+
+ You can use this command to 'protect' this session from
+ unauthoriseduse. If you want to get your normal privilege back you
+ will need toeither logout and login again (if you are on a console) or
+ use theSYSOP command.
+
+ 11.197. unset/prompt (0)
+
+ unset/prompt Set your prompt back to default
+
+ This command will set your user prompt to exactly the string that you
+ say. The point of this command to enable a user to interface to
+ programsthat are looking for a specific prompt (or else you just want
+ a differentfixed prompt).
+
+
+ SET/PROMPT clx >
+
+
+
+ UNSET/PROMPT will undo the SET/PROMPT command and set you prompt back
+ tonormal.
+
+ 11.198. unset/talk (0)
+
+ unset/talk Stop TALK messages coming out on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.199. unset/wcy (0)
+
+ unset/wcy Stop WCY messages coming out on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.200. unset/wwv (0)
+
+ unset/wwv Stop WWV messages coming out on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.201. unset/wx (0)
+
+ unset/wx Stop WX messages coming out on your terminal
+
+
+ 11.202. who (0)
+
+ who Show who is physically connected
+
+ This is a quick listing that shows which callsigns are connected
+ andwhat sort of connection they have
+
+ 11.203. wx <text> (0)
+
+ wx <text> Send a weather message to local users
+
+
+
+ 11.204. wx full <text> (0)
+
+ wx full <text> Send a weather message to all cluster users
+
+
+ 11.205. wx sysop <text> (5)
+
+ wx sysop <text> Send a weather message to other clusters only
+
+ Weather messages can sometimes be useful if you are experiencing an
+ extremethat may indicate enhanced conditions
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+ The DXSpider Installation Manual v1.50
+ Iain Philipps, G0RDI (g0rdi@77hz.com), Ian Maude, G0VGS,
+ (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net) and Charlie Carroll, K1XX,
+ (k1xx@ptcnh.net)
+ February 2003 revision 0.5
+
+ A reference for SysOps of the DXSpider DXCluster program.
+ ______________________________________________________________________
+
+ Table of Contents
+
+
+ 1. Linux Installation
+ 1.1 Introduction
+ 1.2 Preparation
+ 1.3 Installing the software
+ 1.4 Setting callsigns etc
+ 1.5 The client program
+ 1.6 Starting up for the first time
+
+ 2. Linux quick installation guide
+ 3. Setting up the AX25 Utilities
+ 3.1 Getting Started
+ 3.2 The kernel
+ 3.3 Installing the RPM's
+ 3.4 Configuration
+ 3.5 axports
+ 3.6 nrports
+ 3.7 nrbroadcast
+ 3.8 ax25d.conf
+ 3.9 node.conf
+ 3.10 Getting it all running
+
+ 4. Configuration
+ 4.1 Allowing ax25 connects from users
+ 4.2 Allowing telnet connects from users
+ 4.3 Setting up telnet connects (from 1.47 onwards)
+ 4.4 Setting up for AGW Engine (1.47 onwards)
+ 4.5 Setting up node connects
+ 4.6 Connection scripts
+ 4.7 Starting the connection
+ 4.8 Telnet echo
+ 4.9 Autostarting the cluster
+
+ 5. Microsoft Windows Installation
+ 5.1 Introduction
+ 5.2 The requirements
+ 5.3 The system
+ 5.4 Perl
+ 5.5 Additional packages
+ 5.6 Getting Spider
+
+ 6. Installing the software
+ 6.1 Incoming telnets
+ 6.2 The AGW packet engine
+ 6.3 Setting up the initial user files
+ 6.4 Connecting to other clusters
+
+ 7. General Information
+ 7.1 The crontab file
+
+
+ ______________________________________________________________________
+
+
+
+ 1. Linux Installation
+
+ 1.1. Introduction
+
+ This section describes the installation of DX Spider v1.50 on a RedHat
+ Linux Distribution. Wherever possible I will try to include
+ differences for other distributions.
+
+
+ I am assuming a general knowledge of Linux and its commands. You
+ should know how to use tar and how to edit files using your favourite
+ editor.
+
+
+ The crucial ingredient for all of this is Perl. Earlier versions of
+ Spider required perl 5.004, however it is now STRONGLY recommended
+ that you use at least version 5.005_03 as this is the version being
+ used in the development of Spider.
+
+
+ In addition to the standard Red Hat distribution you will require the
+ following modules from http://www.cpan.org/modules/by-module/ , please
+ note however that with later versions of perl, some of these modules
+ may be included with the distribution. Get the modules anyway and try
+ to install as below. If they complain, they are probably already a
+ part of your perl distribution.
+
+
+
+ o Data-Dumper-2.101.tar.gz
+
+ o TimeDate-1.10.tar.gz
+
+ o IO-1.20.tar.gz (for perl 5.00403 and lower)
+
+ o Net-Telnet-3.03.tar.gz
+
+ o Curses-1.06.tar.gz
+
+ o Time-HiRes-01.20.tar.gz
+
+ o Digest-SHA1-2.01.tar.gz
+
+
+ Copy the CPAN modules listed above to a convenient place on your
+ computer. One good place would be /usr/local/packages, and the
+ instructions which follow will assume that that's where you have put
+ them.
+
+
+ Log in as 'root', and make sure you're at '/root' before you continue.
+ Here are exactly the commands you must issue next: -
+
+
+
+ # tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Data-Dumper-2.101.tar.gz
+ # cd Data-Dumper-2.101
+ # perl Makefile.PL
+ # make test
+ # make install
+ # cd ..
+ #
+ # tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/TimeDate-1.10.tar.gz
+ # cd TimeDate-1.10
+ # perl Makefile.PL
+ # make test
+ # make install
+ # cd ..
+ #
+ # tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/IO-1.20.tar.gz
+ # cd IO-1.20
+ # perl Makefile.PL
+ # make test
+ # make install UNINST=1
+ # cd ..
+ #
+ # tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Net-Telnet-3.03.tar.gz
+ # cd Net-Telnet-3.02
+ # perl Makefile.PL
+ # make test
+ # make install
+ # cd ..
+ #
+ # tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Curses-1.06.tar.gz
+ # cd Curses-1.06
+ # perl Makefile.PL
+ # make test
+ # make install
+ # cd ..
+ #
+ # tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Time-HiRes-01.20.tar.gz
+ # cd Time-HiRes-01.20
+ # perl Makefile.PL
+ # make test
+ # make install
+ # cd ..
+ #
+ # tar xvfz /usr/local/packages/Digest-SHA1-2.01.tar.gz
+ # cd Digest-SHA1-2.01
+ # perl Makefile.PL
+ # make test
+ # make install
+ # cd ..
+
+
+
+ Do not fall into the trap of thinking they're all the same, just
+ because they nearly are! Pay particular attention to the instructions
+ of IO, above.
+
+
+
+ 1.2. Preparation
+
+ I will assume that you have already downloaded the latest tarball of
+ the DXSpider software and are ready to install it. I am assuming
+ version 1.50 for this section but of course you would use the latest
+ version.
+
+
+ Login as root and create a user to run the cluster under. UNDER NO
+ CIRCUMSTANCES USE ROOT AS THIS USER!. I am going to use the name
+ sysop. You can call it anything you wish. Depending on your security
+ requirements you may wish to use an existing user, however this is
+ your own choice.
+
+
+
+ # adduser -m sysop
+
+
+
+ For SuSE distributions, the command would be ..
+
+
+
+ # useradd -m sysop
+
+
+
+ Now set a password for the user ...
+
+
+
+ # passwd sysop
+ # New UNIX password:
+ # Retype new UNIX password:
+ passwd: all authentication tokens updated successfully
+
+
+
+ 1.3. Installing the software
+
+ Now to unpack the DX Spider distribution, set symbolic links and group
+ permissions. Copy the tarball to /home/sysop and do the following.
+
+
+
+ # cd ~sysop
+ # tar xvfz spider-1.50.tar.gz
+ # ln -s ~sysop/spider /spider
+ # groupadd -g 251 spider (or another number)
+
+
+
+ If you do not have the command groupadd available to you simply add a
+ line in /etc/group by hand.
+
+
+
+ # vi /etc/group (or your favorite editor)
+
+
+
+ You also need to add some others to the group, including your own
+ callsign (this will be used as an alias) and root. The finished line
+ in /etc/group should look something like this
+
+ spider:x:251:sysop,g0vgs,root
+
+
+ The next step is to set the permissions on the Spider directory tree
+ and files ....
+
+
+
+ # chown -R sysop.spider spider
+ # find . -type d -exec chmod 2775 {} \;
+ # find . -type f -exec chmod 775 {} \;
+
+
+
+ This last step allows various users of the group spider to have write
+ access to all the directories. This is not really needed just yet but
+ will be useful when web interfaces start to appear.
+
+
+ Finally, you need to fix the permissions on the ax25_call and
+ netrom_call programs. Check where they are with the locate command
+ and alter the permissions with the chmod command like this ..
+
+
+
+ # chown root ax25_call netrom_call
+ # chmod 4775 ax25_call netrom_call
+
+
+
+ 1.4. Setting callsigns etc
+
+ Now login to your machine as the user you created earlier. In my case
+ that user is called sysop. Once logged in, issue the following
+ commands ....
+
+
+
+ $ cd /spider
+ $ mkdir local
+ $ mkdir local_cmd
+ $ cp perl/DXVars.pm.issue local/DXVars.pm
+ $ cd local
+ $ vi DXVars.pm (or your favourite editor)
+
+
+
+ Using the distributed DXVars.pm as a a template, set your cluster
+ callsign, sysop callsign and other user info to suit your own
+ environment.
+
+
+
+ $mycall = "GB7DJK";
+
+
+
+ This is the call sign of your cluster. If you use an SSID then
+ include it here also.
+
+
+
+ $myalias = "G1TLH";
+
+
+
+ This is the sysop user callsign, normally your own.
+
+
+ PLEASE USE CAPITAL LETTERS FOR CALLSIGNS
+
+
+ Note that this a perl file which will be parsed and executed as part
+ of the cluster. If you get it wrong then perl will complain when you
+ start the cluster process. It is important only to alter the text of
+ any section. Some of the lines look a little odd. Take this line for
+ example ....
+
+ $myemail = "ianmaude\@btinternet.com";
+
+
+ There appears to be an extra slash in there. However this has to be
+ there for the file to work so leave it in.
+
+
+ DON'T alter any file in /spider/perl, they are overwritten with every
+ release. Any files or commands you place in /spider/local or
+ /spider/local_cmd will automagically be used in preference to the ones
+ in /spider/perl EVEN while the cluster is running!
+
+
+ Save the new file and change directory to ../perl ....
+
+
+
+ $ cd ../perl
+
+
+
+ Now type the following command which creates the basic user file with
+ you as the sysop.
+
+
+
+ $ ./create_sysop.pl
+
+
+
+ 1.5. The client program
+
+ In earlier versions of Spider, all the processes were Perl scripts.
+ This was fine but with a lot of users your computer memory would soon
+ be used up. To combat this a new client was written in "C". This
+ client only works for incoming connects at the moment. Before you can
+ use it though it has to be "made". CD to /spider/src and type make.
+ You should see the output on your screen and hopefully now have a
+ small C program called client. Leave it in this directory.
+ 1.6. Starting up for the first time
+
+ We can now bring spider up for the first time and see if all is well
+ or not! It should look something like this ...
+
+
+
+ $ ./cluster.pl
+ DXSpider DX Cluster Version 1.50
+ Copyright (c) 1998 Dirk Koopman G1TLH
+ loading prefixes ...
+ loading band data ...
+ loading user file system ...
+ starting listener ...
+ reading existing message headers
+ reading cron jobs
+ orft we jolly well go ...
+
+
+
+ If all is well then login on another term or console as sysop and cd
+ to /spider/src. Now issue the following command ...
+
+
+
+ $ ./client
+
+
+
+ This should log you into the cluster as the sysop under the alias
+ callsign we set earlier. In this case the callsign is G0VGS. The
+ cluster callsign is set in the DXVars.pm file in /spider/local. In
+ this case we will assume that this was set as GB7MBC. You should
+ therefore see this when you login ....
+
+
+
+ G0VGS de GB7MBC 19-Nov-1999 2150Z >
+
+
+
+ If you do, congratulations! If not, look over the instructions again,
+ you have probably missed something out. You can shut spider down
+ again with the command ....
+
+
+
+ shutdown
+
+
+
+ and both the cluster and the client should return to Linux prompts.
+
+
+
+ 2. Linux quick installation guide
+
+ This section is designed for experienced Spider sysops who want to
+ install Spider from scratch. It is simply a check list of things that
+ need to be done without any explanations. The name in brackets at the
+ end of each line is the user that should be doing that process.
+
+
+ o Login as root
+
+ o Get the additional CPAN modules and install them (root)
+
+ o Create the "sysop" user and set a password (root)
+
+ o Put the Spider tarball in sysop and untar it (root)
+
+ o ln -s sysop/spider /spider (root)
+
+ o groupadd -g 251 spider (root)
+
+ o Add any more users you need to the group entry in /etc/group (root)
+
+ o Set the permissions on the spider tree (root)
+
+ o Fix permissions on ax25_call and netrom_call (root)
+
+ o Login as the sysop user
+
+ o cd to /spider (sysop)
+
+ o mkdir local (sysop)
+
+ o mkdir local_cmd (sysop)
+
+ o cp perl/DXVars.pm.issue local/DXVars.pm (sysop)
+
+ o cd to /spider/local and edit DXVars to set your details (sysop)
+
+ o cd ../perl (sysop)
+
+ o ./create_sysop.pl (sysop)
+
+ o ./cluster.pl (sysop)
+
+
+ Spider should now be running and you should be able to login using the
+ client program.
+
+
+ o Login as root
+
+ o Enter the correct line in ax25d.conf (root)
+
+ o Enter the correct line in /etc/services (root)
+
+ o Enter the correct line in /etc/inetd.conf (root)
+
+ o killall -HUP inetd (root)
+
+
+ Spider should now be able to accept logins via telnet, netrom and
+ ax25.
+
+
+ o Login as sysop
+
+ o Start the cluster (sysop)
+
+ o set/node and type for links (sysop)
+
+ o Write any connect scripts (sysop)
+
+ o Edit /spider/crontab as required (sysop)
+
+ o Edit any other files as necessary (sysop)
+
+ o Set filters, hops and forwarding files (sysop)
+
+ o Login as root
+
+ o Enter the correct line in /etc/inittab (root)
+
+
+ 3. Setting up the AX25 Utilities
+
+ The aim of this section is not to fully cover the installation and
+ configuration of all the possible ax25 modules. I will attempt to
+ cover a simple installation and configure 2 serial ports as if they
+ had TNC's on them. I will also show what additional configuration the
+ DXSpider program requires.
+
+
+ Please bear in mind that I am basing this section on a RedHat 7.1
+ distribution, if you are using SuSe or any other distibution then your
+ mileage may vary. I will be happy to make any changes and additions
+ if you email me any errors or distribution specific requirements.
+
+
+ You would probably benefit from reading the AX25-HOWTO which is much
+ more comprehensive and an interesting configuration program is also
+ available called ax25-config which may help you to configure things.
+
+
+ The following files are extracts from the working files at GB7MBC and
+ are in daily use. However, there are many ways that you can configure
+ the ax25 utils, this is just the one I use, it does not mean it is
+ necessarily the best or for that matter, the right way!
+
+
+ 3.1. Getting Started
+
+ There are 2 things you need to do initially. You need to get the 3
+ files required for the ax25 installation and you need to make some
+ changes to the kernel configuration.
+
+
+ The first thing is to get the versions of the ax25 utils that match
+ your kernel. You may also wish to get a node package of some kind.
+ There are 2 main node packages in use of which I shall keep to the
+ original by Tomi Manninen, OH2BNS as this is included in the ax25 rpms
+ as standard. The other is AWZNode by IZ5AWZ.
+
+
+ NB: The AX25 stuff in 2.4 kernels appears to have been broken until
+ 2.4.18. I strongly suggest you get at least this kernel.
+
+
+ For 2.4 kernels you need these files...
+
+
+
+ o libax25-0.0.7-7.i386.rpm
+
+ o ax25-tools-0.0.6-13.i386.rpm
+
+ o ax25-apps-0.0.4-9.i386.rpm
+
+
+ 3.2. The kernel
+
+ First you need to add Amateur Radio Support to your kernel. This is a
+ main menu item and should be easily found. Within this header you
+ will find lots of options. For our purposes you need to enable
+ Amateur Radio AX.25 Level 2 Protocol, NET/ROM and the Serial Port KISS
+ Driver. For the purposes of this document I will work under the
+ assumption that you include them in the kernel fully, ie not as
+ modules. If you need to look at compiling your kernel for ax25 more
+ fully, I would refer to the excellent AX25-HOWTO
+
+
+ I should say at this stage that NET/ROM is not mandatory. If you do
+ not use it simply ignore any instruction concerning it.
+
+
+ Now recompile your kernel in the normal way and reboot your system.
+
+
+ 3.3. Installing the RPM's
+
+ Now install the RPM's you downloaded, libax25 first, then ax25-tools,
+ then ax25-apps.
+
+
+
+ rpm -ivh libax25-0.0.7-7.i386.rpm
+ rpm -ivh ax25-tool-0.0.6-13.i386.rpm
+ rpm -ivh ax25-apps-0.0.4-9.i386.rpm
+
+
+
+ 3.4. Configuration
+
+ You will find the configuration files in /etc/ax25. These consist of
+ several files ...
+
+
+ o axports
+
+ o nrports
+
+ o nrbroadcast
+
+ o ax25d.conf
+
+ o node.conf
+
+
+ These are the main files. You will find other files but they do not
+ have any use unless you are wanting to use that particular protocol,
+ Rose or axip for example.
+
+
+ NOTE:- before we start it is important to realise that every interface
+ requires a different SSID. You should be able to follow this in the
+ following examples.
+ 3.5. axports
+
+ This file sets up the ax25 ports you want to use. An example is below
+ for a standard TNC2 ...
+
+
+
+ #portname callsign baudrate paclen window description
+ 2m gb7mbc-2 19200 256 2 2m port on 144.900MHz
+ 4m gb7mbc-4 19200 256 2 4m port on 70.325MHz
+
+
+
+ Note that the portnames have to be unique.
+
+
+ The file headings are as follows ...
+
+
+ portname - The name you will refer to the port by
+ callsign - The ax25 callsign you want to assign to the port
+ baudrate - The speed you communicate between TNC and computer
+ paclen - The maximum packet length for ax25 connections
+ window - The ax25 window parameter. This is like 'maxframe'
+ description - A textual description of the port
+
+
+
+ 3.6. nrports
+
+ This file sets up the netrom ports you want to use. An example is
+ below and includes a port for both cluster and node. You will see why
+ we need 2 ports later ...
+
+
+
+ #portname callsign alias paclen description
+ netrom gb7mbc-8 BARE 236 Node Netrom Port
+ netrom2 gb7mbc-9 MBCDX 236 Cluster Netrom Port
+
+
+
+ Note that the portnames have to be unique.
+
+
+ The file headings are as follows ...
+
+
+ portname - The name you will refer to the port by
+ callsign - This is the callsign that NET/ROM traffic from this
+ port will use
+ alias - The NET/ROM alias this port will be assigned
+ paclen - The maximum size of NET/ROM frames transmitted
+ description - A textual description of the port
+
+
+
+ 3.7. nrbroadcast
+
+ This file sets up the netrom broadcast qualities. An example is below
+ ...
+
+
+
+ #axport min_obs def_qual worst_qual verbose
+ 4m 5 10 100 1
+
+
+
+ The file headings are as follows ...
+
+
+ axport - The port name in axports that you wish to broadcast
+ NET/ROM on.
+ min_obs - The minimum obsolescence value for the port
+ def_qual - The default quality for the port
+ worst_qual - The worst quality for the port. Any routes under
+ this quality will be ignored
+ verbose - This flag determines whether you will only broadcast
+ your own node (0) or all known nodes (1)
+
+
+
+ 3.8. ax25d.conf
+
+ This file controls any incoming ax25 and NET/ROM connections and
+ steers them to the relevant program. There are lots of configuration
+ options you can set here, however they are well covered in the
+ AX25-HOWTO. For our purposes I will show a typical set of parameters.
+ An example is below ...
+
+
+
+ [gb7mbc-0 via 2m]
+ parameters 2 1 6 900 * 15 0
+ NOCALL * * * * * * L
+ default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+
+ [gb7mbc-1 via 2m]
+ parameters 2 1 6 900 * 15 0
+ NOCALL * * * * * * L
+ default * * * * * * 0 root /usr/sbin/node node
+
+ [gb7mbc-0 via 4m]
+ parameters 2 1 6 900 * 15 0
+ NOCALL * * * * * * L
+ default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+
+ [gb7mbc-1 via 4m]
+ parameters 2 1 6 900 * 15 0
+ NOCALL * * * * * * L
+ default * * * * * * 0 root /usr/sbin/node node
+
+ <netrom2>
+ parameters 1 10 * * * 3 *
+ NOCALL * * * * * * L
+ default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+
+ <netrom>
+ parameters 1 10 * * * 3 *
+ NOCALL * * * * * * L
+ default * * * * * * 0 root /usr/sbin/node node
+
+
+
+ There are a few things to take note of here. Firstly, all ax25
+ sections are wrapped in [ ] and all NET/ROM sections are wrapped in <
+ >. Secondly you should be able to see that anyone who forgets to set
+ their callsign in a TNC and tries to connect with the standard NOCALL
+ set into their TNC will not connect, the 'L' means 'lockout'. Lastly
+ and importantly, notice the order of the sections. They are all done
+ in interface order.
+
+
+ You should be able to see that the normal line for access to the
+ cluster is like this ..
+
+
+
+ default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+
+
+
+ however, if you wish your users to be able to use SSID's on their
+ callsigns ..
+
+
+
+ default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %s ax25
+
+
+
+ For most purposes this is not desirable. The only time you probably
+ will need this is when you need to allow other cluster nodes that are
+ using SSID's in. In this case it would probably be better to use the
+ first example and then add a specific line for that node like this:
+
+
+
+ GB7DJK-2 * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client gb7djk-2 ax25
+ default * * * * * * - sysop /spider/src/client client %u ax25
+
+
+
+ 3.9. node.conf
+
+ For those of you that wish to run the node, you need to set up the
+ node.conf file. There are a couple of additional files, node.perms is
+ very similar to the way ftp permissions are set up in NOS systems and
+ node.motd is the message anyone logging into the node will get. The
+ node.conf file sets all the parameters of the node as you would
+ expect. An example is below ...
+
+
+
+ # /etc/ax25/node.conf - LinuxNode configuration file
+ #
+ # see node.conf(5)
+
+ # Idle timeout (seconds).
+ #
+ IdleTimeout 1800
+
+ # Timeout when gatewaying (seconds).
+ #
+ ConnTimeout 40000
+
+ # Visible hostname. Will be shown at telnet login.
+ #
+ HostName gb7mbc.ampr.org
+
+ # ReConnect flag.
+ #
+ ReConnect off
+
+ # "Local" network.
+ #
+ #LocalNet 44.139.8.48/32
+
+ # Command aliases. See node.conf(5) for the meaning of the uppercase
+ # letters in the name of the alias.
+ #
+ ##Alias CAllbook 'telnet %{2:44.17.0.53} 1235 %1 s'
+ #Alias CONVers 'telnet %{2:oh2ti} 3600 "/n %u %{1:139}\n/w *"'
+ #Alias CLuster 'c hkiclh'
+ Alias CONV "telnet lurpac 3600"
+ Alias BBS "c 70cm gb7crv"
+ Alias DXC "telnet localhost 9000"
+ Alias MUD "telnet homer 4000"
+ ##Alias TEMP "finger temp@mary.g6phf"
+ ##Alias TNOS "c ip1 gb7mbc-5"
+ ##Alias TUtor "telnet gb7mbc 3599"
+
+ # Hidden ports.
+ #
+ #HiddenPorts 2
+
+ # External commands. See node.conf(5) for the meaning of the uppercase
+ # letters in the name of the extcmd.
+ #
+ # Flags: 1 Run command through pipe
+ # 2 Reconnected flag
+ #
+ #ExtCmd TPM 3 nobody /usr/bin/finger finger tpm
+ #ExtCmd ECho 1 nobody /bin/echo echo \%U \%u \%S \%s \%P \%p \%R \%r \%T \%t \%\% \%0 \%{1:foobar} \%{2} \%3 \%4 \%5
+
+ # Node ID.
+ #
+ NodeId "\nBARE:GB7MBC-1"
+ #NodeId \033[01;31m***\033[0m
+
+ # Netrom port name. This port is used for outgoing netrom connects.
+ #
+ NrPort netrom
+
+ # Logging level
+ #
+ LogLevel 3
+
+ # The escape character (CTRL-T)
+ #
+ EscapeChar ^T
+
+ # Resolve ip numbers to addresses?
+ #
+ ResolveAddrs off
+
+ # Node prompt.
+ #
+ #NodePrompt "\n"
+ #NodePrompt "%s@%h \%i> "
+ NodePrompt "\nBARE:GB7MBC-1 \%i > "
+ #NodePrompt "\a\033[36m%U\033[0m de \033[01;32m#LNODE\033[0m:\033[01;33mOH2BNS-10\033[0m> "
+
+
+
+ This should be fairly obvious I hope.
+
+
+ 3.10. Getting it all running
+
+ Ok, now we have all the relevant files configured, the next step is to
+ get it all running.
+
+
+ The first thing to do is attach the TNC's. Your TNC's should be in
+ KISS mode and connected to the serial ports involved.
+
+
+ You now use the 'kissattach' command to connect the TNC's to the
+ system like this ...
+
+
+
+ kissattach /dev/ttyS0 2m 44.131.96.199
+ kissattach /dev/ttyS1 4m 44.131.96.199
+
+
+
+ Assuming that 44.131.96.199 is your IP address. The devices ttyS0 and
+ ttyS1 are com1 and com2 respectively. Now we can set some parameters
+ ...
+
+
+
+ kissparms -p 2m -t 150 -l 150 -s 50 -r 50
+ kissparms -p 4m -t 150 -l 150 -s 50 -r 50
+
+
+
+ The command 'man kissparms' will give you the explanation of the
+ switches.
+
+
+ Now we need to attach the NET/ROM ports in the same way ...
+
+
+
+ nrattach netrom
+ nrattach netrom2
+
+ All of the above can be put in a file and called from
+ /etc/rc.d/rc.local. Put all the above commands in a file called
+ rc.ax25 and put a line in rc.local to call it.
+
+
+ Now you can start the daemons that set everything in motion ...
+
+
+
+ ax25d
+ netromd -i
+
+
+
+ All should now be running. All that remains is to get the node
+ working for telnet connections. If nothing else, this will allow you
+ to connect to the node yourself to check on connection status etc.
+ There are 2 files that need to be edited.
+
+
+ First edit /etc/services and add
+
+
+
+ node 3000/tcp #OH2BNS's Node Software
+
+
+
+ Assuming you want it to run on port 3000
+
+
+ Now cd /etc/xinetd.d and edit a new file called node. It should look
+ like this ...
+
+
+
+ # default: on
+ # unencrypted username/password pairs for authentication.
+ service node
+ {
+ socket_type = stream
+ wait = no
+ user = root
+ server = /usr/sbin/node
+ log_on_failure += USERID
+ disable = no
+ }
+
+
+
+ You now need to restart the xinetd daemon. First find out what the
+ PID is like so ..
+
+
+
+ ps auxw |grep xinetd
+
+
+
+ You will get a reply something like this ...
+
+
+
+ root 592 0.0 0.1 2256 620 ? S Feb07 0:00 xinetd -stayalive -reuse -pidfile /var/run/xinetd.pid
+
+
+
+ The PID or Process ID is 592 in this case so now we can issue the
+ command ...
+
+
+
+ kill -HUP 592
+
+
+
+ All should now be operational and you should be able to log into the
+ node by using a telnet session to the relevant port, like so ...
+
+
+
+ telnet localhost 3000
+
+
+
+ If that works, you are just about there. you should (assuming you
+ have radios connected to the TNC's) be able to connect out to other
+ stations and receive incoming ax25 and netrom connections.
+
+
+ 4. Configuration
+
+ 4.1. Allowing ax25 connects from users
+
+ This is dealt with in the previous section
+
+
+ 4.2. Allowing telnet connects from users
+
+
+ >From version 1.47 there is a new (more efficient) way of doing this
+ (see next section) but, if you prefer, the method of doing it
+ described here will continue to work just fine.
+
+
+ Allowing telnet connections is quite simple. Firstly you need to add
+ a line in /etc/services to allow connections to a port number, like
+ this ....
+
+
+
+ spdlogin 8000/tcp # spider anonymous login port
+
+
+
+ Then add a line in /etc/inetd.conf like this ....
+
+ spdlogin stream tcp nowait root /usr/sbin/tcpd /spider/src/client login telnet
+
+
+
+ Once this is done, you need to restart inetd like this ....
+
+
+
+ killall -HUP inetd
+
+
+
+ Now login as sysop and cd spider/src. You can test that spider is
+ accepting telnet logins by issuing the following command ....
+
+
+
+ ./client login telnet
+
+
+
+ You should get a login prompt and on issuing a callsign, you will be
+ given access to the cluster. Note, you will not get a password login.
+ There seems no good reason for a password prompt to be given so it is
+ not asked for.
+
+
+ Assuming all is well, then try a telnet from your linux console ....
+
+
+
+ telnet localhost 8000
+
+
+
+ You should now get the login prompt and be able to login as before.
+
+
+ 4.3. Setting up telnet connects (from 1.47 onwards)
+
+ >From version 1.47 you can choose to allow the perl cluster.pl program
+ to allow connections directly (i.e. not via the /spider/src/client
+ interface program). If you are using Windows then this is the only
+ method available of allowing incoming telnet connections.
+
+
+ To do this you need first to remove any line that you may previously
+ have set up in /etc/inetd.conf. Remember to:-
+
+
+
+ killall -HUP inetd
+
+
+
+ to make the change happen...
+
+
+ Having done that, you need to copy the file /spider/perl/Listeners.pm
+ to /spider/local and then edit it. You will need to uncomment the line
+ containing "0.0.0.0" and select the correct port to listen on. So that
+ it looks like this:-
+
+
+
+ @listen = (
+ ["0.0.0.0", 8000],
+ );
+
+
+
+ As standard, the listener will listen on all interfaces
+ simultaneously. If you require more control than this, you can
+ specify each interface individually:-
+
+
+
+ @listen = (
+ ["gb7baa.dxcluster.net", 8000],
+ ["44.131.16.2", 6300],
+ );
+
+
+
+ This will only be successful if the IP addresses on each interface are
+ static. If you are using some kind of dynamic IP addressing then the
+ 'default' method is the only one that will work.
+
+
+ Restart the cluster.pl program to enable the listener.
+
+
+ One important difference with the internal listener is that no echoing
+ is done by the cluster program. Users will need to set 'local-echo' on
+ in their telnet clients if it isn't set automatically (as per the
+ standards). Needless to say this will probably only apply to Windows
+ users.
+
+
+ 4.4. Setting up for AGW Engine (1.47 onwards)
+
+ AGW Engine is a Windows based ax25 stack. You can connect to an AGW
+ engine from Linux as well as Windows based machines.
+
+
+ In order to enable access to an AGW Engine you need to copy
+ /spider/perl/AGWConnect.pm to /spider/local and edit it. Specifically
+ you must:-
+
+
+ o set $enable to 1.
+
+ o set $login and $passwd to the values set up in your AGW
+ installation. If you haven't set any there, then you should not
+ touch these values.
+
+
+ o You can connect to a remote AGW engine (ie on some other machine)
+ by changing $addr and $port appropriately.
+
+ o Restart the cluster.pl program
+
+
+
+ 4.5. Setting up node connects
+
+ In order to allow cluster node connections, spider needs to know that
+ the connecting callsign is a cluster node. This is the case whether
+ the connect is incoming or outgoing. In spider this is a simple task
+ and can be done in runtime.
+
+
+ Later versions of Spider can distinguish different software and treat
+ them differently. For example, the WCY beacon cannot be handles by
+ AK1A type nodes as AK1A does not know what to do with PC73. There are
+ 4 different types of node at present and although they may not have
+ any major differences at the moment, it allows for compatibility. The
+ 4 types are ...
+
+
+
+ set/node (AK1A type)
+ set/spider
+ set/dxnet
+ set/clx
+
+
+
+ For now, we will assume that the cluster we are going to connect to is
+ an AK1A type node.
+
+
+ Start up the cluster as you did before and login as the sysop with
+ client. The cluster node I am wanting to make a connection to is
+ GB7BAA but you would obviously use whatever callsign you required. At
+ the prompt type ...
+
+
+
+ set/node gb7baa
+
+
+
+ The case does not matter as long as you have a version of DXSpider
+ later than 1.33. Earlier versions required the callsign to be in
+ upper case.
+
+
+ That is now set, it is as simple as that. To prove it, login on yet
+ another console as sysop, cd to spider/src and issue the command ...
+
+
+
+ ./client gb7baa (using the callsign you set as a node)
+
+
+
+ You should get an initialisation string from DXSpider like this ...
+
+
+
+ ./client gb7baa
+ PC38^GB7MBC^~
+
+
+
+ If the callsign you just set up as a cluster node is for an incoming
+ connect, this is all that needs to be done. If the connection is to
+ be outgoing then a connection script needs to be written.
+
+
+ Sometimes you make a mistake... Honest, it does happen. If you want
+ to make a node back to being a normal user, regardless of what type it
+ is, do:
+
+
+
+ unset/node gb7baa
+
+
+
+ 4.6. Connection scripts
+
+ Because DXSpider operates under Linux, connections can be made using
+ just about any protocol; AX25, NETRom, tcp/ip, ROSE etc are all
+ possible examples. Connect scripts live in the /spider/connect
+ directory and are simple ascii files. Writing a script for
+ connections is therefore relatively simple.
+
+
+ The connect scripts consist of lines which start with the following
+ keywords or symbols:-
+
+
+
+ # All lines starting with a # are ignored, as are completely blank
+ lines.
+
+
+ timeout
+ timeout followed by a number is the number of seconds to wait
+ for a command to complete. If there is no timeout specified in
+ the script then the default is 60 seconds.
+
+
+ abort
+ abort is a regular expression containing one or more strings to
+ look for to abort a connection. This is a perl regular
+ expression and is executed ignoring case.
+
+
+ connect
+ connect followed by ax25, agw (for Windows users) or telnet and
+ some type dependent information. In the case of a telnet
+ connection, there can be up to two parameters. The first is the
+ ip address or hostname of the computer you wish to connect to
+ and the second is the port number you want to use (this can be
+ left out if it is a normal telnet session). In the case of an
+ ax25 session then this would normally be a call to ax25_call or
+ netrom_call as in the example above. It is your responsibility
+ to get your node and other ax25 parameters to work before going
+ down this route!
+
+
+ ' line in a chat type script. The words/phrases normally come in
+ pairs, either can be empty. Each line reads input from the
+ connection until it sees the string (or perl regular expression)
+ contained in the left hand string. If the left hand string is
+ empty then it doesn't read or wait for anything. The comparison
+ is done ignoring case. When the left hand string has found what
+ it is looking for (if it is) then the right hand string is sent
+ to the connection. This process is repeated for every line of
+ chat script.
+
+
+ client
+ client starts the connection, put the arguments you would want
+ here if you were starting the client program manually. You only
+ need this if the script has a different name to the callsign you
+ are trying to connect to (i.e. you have a script called other
+ which actually connects to GB7DJK-1 [instead of a script called
+ gb7djk-1]).
+
+
+ There are many possible ways to configure the script but here are
+ three examples, one for a NETRom/AX25 connect, one for AGW engines and
+ one for tcp/ip.
+
+
+
+ timeout 60
+ abort (Busy|Sorry|Fail)
+ # don't forget to chmod 4775 netrom_call!
+ connect ax25 /usr/sbin/netrom_call bbs gb7djk g1tlh
+ # you can leave this out if you call the script 'gb7dxm'
+ client gb7dxm ax25
+
+
+
+ timeout 60
+ abort (Busy|Sorry|Fail)
+ # this does exactly the same as the previous example
+ # the '1' is the AGW port number to connect thru for g1tlh
+ connect agw 1 g1tlh
+ # you can leave this out if you call the script 'gb7dxm'
+ client gb7dxm ax25
+
+
+
+ timeout 15
+ connect telnet dirkl.tobit.co.uk
+ # tell GB7DJK-1 that it is connected to GB7DJK
+ # you can leave this out if you call this script 'gb7djk'
+ client gb7djk telnet
+
+
+ Both these examples assume that everything is set up properly at the
+ other end. You will find other examples in the /spider/examples
+ directory.
+
+
+ 4.7. Starting the connection
+
+ You start the connection, from within a sysop enabled cluster login,
+ by typing in the word connect followed by a script name like this ....
+
+
+
+ G0VGS de GB7MBC 13-Dec-1998 2041Z >connect gb7djk-1
+ connection to GB7DJK-1 started
+ G0VGS de GB7MBC 13-Dec-1998 2043Z >
+
+
+
+ This will start a connection using the script called gb7djk-1. You
+ can follow the connection by watching the term or console from where
+ you started cluster.pl. From version 1.47 onwards, you will need to
+ set/debug connect first. You should see something like this ...
+
+
+
+ <- D G1TLH connect gb7djk-1
+ -> D G1TLH connection to GB7DJK-1 started
+ -> D G1TLH G1TLH de GB7DJK 13-Dec-1998 2046Z >
+ timeout set to 15
+ CONNECT sort: telnet command: dirkl.tobit.co.uk
+ CHAT "login" -> "gb7djk"
+ received "
+ Red Hat Linux release 5.1 (Manhattan)
+ Kernel 2.0.35 on an i586
+ "
+ received "login: "
+ sent "gb7djk"
+ CHAT "word" -> "gb7djk"
+ received "gb7djk"
+ received "Password: "
+ sent "gb7djk"
+ Connected to GB7DJK-1, starting normal protocol
+ <- O GB7DJK-1 telnet
+ -> B GB7DJK-1 0
+ GB7DJK-1 channel func state 0 -> init
+ <- D GB7DJK-1
+ <- D GB7DJK-1 Last login: Sun Dec 13 17:59:56 from dirk1
+ <- D GB7DJK-1 PC38^GB7DJK-1^~
+ <- D GB7DJK-1 PC18^ 1 nodes, 0 local / 1 total users Max users 0 Uptime
+ 0 00:00^5447^~
+ etc
+
+
+
+ With later versions of Spider there is a set/login command for users.
+ This tells them when a user or node logs in or out. If you do not add
+ a line to your scripts after the final line (or before the client line
+ which should always be last if needed) then the login/logout
+ information will be sent to users before the login actually completes.
+ This means if a node is unreachable, it will continue sending logins
+ and logouts to users even though it is not actually connecting. To
+ avoid this use the following line ...
+ In a script, this might look like ...
+
+
+
+ timeout 35
+ abort (Busy|Sorry|Fail)
+ connect telnet mary 3000
+
+
+
+ 4.8. Telnet echo
+
+ Cluster links in particular suffer greatly from the presence of telnet
+ echo. This is caused by the telnet negotiation itself and can create
+ at worst severe loops. At best it creates unnecessary bandwidth and
+ large logfiles! There are things that can be done to limit this
+ problem but will not always work dependent on the route taken to
+ connect.
+
+
+ Telnet echo itself should only be a problem if the connection is being
+ made to the telnet port (23). This port uses special rules that
+ include echo negotiation. If the connection is to a different port,
+ such as 7300, this negotiation does not happen and therefore no echo
+ should be present.
+
+
+ Sometimes it is not possible to make a direct connection to another
+ node and this can cause problems. There is a way of trying to
+ suppress the telnet echo but this will not always work, unfortunately
+ it is difficult to be more specific. Here is an example of what I
+ mean ...
+
+
+
+ timeout 35
+ abort (Busy|Sorry|Fail)
+ connect telnet mary.lancs.ac.uk
+
+
+
+ So, the first connection is made by Spider. This is fine as Spider
+ uses the Net_Telnet script from within perl. This actually uses TCP
+ rather than TELNET so no negotiation will be done on the first
+ connection. Once connected to mary.lancs.ac.uk, the command is sent
+ to suppress echo. Now a telnet is made to a cluster node that is
+ accepting connections on port 23. The problem with this link is that
+ the negotiation is made by the remote machine, therefore you have no
+ control over it. The chances are that this link will create echo and
+ there will be no way you can stop it.
+
+
+
+ 4.9. Autostarting the cluster
+
+ Ok, you should now have DXSpider running nicely and allowing connects
+ by cluster nodes or users. However, it has to be shutdown and
+ restarted manually. It would be much easier to have it start
+ automatically.
+
+
+
+ This is not only a way to start the cluster automatically, it also
+ works as a watchdog, checking the sanity of DXSpider and respawning it
+ should it crash for any reason. Before doing the following, shutdown
+ the cluster as you did earlier.
+
+
+ Login as root and bring up the /etc/inittab file in your favourite
+ editor. Add the following lines to the file near the end ...
+
+
+
+ ##Start DXSpider on bootup and respawn it should it crash
+ DX:3:respawn:/bin/su -c "/usr/bin/perl -w /spider/perl/cluster.pl" sysop >/dev/tty7
+
+
+
+ This line works fine for RedHat distributions. It is also fine for
+ SuSE up to 7.0. From SuSE 7.1 you need to add runlevels 2 and 5 like
+ this ...
+
+
+
+ DX:235:respawn:/bin/su -c "/usr/bin/perl -w /spider/perl/cluster.pl" sysop >/dev/tty7
+
+
+
+ The line required for Slackware distributions is slightly different.
+ My thanks to Aurelio, PA3EZL for this information.
+
+
+
+ DX:23:respawn:/bin/su - sysop -c "/usr/bin/perl -w /spider/perl/cluster.pl" >/dev/tty7
+
+
+
+ This will automatically start DXSpider on tty7 (ALT-F7) on bootup and
+ restart it should it crash for any reason.
+
+
+ NB: It should be noted that /dev/tty7 is only an example. Some SuSE
+ systems will only accept upto tty6. It really does not matter which
+ tty you run it on.
+
+
+ As root type the command telinit q. DXSpider should start up
+ immediately. You will see the output on tty7 and if you login as
+ sysop you should find everything running nicely.
+
+
+ 5. Microsoft Windows Installation
+
+ 5.1. Introduction
+
+ IMPORTANT:
+
+ What you'll be left with once you've followed these instructions is
+ (hopefully) a working DX Spider v1.50 system that is capable of
+ accepting or originating "internet" connections, plus inbound and
+ outbound AX.25 and TCP/IP radio connections.
+
+ On the other hand, you may have an enquiring mind, or better yet, may
+ be looking for a useful way of connecting your current (perhaps) AK1A
+ cluster "to the internet" via some networking mechanism (BPQEther,
+ etc) or other. I won't be producing instructions for the latter case,
+ because I don't have an AK1A to play with. But someone might ...
+
+ Whatever, this document is intended to get you started with DX Spider
+ in a Microsoft Windows (TM) environment. It's not intended to teach
+ you anything other than how to perform a minimum configuration of a DX
+ Spider installation and have it able to connect across "the internet"
+ to other DX Clusters, while accepting inbound TELNET and radio
+ connections.
+
+
+ 5.2. The requirements
+
+ The very first things you're going to need are (in order of
+ importance):-
+
+
+ o A cup of good, strong tea
+
+ o A supported Windows platform with an internet connection so you can
+ download the necessary software bits and bobs directly to it. There
+ are other ways, but this is preferable.
+
+ o Another cup of good, strong tea
+
+ o If all goes according to plan, about an hour to spare
+
+ o Plenty of good, strong tea
+
+
+ 5.3. The system
+
+ The platform I used to generate these instructions was a "vanilla"
+ Microsoft Windows Me 4.90.3000 system, with a 700MHz AMD Athlon
+ processor and 96 Mb memory. I've also personally verified that it runs
+ on my laptop (Pentium 266MHz, 32 Mb memory, Windows 98 SE v4.10.2222
+ A) and a computer that I assembled from a random pile of junk (AMD
+ K6-2 333MHz, 64 Mb memory, Windows 98 v4.10.1998). As a result, I have
+ reason to believe that what I'm about to describe will perform equally
+ on any 32-bit MS Windows environment with 32 Mb of memory.
+
+ Because of the changes that have recently been made to the core
+ "cluster.pl" module and the introduction of a very lightweight
+ "winclient.pl", I have a sneaking suspicion that this will now run on
+ any platform that has reasonably complete support for Perl. Is there
+ someone out there with both an enquiring mind and (say) a Macintosh,
+ for instance?
+
+ Please bear in mind, though, that my instructions relate solely to how
+ to get this going under a Microsoft Windows environment, and I have
+ zero intention of trying to make them say otherwise.
+
+
+ 5.4. Perl
+
+ Install your chosen Perl environment. Unless you have a very good
+ reason for not doing so, I strongly suggest that you use ActivePerl
+ v5.6. For my testing & development, I used build 623. (A recent
+ installation used the newer ActivePerl v5.6.1, build 633 without any
+ noticable difficulty.) You can get this from:
+ http://www.activestate.com/Products/ActivePerl/Download.html
+
+
+ The link takes you to an initial page of System Requirements and
+ Software Prerequisites. If you do not have it already installed, you
+ can download and install the Windows Installer 2.0 for a Win98
+ installation. Be forewarned, you will have to reboot your PC at the
+ completion of the installer's installation.
+
+ If you already have the installer on your PC, simply click on the Next
+ arrow at the bottom of the page. Two clicks will finally get you to
+ the actual download page. The MSI version of Build 633 is now 8.6MB
+ in size, so make that a big cup of tea or coffee if you're on a slow
+ dial-up connection.
+
+ During installation, please ensure that you do choose the options to
+ "Add Perl to the PATH environment variable" and "Create Perl file
+ extension association"; it will make your life so much easier. Once
+ the installation is finished, be sure to reboot your PC. You probably
+ won't be told anywhere else that this needs to be done now, but it
+ does. Really.
+
+ Once you've rebooted, open a "DOS box" (Start > Run > command might do
+ it, if you can't find it elsewhere) and from wherever it lands, type
+ PERL -v <ENTER> (it's better if that's a lower-case be rewarded with
+ some interesting information about your Perl installation. If you're
+ not, you must go back to the beginning and discover what went wrong
+ and fix it. It's pointless to proceed unless this simple check is
+ passed. Assuming it did work, you may now move on.
+
+
+ 5.5. Additional packages
+
+ Some extensions ("packages") need to be added to the base Perl
+ distribution, and we'll do this next. If you're using the Perl I
+ recommended, and don't know any better for yourself, then just blindly
+ following these instructions will work just fine. If that didn't
+ describe you, then you're on your own.
+
+ Visit the following URL:
+
+ http://www.activestate.com/PPMPackages/zips/6xx-builds-only/
+
+ and download the following files:-
+
+
+
+ Data-Dumper.zip
+ Net-Telnet.zip
+ TimeDate.zip
+ Time-HiRes.zip
+ DB_File.zip
+
+
+
+ If this is a new installation, now would also be a good time to
+ install a copy of WinZip on your PC. Make yourself a convenient
+ directory to unpack all of these zip files into (I put mine in
+ "D:\ppm>" but "C:\ppm" works just as well.) and do the following (the
+ bits you type in are blue ). You can upzip all of the files into the
+ same directory. When prompted, simply overwrite the Readme file from
+ each zip package. Note that where these files land will be directly
+ related to where you chose to install your ActivePerl (mine, as you
+ can probably guess from what follows, went into "D:\Perl"):-
+
+
+
+ D:\ppm>ppm install Data-Dumper.ppd
+ Installing package 'Data-Dumper.ppd'
+ Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.bs
+ Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.dll
+ Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.exp
+ Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.lib
+ Installing D:\Perl\html\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.html
+ Installing D:\Perl\site\lib\Data\Dumper\Dumper.pm
+ Writing D:\Perl\site\lib\auto\Data\Dumper\Dumper.packlist
+ D:\ppm>
+
+
+
+ I'm not going to bother you with exhaustive details of the rest of
+ them, but suffice it to say you need to:
+
+
+
+ ppm install DB_File.ppd
+ ppm install Net-Telnet.ppd
+ ppm install TimeDate.ppd
+ ppm install Time-HiRes.ppd
+
+
+
+ If all that seemed to work OK, time to move along. Before anyone who
+ is familiar with PPM tells me that we didn't need to download and keep
+ those files locally, I knew that. I also knew that PPM is sometimes
+ awkward to configure via firewalls, and that sometimes the
+ repositories don't always work the way we'd hope. I do it that way
+ because it suits me.
+
+
+ 5.6. Getting Spider
+
+ Get the current version of the DX Spider distribution. This needs to
+ be v1.50 or later. You've got two ways (currently) of getting this;
+ either get a CVS update from sourceforge (if you don't know what this
+ is, then it isn't for you) or get the latest "official" release from:
+
+ http://www.dxcluster.org/download/index.html
+
+ or if you want the lastest snapshot of CVS version (which is produced
+ every night):-
+
+ http://www.dxcluster.org/download/CVSlatest.tgz
+
+ This is generally the best one to go for as it is completely up to
+ date. However, there is always the very slight chance that it might
+ unstable. Generally, there will be a note on the website if this is
+ the case.
+
+
+ The only difference between "CVSlatest.tgz" and the latest "official"
+ release version is that it is more up to date. Do not confuse the
+ "CVSlatest.tgz" file with "Downloading from Sourceforge with CVS" -
+ they are two quite different things. "Downloading from Sourceforge
+ with CVS" is explained in a section within the Admin manual.
+
+
+ If you go down the CVS route (ie installing WinCVS as explained in the
+ Admin manual and downloaded from sourceforge), then everything will be
+ nicely installed on your local disk. If you got the CVSlatest.tgz
+ file, unzip (winzip) it to "C:\". This is an important point since
+ paths are included within the .tgz file. Make sure you unzip to the
+ root directory of whichever drive you use... "C:\" or "D:\" or ..,
+ not "C:\spider." If you double click on CVSlatest.tgz, WinZip should
+ open with a dialogue box that says the Archive contains a single file
+ (CVSlatest.tar) and asks whether WinZip should decompress it to a
+ temporary fold and then open it. Say "Yes" and then you will get the
+ typical Classical WinZip listing of files ready for extraction.
+ Remember, extract them to your desired root directory ("C:\" or "D:\"
+ or ...). The following examples assume that you put it on drive
+ "C:\", for convenience.
+
+
+ 6. Installing the software
+
+ At this point you will need to create 2 additional directories under
+ "C:\Spider." Make directories "C:\spider\local" and
+ "C:\spider\local_cmd". If "C:\spider" is missing, go back and figure
+ out why, because it shouldn't be.
+
+ Now create your own local copy of the DXVars.pm file by:-
+
+
+
+ copy c:\spider\perl\DXVars.pm.issue
+ c:\spider\local\DXVars.pm
+
+
+
+ Now you'll need to edit this file using a text editor like Notepad. If
+ nothing else, you can simply
+
+
+
+ cd \spider\local
+
+
+
+ and then
+
+
+
+ notepad DXVars.pm
+
+
+
+ to bring up an editor window containing the file. As an absolute
+ minimum you must adjust the following items in DXVars.pm:-
+
+
+ o $mycall - Should hold the callsign of your DX Cluster
+
+ o $myname - The SysOp's first name
+
+ o $myalias - the SysOp's callsign. Cannot be the same as $mycall!
+
+ o $myqth - The station's geographical location (QTH).
+
+ o $mylatitude - The station latitude in degrees and decimal fractions
+
+ o $mylongitude - The station longitude in degrees and decimal
+ fractions
+
+
+ o $mylocator - The Maidenhead (or QRA) locator of the station
+
+ You really also ought to update the $myqth and $myemail variables. And
+ unless you are absolutely certain you know what you're doing, you
+ should change nothing else in this file. Note that if you use an "@"
+ or a "$" character in one of the above strings (typically in $myemail)
+ you must write them as "\@" or "\$".
+
+
+ 6.1. Incoming telnets
+
+ If you want to enable inbound "TELNET" connections (or you are running
+ Windows 98, NT, 2000 or XP), you've got a little more work to do. From
+ a handy "DOS box" that's not doing anything else, do the following:-
+
+
+
+ copy \spider\perl\Listeners.pm \spider\local
+ cd \spider\local
+ notepad listeners.pm
+
+
+
+ The following line need attention:-
+
+
+
+ # ["0.0.0.0", 7300],
+
+
+
+ On my machine, I've simply uncommented the "0.0.0.0" entry by removing
+ the '#' from the front of the line.
+
+ You MUST carry out this step if you are running on a Windows 98, NT,
+ 2000 or XP based system
+
+ If you don't have a static hostname for your machine, and you intend
+ to allow folk to connect to your machine across the internet, then I'd
+ suggest you pay a visit to www.dyndns.org and create one for yourself.
+ While it's free, it will take a modest amount of effort on your part
+ to read, understand and implement what needs to be done to set this
+ up.
+
+
+ If your machine is connected to the internet and you don't want to
+ allow your machine to be visible to the outside world you should
+ change the "0.0.0.0" to "127.0.0.1" [which is "localhost"]. This will
+ then only allow connections from inside your machine. As was said
+ earlier: if you aren't running Win9x (or you want to use DXTelnet or
+ somesuch), then you need to have the machine listening at least to
+ "127.0.0.1" ("0.0.0.0" means all IP addresses).
+
+
+ 6.2. The AGW packet engine
+
+ On the assumption that you'll be using the SV2AGW Packet Engine to
+ interface your radios to the cluster, it would be a good idea to
+ download the Packet Engine software! You can get this software from:
+
+ http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwpe.zip
+
+ Depending upon your TNCs, you may also need to get:
+
+ http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/drivers.zip
+
+ A couple of the tools:
+
+ http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwterm.zip
+
+ http://www.raag.org/sv2agw/agwmonitor.zip
+
+ will also help with troubleshooting of the RF links themselves.
+
+ Install and configure AGWPE. You should now create your own local
+ copy of AGWConnect.pm by:-
+
+
+
+ copy c:\spider\perl\AGWConnect.pm
+ c:\spider\local\AGWConnect.pm
+
+
+
+ and then
+
+
+
+ notepad AGWConnect.pm
+
+
+
+ to bring up an editor window containing the file. You must consider
+ adjusting the following items in AGWConnect.pm:-
+
+
+ o $enable - set to '1' to enable AGWPE interface
+
+ o $login - the login ID you chose when you set up the SV2AGW
+ security :-)
+
+ o $passwd - password that matches $login
+
+ The login ID and passwd only need to be set if you are accessing AGW
+ separately via its web interface. This interface is normally not
+ needed for use with DXSpider.
+
+
+ 6.3. Setting up the initial user files
+
+ Next you need to create the initial user files, etc. A tool is
+ supplied which will do this for you. To run the tool:-
+
+
+
+ cd \spider\perl
+ perl create_sysop.pl
+
+
+
+ If all goes according to plan, you will see no output from this
+ program, and after a brief wait, your DOS prompt will be returned.
+
+ Depending on how brave you are, you might now care to try the
+ following:-
+
+
+ perl cluster.pl
+
+
+
+ If you did everything you were told, your DOS window will now hold a
+ display which looks something like:-
+
+
+
+ DXSpider DX Cluster Version 1.50
+ Copyright (c) 1998-2002 Dirk Koopman G1TLH
+ loading prefixes ...
+ loading band data ...
+ loading user file system ...
+ starting listeners ...
+ Internal port: localhost 27754
+ load badwords: Ok
+ reading in duplicate spot and WWV info ...
+ reading existing message headers ...
+ load badmsg: Ok
+ load forward: Ok
+ load swop: Ok
+ @msg = 0 before delete
+ @msg = 0 after delete
+ reading cron jobs ...v cron: reading /spider/cmd/crontab
+ cron: adding 1 0 * * 0
+ DXUser::export("$main::data/user_asc")
+ reading database descriptors ...
+ doing local initialisation ...
+ orft we jolly well go ...
+ queue msg (0)
+
+
+
+ Now, if that's what you've got, you are very nearly home and dry (in
+ as far as these particular experiments are concerned, anyhow)
+
+ If you are running Windows 9x you can access your new cluster (from
+ the local machine) by finding yourself another "DOS box" and doing the
+ following:-
+
+
+
+ cd \spider\perl
+ perl winclient.pl
+
+
+
+ If you are running Windows NT, 2000 or XP then winclient.pl does not
+ work. We don't know why other than this seems to be some kind of
+ incomaptibility in perl. You can achieve the same thing by telnetting
+ to the port you defined in Listeners.pm (7300 as default), thus:-
+
+
+
+ Menu->Start->Run
+ telnet localhost 7300
+
+
+
+ On getting the login: prompt, enter your sysop callsign (the one you
+ put in DXVars.pm as $myalias).
+ I would recommend strongly that you obtain a better telnet client than
+ that which comes with windows (I use PuTTY).
+
+
+ Anyway, if you are rewarded with a display which looks something
+ like:-
+
+
+
+ Hello Iain, this is GB7SJP in Amersham, Bucks running DXSpider V1.50
+ Cluster: 1 nodes, 1 local / 1 total users Max users 2 Uptime 0 00:00
+ M0ADI de GB7SJP 4-Mar-2001 1511Z >
+
+
+
+ You've arrived. Try some commands, and see how they feel. (In case you
+ were wondering, "Iain", "M0ADI" and "GB7SJP" all came from the version
+ of DXVars.pm that was on the machine when I started the winclient.pl)
+
+
+ The interface is very basic. It is a simple command line. There are
+ better looking interfaces. Most of the "standard" logging and DX
+ Cluster access programs that are capable of connecting via a TCP or
+ telnet connection will work as a "Sysop Console" client. You connect
+ to "localhost" on the port that you defined in Listeners.pm (usually
+ 7300). I recommend packages like DXTelnet.
+
+
+ 6.4. Connecting to other clusters
+
+ If you want to connect this to another cluster, then you'll want to
+ negotiate a link with someone. For experimental purposes, I'm happy to
+ allow folk to connect to GB7DXA (spud.ath.cx), on the understanding
+ that the system may or may not be there and may or may not be
+ connected to anything particularly useful at any given moment. Contact
+ me by Email if you want me to set up a connection for you.
+
+
+ 7. General Information
+
+ The following relates to all versions of DXSpider and is not platform
+ related.
+
+
+ 7.1. The crontab file
+
+ Login as sysop and create a file in /spider/local_cmd called crontab.
+ Edit it with your favourite editor and add a line like this (I have
+ included a comment)
+
+
+
+ # check every 10 minutes to see if gb7xxx is connected and if not
+ # start a connect job going
+
+ 0,10,20,30,40,50 * * * * start_connect('gb7xxx') unless connected('gb7xxx')
+
+
+
+ The callsign involved will be the callsign of the cluster node you are
+ going to connect to. This will now check every 10 minutes to see if
+ gb7xxx is connected, if it is then nothing will be done. If it is
+ not, then a connect attempt will be started.
+ There are probably lots of other things you could use this crontab
+ file for. If you want to know more about it, look at the DXSpider
+ website at the cron page where it is explained more fully.
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+ The DXSpider CVS Changes Addendum v1.50
+ Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net)
+ February 2003 revision 0.1
+
+ A reference for CVS users of the DXSpider DXCluster program.
+
+ If you have any problems with a new CVS version please mail the
+ support list.
+
+
+ The latest CVS is version 1.50 build 57.191. There are major changes
+ going on currently as the code is being prepared for New Protocol.
+
+
+ To run the latest CVS you need to additional perl modules. The links
+ are below...
+
+
+
+ +\bo Storable-2.06.tar.gz
+
+ +\bo Log-Agent-0.303.tar.gz
+
+
+
--- /dev/null
+ The DXSpider FAQ
+ Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net)
+ December 2001 Revision: 1.8
+
+ A reference for SysOps of the DXSpider DXCluster program.
+ ______________________________________________________________________
+
+ Table of Contents
+
+
+ 1. Installation
+ 1.1 Where do I get DXSpider?
+ 1.2 How do I use the patches?
+ 1.3 If I use a tarball to overwrite my installation, what happens to my configuration?
+ 1.4 I am running RedHat 5.2 and I am getting strange errors, what is wrong?
+
+ 2. Administration
+ 2.1 How can I get Spider to restart automatically if it crashes?
+ 2.2 How can I monitor traffic to and from a node or user?
+ 2.3 My neighbouring node cannot use the RCMD command to me, he just keeps getting the "tut tut" message.
+ 2.4 I do not seem to be sending any bulletin mail to my link partners, what is wrong?
+ 2.5 How can I automatically limit the amount of debug logfiles that are stored?
+ 2.6 I updated my Linux distribution and now Spider cannot read the users file or the dupefile, what is the problem?
+ 2.7 Since I last updated I seem to be getting duplicate spots appearing.
+ 2.8 I have deleted a message but it is still there, why?
+
+
+ ______________________________________________________________________
+
+ Please mail any FAQs to the maintainer at the address above.
+
+
+
+ 1\b1.\b. I\bIn\bns\bst\bta\bal\bll\bla\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn
+
+ 1\b1.\b.1\b1.\b. W\bWh\bhe\ber\bre\be d\bdo\bo I\bI g\bge\bet\bt D\bDX\bXS\bSp\bpi\bid\bde\ber\br?\b?
+
+ All things Spider can be found at www.dxcluster.org and the actual
+ program and patches can be found in the download area.
+
+
+ 1\b1.\b.2\b2.\b. H\bHo\bow\bw d\bdo\bo I\bI u\bus\bse\be t\bth\bhe\be p\bpa\bat\btc\bch\bhe\bes\bs?\b?
+
+ Patching is done in the standard linux way ...
+
+
+
+ zcat /tmp/patch-1.40 | patch -p0
+
+
+
+ assuming the patch version you are using is 1.40 and resides in /tmp!
+
+
+ Be aware that each patch assumes the previous patch has been applied.
+ That is to say if you are patching from version 1.38 to 1.40 you would
+ first need to apply patch-1.39 and then patch-1.40.
+
+
+ 1\b1.\b.3\b3.\b. I\bIf\bf I\bI u\bus\bse\be a\ba t\bta\bar\brb\bba\bal\bll\bl t\bto\bo o\bov\bve\ber\brw\bwr\bri\bit\bte\be m\bmy\by i\bin\bns\bst\bta\bal\bll\bla\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn,\b, w\bwh\bha\bat\bt h\bha\bap\bpp\bpe\ben\bns\bs t\bto\bo
+ m\bmy\by c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn?\b?
+
+ The tarballs are designed to not overwrite your existing configuration
+ and can be used at any time to update your Spider software. All the
+ key files have the suffix .issue (eg. DXVars.pm.issue) at default.
+
+
+ 1\b1.\b.4\b4.\b. I\bI a\bam\bm r\bru\bun\bnn\bni\bin\bng\bg R\bRe\bed\bdH\bHa\bat\bt 5\b5.\b.2\b2 a\ban\bnd\bd I\bI a\bam\bm g\bge\bet\btt\bti\bin\bng\bg s\bst\btr\bra\ban\bng\bge\be e\ber\brr\bro\bor\brs\bs,\b, w\bwh\bha\bat\bt i\bis\bs
+ w\bwr\bro\bon\bng\bg?\b?
+
+ The version of Perl that comes with 5.2 seems to be some kind of pre-
+ release and is broken. You can get a new version of perl from
+ www.dxcluster.org or ftp://updates.redhat.com. Don't forget to patch
+ it with the CPAN modules.
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b. A\bAd\bdm\bmi\bin\bni\bis\bst\btr\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn
+
+ 2\b2.\b.1\b1.\b. H\bHo\bow\bw c\bca\ban\bn I\bI g\bge\bet\bt S\bSp\bpi\bid\bde\ber\br t\bto\bo r\bre\bes\bst\bta\bar\brt\bt a\bau\but\bto\bom\bma\bat\bti\bic\bca\bal\bll\bly\by i\bif\bf i\bit\bt c\bcr\bra\bas\bsh\bhe\bes\bs?\b?
+
+ Put this line into /etc/inittab ..
+
+
+
+ DX:3:respawn:/bin/su -c "/usr/bin/perl -w /spider/perl/cluster.pl" sysop > /dev/tty7
+
+
+
+ Run _\bt_\be_\bl_\bi_\bn_\bi_\bt _\bq as root. Spider will restart so be aware. However, any
+ time you reboot, cluster.pl will start in tty7 and if it crashes, it
+ should restart ok.
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b.2\b2.\b. H\bHo\bow\bw c\bca\ban\bn I\bI m\bmo\bon\bni\bit\bto\bor\br t\btr\bra\baf\bff\bfi\bic\bc t\bto\bo a\ban\bnd\bd f\bfr\bro\bom\bm a\ba n\bno\bod\bde\be o\bor\br u\bus\bse\ber\br?\b?
+
+ There are 2 ways to achieve this. You can use the _\bt_\ba_\bi_\bl command like
+ this ..
+
+
+
+ tail -f /spider/data/debug/167.dat |grep G0VGS
+
+
+
+ or in later versions of Spider, there is a command called _\bw_\ba_\bt_\bc_\bh_\bd_\bb_\bg in
+ which case you simply type ..
+
+
+
+ watchdbg G0VGS
+
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b.3\b3.\b. M\bMy\by n\bne\bei\big\bgh\bhb\bbo\bou\bur\bri\bin\bng\bg n\bno\bod\bde\be c\bca\ban\bnn\bno\bot\bt u\bus\bse\be t\bth\bhe\be R\bRC\bCM\bMD\bD c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd t\bto\bo m\bme\be,\b, h\bhe\be j\bju\bus\bst\bt
+ k\bke\bee\bep\bps\bs g\bge\bet\btt\bti\bin\bng\bg t\bth\bhe\be "\b"t\btu\but\bt t\btu\but\bt"\b" m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be.\b.
+
+ Assuming that the permissions are set correctly (perm level 5
+ required), it could be that the home_node is set incorrectly. You can
+ reset the home_node using the _\bs_\bp_\bo_\bo_\bf command like this ..
+
+
+
+ spoof gb7adx set/home gb7adx
+
+
+
+ Assuming that the node_call you are changing is gb7adx.
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b.4\b4.\b. I\bI d\bdo\bo n\bno\bot\bt s\bse\bee\bem\bm t\bto\bo b\bbe\be s\bse\ben\bnd\bdi\bin\bng\bg a\ban\bny\by b\bbu\bul\bll\ble\bet\bti\bin\bn m\bma\bai\bil\bl t\bto\bo m\bmy\by l\bli\bin\bnk\bk p\bpa\bar\brt\bt-\b-
+ n\bne\ber\brs\bs,\b, w\bwh\bha\bat\bt i\bis\bs w\bwr\bro\bon\bng\bg?\b?
+
+ There is a file in /spider/msg called forward.pl.issue. Rename this
+ to forward.pl and edit it to meet your requirements. You will need to
+ issue the command _\bl_\bo_\ba_\bd_\b/_\bf_\bo_\br_\bw_\ba_\br_\bd or restart Spider for the changes to
+ take effect.
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b.5\b5.\b. H\bHo\bow\bw c\bca\ban\bn I\bI a\bau\but\bto\bom\bma\bat\bti\bic\bca\bal\bll\bly\by l\bli\bim\bmi\bit\bt t\bth\bhe\be a\bam\bmo\bou\bun\bnt\bt o\bof\bf d\bde\beb\bbu\bug\bg l\blo\bog\bgf\bfi\bil\ble\bes\bs t\bth\bha\bat\bt
+ a\bar\bre\be s\bst\bto\bor\bre\bed\bd?\b?
+
+ Use the tmpwatch command. Create a file in /etc/cron.daily/
+ containing the line ...
+
+
+
+ /usr/sbin/tmpwatch -f 240 /spider/data/debug
+
+
+
+ Remember to make it executable!
+
+ This will limit your debug data down to the last 10 days
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b.6\b6.\b. I\bI u\bup\bpd\bda\bat\bte\bed\bd m\bmy\by L\bLi\bin\bnu\bux\bx d\bdi\bis\bst\btr\bri\bib\bbu\but\bti\bio\bon\bn a\ban\bnd\bd n\bno\bow\bw S\bSp\bpi\bid\bde\ber\br c\bca\ban\bnn\bno\bot\bt r\bre\bea\bad\bd t\bth\bhe\be
+ u\bus\bse\ber\brs\bs f\bfi\bil\ble\be o\bor\br t\bth\bhe\be d\bdu\bup\bpe\bef\bfi\bil\ble\be,\b, w\bwh\bha\bat\bt i\bis\bs t\bth\bhe\be p\bpr\bro\bob\bbl\ble\bem\bm?\b?
+
+ Almost certainly this is a change in the db format of perl. Follow
+ these few steps to correct the problem.
+
+
+ +\bo stop the cluster (disable any autostart in inittab)
+
+ +\bo cd /spider/data
+
+ +\bo issue the command perl user_asc
+
+ +\bo restart the cluster
+
+ That should solve the problem.
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b.7\b7.\b. S\bSi\bin\bnc\bce\be I\bI l\bla\bas\bst\bt u\bup\bpd\bda\bat\bte\bed\bd I\bI s\bse\bee\bem\bm t\bto\bo b\bbe\be g\bge\bet\btt\bti\bin\bng\bg d\bdu\bup\bpl\bli\bic\bca\bat\bte\be s\bsp\bpo\bot\bts\bs
+ a\bap\bpp\bpe\bea\bar\bri\bin\bng\bg.\b.
+
+ What has probably happened is that the dupefile has got corrupted in
+ some way. Simply delete the /spider/data/dupefile and restart the
+ cluster. It may take a little time to become fully functional but
+ should solve your problem.
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b.8\b8.\b. I\bI h\bha\bav\bve\be d\bde\bel\ble\bet\bte\bed\bd a\ba m\bme\bes\bss\bsa\bag\bge\be b\bbu\but\bt i\bit\bt i\bis\bs s\bst\bti\bil\bll\bl t\bth\bhe\ber\bre\be,\b, w\bwh\bhy\by?\b?
+
+ This is now the way messages are handled for deletion in Spider. If
+ you look closely you will see a 'D' following the message number.
+ This message is marked for deletion and will be deleted in 2 days if
+ nothing further is done. Optionally you can use the command
+ _\bd_\be_\bl_\be_\bt_\be_\b/_\be_\bx_\bp_\bu_\bn_\bg_\be to delete it immediately.
+
+
+
Table of Contents
-
1. Introduction
1.1 What is a DX Cluster?
1.2 So what is DXSpider?
11. Hints, tips and common questions.
12. The DXSpider command reference
- 12.1 accept/announce
- 12.2 accept/spots
- 12.3 accept/wcy
- 12.4 accept/wwv
- 12.5 announce
- 12.6 announce full
- 12.7 apropos
- 12.8 bye
- 12.9 clear/spots
- 12.10 dbavail
- 12.11 dbshow
- 12.12 directory
- 12.13 dx
- 12.14 help
- 12.15 kill
- 12.16 links
- 12.17 read
- 12.18 reject/announce
- 12.19 reject/spots
- 12.20 reject/wcy
- 12.21 reject/wwv
- 12.22 reply
- 12.23 send
- 12.24 set/address
- 12.25 set/announce
- 12.26 set/beep
- 12.27 set/dx
- 12.28 set/dxgrid
- 12.29 set/echo
- 12.30 set/here
- 12.31 set/homenode
- 12.32 set/language
- 12.33 set/location
- 12.34 set/logininfo
- 12.35 set/name
- 12.36 set/page
- 12.37 set/qra
- 12.38 set/qth
- 12.39 set/talk
- 12.40 set/wcy
- 12.41 set/wwv
- 12.42 set/wx
- 12.43 show/configuration
- 12.44 show/configuration/node
- 12.45 show/date
- 12.46 show/dx
- 12.47 show/dxcc
- 12.48 show/files
- 12.49 show/filter
- 12.50 show/moon
- 12.51 show/muf
- 12.52 show/prefix
- 12.53 show/qra
- 12.54 show/qrz
- 12.55 show/route
- 12.56 show/satellite
- 12.57 show/sun
- 12.58 show/time
- 12.59 show/wcy
- 12.60 show/wwv
- 12.61 sysop
- 12.62 talk
- 12.63 type
- 12.64 who
- 12.65 wx
______________________________________________________________________
- connect GB7MBC
- connect GB7MBC-1
+ connect GB7MBC
+ connect GB7MBC-1
the TNC or by altering your program configuration.
-
3\b3.\b. S\bSe\bet\btt\bti\bin\bng\bg y\byo\bou\bur\br p\bpe\ber\brs\bso\bon\bna\bal\bl d\bde\bet\bta\bai\bil\bls\bs.\b.
Once logged in to the cluster, you should set your details so that
show/dx 20 on 20m
+
will show the last 5, 10 or 20 spots on 20 metres only.
It is also possible to check for certain callsigns, or fragments of
E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
-
-
show/dx 20 prefix 9a on vhf day 30
sure whether something will work or not, try it and see! More
information can be found in the Command Set section.
+
4\b4.\b.2\b2.\b. P\bPo\bos\bst\bti\bin\bng\bg D\bDX\bX.\b.
To post DX you use the D\bDX\bX command. The syntax is shown below.
details. They use your entered location as a reference, so if you
have not entered it or have entered it incorrectly they will not
return the correct information.
-
-
5\b5.\b.1\b1.\b. S\bSu\bun\bn
The S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/S\bSU\bUN\bN command can be used in three different ways. It can be
- show/sun
+ show/sun
ZS So-Africa-ZS6-ZS 03:59Z 16:42Z 277.6 35.0
-
5\b5.\b.2\b2.\b. M\bMo\boo\bon\bn
The S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/M\bMO\bOO\bON\bN command works in the same way as the S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/S\bSU\bUN\bN command.
E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
announce 10 FM is open in IO84NB to europe.
- show/configuration
- show/configuration/nodes
- show/configuration (node_call)
- show/configuration (prefix)
+ show/configuration
+ show/configuration/nodes
+ show/configuration (node_call)
+ show/configuration (prefix)
- sh/c
- Node Callsigns
- EI5TCR (7 users)
- GB7ADX
- GB7BAA G4FPV G8TIC
- GB7BIG (GD0TEP) GD3UMW
- GB7BPQ (G0INA) G0RCI G3AKU G3OCA
- (GB7CDX) G3JNB G4ALR
- GB7DJK G0FYD G0REK G1TLH G4PEL G4SOZ
- G4TVR G7SQW K8AZ M0CTQ-1 MM1CXE-10
- ON7WP
- GB7DXA G0RDI G8SJP
- GB7DXC (G0HDB) G0WFK (G1FYC) G3KWK G3LME
- G3OIL G4BGW G4FUJ (G4PDQ) GW7SMV
- GB7DXE G1NNB
- (GB7DXG) GU6EFB GU7DHI
- GB7DXK G1NTW G3IBI G3NSM G3XAQ G4CUS
- G4XQY G7GAN
- GB7DXM G1EUC G3GAF G3LAS G4ZTR G8WXU
- M0BCT M1EMF
+ sh/c
+ Node Callsigns
+ EI5TCR (7 users)
+ GB7ADX
+ GB7BAA G4FPV G8TIC
+ GB7BIG (GD0TEP) GD3UMW
+ GB7BPQ (G0INA) G0RCI G3AKU G3OCA
+ (GB7CDX) G3JNB G4ALR
+ GB7DJK G0FYD G0REK G1TLH G4PEL G4SOZ
+ G4TVR G7SQW K8AZ M0CTQ-1 MM1CXE-10
+ ON7WP
+ GB7DXA G0RDI G8SJP
+ GB7DXC (G0HDB) G0WFK (G1FYC) G3KWK G3LME
+ G3OIL G4BGW G4FUJ (G4PDQ) GW7SMV
+ GB7DXE G1NNB
+ (GB7DXG) GU6EFB GU7DHI
+ GB7DXK G1NTW G3IBI G3NSM G3XAQ G4CUS
+ G4XQY G7GAN
+ GB7DXM G1EUC G3GAF G3LAS G4ZTR G8WXU
+ M0BCT M1EMF
- Node Callsigns
- PI4TUE-8 9A1CMA-6 DF6PW DL4FAY DL4KAK DL4WF-2
- F5NOD-2 F5PAC IZ0CSR N6CR OH2BLD
- ON1LVL-13 ON4CBT ON4CJP ON5DXL-14 ON7NQ
- PA0RCT PA3DYS PA3FDO PA5KW-4 PI4TUE-9
- YT1XX
+ Node Callsigns
+ PI4TUE-8 9A1CMA-6 DF6PW DL4FAY DL4KAK DL4WF-2
+ F5NOD-2 F5PAC IZ0CSR N6CR OH2BLD
+ ON1LVL-13 ON4CBT ON4CJP ON5DXL-14 ON7NQ
+ PA0RCT PA3DYS PA3FDO PA5KW-4 PI4TUE-9
+ YT1XX
talk g0rdi Having a good day Iain?
-
This example would send the line "Having a good day Iain?" to the user
g0rdi but would leave you in normal mode.
Talk (G0RDI)>
+
As you can see, you can still run commands whilst in talk mode.
Simply prefix the command with a / like /sh/dx and you will get the
expected output. If the user is connected to another node, you may
it's entirety unless you specify a page length. You can set your page
length to any number you like and when the message reaches that number
of lines you will get a prompt giving you options.
-
E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
To delete a message, you use the _\bd_\be_\bl_\be_\bt_\be command. You can only delete
messages sent to or received by yourself. Bulletins are dealt with
automatically or by the sysop.
-
-
1\b10\b0.\b. F\bFi\bil\blt\bte\ber\bri\bin\bng\bg (\b(F\bFr\bro\bom\bm v\bve\ber\brs\bsi\bio\bon\bn 1\b1.\b.4\b45\b5)\b)
1\b10\b0.\b.1\b1.\b. G\bGe\ben\bne\ber\bra\bal\bl f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\br r\bru\bul\ble\bes\bs
the same principles to all types of filter.
+
1\b10\b0.\b.2\b2.\b. T\bTy\byp\bpe\bes\bs o\bof\bf f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\br
There are two main types of filter, _\ba_\bc_\bc_\be_\bp_\bt or _\br_\be_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt. You can use
You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for your
own understanding or simply convenience. Here is an example ...
-
-
-
reject/spots 1 on hf/cw
reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots and also rejects any spots
on VHF which don't either originate or spot someone in Europe.
+
+
This is an example where you would use a line number (1 and 2 in this
case), if you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits
'0'-'9' are available. This make it easier to see just what filters
the various helpfiles for accept, reject and filter.
-
1\b10\b0.\b.4\b4.\b. A\bAd\bdv\bva\ban\bnc\bce\bed\bd f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\bri\bin\bng\bg
Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to
A\bA.\b.Use the S\bSE\bET\bT/\b/B\bBE\bEE\bEP\bP command. You can find information on this in the
"DXSpider Command Reference" section.
-
Q\bQ.\b.I got disconnected from the cluster and now I can't log back in
again. What is wrong?
1\b12\b2.\b. T\bTh\bhe\be D\bDX\bXS\bSp\bpi\bid\bde\ber\br c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd r\bre\bef\bfe\ber\bre\ben\bnc\bce\be
- Below is a complete list of commands available from the cluster
- prompt. These are listed below in alphabetical order.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b1.\b. a\bac\bcc\bce\bep\bpt\bt/\b/a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be
-
- a
\bac
\bcc
\bce
\bep
\bpt
\bt/
\b/a
\ban
\bnn
\bno
\bou
\bun
\bnc
\bce
\be [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> Set an accept filter line for announce
-
-
- Create an 'accept this announce' line for a filter.
-
- An accept filter line means that if the announce matches this filter
- it is passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERS for more info. Please
- read this to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief
- later on.
-
- You can use any of the following things in this line:-
-
-
-
- info <string> eg: iota or qsl
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
- origin <prefixes>
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- origin_itu <numbers>
- origin_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- channel <prefixes>
- wx 1 filter WX announces
- dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
-
-
-
- some examples:-
-
-
-
- acc/ann dest 6MUK
- acc/ann 2 by_zone 14,15,16
- (this could be all on one line: acc/ann dest 6MUK or by_zone 14,15,16)
-
-
-
- or
-
- acc/ann by G,M,2
-
-
-
- This filter would only allow announces that were posted buy UK
- stations. You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:
-
-
-
- acc/ann all
-
-
-
- but this probably for advanced users...
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b2.\b. a\bac\bcc\bce\bep\bpt\bt/\b/s\bsp\bpo\bot\bts\bs
-
- a
\bac
\bcc
\bce
\bep
\bpt
\bt/
\b/s
\bsp
\bpo
\bot
\bts
\bs [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> Set an accept filter line for spots
-
-
- Create an 'accept this spot' line for a filter.
-
-
- An accept filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is
- passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERS for more info. Please read this
- to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief later on.
-
- You can use any of the following things in this line:-
-
-
-
- freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m
- on <range> same as 'freq'
- call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9
- info <string> eg: iota or qsl
- by <prefixes>
- call_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- call_itu <numbers>
- call_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- origin <prefixes>
- channel <prefixes>
-
-
-
- For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in
- SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -
- thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -
- this is more efficient than saying simply: freq HF (but don't get too
- hung up about that)
-
- some examples:-
-
-
-
- acc/spot 1 on hf/cw
- acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
-
-
- You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything, eg:
-
-
-
- acc/spot 3 all
-
-
-
- but this probably for advanced users...
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b3.\b. a\bac\bcc\bce\bep\bpt\bt/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by
-
- a
\bac
\bcc
\bce
\bep
\bpt
\bt/
\b/w
\bwc
\bcy
\by [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> set an accept WCY filter
-
-
- It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you
- can filter on the following fields:-
-
-
-
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
- origin <prefixes>
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- origin_itu <numbers>
- origin_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- channel <prefixes>
-
-
-
- There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place
- and you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want
- them).
-
- This command is really provided for future use.
-
- See HELP FILTER for information.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b4.\b. a\bac\bcc\bce\bep\bpt\bt/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv
-
- a
\bac
\bcc
\bce
\bep
\bpt
\bt/
\b/w
\bww
\bwv
\bv [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> Set an accept WWV filter
-
-
- It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you
- can filter on the following fields:-
-
-
-
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
- origin <prefixes>
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- origin_itu <numbers>
- origin_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- channel <prefixes>
-
-
- for example
-
-
-
- accept/wwv by_zone 4
-
-
-
- is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV
- broadcasts by stations in the US).
-
- See HELP FILTER for information.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b5.\b. a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be
-
- a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b> Send an announcement to local users
-
-
- Send an announcement to LOCAL users only, where <text> is the text of
- the announcement you wish to broadcast
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b6.\b. a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be f\bfu\bul\bll\bl
-
- a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be f\bfu\bul\bll\bl <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b> Send an announcement cluster wide
-
-
- This command will send your announcement across the whole cluster
- network.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.7\b7.\b. a\bap\bpr\bro\bop\bpo\bos\bs
-
- a\bap\bpr\bro\bop\bpo\bos\bs <\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b> Search the help database
-
-
- Search the help database for <string> (it isn't case sensitive), and
- print the names of all the commands that may be relevant.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.8\b8.\b. b\bby\bye\be
-
- b\bby\bye\be Exit from the cluster
-
-
- This will disconnect you from the cluster
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.9\b9.\b. c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br/\b/s\bsp\bpo\bot\bts\bs
-
- c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br/\b/s\bsp\bpo\bot\bts\bs [\b[1\b1|\b|a\bal\bll\bl]\b] Clear a spot filter line
-
-
- This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a spot filter or
- to remove the whole filter.
-
- If you have a filter:-
-
-
-
- acc/spot 1 on hf/cw
- acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
-
-
- and you say:-
-
-
-
- clear/spot 1
-
-
-
- you will be left with:-
-
-
-
- acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
-
-
-
- If you do:
-
-
-
- clear/spot all
-
-
-
- the filter will be completely removed.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b10\b0.\b. d\bdb\bba\bav\bva\bai\bil\bl
-
- d\bdb\bba\bav\bva\bai\bil\bl Show a list of all the databases in the system
-
-
- The title says it all really, this command lists all the databases
- defined in the system. It is also aliased to SHOW/COMMAND.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b11\b1.\b. d\bdb\bbs\bsh\bho\bow\bw
-
- d\bdb\bbs\bsh\bho\bow\bw <\b<d\bdb\bbn\bna\bam\bme\be>\b> <\b<k\bke\bey\by>\b> Display an entry, if it exists, in a database
-
-
- This is the generic user interface to the database to the database
- system. It is expected that the sysop will add an entry to the local
- Aliases file so that users can use the more familiar AK1A style of
- enquiry such as:
-
-
-
- SH/BUCK G1TLH
-
-
-
- but if he hasn't and the database really does exist (use DBAVAIL or
- SHOW/COMMAND to find out) you can do the same thing with:
-
-
-
- DBSHOW buck G1TLH
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b12\b2.\b. d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by
-
- d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by List messages
- d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by o\bow\bwn\bn List your own messages
- d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by n\bne\bew\bw List all new messages
- d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by t\bto\bo <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> List all messages to <call>
- d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by f\bfr\bro\bom\bm <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> List all messages from <call>
- d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by s\bsu\bub\bbj\bje\bec\bct\bt <\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b> List all messages with <string> in subject
- d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by <\b<n\bnn\bn>\b> List last <nn> messages
- d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by <\b<f\bfr\bro\bom\bm>\b>-\b-<\b<t\bto\bo>\b> List messages <from> message <to> message
-
-
- List the messages in the messages directory.
-
- If there is a 'p' one space after the message number then it is a
- personal message. If there is a '-' between the message number and the
-
- You can use shell escape characters such as '*' and '?' in the <call>
- fields.
-
- You can combine some of the various directory commands together eg:-
-
-
-
- DIR TO G1TLH 5
- or
- DIR SUBJECT IOTA 200-250
-
-
-
- You can abbreviate all the commands to one letter and use ak1a
- syntax:-
-
-
-
- DIR/T G1* 10
- DIR/S QSL 10-100 5
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b13\b3.\b. d\bdx\bx
-
- d\bdx\bx [\b[b\bby\by <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b>]\b] <\b<f\bfr\bre\beq\bq>\b> <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> <\b<r\bre\bem\bma\bar\brk\bks\bs>\b> Send a DX spot
-
-
- This is how you send a DX Spot to other users. You can, in fact, now
- enter the <freq> and the <call> either way round.
-
-
-
- DX FR0G 144.600
- DX 144.600 FR0G
- DX 144600 FR0G
-
-
-
- will all give the same result. You can add some remarks to the end of
- the command and they will be added to the spot.
-
-
-
- DX FR0G 144600 this is a test
-
-
-
- You can credit someone else by saying:-
-
-
-
- DX by G1TLH FR0G 144.600 he isn't on the cluster
-
-
-
- The <freq> is compared against the available bands set up in the
- cluster. See SHOW/BANDS for more information.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b14\b4.\b. h\bhe\bel\blp\bp
-
- h\bhe\bel\blp\bp <\b<c\bcm\bmd\bd>\b> Get help on a command
-
-
- All commands can be abbreviated, so SHOW/DX can be abbreviated to
- SH/DX, ANNOUNCE can be shortened to AN and so on.
-
- Look at the APROPOS <string> command which will search the help
- database for the <string> you specify and give you a list of likely
- commands to look at with HELP.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b15\b5.\b. k\bki\bil\bll\bl
-
- k\bki\bil\bll\bl <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> [\b[<\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> .\b..\b.]\b] Delete a message from the local system
-
-
- Delete a message from the local system. You will only be able to
- delete messages that you have originated or been sent (unless you are
- the sysop).
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b16\b6.\b. l\bli\bin\bnk\bks\bs
-
- l\bli\bin\bnk\bks\bs Show which nodes are physically connected
-
-
- This is a quick listing that shows which links are connected and some
- information about them. See WHO for a list of all connections.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b17\b7.\b. r\bre\bea\bad\bd
-
- r\bre\bea\bad\bd Read the next unread personal message addressed to you
- r\bre\bea\bad\bd <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> Read the specified message
-
-
- You can read any messages that are sent as 'non-personal' and also any
- message either sent by or sent to your callsign.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b18\b8.\b. r\bre\bej\bje\bec\bct\bt/\b/a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be
-
- r
\bre
\bej
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt/
\b/a
\ban
\bnn
\bno
\bou
\bun
\bnc
\bce
\be [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> Set a reject filter for announce
-
-
-
- Create an 'reject this announce' line for a filter.
-
- An reject filter line means that if the announce matches this filter
- it is passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERS for more info. Please
- read this to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief
- later on.
-
- You can use any of the following things in this line:-
-
-
-
- info <string> eg: iota or qsl
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
- origin <prefixes>
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- origin_itu <numbers>
- origin_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- channel <prefixes>
- wx 1 filter WX announces
- dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
-
-
-
- some examples:-
-
-
-
- rej/ann by_zone 14,15,16 and not by G,M,2
-
-
-
- You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
-
-
-
- rej/ann all
-
-
-
- but this probably for advanced users...
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b19\b9.\b. r\bre\bej\bje\bec\bct\bt/\b/s\bsp\bpo\bot\bts\bs
-
- r
\bre
\bej
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt/
\b/s
\bsp
\bpo
\bot
\bts
\bs [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> Set a reject filter line for spots
-
-
- Create a 'reject this spot' line for a filter.
-
- A reject filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is
- dumped (not passed on). See HELP FILTERS for more info. Please read
- this to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief
- later on.
-
- You can use any of the following things in this line:-
-
-
-
- freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m
- on <range> same as 'freq'
- call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9
- info <string> eg: iota or qsl
- by <prefixes>
- call_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- call_itu <numbers>
- call_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- origin <prefixes>
- channel <prefixes>
-
-
-
- For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in
- SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -
- thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -
- this is more efficient than saying simply: on HF (but don't get too
- hung up about that)
-
- some examples:-
-
-
-
- rej/spot 1 on hf
- rej/spot 2 on vhf and not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
-
-
-
- You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
-
-
-
- rej/spot 3 all
-
-
-
- but this probably for advanced users...
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b20\b0.\b. r\bre\bej\bje\bec\bct\bt/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by
-
- r
\bre
\bej
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt/
\b/w
\bwc
\bcy
\by [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> Set a reject WCY filter
-
-
- It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you
- can filter on the following fields:-
-
-
-
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
- origin <prefixes>
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- origin_itu <numbers>
- origin_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- channel <prefixes>
-
-
- There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place
- and you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want
- them).
-
- This command is really provided for future use.
-
- See HELP FILTER for information.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b21\b1.\b. r\bre\bej\bje\bec\bct\bt/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv
-
- r
\bre
\bej
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt/
\b/w
\bww
\bwv
\bv [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> Set a reject WWV filter
-
-
- It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you
- can filter on the following fields:-
-
-
-
- by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
- origin <prefixes>
- origin_dxcc <numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
- origin_itu <numbers>
- origin_zone <numbers>
- by_dxcc <numbers>
- by_itu <numbers>
- by_zone <numbers>
- channel <prefixes>
-
-
-
- for example
-
-
-
- reject/wwv by_zone 14,15,16
-
-
-
- is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV
- broadcasts by stations in the US).
-
- See HELP FILTER for information.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b22\b2.\b. r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by
-
- r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by Reply (privately) to the last message that you have read
- r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> Reply (privately) to the specified message
- r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by B\bB <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message
- r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by N\bNO\bOP\bPr\bri\biv\bva\bat\bte\be <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message
- r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by R\bRR\bR <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> Reply to the specified message with read receipt
-
-
- You can reply to a message and the subject will automatically have
- "Re:" inserted in front of it, if it isn't already present.
-
- You can also use all the extra qualifiers such as RR, PRIVATE,
- NOPRIVATE, B that you can use with the SEND command (see SEND for
- further details)
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b23\b3.\b. s\bse\ben\bnd\bd
-
- s\bse\ben\bnd\bd <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> [\b[<\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> .\b..\b..\b.]\b] Send a message to one or more callsigns
- s\bse\ben\bnd\bd R\bRR\bR <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> Send a message and ask for a read receipt
- s\bse\ben\bnd\bd C\bCO\bOP\bPY\bY <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> Send a copy of a message to someone
- s\bse\ben\bnd\bd P\bPR\bRI\bIV\bVA\bAT\bTE\bE <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> Send a personal message
- s\bse\ben\bnd\bd N\bNO\bOP\bPR\bRI\bIV\bVA\bAT\bTE\bE <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> Send a message to all stations
-
-
- All the SEND commands will create a message which will be sent either
- to an individual callsign or to one of the 'bulletin' addresses.
-
- SEND <call> on its own acts as though you had typed SEND PRIVATE, that
- is it will mark the message as personal and send it to the cluster
- node that that callsign is connected to.
-
- You can have more than one callsign in all of the SEND commands.
-
- You can have multiple qualifiers so that you can have for example:-
-
-
-
- SEND RR COPY 123 PRIVATE G1TLH G0RDI
-
-
-
- which should send a copy of message 123 to G1TLH and G0RDI and you
- will receive a read receipt when they have read the message.
-
- SB is an alias for SEND NOPRIVATE (or send a bulletin in BBS speak) SP
- is an alias for SEND PRIVATE
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b24\b4.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\bad\bdd\bdr\bre\bes\bss\bs
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\bad\bdd\bdr\bre\bes\bss\bs <\b<y\byo\bou\bur\br_\b_a\bad\bdd\bdr\bre\bes\bss\bs>\b> Record your postal address
-
-
- Literally, record your address details on the cluster.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b25\b5.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be Allow announce messages
-
-
- Allow announce messages to arrive at your terminal.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b26\b6.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/b\bbe\bee\bep\bp
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/b\bbe\bee\bep\bp Add beeps to terminal messages
-
-
- Add a beep to DX and other terminal messages.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b27\b7.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/d\bdx\bx
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/d\bdx\bxAllow DX messages to arrive at your terminal
-
-
- You can stop DX messages with the _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt_\b/_\bd_\bx command
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b28\b8.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/d\bdx\bxg\bgr\bri\bid\bd
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/d\bdx\bxg\bgr\bri\bid\bdAllow grid squares on the end of DX messages
-
-
- Some logging programs do not like the additional information at the
- end of a DX spot. If this is the case, use the _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt_\b/_\bd_\bx_\bg_\br_\bi_\bd command
- to remove the grid squares.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b29\b9.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/e\bec\bch\bho\bo
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/e\bec\bch\bho\bo Make the cluster echo your input
-
-
- If you are connected via a telnet session, different implimentations
- of telnet handle echo differently depending on whether you are
- connected via port 23 or some other port. You can use this command to
- change the setting appropriately.
-
- You can remove the echo with the _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt_\b/_\be_\bc_\bh_\bo command
-
- The setting is stored in your user profile.
-
- YOU DO NOT NEED TO USE THIS COMMAND IF YOU ARE CONNECTED VIA AX25.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b30\b0.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/h\bhe\ber\bre\be
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/h\bhe\ber\bre\be Set the here flag
-
-
- Let others on the cluster know you are here by only displaying your
- callsign. If you are away from your terminal you can use the
- _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt_\b/_\bh_\be_\br_\be command to let people know you are away. This simply puts
- brackets around your callsign to indicate you are not available.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b31\b1.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/h\bho\bom\bme\ben\bno\bod\bde\be
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/h\bho\bom\bme\ben\bno\bod\bde\be <\b<n\bno\bod\bde\be_\b_c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> Set your home cluster
-
-
- Tell the cluster system where you normally connect to. Any Messages
- sent to you will normally find their way there should you not be
- connected. eg:-
-
-
-
- SET/HOMENODE gb7djk
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b32\b2.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\bla\ban\bng\bgu\bua\bag\bge\be
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\bla\ban\bng\bgu\bua\bag\bge\be <\b<l\bla\ban\bng\bgu\bua\bag\bge\be>\b> Set the language you wish to use
-
-
- You can select the language that you want the cluster to use.
- Currently the languages available are _\be_\bn (English) _\bs_\bp (Spanish) and _\bn_\bl
- (Dutch).
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b33\b3.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn <\b<l\bla\bat\bt a\ban\bnd\bd l\blo\bon\bng\bg>\b> Set your latitude and longitude
-
-
- You can set your latitude and longitude manually or alternatively use
- the _\bs_\be_\bt_\b/_\bq_\br_\ba command which will do the conversion for you.
-
-
-
- set/location 54 04 N 2 02 E
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b34\b4.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\blo\bog\bgi\bin\bni\bin\bnf\bfo\bo
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\blo\bog\bgi\bin\bni\bin\bnf\bfo\bo Show logins and logouts of nodes and users
-
-
- Show users and nodes when they log in and out of the local cluster.
- You can stop these messages by using the _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt_\b/_\bl_\bo_\bg_\bi_\bn_\bi_\bn_\bf_\bo command.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b35\b5.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/n\bna\bam\bme\be
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/n\bna\bam\bme\be <\b<y\byo\bou\bur\br_\b_n\bna\bam\bme\be>\b> Set your name
-
-
- Tell the cluster what your name is, eg:-
-
-
-
- set/name Dirk
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b36\b6.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/p\bpa\bag\bge\be
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/p\bpa\bag\bge\be <\b<n\bn>\b> Set the number of lines per page
-
-
- Tell the system how many lines you wish on a page when the number of
- lines of output from a command is more than this. The default is 20.
- Setting it explicitly to 0 will disable paging.
-
-
-
- SET/PAGE 30
- SET/PAGE 0
-
-
-
- The setting is stored in your user profile.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b37\b7.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/q\bqr\bra\ba
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/q\bqr\bra\ba <\b<l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bto\bor\br>\b> Set your QRA locator
-
-
-
- Tell the system what your QRA (or Maidenhead) locator is. If you have
- not done a SET/LOCATION then your latitude and longitude will be set
- roughly correctly (assuming your locator is correct ;-). For example:-
-
-
-
- SET/QRA JO02LQ
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b38\b8.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/q\bqt\bth\bh
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/q\bqt\bth\bh <\b<y\byo\bou\bur\br Q\bQT\bTH\bH>\b> Set your QTH
-
-
- Tell the system where your are. For example:-
-
-
-
- set/qth East Dereham, Norfolk
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b39\b9.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/t\bta\bal\blk\bk
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/t\bta\bal\blk\bk Allow talk messages to be seen at your console
-
-
- Allow talk messages to arrive at your console. You can switch off
- talks with the _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt_\b/_\bt_\ba_\bl_\bk command.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b40\b0.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by Allow WCY messages to be seen at your console
-
-
- Allow WCY information to be seen at your console. You can switch off
- WCY messages with the _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt_\b/_\bw_\bc_\by command.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b41\b1.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv Allow WWV messages to be seen at your console
-
-
- Allow WWV information to be seen at your console. You can switch off
- WWV messages with the _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt_\b/_\bw_\bw_\bv command.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b42\b2.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bwx\bx
-
- s\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bwx\bx Allow WX messages to be seen at your console
-
-
- Allow WX information to be seen at your console. You can switch off
- WX messages with the _\bu_\bn_\bs_\be_\bt_\b/_\bw_\bx command.
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b43\b3.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn
-
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn [\b[<\b<n\bno\bod\bde\be>\b>]\b] Show all visible nodes and their users
-
-
- This command allows you to see all the users that can be seen and the
- nodes to which they are connected. With the optional _\bn_\bo_\bd_\be, you can
- specify a particular node to look at.
-
- This command is normally abbreviated to: sh/c
-
- BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b44\b4.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn/\b/n\bno\bod\bde\be
-
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn/\b/n\bno\bod\bde\be Show all the nodes connected
-
-
- Show all the nodes connected locally and the nodes they have
- connected.
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b45\b5.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/d\bda\bat\bte\be
-
- s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/d
\bda
\bat
\bte
\be [
\b[<
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>|
\b|<
\b<c
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bls
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn>
\b>]
\b] Show the local time
-
-
- This is very nearly the same as SHOW/TIME, the only difference the
- format of the date string if no arguments are given.
-
- If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the
- local time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some
- prefixes then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not
- including DST) at the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b46\b6.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/d\bdx\bx
-
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/d\bdx\bx [\b[o\bop\bpt\bti\bio\bon\bns\bs]\b] interrogate the spot database
-
-
- If you just type SHOW/DX you will get the last so many spots (sysop
- configurable, but usually 10).
-
- In addition you can add any number of these options in very nearly any
- order to the basic SHOW/DX command, they are:-
-
-
-
- on <band> - eg 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm
- on <region> - eg hf vhf uhf shf (see SHOW/BANDS)
-
- <number> - the number of spots you want
- <from>-<to> - <from> spot no <to> spot no in
- the selected list
-
- <prefix> - for a spotted callsign beginning with <prefix>
- *<suffix> - for a spotted callsign ending in <suffix>
- *<string>* - for a spotted callsign containing <string>
-
- day <number> - starting <number> days ago
- day <from>-<to> - <from> days <to> days ago
-
- info <text> - any spots containing <text> in the info or remarks
-
- by <call> - any spots spotted by <call> (spotter <call>
- is the same).
-
- qsl - this automatically looks for any qsl info on the call
- held in the spot database.
-
- iota [<iota>] - If the iota island number is missing it will
- look for the string iota and anything which looks like
- an iota island number. If you specify then it will look
- for that island.
-
- qra [<locator>] - this will look for the specific locator if
- you specify one or else anything that looks like a locator.
-
-
-
- e.g.
-
-
-
- SH/DX 9m0
- SH/DX on 20m info iota
- SH/DX 9a on vhf day 30
- SH/DX rf1p qsl
- SH/DX iota
- SH/DX iota eu-064
- SH/DX qra jn86
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b47\b7.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/d\bdx\bxc\bcc\bc
-
- s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/d
\bdx
\bxc
\bcc
\bc <
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b> Interrogate the spot database by country
-
-
- This command takes the <prefix> (which can be a full or partial
- callsign if desired), looks up which internal country number it is and
- then displays all the spots as per SH/DX for that country.
-
- The options for SHOW/DX also apply to this command. e.g.
-
-
-
- SH/DXCC G
- SH/DXCC W on 20m info iota
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b48\b8.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/f\bfi\bil\ble\bes\bs
-
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/f\bfi\bil\ble\bes\bs [\b[<\b<f\bfi\bil\ble\bea\bar\bre\bea\ba>\b> [\b[<\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b>]\b]]\b] List the contents of a filearea
-
-
- SHOW/FILES on its own will show you a list of the various fileareas
- available on the system. To see the contents of a particular file area
- type:-
-
-
-
- SH/FILES <filearea>
-
-
-
- where <filearea> is the name of the filearea you want to see the
- contents of.
-
- You can also use shell globbing characters like '*' and '?' in a
- string to see a selection of files in a filearea eg:-
-
-
-
- SH/FILES bulletins arld*
-
-
-
- See also TYPE - to see the contents of a file.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b49\b9.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\br
-
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\br Show the filters you have set
-
-
- Show the contents of all the filters that are set by you. This command
- displays all the filters set - for all the various categories.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b50\b0.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/m\bmo\boo\bon\bn
-
- s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/m
\bmo
\boo
\bon
\bn [
\b[<
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>|
\b|<
\b<c
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bls
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn>
\b>]
\b] Show moon rise and set times
-
-
- Show the Moon rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or
- callsigns, together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun
- currently at those locations.
-
- If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times
- for your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or
- SET/QRA), together with the current azimuth and elevation.
-
- In addition, it will show the gain or loss dB relative to the nominal
- distance of 385,000Km due to the ellipsoidal nature of the orbit.
-
- If all else fails it will show the Moonrise and set times for the node
- that you are connected to.
- For example:-
-
-
-
- SH/MOON
- SH/MOON G1TLH W5UN
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b51\b1.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/m\bmu\buf\bf
-
- s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/m
\bmu
\buf
\bf <
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b> [
\b[<
\b<h
\bho
\bou
\bur
\brs
\bs>
\b>]
\b][
\b[l
\blo
\bon
\bng
\bg]
\b] Show the likely propagation to
- <prefix>
-
-
- This command allow you to estimate the likelihood of you contacting a
- station with the prefix you have specified. The output assumes a
- modest power of 20dBW and receiver sensitivity of -123dBm (about
- 0.15muV/10dB SINAD)
-
- The result predicts the most likely operating frequencies and signal
- levels for high frequency (shortwave) radio propagation paths on
- specified days of the year and hours of the day. It is most useful for
- paths between 250 km and 6000 km, but can be used with reduced
- accuracy for paths shorter or longer than this.
-
- The command uses a routine MINIMUF 3.5 developed by the U.S. Navy and
- used to predict the MUF given the predicted flux, day of the year,
- hour of the day and geographic coordinates of the transmitter and
- receiver. This routine is reasonably accurate for the purposes here,
- with a claimed RMS error of 3.8 MHz, but much smaller and less complex
- than the programs used by major shortwave broadcasting organizations,
- such as the Voice of America.
-
- The command will display some header information detailing its
- assumptions, together with the locations, latitude and longitudes and
- bearings. It will then show UTC (UT), local time at the other end
- (LT), calculate the MUFs, Sun zenith angle at the midpoint of the path
- (Zen) and the likely signal strengths. Then for each frequency for
- which the system thinks there is a likelihood of a circuit it prints a
- value.
-
- The value is currently a likely S meter reading based on the
- conventional 6dB / S point scale. If the value has a '+' appended it
- means that it is 1/2 an S point stronger. If the value is preceeded by
- an 'm' it means that there is likely to be much fading and by an 's'
- that the signal is likely to be noisy.
-
- By default SHOW/MUF will show the next two hours worth of data. You
- can specify anything up to 24 hours worth of data by appending the no
- of hours required after the prefix. For example:-
-
-
-
- SH/MUF W
-
-
-
- produces:
-
-
-
- RxSens: -123 dBM SFI: 159 R: 193 Month: 10 Day: 21
- Power : 20 dBW Distance: 6283 km Delay: 22.4 ms
- Location Lat / Long Azim
- East Dereham, Norfolk 52 41 N 0 57 E 47
- United-States-W 43 0 N 87 54 W 299
- UT LT MUF Zen 1.8 3.5 7.0 10.1 14.0 18.1 21.0 24.9 28.0 50.0
- 18 23 11.5 -35 mS0+ mS2 S3
- 19 0 11.2 -41 mS0+ mS2 S3
-
-
-
- indicating that you will have weak, fading circuits on top band and
- 80m but usable signals on 40m (about S3).
-
- inputing:-
-
-
-
- SH/MUF W 24
-
-
-
- will get you the above display, but with the next 24 hours worth of
- propagation data.
-
-
-
- SH/MUF W L 24
- SH/MUF W 24 Long
-
-
-
- Gives you an estimate of the long path propagation characterics. It
- should be noted that the figures will probably not be very useful, nor
- terrible accurate, but it is included for completeness.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b52\b2.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/p\bpr\bre\bef\bfi\bix\bx
-
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/p\bpr\bre\bef\bfi\bix\bx <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b> Interrogate the prefix database
-
-
- This command takes the <callsign> (which can be a full or partial
- callsign or a prefix), looks up which internal country number it is
- and then displays all the relevant prefixes for that country together
- with the internal country no, the CQ and ITU regions.
-
- See also SHOW/DXCC
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b53\b3.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/q\bqr\bra\ba
-
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/q\bqr\bra\ba <\b<l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bto\bor\br>\b> [\b[<\b<l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bto\bor\br>\b>]\b] Show the distance between locators
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/q\bqr\bra\ba <\b<l\bla\bat\bt>\b> <\b<l\blo\bon\bng\bg>\b> Convert latitude and longitude to a locator
-
-
- This is a multipurpose command that allows you either to calculate the
- distance and bearing between two locators or (if only one locator is
- given on the command line) the distance and beraing from your station
- to the locator. For example:-
-
-
-
- SH/QRA IO92QL
- SH/QRA JN06 IN73
-
-
-
- The first example will show the distance and bearing to the locator
- from yourself, the second example will calculate the distance and
- bearing from the first locator to the second. You can use 4 or 6
- character locators.
-
- It is also possible to convert a latitude and longitude to a locator
- by using this command with a latitude and longitude as an argument,
- for example:-
-
-
-
- SH/QRA 52 41 N 0 58 E
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b54\b4.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/q\bqr\brz\bz
-
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/q\bqr\brz\bz <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b> Show any callbook details on a callsign
-
-
- This command queries the QRZ callbook server on the internet and
- returns any information available for that callsign. This service is
- provided for users of this software by http://www.qrz.com
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b55\b5.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/r\bro\bou\but\bte\be
-
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/r\bro\bou\but\bte\be <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b> Show the route to <callsign>
-
-
- This command allows you to see to which node the callsigns specified
- are connected. It is a sort of inverse sh/config.
-
-
-
- sh/route n2tly
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b56\b6.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/s\bsa\bat\bte\bel\bll\bli\bit\bte\be
-
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/s\bsa\bat\bte\bel\bll\bli\bit\bte\be <\b<n\bna\bam\bme\be>\b> [\b[<\b<h\bho\bou\bur\brs\bs>\b> <\b<i\bin\bnt\bte\ber\brv\bva\bal\bl>\b>]\b] Show satellite tracking
- data
-
-
- Show the tracking data from your location to the satellite of your
- choice from now on for the next few hours.
-
- If you use this command without a satellite name it will display a
- list of all the satellites known currently to the system.
-
- If you give a name then you can obtain tracking data of all the passes
- that start and finish 5 degrees below the horizon. As default it will
- give information for the next three hours for every five minute
- period.
-
- You can alter the number of hours and the step size, within certain
- limits.
-
- Each pass in a period is separated with a row of '-----' characters
-
- So for example:-
-
-
-
- SH/SAT AO-10
- SH/SAT FENGYUN1 12 2
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b57\b7.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/s\bsu\bun\bn
-
- s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/s
\bsu
\bun
\bn [
\b[<
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>|
\b|<
\b<c
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bls
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn>
\b>]
\b] Show sun rise and set times
-
-
- Show the sun rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns,
- together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at those
- locations.
-
- If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times
- for your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or
- SET/QRA), together with the current azimuth and elevation.
-
- If all else fails it will show the sunrise and set times for the node
- that you are connected to.
-
- For example:-
-
-
-
- SH/SUN
- SH/SUN G1TLH K9CW ZS
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b58\b8.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/t\bti\bim\bme\be
-
- s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\be [
\b[<
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>|
\b|<
\b<c
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bls
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn>
\b>]
\b] Show the local time
-
-
- If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the
- local time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some
- prefixes then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not
- including DST) at the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b59\b9.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by
-
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by Show the last 10 WCY broadcasts
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by <\b<n\bn>\b> Show the last <n> WCY broadcasts
-
-
- Display the most recent WCY information that has been received by the
- system
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b60\b0.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv
-
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv Show the last 10 WWV broadcasts
- s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv <\b<n\bn>\b> Show the last <n> WWV broadcasts
-
-
- Display the most recent WWV information that has been received by the
- system
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b61\b1.\b. s\bsy\bys\bso\bop\bp
-
- s\bsy\bys\bso\bop\bp Regain your privileges if you login remotely
-
-
- The system automatically reduces your privilege level to that of a
- normal user if you login in remotely. This command allows you to
- regain your normal privilege level. It uses the normal system: five
- numbers are returned that are indexes into the character array that is
- your assigned password (see SET/PASSWORD). The indexes start from
- zero.
-
- You are expected to return a string which contains the characters
- required in the correct order. You may intersperse those characters
- with others to obscure your reply for any watchers. For example (and
- these values are for explanation :-):
-
-
-
- password = 012345678901234567890123456789
- > sysop
- 22 10 15 17 3
-
-
-
- you type:-
-
-
-
- aa2bbbb0ccc5ddd7xxx3n
- or 2 0 5 7 3
- or 20573
-
-
-
- They will all match. If there is no password you will still be offered
- numbers but nothing will happen when you input a string. Any match is
- case sensitive.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b62\b2.\b. t\bta\bal\blk\bk
-
- t\bta\bal\blk\bk <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b> Enter talk mode with <callsign>
- t\bta\bal\blk\bk <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b> <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b> Send a text message to <callsign>
- t\bta\bal\blk\bk <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b> >\b> <\b<n\bno\bod\bde\be_\b_c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> [\b[<\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b>]\b] Send a text message to
- <callsign> via <node_call>
-
-
- Send a short message to any other station that is visible on the
- cluster system. You can send it to anyone you can see with a
- SHOW/CONFIGURATION command, they don't have to be connected locally.
-
- The second form of TALK is used when other cluster nodes are connected
- with restricted information. This usually means that they don't send
- the user information usually associated with logging on and off the
- cluster.
-
- If you know that G3JNB is likely to be present on GB7TLH, but you can
- only see GB7TLH in the SH/C list but with no users, then you would use
- the second form of the talk message.
-
- If you want to have a ragchew with someone you can leave the text
- message out and the system will go into 'Talk' mode. What this means
- is that a short message is sent to the recipient telling them that you
- are in a 'Talking' frame of mind and then you just type - everything
- you send will go to the station that you asked for.
-
- All the usual announcements, spots and so on will still come out on
- your terminal.
-
- If you want to do something (such as send a spot) you precede the
- normal command with a '/' character, eg:-
-
-
-
- /DX 14001 G1TLH What's a B class licensee doing on 20m CW?
- /HELP talk
-
-
-
- To leave talk mode type:
-
-
-
- /EX
-
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b63\b3.\b. t\bty\byp\bpe\be
-
- t\bty\byp\bpe\be <\b<f\bfi\bil\ble\bea\bar\bre\bea\ba>\b>/\b/<\b<n\bna\bam\bme\be>\b> Look at a file in one of the fileareas
-
-
- Type out the contents of a file in a filearea. So, for example, in
- filearea 'bulletins' you want to look at file 'arld051' you would
- enter:-
-
-
-
- TYPE bulletins/arld051
-
-
-
- See also SHOW/FILES to see what fileareas are available and a list of
- content.
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b64\b4.\b. w\bwh\bho\bo
-
- w\bwh\bho\bo Show who is physically connected locally
-
-
- This is a quick listing that shows which callsigns are connected and
- what sort of connection they have
-
-
- 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b65\b5.\b. w\bwx\bx
-
- w\bwx\bx <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b> Send a weather message to local users
- w\bwx\bx f\bfu\bul\bll\bl <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b> Send a weather message to all cluster users
-
-
- Weather messages can sometimes be useful if you are experiencing an
- extreme that may indicate enhanced conditions
-
--- /dev/null
+ The DXSpider User Manual v1.50
+ Ian Maude, G0VGS, (g0vgs@gb7mbc.net)
+ September 2002 revision 0.1
+
+ A complete reference for users of the DXSpider DXCluster program.
+ ______________________________________________________________________
+
+ Table of Contents
+
+
+
+ 1. Introduction
+ 1.1 What is a DX Cluster?
+ 1.2 So what is DXSpider?
+
+ 2. Logins and logouts.
+ 2.1 AX25 logins.
+ 2.2 Netrom logins.
+ 2.3 Telnet logins.
+ 2.4 Logouts.
+
+ 3. Setting your personal details.
+ 4. Getting and posting DX.
+ 4.1 Receiving DX.
+ 4.2 Posting DX.
+
+ 5. Headings and propagation
+ 5.1 Sun
+ 5.2 Moon
+ 5.3 Heading
+
+ 6. Announcements.
+ 6.1 Making announcements.
+ 6.2 Listing announcements.
+
+ 7. Nodes and users.
+ 8. Talk mode.
+ 9. Mail.
+ 9.1 The "directory" command.
+ 9.2 Reading mail.
+ 9.3 Sending mail.
+ 9.4 Replying to mail.
+ 9.5 Deleting mail
+
+ 10. Filtering (From version 1.45)
+ 10.1 General filter rules
+ 10.2 Types of filter
+ 10.3 Filter options
+ 10.4 Advanced filtering
+
+ 11. Hints, tips and common questions.
+ 12. The DXSpider command reference
+ 12.1 accept
+ 12.2 accept/announce [0-9] <pattern>
+ 12.3 accept/spots [0-9] <pattern>
+ 12.4 accept/wcy [0-9] <pattern>
+ 12.5 accept/wwv [0-9] <pattern>
+ 12.6 announce <text>
+ 12.7 announce full <text>
+ 12.8 apropos <string>
+ 12.9 blank [<string>] [<nn>]
+ 12.10 bye
+ 12.11 clear/announce [1|all]
+ 12.12 clear/route [1|all]
+ 12.13 clear/spots [0-9|all]
+ 12.14 clear/wcy [1|all]
+ 12.15 clear/wwv [1|all]
+ 12.16 dbavail
+ 12.17 dbshow <dbname> <key>
+ 12.18 directory
+ 12.19 directory <from>-<to>
+ 12.20 directory <nn>
+ 12.21 directory all
+ 12.22 directory from <call>
+ 12.23 directory new
+ 12.24 directory own
+ 12.25 directory subject <string>
+ 12.26 directory to <call>
+ 12.27 dx [by <call>] <freq> <call> <remarks>
+ 12.28 echo <line>
+ 12.29 filtering...
+ 12.30 help
+ 12.31 kill <from msgno>-<to msgno>
+ 12.32 kill <msgno> [<msgno..]
+ 12.33 kill <msgno> [<msgno> ...]
+ 12.34 kill from <regex>
+ 12.35 kill to <regex>
+ 12.36 links
+ 12.37 read
+ 12.38 read <msgno>
+ 12.39 reject
+ 12.40 reject/announce [0-9] <pattern>
+ 12.41 reject/spots [0-9] <pattern>
+ 12.42 reject/wcy [0-9] <pattern>
+ 12.43 reject/wwv [0-9] <pattern>
+ 12.44 reply
+ 12.45 reply <msgno>
+ 12.46 reply b <msgno>
+ 12.47 reply noprivate <msgno>
+ 12.48 reply rr <msgno>
+ 12.49 send <call> [<call> ...]
+ 12.50 send copy <msgno> <call>
+ 12.51 send noprivate <call>
+ 12.52 send private <call>
+ 12.53 send rr <call>
+ 12.54 set/address <your address>
+ 12.55 set/announce
+ 12.56 set/anntalk
+ 12.57 set/beep
+ 12.58 set/dx
+ 12.59 set/dxgrid
+ 12.60 set/echo
+ 12.61 set/email <email> ...
+ 12.62 set/here
+ 12.63 set/homenode <node>
+ 12.64 set/language <lang>
+ 12.65 set/location <lat & long>
+ 12.66 set/logininfo
+ 12.67 set/name <your name>
+ 12.68 set/page <lines per page>
+ 12.69 set/password
+ 12.70 set/prompt <string>
+ 12.71 set/qra <locator>
+ 12.72 set/qth <your qth>
+ 12.73 set/talk
+ 12.74 set/wcy
+ 12.75 set/wwv
+ 12.76 set/wx
+ 12.77 show/configuration [<node>]
+ 12.78 show/configuration/node
+ 12.79 show/date [<prefix>|<callsign>]
+ 12.80 show/dx
+ 12.81 show/dxcc <prefix>
+ 12.82 show/dxstats [days] [date]
+ 12.83 show/files [<filearea> [<string>]]
+ 12.84 show/filter
+ 12.85 show/hfstats [days] [date]
+ 12.86 show/hftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]
+ 12.87 show/moon [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]
+ 12.88 show/muf <prefix> [<hours>][long]
+ 12.89 show/newconfiguration [<node>]
+ 12.90 show/newconfiguration/node
+ 12.91 show/prefix <callsign>
+ 12.92 show/qra <lat> <long>
+ 12.93 show/qra <locator> [<locator>]
+ 12.94 show/qrz <callsign>
+ 12.95 show/route <callsign> ...
+ 12.96 show/satellite <name> [<hours> <interval>]
+ 12.97 show/station [<callsign> ..]
+ 12.98 show/sun [ndays] [<prefix>|<callsign>]
+ 12.99 show/time [<prefix>|<callsign>]
+ 12.100 show/usdb [call ..]
+ 12.101 show/vhfstats [days] [date]
+ 12.102 show/vhftable [days] [date] [prefix ...]
+ 12.103 show/wcy
+ 12.104 show/wcy <n>
+ 12.105 show/wwv
+ 12.106 show/wwv <n>
+ 12.107 sysop
+ 12.108 talk <call> > <node> [<text>]
+ 12.109 talk <call> [<text>]
+ 12.110 type <filearea>/<name>
+ 12.111 unset/announce
+ 12.112 unset/anntalk
+ 12.113 unset/beep
+ 12.114 unset/dx
+ 12.115 unset/dxgrid
+ 12.116 unset/echo
+ 12.117 unset/email
+ 12.118 unset/here
+ 12.119 unset/logininfo
+ 12.120 unset/privilege
+ 12.121 unset/prompt
+ 12.122 unset/talk
+ 12.123 unset/wcy
+ 12.124 unset/wwv
+ 12.125 unset/wx
+ 12.126 who
+ 12.127 wx <text>
+ 12.128 wx full <text>
+
+
+ ______________________________________________________________________
+
+ 1\b1.\b. I\bIn\bnt\btr\bro\bod\bdu\buc\bct\bti\bio\bon\bn
+
+ 1\b1.\b.1\b1.\b. W\bWh\bha\bat\bt i\bis\bs a\ba D\bDX\bX C\bCl\blu\bus\bst\bte\ber\br?\b?
+
+ A DX Cluster is a packet node where DX chasers on any band or mode can
+ post rare or interesting stations that they have worked or heard. Of
+ course other people are doing the same thing too, so you can find new
+ DX as well as telling others about the stations you have worked.
+ Clusters tend to be linked to each other so that the amount of people
+ using them is increased, thereby increasing the amount of posted DX.
+ Other information can be found on clusters such as on-line call books,
+ mail etc. You can talk to other stations connected to the cluster
+ network too, in real time, whether at the node you are logged into or
+ on another node connected to the network. You can also use converse
+ mode, where several stations can talk to each other in the same way.
+ Of course, the DX is still posted to you all the while!
+
+
+ 1\b1.\b.2\b2.\b. S\bSo\bo w\bwh\bha\bat\bt i\bis\bs D\bDX\bXS\bSp\bpi\bid\bde\ber\br?\b?
+
+ PacketCluster nodes have been around since roughly 1985. The original
+ PacketCluster idea came from Dick Newell, AK1A, and ran under DOS. In
+ about 1992 Dick stopped the development of the PacketCluster software
+ for amateur radio. Many systems are still using this relatively old
+ DOS software today.
+ There are several new compatible cluster programs around now,
+ including DXSpider. DXSpider is a clone of PacketCluster software
+ that runs under several operating systems including Linux and Windows.
+ Linux is fast becoming the choice for amateur radio stations because
+ of it's flexibility, reliability and the lack of the memory
+ limitations of DOS. Linux supports multitasking and is also
+ multiuser. It has support for AX25, ROSE, NetROM and TCPIP built in,
+ making it the ideal choice for amateur radio. It is also totally
+ free!
+
+ DXSpider was conceived and begun in 1998 by Dirk Koopman, G1TLH as an
+ exercise in perl programming. It has developed rapidly and today is a
+ very powerful cluster program. It was designed to be totally
+ compatible with the AK1A program, although several commands have been
+ extended to improve functionality.
+
+ This manual is designed to help you become familiar with the commands
+ that DXSpider supports and to help you get the best from the program
+ so you can enjoy working that rare DX! As DXSpider is being improved
+ all the time, commands will be added as time goes by, so make sure you
+ have the most upto date version of this manual. The latest version
+ will always be included with the cluster program so if you are unsure,
+ simply ask your sysop. The manual will also be available on the
+ wesite.
+
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b. L\bLo\bog\bgi\bin\bns\bs a\ban\bnd\bd l\blo\bog\bgo\bou\but\bts\bs.\b.
+
+ You might not think that there is a lot of point of including a
+ section on how to log in and out of DXSpider. However, you would be
+ suprised at the difficulties some people have in simply getting in and
+ out of the cluster!
+
+ There are several ways a login might be achieved, dependant on how the
+ sysop has DXSpider configured. It is impossible for me to cover all
+ variations but here are the basic ones.
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b.1\b1.\b. A\bAX\bX2\b25\b5 l\blo\bog\bgi\bin\bns\bs.\b.
+
+ Simplicity itself. The usual C\bCO\bON\bNN\bNE\bEC\bCT\bT command will log you straight
+ into the cluster and you will not have to do anything else.
+ Obviously, you will have to connect to the correct callsign. Some
+ nodes use an SSID with their call so you would have to add that.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\bes\bs:\b:
+
+
+
+ connect GB7MBC
+ connect GB7MBC-1
+
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b.2\b2.\b. N\bNe\bet\btr\bro\bom\bm l\blo\bog\bgi\bin\bns\bs.\b.
+
+ There are several possibilities here, dependant on how the sysop has
+ configured his system. If you are connecting via netrom then you are
+ most probably connecting from another station. Listing the nodes in
+ that station with the N\bNO\bOD\bDE\bES\bS command will tell you what callsign or
+ netrom alias to connect to. Then just issue the connect command from
+ there. It is possible that the netrom alias may connect you to a node
+ with an alias for the cluster, such as DXC. Just type this and you
+ will be connected.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+ connect MBCDX
+
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b.3\b3.\b. T\bTe\bel\bln\bne\bet\bt l\blo\bog\bgi\bin\bns\bs.\b.
+
+ With telnet connections, the source callsign is not seen by DXSpider,
+ so you will be asked to login with your callsign. To telnet to
+ DXSpider, you would connect to a specific port. There is no standard
+ at the moment for a cluster telnet port but ask the sysop if you are
+ unsure.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ telnet gb7mbc 8000
+
+
+
+ All the above are possible ways of connecting to a DXSpider cluster.
+ You may have some or all of these available to you. There may be one
+ or two additional ways to connect dependant on the network local to
+ you. However I am sure you get the idea.
+
+
+ 2\b2.\b.4\b4.\b. L\bLo\bog\bgo\bou\but\bts\bs.\b.
+
+ Logging out can be done by simply issuing the standard B\bBY\bYE\bE command.
+
+ You could also send a disconnect if you are using AX25, or a C\bCL\bLO\bOS\bSE\bE
+ command if you are connected via telnet. If you do not log out
+ gracefully using one of the above commands, you may find you are
+ unable to get a full connect next time. This may also happen if a
+ netrom connection drops. You may get connected, but nothing else will
+ happen because the program thinks you are still connected and will not
+ let you connect twice under the same call. However you could
+ reconnect by adding a number to the end of your call, for example
+ G0YLM-2. This can be done by either altering your MYCALL setting in
+ the TNC or by altering your program configuration.
+
+
+
+ 3\b3.\b. S\bSe\bet\btt\bti\bin\bng\bg y\byo\bou\bur\br p\bpe\ber\brs\bso\bon\bna\bal\bl d\bde\bet\bta\bai\bil\bls\bs.\b.
+
+ Once logged in to the cluster, you should set your details so that
+ anybody who wishes to contact you can find out who and where you are.
+ There are four items to set, your name, qth, location and home node.
+ Setting these details also allows the use of the SHOW/HEADING and
+ SHOW/SUN commands from within the cluster. Unless you set your QTH
+ and location, these commands cannot function. Once you have set your
+ name, DXSpider will greet you with it next time you login. Your QTH
+ setting is where you live and it is a good idea to add your locator to
+ this as the location setting is converted to latitude and longitude
+ once inputted. You can actually set your location in
+ latitude/longitude or as a locator. Setting your home node will tell
+ the program where you wish mail to be sent to you.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\bes\bs:\b:
+
+
+
+ set/name Ian
+ set/qth Morecambe, Lancashire IO84NB
+ set/location 48 34 n 12 12 e
+ set/qra IO84NB
+ set/home gb7mbc
+
+
+
+ 4\b4.\b. G\bGe\bet\btt\bti\bin\bng\bg a\ban\bnd\bd p\bpo\bos\bst\bti\bin\bng\bg D\bDX\bX.\b.
+
+ When all is said and done, this is the main function of a DX cluster.
+ In its simplest form you can just connect to the node and you will
+ start to receive DX spots almost immediately! You can check on recent
+ postings in either a general manner or on a particular band or mode.
+ You can even check DX by callsign or a fragment of a callsign. Of
+ course, once you get the hang of things, it is expected that you start
+ posting some yourself! After all, there would be no clusters if
+ people did not post DX and you get the added thrill of the hunt!
+
+
+ 4\b4.\b.1\b1.\b. R\bRe\bec\bce\bei\biv\bvi\bin\bng\bg D\bDX\bX.\b.
+
+ As we have already said, it is possible just to connect to the cluster
+ and you will receive spots automatically. However, you may wish to
+ check on spots just posted. Maybe you wish to see if a particular
+ band is open or if a certain callsign is active, perhaps a DXpedition.
+ The command to do this is S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/D\bDX\bX. Without any other arguments, this
+ command will output the last 10 spots posted. It is possible to look
+ at more than this, for example the last 20 or 50 spots, by adding the
+ number to the command. You can make it even more specific by adding a
+ band in either wavelength or frequency, and/or any additional
+ information such as QSL details.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\bes\bs:\b:
+
+
+
+ show/dx
+ show/dx 5
+ show/dx 20
+
+
+
+ will show the last 10, 5 and 20 spots received by the cluster
+ respectively.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\bes\bs
+
+
+
+ show/dx on 20m
+ show/dx 10 on 20m
+ show/dx 20 on 20m
+
+
+
+ will show the last 5, 10 or 20 spots on 20 metres only.
+
+ It is also possible to check for certain callsigns, or fragments of
+ callsigns in the same way.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\bes\bs:\b:
+
+
+
+ show/dx g0vgs
+ show/dx 10 g0vgs
+
+
+
+ would show the last 5 or 10 dx spots containing the callsign g0vgs.
+
+
+ You can check for DX by offset and also by specifying a comment to
+ search for.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\bes\bs:\b:
+
+
+
+ show/dx 30-40
+ show/dx 14000-14033
+ show/dx iota
+
+
+
+ would show the spots that arrived between 30 and 40 spots ago and any
+ spots with the word _\bi_\bo_\bt_\ba in the comment field. The case of the
+ comment is not important.
+
+ Checking DX posted on a certain day is possible too. All you have to
+ do here is to specify how many days ago it was like this ...
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ show/dx day 30
+
+
+
+ It is of course possible to specify multiple arguments.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ show/dx 20 prefix 9a on vhf day 30
+
+
+
+ This would show the last 20 spots posted by or about calls with the
+ prefix 9a on vhf 30 days ago.
+
+ As you can see the S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/D\bDX\bX command is very flexible, so if you are not
+ sure whether something will work or not, try it and see! More
+ information can be found in the Command Set section.
+
+
+
+ 4\b4.\b.2\b2.\b. P\bPo\bos\bst\bti\bin\bng\bg D\bDX\bX.\b.
+
+ To post DX you use the D\bDX\bX command. The syntax is shown below.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ dx (frequency) (callsign) (remarks)
+
+
+
+ Where frequency is in kilohertz and the callsign is the callsign of
+ the station you have worked or heard, (ie not your own callsign!).
+ The remarks section allows you to add information like the operators
+ name or perhaps a location. Actually DXSpider will allow the
+ frequency and callsign fields to be entered in any order.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ dx 14004 pa3ezl OP Aurelio 599
+
+
+
+ In fact, all the following will give the same result...
+
+
+
+ dx 14004 pa3ezl OP Aurelio 599
+ dx pa3ezl 14004 OP Aurelio 599
+ dx pa3ezl 14.004 OP Aurelio 599
+
+
+
+ This posting, or callout as it is known, will be forwarded to all
+ other connected stations both at the cluster you are connected to and
+ other active clusters in the network. The callout will also be sent
+ to you as proof of receipt.
+
+
+ 5\b5.\b. H\bHe\bea\bad\bdi\bin\bng\bgs\bs a\ban\bnd\bd p\bpr\bro\bop\bpa\bag\bga\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn
+
+ There are three commands in DXSpider to help you get the best DX
+ possible. These are S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/S\bSU\bUN\bN, S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/M\bMO\bOO\bON\bN and S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/H\bHE\bEA\bAD\bDI\bIN\bNG\bG. These
+ commands will only work for you if you have entered your personal
+ details. They use your entered location as a reference, so if you
+ have not entered it or have entered it incorrectly they will not
+ return the correct information.
+
+
+ 5\b5.\b.1\b1.\b. S\bSu\bun\bn
+
+ The S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/S\bSU\bUN\bN command can be used in three different ways. It can be
+ used to show sunrise and sunset times for your own station, a
+ particular callsign or a prefix.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ show/sun
+
+
+
+ The output from this would look something like this ..
+
+
+
+ sh/sun
+ Location Rise Set Azim Elev
+ G0VGS Morecambe, Lancashire 07:08Z 17:39Z 205.3 24.1
+
+
+
+ sh/sun 5b4
+
+
+
+ would look like this ...
+
+
+
+ sh/sun 5b4
+ Location Rise Set Azim Elev
+ 5B Cyprus-5B 04:23Z 15:40Z 244.0 18.8
+
+
+
+ You can also specify multiple arguments like this ...
+
+
+
+ sh/sun gw4veq 5b4ab zs
+
+
+
+ and then the output would look like this ...
+
+
+
+ sh/sun gw4veq 5b4ab zs
+ Location Rise Set Azim Elev
+ GW4VEQ Brungwran, Isle of Anglesey IO 07:14Z 17:48Z 204.9 24.9
+ 5B Cyprus-5B 04:23Z 15:40Z 244.5 18.3
+ ZS So-Africa-ZS1-ZS 04:31Z 17:28Z 289.9 41.3
+ ZS So-Africa-ZS5-ZS 03:44Z 16:34Z 278.5 32.0
+ ZS So-Africa-ZS6-ZS 03:59Z 16:42Z 277.6 35.0
+
+
+
+ 5\b5.\b.2\b2.\b. M\bMo\boo\bon\bn
+
+ The S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/M\bMO\bOO\bON\bN command works in the same way as the S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/S\bSU\bUN\bN command.
+ This program however, calculates the rise and set times of the moon
+ for a prefix or callsign, together with the current azimuth and
+ elevation of the sun at these locations.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ show/moon ea
+
+
+
+ The output from this command would look like this ..
+
+
+
+ sh/moon ea
+ Location Rise Set Azim Elev RGain dB
+ EA Spain-EA 08:15Z 20:09Z 257.2 9.5 -0.6
+
+
+
+ You can see that the output is similar to the S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/S\bSU\bUN\bN command, with
+ slightly different fields.
+
+
+ 5\b5.\b.3\b3.\b. H\bHe\bea\bad\bdi\bin\bng\bg
+
+ The S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/H\bHE\bEA\bAD\bDI\bIN\bNG\bG command works in the same way as the S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/S\bSU\bUN\bN and
+ S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/M\bMO\bOO\bON\bN commands but outputs beam headings for a specified callsign
+ or prefix. Reciprocal beam headings are also calculated.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be
+
+
+
+ show/heading zl
+
+
+
+ The output from this command would look like this ..
+
+
+
+ sh/heading zl
+ ZL New-Zealand-ZL1-ZL: 7 degs - dist: 11238 mi, 18087 km Reciprocal heading: 355 degs
+ ZL New-Zealand-ZL2-ZL: 9 degs - dist: 11540 mi, 18574 km Reciprocal heading: 353 degs
+ ZL New-Zealand-ZL3-ZL: 19 degs - dist: 11634 mi, 18724 km Reciprocal heading: 345 degs
+ ZL New-Zealand-ZL4-ZL: 34 degs - dist: 11783 mi, 18963 km Reciprocal heading: 332 degs
+
+
+
+ 6\b6.\b. A\bAn\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\bem\bme\ben\bnt\bts\bs.\b.
+
+ 6\b6.\b.1\b1.\b. M\bMa\bak\bki\bin\bng\bg a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\bem\bme\ben\bnt\bts\bs.\b.
+
+ Occasionally, you may wish to post something that does not fall into
+ the normal parameters for a DX callout. You may wish to tell
+ everybody connected that 10 FM is open for example, or ask if anyone
+ knows the QSL manager for a certain callsign etc. You can do this
+ using the A\bAN\bNN\bNO\bOU\bUN\bNC\bCE\bE command.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+ announce 10 FM is open in IO84NB to europe.
+
+
+
+ That would let everyone know locally that this was the case, however
+ it would not be forwarded to other nodes connected. To send
+ announcements to other connected nodes as well, you would use the F\bFU\bUL\bLL\bL
+ extension.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ announce full Anyone seen EA7WA today?
+
+
+
+ Be cautious in your use of announce full. There are many other tools
+ available to get the information you require and the judicious use of
+ this command is frowned upon as it creates a great deal of traffic
+ across the network.
+
+
+ 6\b6.\b.2\b2.\b. L\bLi\bis\bst\bti\bin\bng\bg a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\bem\bme\ben\bnt\bts\bs.\b.
+
+ You can list previous announcements in the standard format with the
+ S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW command. As before you can list just the last 5 or as many as
+ you wish.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ show/announcements
+ show/announcements 10
+
+
+
+ 7\b7.\b. N\bNo\bod\bde\bes\bs a\ban\bnd\bd u\bus\bse\ber\brs\bs.\b.
+
+ You can check which nodes are connected in the network, who is logged
+ on locally, who is logged on at all the nodes or even just one node in
+ particular. This is handy if you wish to see whether a friend is
+ connected at the node they use. To see who is connected to the nodes,
+ the S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/C\bCO\bON\bNF\bFI\bIG\bGU\bUR\bRA\bAT\bTI\bIO\bON\bN command is used.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ show/configuration
+ show/configuration/nodes
+ show/configuration (node_call)
+ show/configuration (prefix)
+
+
+
+ The first of our three examples would output something like this,
+
+
+
+ sh/c
+ Node Callsigns
+ EI5TCR (7 users)
+ GB7ADX
+ GB7BAA G4FPV G8TIC
+ GB7BIG (GD0TEP) GD3UMW
+ GB7BPQ (G0INA) G0RCI G3AKU G3OCA
+ (GB7CDX) G3JNB G4ALR
+ GB7DJK G0FYD G0REK G1TLH G4PEL G4SOZ
+ G4TVR G7SQW K8AZ M0CTQ-1 MM1CXE-10
+ ON7WP
+ GB7DXA G0RDI G8SJP
+ GB7DXC (G0HDB) G0WFK (G1FYC) G3KWK G3LME
+ G3OIL G4BGW G4FUJ (G4PDQ) GW7SMV
+ GB7DXE G1NNB
+ (GB7DXG) GU6EFB GU7DHI
+ GB7DXK G1NTW G3IBI G3NSM G3XAQ G4CUS
+ G4XQY G7GAN
+ GB7DXM G1EUC G3GAF G3LAS G4ZTR G8WXU
+ M0BCT M1EMF
+
+
+
+ You will notice that EI5TCR is showing only that it has 7 users and
+ not giving the actual callsigns. This means that this node is on a
+ limited protocol of some kind, probably because of a contest situation
+ where slow radio links can block up and fail if too much information
+ is sent between nodes.
+
+ The second example would just show the nodes connected in the network,
+ like this,
+
+
+
+ sh/c/n
+ Node Callsigns
+ GB7BAA GB7BAA GB7BPQ (GB7CDX) GB7DJK GB7DXA
+ GB7DXC GB7DXE (GB7DXG) GB7DXK GB7DXL
+ GB7DXM GB7DXS GB7IPT GB7MRS GB7UJS
+ GB7YDX KL7G N2TLY (ON0DXK)
+ GB7BIG EI5TCR GB7ADX GB7BIG GB7UDX
+ GB7MBC
+ PA4AB-14 PA4AB-14
+ PI4TUE-8 PI4TUE-8
+
+
+
+ If we insert the node_call pi4tue-8 into the third example, then this
+ would be the output,
+
+
+
+ Node Callsigns
+ PI4TUE-8 9A1CMA-6 DF6PW DL4FAY DL4KAK DL4WF-2
+ F5NOD-2 F5PAC IZ0CSR N6CR OH2BLD
+ ON1LVL-13 ON4CBT ON4CJP ON5DXL-14 ON7NQ
+ PA0RCT PA3DYS PA3FDO PA5KW-4 PI4TUE-9
+ YT1XX
+
+
+
+ As you can see, only the users of the requested node are shown.
+
+ You can also use a prefix to show only a group of nodes. For example
+ you may only wish to see who is connected to the nodes in the UK. To
+ do this simply use a prefix like this ...
+
+
+ show/configuration gb7
+
+
+
+ To show the locally connected users, the S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/U\bUS\bSE\bER\bRS\bS command is used
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ show/users
+
+
+
+ The output of this command would look like this,
+
+
+
+ Callsigns connected to GB7MBC
+ G0JHC G0NEI G0VGS G0VGS-2 G0YLM
+ G3JAG G3OWO G3UEU
+
+
+
+ 8\b8.\b. T\bTa\bal\blk\bk m\bmo\bod\bde\be.\b.
+
+ You can send a single comment or start a dedicated talk session to
+ another user by using the T\bTA\bAL\bLK\bK command.
+
+
+ Talk mode is used to send a one line comment or greeting to a specific
+ user connected either at your node or another in the network. You can
+ also enter into a dedicated talk session with another user. Talks
+ will be automatically forwarded to other nodes if the station you are
+ talking to is not connected locally. You can find out who is
+ connected by using the S\bSH\bHO\bOW\bW/\b/C\bCO\bON\bNF\bFI\bIG\bGU\bUR\bRA\bAT\bTI\bIO\bON\bN command, (described
+ earlier).
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\bes\bs:\b:
+
+
+
+ talk g0rdi Having a good day Iain?
+
+
+
+ This example would send the line "Having a good day Iain?" to the user
+ g0rdi but would leave you in normal mode.
+
+
+
+ talk g0rdi
+ Entering Talkmode, /EX to end, /<cmd> to run a command
+ Talk (G0RDI)>
+
+
+ As you can see, you can still run commands whilst in talk mode.
+ Simply prefix the command with a / like /sh/dx and you will get the
+ expected output. If the user is connected to another node, you may
+ have to use a slightly extended version of the T\bTA\bAL\bLK\bK command.
+
+
+
+ talk g0rdi > gb7djk
+
+
+
+ To exit talk mode, you issue the command /\b/e\bex\bx.
+
+ Whilst in talk mode you will still receive DX spots. This means that
+ you can chat to a friend whilst working DX.
+
+
+ 9\b9.\b. M\bMa\bai\bil\bl.\b.
+
+ You can send and receive both personal mail and bulletins with
+ DXSpider quite easily.
+
+
+ 9\b9.\b.1\b1.\b. T\bTh\bhe\be "\b"d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by"\b" c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd.\b.
+
+ To list mail you would use the D\bDI\bIR\bRE\bEC\bCT\bTO\bOR\bRY\bY command. On its own, this
+ command will output the last ten messages received by the node, either
+ to or from yourself or bulletins such as "DX" and "ALL". As with
+ other commands you can display more by specifying a number with the
+ command. You should be aware that Spider will accept these commands
+ by separating with either a slash or a space, so _\bd_\bi_\br _\bn_\be_\bw and _\bd_\bi_\br_\b/_\bn_\be_\bw
+ work in the same way.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ directory
+ directory/20
+ directory 20
+
+
+
+ Of course most of the time you will only want to list new mail sent to
+ you personally since your last login. However you might also like to
+ check for general mail received by the node. In fact if there is new
+ mail for you, the cluster will tell you when you login. You will also
+ be informed if new mail arrives for you during the time you are logged
+ in. Mail is not only sent to callsigns though. Mail can also be sent
+ to subjects like "all" or "local" or "dx" etc. You can treat these
+ bulletins in the same way as personal mail with the directory command.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\bes\bs:\b:
+
+
+
+ directory/new
+ directory/own
+ directory/own/10
+ directory/all
+ directory/from <call>
+
+
+
+ The last option will only show mail from a callsign if it was sent to
+ you personally or was sent as a bulletin. There are some additional
+ commands and these can be found in the DXSpider Command Reference
+ section.
+
+
+ 9\b9.\b.2\b2.\b. R\bRe\bea\bad\bdi\bin\bng\bg m\bma\bai\bil\bl.\b.
+
+ The output of the D\bDI\bIR\bRE\bEC\bCT\bTO\bOR\bRY\bY command could be something like this.
+
+
+
+ dir
+ 20735 2 ALL GW7SMV 21-Feb 1204Z REC 9E1S QSL TDY 50Mhz....
+ 20823 308 UK G0HDB 22-Feb 2334Z Help - which district code?
+ 20824 105 ALL W9AE 23-Feb 0349Z S0NY QSL address?
+ 20825 2 UK G0LRJ 23-Feb 0806Z QSL REC LZ2CJ/1.CARD NO-750.
+ 20858 2 ALL GW7SMV 24-Feb 0905Z REC S92DX QSL CARD TDY 50Mhz
+ 20921 200 ALL GM4FDM 27-Feb 2203Z Trip to VP8
+ 20949 375 ALL K0MN 27-Feb 0428Z ST0P cards are gd @ ARRL
+ 20950 2 UK G0LRJ 28-Feb 0835Z QSL REC SV9/IZ0CKJ/P EU-187.
+ 20987 569 ALL GD0TEP 1-Mar 1733Z Portable contests
+ 21076 2 ALL G4AFJ 3-Mar 1743Z kh6nd/kh5 qsl received
+ 21184-p 599 GW4HAT G0VGS 4-Mar 1518Z Re: Time
+
+
+
+ The first column is the actual message number. If the message is a
+ personal one to you, you will see a letter 'p' after this number. If
+ the message has been read, there will be a '-' between the message
+ number and the 'p'. This only works for personal messages. The next
+ column shows the file size of the message. The third column shows the
+ address the message was sent to and the next column shows who sent it.
+ The rest is fairly self-explanatory.
+
+ Reading a message is as simple as typing read, followed by the message
+ number that you wish to read.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ read 25
+
+
+
+ will read message number 25. However the mail will be displayed in
+ it's entirety unless you specify a page length. You can set your page
+ length to any number you like and when the message reaches that number
+ of lines you will get a prompt giving you options.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ set/page 20
+
+
+
+ 9\b9.\b.3\b3.\b. S\bSe\ben\bnd\bdi\bin\bng\bg m\bma\bai\bil\bl.\b.
+
+ Sending mail is done in the time honoured way. First you specify a
+ recipient for the message, then you will be prompted for a subject.
+ Once you have done this you will be asked to type your message.
+ Please remember that there is no automatic word wrap, so unless you
+ are using a client that wraps lines automatically, remember to hit
+ return at the end of each line.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ send m0azm
+ Enter Subject (30 characters):
+ See you Thursday
+ Enter Message /EX to send or /ABORT to exit
+ Hi Ian,
+ Just a quick note to say that I can make Thursday after all. The
+ appointment I had has cancelled so we are go!
+ Cheers
+ Ian
+
+
+
+ At this point you can either hit return and enter /ex to send the
+ message or use /abort at any time to abort it. You can now display
+ the message in the normal way. There are several send options and
+ these are listed in the Command Set section. These include sending
+ mail to several recipients and asking for a return receipt.
+
+
+
+ 9\b9.\b.4\b4.\b. R\bRe\bep\bpl\bly\byi\bin\bng\bg t\bto\bo m\bma\bai\bil\bl.\b.
+
+ If mail is addressed to you or to a bulletin address, you can use the
+ R\bRE\bEP\bPL\bLY\bY command to reply to it. Using this command, the subject will be
+ automatically set for you as "Re: subject", whatever the subject was.
+
+ E\bEx\bxa\bam\bmp\bpl\ble\be:\b:
+
+
+
+ reply 2500
+
+
+
+ 9\b9.\b.5\b5.\b. D\bDe\bel\ble\bet\bti\bin\bng\bg m\bma\bai\bil\bl
+
+ To delete a message, you use the _\bd_\be_\bl_\be_\bt_\be command. You can only delete
+ messages sent to or received by yourself. Bulletins are dealt with
+ automatically or by the sysop.
+
+
+ 1\b10\b0.\b. F\bFi\bil\blt\bte\ber\bri\bin\bng\bg (\b(F\bFr\bro\bom\bm v\bve\ber\brs\bsi\bio\bon\bn 1\b1.\b.4\b45\b5)\b)
+
+ 1\b10\b0.\b.1\b1.\b. G\bGe\ben\bne\ber\bra\bal\bl f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\br r\bru\bul\ble\bes\bs
+
+ Upto v1.44 it was not possible for the user to set their own filters.
+ From v1.45 though that has all changed. It is now possible to set
+ filters for just about anything you wish. If you have just updated
+ from an older version of DXSpider you will need to update your new
+ filters. You do not need to do anything with your old filters, they
+ will be renamed as you update.
+
+
+ There are 3 basic commands involved in setting and manipulating
+ filters. These are _\ba_\bc_\bc_\be_\bp_\bt, _\br_\be_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt and _\bc_\bl_\be_\ba_\br. First we will look
+ generally at filtering. There are a number of things you can filter in
+ the DXSpider system. They all use the same general mechanism.
+
+
+ In general terms you can create a 'reject' or an 'accept' filter which
+ can have up to 10 lines in it. You do this using, for example ...
+
+
+
+ accept/spots .....
+ reject/spots .....
+
+
+
+ where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. There
+ are filters for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops) connects.
+ See each different accept or reject command reference for more
+ details.
+
+ There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a filter.
+ They are ...
+
+
+
+ clear/spots 1
+ clear/spots all
+
+
+
+ There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.
+
+
+ and you can check that your filters have worked by the command ...
+
+
+
+ show/filter
+
+
+
+ For now we are going to use spots for the examples, but you can apply
+ the same principles to all types of filter.
+
+
+ 1\b10\b0.\b.2\b2.\b. T\bTy\byp\bpe\bes\bs o\bof\bf f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\br
+
+ There are two main types of filter, _\ba_\bc_\bc_\be_\bp_\bt or _\br_\be_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt. You can use
+ either to achieve the result you want dependent on your own preference
+ and which is more simple to do. It is pointless writing 8 lines of
+ reject filters when 1 accept filter would do the same thing! Each
+ filter has 10 lines (of any length) which are tried in order. If a
+ line matches then the action you have specified is taken (ie reject
+ means ignore it and accept means take it)
+
+
+ If you specify reject filters, then any lines that arrive that match
+ the filter will be dumped but all else will be accepted. If you use
+ an accept filter, then ONLY the lines in the filter will be accepted
+ and all else will be dumped. For example if you have a single line
+ _\ba_\bc_\bc_\be_\bp_\bt filter ...
+
+
+
+ accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ then you will _\bO_\bN_\bL_\bY get VHF spots _\bf_\br_\bo_\bm or _\bt_\bo CQ zones 14, 15 and 16.
+
+
+ If you set a reject filter like this ...
+
+
+
+ reject/spots on hf/cw
+
+
+
+ Then you will get everything _\bE_\bX_\bC_\bE_\bP_\bT HF CW spots. You could make this
+ single filter even more flexible. For example, if you are interested
+ in IOTA and will work it even on CW even though normally you are not
+ interested in CW, then you could say ...
+
+
+
+ reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota
+
+
+
+ But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-
+
+
+
+ accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota
+
+
+
+ which achieves exactly the same thing. You should choose one or the
+ other until you are comfortable with the way it works. You can mix
+ them if you wish (actually you can have an accept AND a reject on the
+ same line) but don't attempt this until you are sure you know what you
+ are doing!
+
+
+ You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for your
+ own understanding or simply convenience. Here is an example ...
+
+
+
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/cw
+ reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots and also rejects any spots
+ on VHF which don't either originate or spot someone in Europe.
+ This is an example where you would use a line number (1 and 2 in this
+ case), if you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits
+ '0'-'9' are available. This make it easier to see just what filters
+ you have set. It also makes it more simple to remove individual
+ filters, during a contest for example.
+
+
+ You will notice in the above example that the second line has
+ brackets. Look at the line logically. You can see there are 2
+ separate sections to it. We are saying reject spots that are VHF or
+ above _\bA_\bP_\bA_\bR_\bT from those in zones 14, 15 and 16 (either spotted there or
+ originated there). If you did not have the brackets to separate the 2
+ sections, then Spider would read it logically from the front and see a
+ different expression entirely ...
+
+
+
+ (on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16
+
+
+
+ The simple way to remember this is, if you use OR - use brackets.
+ Whilst we are here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' is just the
+ same as 'and by_zone'.
+
+ As mentioned earlier, setting several filters can be more flexible
+ than simply setting one complex one. Doing it in this way means that
+ if you want to alter your filter you can just redefine or remove one
+ or more lines of it or one line. For example ...
+
+
+
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb
+
+
+
+ would redefine our earlier example, or
+
+
+
+ clear/spots 1
+
+
+
+ To remove all the filter lines in the spot filter ...
+
+
+
+ clear/spots all
+
+
+
+ 1\b10\b0.\b.3\b3.\b. F\bFi\bil\blt\bte\ber\br o\bop\bpt\bti\bio\bon\bns\bs
+
+ You can filter in several different ways. The options are listed in
+ the various helpfiles for accept, reject and filter.
+
+
+
+ 1\b10\b0.\b.4\b4.\b. A\bAd\bdv\bva\ban\bnc\bce\bed\bd f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\bri\bin\bng\bg
+
+ Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to
+ experiment.
+
+
+ The previous example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts vhf/uhf
+ spots from EU can be written with a mixed filter, for example ...
+
+
+
+ rej/spot on hf/cw
+ acc/spot on 0/30000
+ acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ Note that the first filter has not been specified with a number. This
+ will automatically be assumed to be number 1. In this case, we have
+ said _\br_\be_\bj_\be_\bc_\bt _\ba_\bl_\bl _\bH_\bF _\bs_\bp_\bo_\bt_\bs _\bi_\bn _\bt_\bh_\be _\bC_\bW _\bs_\be_\bc_\bt_\bi_\bo_\bn _\bo_\bf _\bt_\bh_\be _\bb_\ba_\bn_\bd_\bs _\bb_\bu_\bt _\ba_\bc_\bc_\be_\bp_\bt _\ba_\bl_\bl
+ _\bo_\bt_\bh_\be_\br_\bs _\ba_\bt _\bH_\bF_\b. _\bA_\bl_\bs_\bo _\ba_\bc_\bc_\be_\bp_\bt _\ba_\bn_\by_\bt_\bh_\bi_\bn_\bg _\bi_\bn _\bV_\bH_\bF _\ba_\bn_\bd _\ba_\bb_\bo_\bv_\be _\bs_\bp_\bo_\bt_\bt_\be_\bd _\bi_\bn _\bo_\br _\bb_\by
+ _\bo_\bp_\be_\br_\ba_\bt_\bo_\br_\bs _\bi_\bn _\bt_\bh_\be _\bz_\bo_\bn_\be_\bs _\b1_\b4_\b, _\b1_\b5 _\ba_\bn_\bd _\b1_\b6. Each filter slot actually has a
+ 'reject' slot and an 'accept' slot. The reject slot is executed BEFORE
+ the accept slot.
+
+
+ It was mentioned earlier that after a reject test that doesn't match,
+ the default for following tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for
+ 'accept'. In the example what happens is that the reject is executed
+ first, any non hf/cw spot is passed to the accept line, which lets
+ through everything else on HF. The next filter line lets through just
+ VHF/UHF spots from EU.
+
+
+
+ 1\b11\b1.\b. H\bHi\bin\bnt\bts\bs,\b, t\bti\bip\bps\bs a\ban\bnd\bd c\bco\bom\bmm\bmo\bon\bn q\bqu\bue\bes\bst\bti\bio\bon\bns\bs.\b.
+
+ Q\bQ.\b.These commands seem very long! Can I shorten them?
+
+ A\bA.\b.Of course you can and the usual abbreviations work. If you are
+ unsure, try it.
+
+ Q\bQ.\b.I am not sure if this command is correct. Can I cause any harm if I
+ try it?
+
+ A\bA.\b.Do not be afraid to try a command to see if it will work, at the
+ worst you will get an error message. If you require any help on a
+ command, just type help followed by the command you want help on.
+ Look at the "DXSpider Command Reference" section to see what help can
+ be found.
+
+ Q\bQ.\b.How should I use the announce command?
+
+ A\bA.\b.With respect. Use the command by all means, but please only use the
+ "full" extension if absolutely necessary. It can create a LOT of
+ messages passing between clusters.
+
+ Q\bQ.\b.I like to be working in the shack while logged into the cluster but
+ I can't be looking at the screen all the time. How can I be alerted
+ when anything happens?
+
+ A\bA.\b.Use the S\bSE\bET\bT/\b/B\bBE\bEE\bEP\bP command. You can find information on this in the
+ "DXSpider Command Reference" section.
+
+
+ Q\bQ.\b.I got disconnected from the cluster and now I can't log back in
+ again. What is wrong?
+
+ A\bA.\b.Probably the cluster thinks you are still logged on and will not let
+ you reconnect using the same call to prevent loops. Try logging on
+ again adding an ssid to your callsign as DXSpider treats G0YLM and
+ G0YLM-1 as different users.
+
+ Q\bQ.\b.How do I know if I have got the latest version of this user manual?
+
+ A\bA.\b.The latest and greatest will always be on the Website. It will also
+ be included with every release of DXSpider. As always, if unsure, ask
+ your sysop what version number is the latest.
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b. T\bTh\bhe\be D\bDX\bXS\bSp\bpi\bid\bde\ber\br c\bco\bom\bmm\bma\ban\bnd\bd r\bre\bef\bfe\ber\bre\ben\bnc\bce\be
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b1.\b. a\bac\bcc\bce\bep\bpt\bt
+
+ a\bac\bcc\bce\bep\bpt\bt Set a filter to accept something
+
+
+ Create a filter to accept something
+
+ There are 2 types of filter, accept and reject. See HELP FILTERING
+ for more info.
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.2
\b2.
\b. a
\bac
\bcc
\bce
\bep
\bpt
\bt/
\b/a
\ban
\bnn
\bno
\bou
\bun
\bnc
\bce
\be [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b>
+
+ a
\bac
\bcc
\bce
\bep
\bpt
\bt/
\b/a
\ban
\bnn
\bno
\bou
\bun
\bnc
\bce
\be [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> Set an 'accept' filter line for
+ announce
+
+
+ Create an 'accept this announce' line for a filter.
+
+ An accept filter line means that if the announce matches this filter
+ it is passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please
+ read this to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief
+ later on.
+
+ You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+
+
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,NH
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states>
+ channel <prefixes>
+ wx 1 filter WX announces
+ dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
+
+
+
+ some examples:-
+
+
+
+ acc/ann dest 6MUK
+ acc/ann 2 by_zone 14,15,16
+ (this could be all on one line: acc/ann dest 6MUK or by_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ or
+
+
+ acc/ann by G,M,2
+
+
+
+ for american states
+
+
+
+ acc/ann by_state va,nh,ri,nh
+
+
+
+ You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything eg:
+
+
+
+ acc/ann all
+
+
+
+ but this probably for advanced users...
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.3
\b3.
\b. a
\bac
\bcc
\bce
\bep
\bpt
\bt/
\b/s
\bsp
\bpo
\bot
\bts
\bs [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b>
+
+ a
\bac
\bcc
\bce
\bep
\bpt
\bt/
\b/s
\bsp
\bpo
\bot
\bts
\bs [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> Set an 'accept' filter line for spots
+
+
+ Create an 'accept this spot' line for a filter.
+
+ An accept filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is
+ passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read
+ this to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief
+ later on.
+
+ You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+
+
+ freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m
+ on <range> same as 'freq'
+ call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes>
+ call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ call_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ origin <prefixes>
+ channel <prefixes>
+
+
+
+ For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in
+ SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -
+ thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -
+ this is more efficient than saying simply: freq HF (but don't get too
+ hung up about that)
+
+ some examples:-
+
+
+
+ acc/spot 1 on hf/cw
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ You can use the tag 'all' to accept everything, eg:
+
+
+
+ acc/spot 3 all
+
+
+
+ for US states
+
+
+
+ acc/spots by_state VA,NH,RI,MA,ME
+
+
+
+ but this probably for advanced users...
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.4
\b4.
\b. a
\bac
\bcc
\bce
\bep
\bpt
\bt/
\b/w
\bwc
\bcy
\by [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b>
+
+ a
\bac
\bcc
\bce
\bep
\bpt
\bt/
\b/w
\bwc
\bcy
\by [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> set an 'accept' WCY filter
+
+
+ It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you
+ can filter on the following fields:-
+
+
+
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+
+
+
+ There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place
+ and you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want
+ them).
+
+ This command is really provided for future use.
+
+ See HELP FILTER for information.
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.5
\b5.
\b. a
\bac
\bcc
\bce
\bep
\bpt
\bt/
\b/w
\bww
\bwv
\bv [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b>
+
+ a
\bac
\bcc
\bce
\bep
\bpt
\bt/
\b/w
\bww
\bwv
\bv [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> set an 'accept' WWV filter
+
+
+ It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you
+ can filter on the following fields:-
+
+
+
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+
+
+
+ for example
+
+
+
+ accept/wwv by_zone 4
+
+
+
+ is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV
+ broadcasts by stations in the US).
+
+ See HELP FILTER for information.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b6.\b. a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b>
+
+ a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b> Send an announcement to LOCAL users only
+
+
+ <text> is the text of the announcement you wish to broadcast
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.7\b7.\b. a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be f\bfu\bul\bll\bl <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b>
+
+ a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be f\bfu\bul\bll\bl <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b> Send an announcement cluster wide
+
+
+ This will send your announcement cluster wide
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.8\b8.\b. a\bap\bpr\bro\bop\bpo\bos\bs <\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b>
+
+ a\bap\bpr\bro\bop\bpo\bos\bs <\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b> Search help database for <string>
+
+
+ Search the help database for <string> (it isn't case sensitive), and
+ print the names of all the commands that may be relevant.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.9\b9.\b. b\bbl\bla\ban\bnk\bk [\b[<\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b>]\b] [\b[<\b<n\bnn\bn>\b>]\b]
+
+ b\bbl\bla\ban\bnk\bk [\b[<\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b>]\b] [\b[<\b<n\bnn\bn>\b>]\b] Print nn (default 1) blank lines (or strings)
+
+
+ In its basic form this command prints one or more blank lines. However
+ if you pass it a string it will replicate the string for the width of
+ the screen (default 80) and then print that one or more times, so:
+
+
+
+ blank 2
+
+
+
+ prints two blank lines
+
+
+
+ blank -
+
+
+
+ prints a row of - characters once.
+
+
+
+ blank abc
+
+
+
+ prints 'abcabcabcabcabcabc....'
+
+ This is really only of any use in a script file and you can print a
+ maximum of 9 lines.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b10\b0.\b. b\bby\bye\be
+
+ b\bby\bye\be Exit from the cluster
+
+
+ This will disconnect you from the cluster
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b11\b1.\b. c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br/\b/a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be [\b[1\b1|\b|a\bal\bll\bl]\b]
+
+ c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br/\b/a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be [\b[1\b1|\b|a\bal\bll\bl]\b] Clear a announce filter line
+
+
+ This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a annouce filter
+ or to remove the whole filter.
+
+ see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b12\b2.\b. c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br/\b/r\bro\bou\but\bte\be [\b[1\b1|\b|a\bal\bll\bl]\b]
+
+ c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br/\b/r\bro\bou\but\bte\be [\b[1\b1|\b|a\bal\bll\bl]\b] Clear a route filter line
+
+
+ This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a route filter or
+ to remove the whole filter.
+
+ see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b13\b3.\b. c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br/\b/s\bsp\bpo\bot\bts\bs [\b[0\b0-\b-9\b9|\b|a\bal\bll\bl]\b]
+
+ c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br/\b/s\bsp\bpo\bot\bts\bs [\b[0\b0-\b-9\b9|\b|a\bal\bll\bl]\b] Clear a spot filter line
+
+
+ This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a spot filter or
+ to remove the whole filter.
+
+ If you have a filter:-
+
+
+
+ acc/spot 1 on hf/cw
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ and you say:-
+
+
+
+ clear/spot 1
+
+
+
+ you will be left with:-
+
+
+
+ acc/spot 2 on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ If you do:
+
+
+
+ clear/spot all
+
+
+
+ the filter will be completely removed.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b14\b4.\b. c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by [\b[1\b1|\b|a\bal\bll\bl]\b]
+
+ c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by [\b[1\b1|\b|a\bal\bll\bl]\b] Clear a WCY filter line
+
+ This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WCY filter or to
+ remove the whole filter.
+
+ see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b15\b5.\b. c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv [\b[1\b1|\b|a\bal\bll\bl]\b]
+
+ c\bcl\ble\bea\bar\br/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv [\b[1\b1|\b|a\bal\bll\bl]\b] Clear a WWV filter line
+
+
+ This command allows you to clear (remove) a line in a WWV filter or to
+ remove the whole filter.
+
+ see CLEAR/SPOTS for a more detailed explanation.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b16\b6.\b. d\bdb\bba\bav\bva\bai\bil\bl
+
+ d\bdb\bba\bav\bva\bai\bil\bl Show a list of all the Databases in the system
+
+
+ Title says it all really, this command lists all the databases defined
+ in the system. It is also aliased to SHOW/COMMAND.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b17\b7.\b. d\bdb\bbs\bsh\bho\bow\bw <\b<d\bdb\bbn\bna\bam\bme\be>\b> <\b<k\bke\bey\by>\b>
+
+ d\bdb\bbs\bsh\bho\bow\bw <\b<d\bdb\bbn\bna\bam\bme\be>\b> <\b<k\bke\bey\by>\b> Display an entry, if it exists, in a database
+
+
+ This is the generic user interface to the database to the database
+ system. It is expected that the sysop will add an entry to the local
+ Aliases file so that users can use the more familiar AK1A style of
+ enquiry such as:
+
+
+
+ SH/BUCK G1TLH
+
+
+
+ but if he hasn't and the database really does exist (use DBAVAIL or
+ SHOW/COMMAND to find out) you can do the same thing with:
+
+
+
+ DBSHOW buck G1TLH
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b18\b8.\b. d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by
+
+ d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by List messages
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b19\b9.\b. d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by <\b<f\bfr\bro\bom\bm>\b>-\b-<\b<t\bto\bo>\b>
+
+ d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by <\b<f\bfr\bro\bom\bm>\b>-\b-<\b<t\bto\bo>\b> List messages <from> message <to> message
+
+
+ List the messages in the messages directory.
+
+ If there is a 'p' one space after the message number then it is a
+ personal message. If there is a '-' between the message number and the
+ You can use shell escape characters such as '*' and '?' in the <call>
+ fields.
+
+ You can combine some of the various directory commands together eg:-
+
+
+
+ DIR TO G1TLH 5
+
+
+
+ or
+
+
+ DIR SUBJECT IOTA 200-250
+
+
+
+ You can abbreviate all the commands to one letter and use ak1a
+ syntax:-
+
+
+
+ DIR/T G1* 10
+ DIR/S QSL 10-100 5
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b20\b0.\b. d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by <\b<n\bnn\bn>\b>
+
+ d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by <\b<n\bnn\bn>\b> List last <nn> messages
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b21\b1.\b. d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by a\bal\bll\bl
+
+ d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by a\bal\bll\bl List all messages
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b22\b2.\b. d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by f\bfr\bro\bom\bm <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b>
+
+ d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by f\bfr\bro\bom\bm <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> List all messages from <call>
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b23\b3.\b. d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by n\bne\bew\bw
+
+ d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by n\bne\bew\bw List all new messages
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b24\b4.\b. d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by o\bow\bwn\bn
+
+ d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by o\bow\bwn\bn List your own messages
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b25\b5.\b. d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by s\bsu\bub\bbj\bje\bec\bct\bt <\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b>
+
+ d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by s\bsu\bub\bbj\bje\bec\bct\bt <\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b> List all messages with <string> in subject
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b26\b6.\b. d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by t\bto\bo <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b>
+
+ d\bdi\bir\bre\bec\bct\bto\bor\bry\by t\bto\bo <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> List all messages to <call>
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b27\b7.\b. d\bdx\bx [\b[b\bby\by <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b>]\b] <\b<f\bfr\bre\beq\bq>\b> <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> <\b<r\bre\bem\bma\bar\brk\bks\bs>\b>
+
+ d\bdx\bx [\b[b\bby\by <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b>]\b] <\b<f\bfr\bre\beq\bq>\b> <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> <\b<r\bre\bem\bma\bar\brk\bks\bs>\b> Send a DX spot
+
+
+ This is how you send a DX Spot to other users. You can, in fact, now
+ enter the <freq> and the <call> either way round.
+
+
+
+ DX FR0G 144.600
+ DX 144.600 FR0G
+ DX 144600 FR0G
+
+
+
+ will all give the same result. You can add some remarks to the end of
+ the command and they will be added to the spot.
+
+
+
+ DX FR0G 144600 this is a test
+
+
+
+ You can credit someone else by saying:-
+
+
+
+ DX by G1TLH FR0G 144.600 he isn't on the cluster
+
+
+
+ The <freq> is compared against the available bands set up in the
+ cluster. See SHOW/BANDS for more information.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b28\b8.\b. e\bec\bch\bho\bo <\b<l\bli\bin\bne\be>\b>
+
+ e\bec\bch\bho\bo <\b<l\bli\bin\bne\be>\b> Echo the line to the output
+
+
+ This command is useful in scripts and so forth for printing the line
+ that you give to the command to the output. You can use this in
+ user_default scripts and the SAVE command for titling and so forth
+
+ The script will interpret certain standard "escape" sequences as
+ follows:-
+
+
+
+ \t - becomes a TAB character (0x09 in ascii)
+ \a - becomes a BEEP character (0x07 in ascii)
+ \n - prints a new line
+
+
+
+ So the following example:-
+
+
+
+ echo GB7DJK is a dxcluster
+
+
+
+ produces:-
+
+
+
+ GB7DJK is a dxcluster
+
+
+
+ on the output. You don't need a \n on the end of the line you want to
+ send.
+
+ A more complex example:-
+
+
+
+ echo GB7DJK\n\tg1tlh\tDirk\n\tg3xvf\tRichard
+
+
+
+ produces:-
+
+
+
+ GB7DJK
+ g1tlh Dirk
+ g3xvf Richard
+
+
+
+ on the output.
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.2\b29\b9.\b. f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\bri\bin\bng\bg.\b..\b..\b.
+
+ f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\bri\bin\bng\bg.\b..\b..\b. Filtering things in DXSpider
+
+
+ There are a number of things you can filter in the DXSpider system.
+ They all use the same general mechanism.
+
+ In general terms you can create a 'reject' or an 'accept' filter which
+ can have up to 10 lines in it. You do this using, for example:-
+
+
+
+ accept/spots .....
+ reject/spots .....
+
+
+
+ where ..... are the specific commands for that type of filter. There
+ are filters for spots, wwv, announce, wcy and (for sysops) connects.
+ See each different accept or reject command reference for more
+ details.
+
+ There is also a command to clear out one or more lines in a filter and
+ one to show you what you have set. They are:-
+
+
+
+ clear/spots 1
+ clear/spots all
+
+
+
+ and
+
+
+
+ show/filter
+
+
+
+ There is clear/xxxx command for each type of filter.
+
+ For now we are going to use spots for the examples, but you can apply
+ the principles to all types of filter.
+
+ There are two main types of filter 'accept' or 'reject'; which you use
+ depends entirely on how you look at the world and what is least
+ writing to achieve what you want. Each filter has 10 lines (of any
+ length) which are tried in order. If a line matches then the action
+ you have specified is taken (ie reject means ignore it and accept
+ means gimme it).
+
+ The important thing to remember is that if you specify a 'reject'
+ filter (all the lines in it say 'reject/spots' (for instance)) then if
+ a spot comes in that doesn't match any of the lines then you will get
+ it BUT if you specify an 'accept' filter then any spots that don't
+ match are dumped. For example if I have a one line accept filter:-
+
+
+
+ accept/spots on vhf and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ then automatically you will ONLY get VHF spots from or to CQ zones 14
+ 15 and 16. If you set a reject filter like:
+
+
+
+ reject/spots on hf/cw
+
+
+
+ Then you will get everything EXCEPT HF CW spots, If you am interested
+ in IOTA and will work it even on CW then you could say:-
+
+
+
+ reject/spots on hf/cw and not info iota
+
+
+
+ But in that case you might only be interested in iota and say:-
+
+
+
+ accept/spots not on hf/cw or info iota
+
+
+
+ which is exactly the same. You should choose one or the other until
+ you are confortable with the way it works. Yes, you can mix them
+ (actually you can have an accept AND a reject on the same line) but
+ don't try this at home until you can analyse the results that you get
+ without ringing up the sysop for help.
+
+ Another useful addition now is filtering by US state
+
+
+
+ accept/spots by_state VA,NH,RI,ME
+
+
+
+ You can arrange your filter lines into logical units, either for your
+ own understanding or simply convenience. I have one set frequently:-
+
+
+
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/cw
+ reject/spots 2 on 50000/1400000 not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ What this does is to ignore all HF CW spots (being a class B I can't
+ read any CW and couldn't possibly be interested in HF :-) and also
+ rejects any spots on VHF which don't either originate or spot someone
+ in Europe.
+
+ This is an exmaple where you would use the line number (1 and 2 in
+ this case), if you leave the digit out, the system assumes '1'. Digits
+
+ You can leave the word 'and' out if you want, it is implied. You can
+ use any number of brackets to make the 'expression' as you want it.
+ There are things called precedence rules working here which mean that
+ you will NEED brackets in a situation like line 2 because, without it,
+ will assume:-
+
+
+
+ (on 50000/1400000 and by_zone 14,15,16) or call_zone 14,15,16
+
+
+
+ annoying, but that is the way it is. If you use OR - use brackets.
+ Whilst we are here CASE is not important. 'And BY_Zone' is just 'and
+ by_zone'.
+
+ If you want to alter your filter you can just redefine one or more
+ lines of it or clear out one line. For example:-
+
+
+
+ reject/spots 1 on hf/ssb
+
+
+
+ or
+
+
+
+ clear/spots 1
+
+
+
+ To remove the filter in its entirty:-
+
+
+
+ clear/spots all
+
+
+
+ There are similar CLEAR commands for the other filters:-
+
+
+
+ clear/announce
+ clear/wcy
+ clear/wwv
+
+
+
+ ADVANCED USERS:-
+
+ Once you are happy with the results you get, you may like to
+ experiment.
+
+ my example that filters hf/cw spots and accepts vhf/uhf spots from EU
+ can be written with a mixed filter, eg:
+
+
+
+ rej/spot on hf/cw
+ acc/spot on 0/30000
+ acc/spot 2 on 50000/1400000 and (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ each filter slot actually has a 'reject' slot and an 'accept' slot.
+ The reject slot is executed BEFORE the accept slot.
+
+ It was mentioned earlier that after a reject test that doesn't match,
+ the default for following tests is 'accept', the reverse is true for
+ first, any non hf/cw spot is passed to the accept line, which lets
+ thru everything else on HF.
+
+ The next filter line lets through just VHF/UHF spots from EU.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b30\b0.\b. h\bhe\bel\blp\bp
+
+ h\bhe\bel\blp\bp The HELP Command
+
+
+ HELP is available for a number of commands. The syntax is:-
+
+
+
+ HELP <cmd>
+
+
+
+ Where <cmd> is the name of the command you want help on.
+
+ All commands can be abbreviated, so SHOW/DX can be abbreviated to
+ SH/DX, ANNOUNCE can be shortened to AN and so on.
+
+ Look at the APROPOS <string> command which will search the help
+ database for the <string> you specify and give you a list of likely
+ commands to look at with HELP.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b31\b1.\b. k\bki\bil\bll\bl <\b<f\bfr\bro\bom\bm m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b>-\b-<\b<t\bto\bo m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b>
+
+ k\bki\bil\bll\bl <\b<f\bfr\bro\bom\bm m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b>-\b-<\b<t\bto\bo m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> Delete a range of messages
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b32\b2.\b. k\bki\bil\bll\bl <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> [\b[<\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo.\b..\b.]\b]
+
+ k\bki\bil\bll\bl <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> [\b[<\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo.\b..\b.]\b] Delete a message from the local system
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b33\b3.\b. k\bki\bil\bll\bl <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> [\b[<\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> .\b..\b..\b.]\b]
+
+ k\bki\bil\bll\bl <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> [\b[<\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> .\b..\b..\b.]\b] Remove or erase a message from the system
+
+
+ You can get rid of any message to or originating from your callsign
+ using this command. You can remove more than one message at a time.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b34\b4.\b. k\bki\bil\bll\bl f\bfr\bro\bom\bm <\b<r\bre\beg\bge\bex\bx>\b>
+
+ k\bki\bil\bll\bl f\bfr\bro\bom\bm <\b<r\bre\beg\bge\bex\bx>\b> Delete messages FROM a callsign or pattern
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b35\b5.\b. k\bki\bil\bll\bl t\bto\bo <\b<r\bre\beg\bge\bex\bx>\b>
+
+ k\bki\bil\bll\bl t\bto\bo <\b<r\bre\beg\bge\bex\bx>\b> Delete messages TO a callsign or pattern
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b36\b6.\b. l\bli\bin\bnk\bks\bs
+
+ l\bli\bin\bnk\bks\bs Show which nodes is physically connected
+
+
+ This is a quick listing that shows which links are connected and some
+ information about them. See WHO for a list of all connections.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b37\b7.\b. r\bre\bea\bad\bd
+
+ r\bre\bea\bad\bd Read the next unread personal message addressed to you
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b38\b8.\b. r\bre\bea\bad\bd <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b>
+
+ r\bre\bea\bad\bd <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> Read the specified message
+
+
+ You can read any messages that are sent as 'non-personal' and also any
+ message either sent by or sent to your callsign.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.3\b39\b9.\b. r\bre\bej\bje\bec\bct\bt
+
+ r\bre\bej\bje\bec\bct\bt Set a filter to reject something
+
+
+ Create a filter to reject something
+
+ There are 2 types of filter, accept and reject. See HELP FILTERING
+ for more info.
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.4
\b40
\b0.
\b. r
\bre
\bej
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt/
\b/a
\ban
\bnn
\bno
\bou
\bun
\bnc
\bce
\be [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b>
+
+ r
\bre
\bej
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt/
\b/a
\ban
\bnn
\bno
\bou
\bun
\bnc
\bce
\be [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> Set a 'reject' filter line for
+ announce
+
+
+ Create an 'reject this announce' line for a filter.
+
+ A reject filter line means that if the announce matches this filter it
+ is passed onto the user. See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read
+ this to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief
+ later on.
+
+ You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+
+
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ origin_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ channel <prefixes>
+ wx 1 filter WX announces
+ dest <prefixes> eg: 6MUK,WDX (distros)
+
+
+
+ some examples:-
+
+
+
+ rej/ann by_zone 14,15,16 and not by G,M,2
+
+
+
+ You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+
+
+
+ rej/ann all
+
+
+
+ but this probably for advanced users...
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.4
\b41
\b1.
\b. r
\bre
\bej
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt/
\b/s
\bsp
\bpo
\bot
\bts
\bs [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b>
+
+ r
\bre
\bej
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt/
\b/s
\bsp
\bpo
\bot
\bts
\bs [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> Set a 'reject' filter line for spots
+
+
+ Create a 'reject this spot' line for a filter.
+
+ A reject filter line means that if the spot matches this filter it is
+ dumped (not passed on). See HELP FILTERING for more info. Please read
+ this to understand how filters work - it will save a lot of grief
+ later on.
+
+ You can use any of the following things in this line:-
+
+
+
+ freq <range> eg: 0/30000 or hf or hf/cw or 6m,4m,2m
+ on <range> same as 'freq'
+ call <prefixes> eg: G,PA,HB9
+ info <string> eg: iota or qsl
+ by <prefixes>
+ call_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ call_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ call_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ call_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_state <states> eg: VA,NH,RI,ME
+ origin <prefixes>
+ channel <prefixes>
+
+
+
+ For frequencies, you can use any of the band names defined in
+ SHOW/BANDS and you can use a subband name like: cw, rtty, data, ssb -
+ thus: hf/ssb. You can also just have a simple range like: 0/30000 -
+ this is more efficient than saying simply: on HF (but don't get too
+ hung up about that)
+
+ some examples:-
+
+
+
+ rej/spot 1 on hf
+ rej/spot 2 on vhf and not (by_zone 14,15,16 or call_zone 14,15,16)
+
+
+
+ You can use the tag 'all' to reject everything eg:
+
+
+
+ rej/spot 3 all
+
+
+ but this probably for advanced users...
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.4
\b42
\b2.
\b. r
\bre
\bej
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt/
\b/w
\bwc
\bcy
\by [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b>
+
+ r
\bre
\bej
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt/
\b/w
\bwc
\bcy
\by [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> set a 'reject' WCY filter
+
+
+ It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you
+ can filter on the following fields:-
+
+
+
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+
+
+
+ There are no examples because WCY Broadcasts only come from one place
+ and you either want them or not (see UNSET/WCY if you don't want
+ them).
+
+ This command is really provided for future use.
+
+ See HELP FILTER for information.
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.4
\b43
\b3.
\b. r
\bre
\bej
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt/
\b/w
\bww
\bwv
\bv [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b>
+
+ r
\bre
\bej
\bje
\bec
\bct
\bt/
\b/w
\bww
\bwv
\bv [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b] <
\b<p
\bpa
\bat
\btt
\bte
\ber
\brn
\bn>
\b> set a 'reject' WWV filter
+
+
+ It is unlikely that you will want to do this, but if you do then you
+ can filter on the following fields:-
+
+
+
+ by <prefixes> eg: G,M,2
+ origin <prefixes>
+ origin_dxcc <prefixes or numbers> eg: 61,62 (from eg: sh/pre G)
+ origin_itu <prefixes or numbers> or: G,GM,GW
+ origin_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_dxcc <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_itu <prefixes or numbers>
+ by_zone <prefixes or numbers>
+ channel <prefixes>
+
+
+
+ for example
+
+
+
+ reject/wwv by_zone 14,15,16
+
+
+
+ is probably the only useful thing to do (which will only show WWV
+ broadcasts by stations in the US).
+
+ See HELP FILTER for information.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b44\b4.\b. r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by
+
+ r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by Reply (privately) to the last message that you have read
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b45\b5.\b. r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b>
+
+ r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> Reply (privately) to the specified message
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b46\b6.\b. r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by b\bb <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b>
+
+ r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by b\bb <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b47\b7.\b. r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by n\bno\bop\bpr\bri\biv\bva\bat\bte\be <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b>
+
+ r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by n\bno\bop\bpr\bri\biv\bva\bat\bte\be <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> Reply as a Bulletin to the specified message
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b48\b8.\b. r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by r\brr\br <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b>
+
+ r\bre\bep\bpl\bly\by r\brr\br <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> Reply to the specified message with read receipt
+
+
+ You can reply to a message and the subject will automatically have
+ "Re:" inserted in front of it, if it isn't already present.
+
+ You can also use all the extra qualifiers such as RR, PRIVATE,
+ NOPRIVATE, B that you can use with the SEND command (see SEND for
+ further details)
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.4\b49\b9.\b. s\bse\ben\bnd\bd <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> [\b[<\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> .\b..\b..\b.]\b]
+
+ s\bse\ben\bnd\bd <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> [\b[<\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> .\b..\b..\b.]\b] Send a message to one or more callsigns
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b50\b0.\b. s\bse\ben\bnd\bd c\bco\bop\bpy\by <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b>
+
+ s\bse\ben\bnd\bd c\bco\bop\bpy\by <\b<m\bms\bsg\bgn\bno\bo>\b> <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> Send a copy of a message to someone
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b51\b1.\b. s\bse\ben\bnd\bd n\bno\bop\bpr\bri\biv\bva\bat\bte\be <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b>
+
+ s\bse\ben\bnd\bd n\bno\bop\bpr\bri\biv\bva\bat\bte\be <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> Send a message to all stations
+
+
+ All the SEND commands will create a message which will be sent either
+ to an individual callsign or to one of the 'bulletin' addresses.
+
+ SEND <call> on its own acts as though you had typed SEND PRIVATE, that
+ is it will mark the message as personal and send it to the cluster
+ node that that callsign is connected to. If the <call> you have
+ specified is in fact a known bulletin category on your node (eg: ALL)
+ then the message should automatically become a bulletin.
+ You can have more than one callsign in all of the SEND commands.
+
+ You can have multiple qualifiers so that you can have for example:-
+
+
+
+ SEND RR COPY 123 PRIVATE G1TLH G0RDI
+
+
+
+ which should send a copy of message 123 to G1TLH and G0RDI and you
+ will receive a read receipt when they have read the message.
+
+ SB is an alias for SEND NOPRIVATE (or send a bulletin in BBS speak) SP
+ is an alias for SEND PRIVATE
+
+ The system will ask you for a subject. Conventionally this should be
+ no longer than 29 characters for compatibility. Most modern cluster
+ software should accept more.
+
+ You will now be prompted to start entering your text.
+
+ You finish the message by entering '/EX' on a new line. For instance:
+
+
+
+ ...
+ bye then Jim
+ 73 Dirk
+ /ex
+
+
+
+ If you have started a message and you don't want to keep it then you
+ can abandon the message with '/ABORT' on a new line, like:-
+
+
+
+ line 1
+ line 2
+ oh I just can't be bothered with this
+ /abort
+
+
+
+ If you abort the message it will NOT be sent.
+
+ When you are entering the text of your message, most normal output
+ (such as DX announcements and so on are suppressed and stored for
+ latter display (upto 20 such lines are stored, as new ones come along,
+ so the oldest lines are dropped).
+
+ Also, you can enter normal commands commands (and get the output
+ immediately) whilst in the middle of a message. You do this by typing
+ the command preceeded by a '/' character on a new line, so:-
+
+
+
+ /dx g1tlh 144010 strong signal
+
+
+
+ Will issue a dx annoucement to the rest of the cluster.
+
+ Also, you can add the output of a command to your message by
+ preceeding the command with '//', thus :-
+
+
+
+ //sh/vhftable
+
+
+
+ This will show YOU the output from SH/VHFTABLE and also store it in
+ the message.
+
+ You can carry on with the message until you are ready to send it.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b52\b2.\b. s\bse\ben\bnd\bd p\bpr\bri\biv\bva\bat\bte\be <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b>
+
+ s\bse\ben\bnd\bd p\bpr\bri\biv\bva\bat\bte\be <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> Send a personal message
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b53\b3.\b. s\bse\ben\bnd\bd r\brr\br <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b>
+
+ s\bse\ben\bnd\bd r\brr\br <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> Send a message and ask for a read receipt
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b54\b4.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\bad\bdd\bdr\bre\bes\bss\bs <\b<y\byo\bou\bur\br a\bad\bdd\bdr\bre\bes\bss\bs>\b>
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\bad\bdd\bdr\bre\bes\bss\bs <\b<y\byo\bou\bur\br a\bad\bdd\bdr\bre\bes\bss\bs>\b> Record your postal address
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b55\b5.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be Allow announce messages to come out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b56\b6.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\ban\bnn\bnt\bta\bal\blk\bk
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\ban\bnn\bnt\bta\bal\blk\bk Allow talk like announce messages on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b57\b7.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/b\bbe\bee\bep\bp
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/b\bbe\bee\bep\bp Add a beep to DX and other messages on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b58\b8.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/d\bdx\bx
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/d\bdx\bx Allow DX messages to come out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.5\b59\b9.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/d\bdx\bxg\bgr\bri\bid\bd
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/d\bdx\bxg\bgr\bri\bid\bd Allow QRA Grid Squares on the end of DX announcements
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b60\b0.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/e\bec\bch\bho\bo
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/e\bec\bch\bho\bo Make the cluster echo your input
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b61\b1.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/e\bem\bma\bai\bil\bl <\b<e\bem\bma\bai\bil\bl>\b> .\b..\b..\b.
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/e\bem\bma\bai\bil\bl <\b<e\bem\bma\bai\bil\bl>\b> .\b..\b..\b. Set email address(es) and forward your personals
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b62\b2.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/h\bhe\ber\bre\be
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/h\bhe\ber\bre\be Tell the system you are present at your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b63\b3.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/h\bho\bom\bme\ben\bno\bod\bde\be <\b<n\bno\bod\bde\be>\b>
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/h\bho\bom\bme\ben\bno\bod\bde\be <\b<n\bno\bod\bde\be>\b> Set your normal cluster callsign
+
+
+ Tell the cluster system where you normally connect to. Any Messages
+ sent to you will normally find their way there should you not be
+ connected. eg:-
+
+
+ SET/HOMENODE gb7djk
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b64\b4.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\bla\ban\bng\bgu\bua\bag\bge\be <\b<l\bla\ban\bng\bg>\b>
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\bla\ban\bng\bgu\bua\bag\bge\be <\b<l\bla\ban\bng\bg>\b> Set the language you want to use
+
+
+ You can select the language that you want the cluster to use.
+ Currently the languages available are en (English), de (German), es
+ (Spanish) and nl (Dutch).
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b65\b5.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn <\b<l\bla\bat\bt &\b& l\blo\bon\bng\bg>\b>
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn <\b<l\bla\bat\bt &\b& l\blo\bon\bng\bg>\b> Set your latitude and longitude
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b66\b6.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\blo\bog\bgi\bin\bni\bin\bnf\bfo\bo
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\blo\bog\bgi\bin\bni\bin\bnf\bfo\bo Inform when a station logs in locally
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b67\b7.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/n\bna\bam\bme\be <\b<y\byo\bou\bur\br n\bna\bam\bme\be>\b>
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/n\bna\bam\bme\be <\b<y\byo\bou\bur\br n\bna\bam\bme\be>\b> Set your name
+
+
+ Tell the system what your name is eg:-
+
+
+ SET/NAME Dirk
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b68\b8.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/p\bpa\bag\bge\be <\b<l\bli\bin\bne\bes\bs p\bpe\ber\br p\bpa\bag\bge\be>\b>
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/p\bpa\bag\bge\be <\b<l\bli\bin\bne\bes\bs p\bpe\ber\br p\bpa\bag\bge\be>\b> Set the lines per page
+
+
+ Tell the system how many lines you wish on a page when the number of
+ line of output from a command is more than this. The default is 20.
+ Setting it explicitly to 0 will disable paging.
+
+
+ SET/PAGE 30
+ SET/PAGE 0
+
+
+
+ The setting is stored in your user profile.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.6\b69\b9.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/p\bpa\bas\bss\bsw\bwo\bor\brd\bd
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/p\bpa\bas\bss\bsw\bwo\bor\brd\bd Set your own password
+
+
+ This command only works for a 'telnet' user (currently). It will only
+ work if you have a password already set. This initial password can
+ only be set by the sysop.
+
+ When you execute this command it will ask you for your old password,
+ then ask you to type in your new password twice (to make sure you get
+ it right). You may or may not see the data echoed on the screen as you
+ type, depending on the type of telnet client you have.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.7\b70\b0.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/p\bpr\bro\bom\bmp\bpt\bt <\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b>
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/p\bpr\bro\bom\bmp\bpt\bt <\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b> Set your prompt to <string>
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.7\b71\b1.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/q\bqr\bra\ba <\b<l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bto\bor\br>\b>
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/q\bqr\bra\ba <\b<l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bto\bor\br>\b> Set your QRA Grid locator
+
+
+ Tell the system what your QRA (or Maidenhead) locator is. If you have
+ not done a SET/LOCATION then your latitude and longitude will be set
+ roughly correctly (assuming your locator is correct ;-). For example:-
+
+
+ SET/QRA JO02LQ
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.7\b72\b2.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/q\bqt\bth\bh <\b<y\byo\bou\bur\br q\bqt\bth\bh>\b>
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/q\bqt\bth\bh <\b<y\byo\bou\bur\br q\bqt\bth\bh>\b> Set your QTH
+
+
+ Tell the system where you are. For example:-
+
+
+ SET/QTH East Dereham, Norfolk
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.7\b73\b3.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/t\bta\bal\blk\bk
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/t\bta\bal\blk\bk Allow TALK messages to come out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.7\b74\b4.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by Allow WCY messages to come out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.7\b75\b5.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv Allow WWV messages to come out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.7\b76\b6.\b. s\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bwx\bx
+
+ s\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bwx\bx Allow WX messages to come out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.7\b77\b7.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn [\b[<\b<n\bno\bod\bde\be>\b>]\b]
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn [\b[<\b<n\bno\bod\bde\be>\b>]\b] Show all the nodes and users visible
+
+
+ This command allows you to see all the users that can be seen and the
+ nodes to which they are connected.
+
+ This command is normally abbreviated to: sh/c
+
+ Normally, the list returned will be just for the nodes from your
+ country (because the list otherwise will be very long).
+
+
+
+ SH/C ALL
+
+
+
+ will produce a complete list of all nodes.
+
+ BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long
+
+ It is possible to supply a node or part of a prefix and you will get a
+ list of the users for that node or list of nodes starting with that
+ prefix.
+
+
+
+ SH/C GB7DJK
+
+
+
+ SH/C SK
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.7\b78\b8.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn/\b/n\bno\bod\bde\be
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/c\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn/\b/n\bno\bod\bde\be Show all the nodes connected locally
+
+
+ Show all the nodes connected to this node.
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.7
\b79
\b9.
\b. s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/d
\bda
\bat
\bte
\be [
\b[<
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>|
\b|<
\b<c
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bls
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn>
\b>]
\b]
+
+ s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/d
\bda
\bat
\bte
\be [
\b[<
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>|
\b|<
\b<c
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bls
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn>
\b>]
\b] Show the local time
+
+
+ This is very nearly the same as SHOW/TIME, the only difference the
+ format of the date string if no arguments are given.
+
+ If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the
+ local time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some
+ prefixes then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not
+ including DST) at the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.8\b80\b0.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/d\bdx\bx
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/d\bdx\bx Interrogate the spot database
+
+
+ If you just type SHOW/DX you will get the last so many spots (sysop
+ configurable, but usually 10).
+
+ In addition you can add any number of these commands in very nearly
+ any order to the basic SHOW/DX command, they are:-
+
+
+
+ on <band> - eg 160m 20m 2m 23cm 6mm
+ on <region> - eg hf vhf uhf shf (see SHOW/BANDS)
+ on <from>/<to> - eg 1000/4000 14000-30000 (in Khz)
+ <from>-<to>
+
+
+
+ <number> - the number of spots you want
+ <from>-<to> - <from> spot no <to> spot no in the selected list
+ <from>/<to>
+
+
+
+ <prefix> - for a spotted callsign beginning with <prefix>
+ *<suffix> - for a spotted callsign ending in <suffix>
+ *<string>* - for a spotted callsign containing <string>
+
+
+
+ day <number> - starting <number> days ago
+ day <from>-<to> - <from> days <to> days ago
+ <from>/<to>
+
+
+ info <text> - any spots containing <text> in the info or remarks
+
+
+
+ by <call> - any spots spotted by <call> (spotter <call> is the
+ same).
+
+
+
+ qsl - this automatically looks for any qsl info on the call
+ held in the spot database.
+
+
+
+ iota [<iota>] - If the iota island number is missing it will look for
+ the string iota and anything which looks like an iota
+ island number. If you specify then it will look for
+ that island.
+
+
+
+ qra [<locator>] - this will look for the specific locator if you specify
+ one or else anything that looks like a locator.
+
+
+
+ dxcc - treat the prefix as a 'country' and look for spots
+ from that country regardless of actual prefix.
+ eg dxcc oq2
+
+
+
+ You can also use this with the 'by' keyword so
+ eg by W dxcc
+
+
+
+ e.g.
+
+
+
+ SH/DX 9m0
+ SH/DX on 20m info iota
+ SH/DX 9a on vhf day 30
+ SH/DX rf1p qsl
+ SH/DX iota
+ SH/DX iota eu-064
+ SH/DX qra jn86
+ SH/DX dxcc oq2
+ SH/DX dxcc oq2 by w dxcc
+
+
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.8
\b81
\b1.
\b. s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/d
\bdx
\bxc
\bcc
\bc <
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>
+
+ s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/d
\bdx
\bxc
\bcc
\bc <
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b> Interrogate the spot database by country
+
+
+ This command takes the <prefix> (which can be a full or partial
+ callsign if desired), looks up which internal country number it is and
+ then displays all the spots as per SH/DX for that country.
+
+ This is now an alias for 'SHOW/DX DXCC'
+
+ The options for SHOW/DX also apply to this command. e.g.
+
+
+
+ SH/DXCC G
+ SH/DXCC W on 20m iota
+
+
+
+ This can be done with the SHOW/DX command like this:-
+
+
+
+ SH/DX dxcc g
+ SH/DX dxcc w on 20m iota
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.8\b82\b2.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/d\bdx\bxs\bst\bta\bat\bts\bs [\b[d\bda\bay\bys\bs]\b] [\b[d\bda\bat\bte\be]\b]
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/d\bdx\bxs\bst\bta\bat\bts\bs [\b[d\bda\bay\bys\bs]\b] [\b[d\bda\bat\bte\be]\b] Show the DX Statistics
+
+
+ Show the total DX spots for the last <days> no of days (default is
+ 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.8\b83\b3.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/f\bfi\bil\ble\bes\bs [\b[<\b<f\bfi\bil\ble\bea\bar\bre\bea\ba>\b> [\b[<\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b>]\b]]\b]
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/f\bfi\bil\ble\bes\bs [\b[<\b<f\bfi\bil\ble\bea\bar\bre\bea\ba>\b> [\b[<\b<s\bst\btr\bri\bin\bng\bg>\b>]\b]]\b] List the contents of a filearea
+
+
+ SHOW/FILES on its own will show you a list of the various fileareas
+ available on the system. To see the contents of a particular file area
+ type:-
+
+
+ SH/FILES <filearea>
+
+ where <filearea> is the name of the filearea you want to see the con-
+ tents of.
+
+ You can also use shell globbing characters like '*' and '?' in a
+ string to see a selection of files in a filearea eg:-
+
+
+ SH/FILES bulletins arld*
+
+
+
+ See also TYPE - to see the contents of a file.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.8\b84\b4.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\br
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/f\bfi\bil\blt\bte\ber\br Show the contents of all the filters you have set
+
+
+ Show the contents of all the filters that are set. This command
+ displays all the filters set - for all the various categories.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.8\b85\b5.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/h\bhf\bfs\bst\bta\bat\bts\bs [\b[d\bda\bay\bys\bs]\b] [\b[d\bda\bat\bte\be]\b]
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/h\bhf\bfs\bst\bta\bat\bts\bs [\b[d\bda\bay\bys\bs]\b] [\b[d\bda\bat\bte\be]\b] Show the HF DX Statistics
+
+
+ Show the HF DX spots breakdown by band for the last <days> no of days
+ (default is 31), starting from a <date> (default: today).
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.8\b86\b6.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/h\bhf\bft\bta\bab\bbl\ble\be [\b[d\bda\bay\bys\bs]\b] [\b[d\bda\bat\bte\be]\b] [\b[p\bpr\bre\bef\bfi\bix\bx .\b..\b..\b.]\b]
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/h\bhf\bft\bta\bab\bbl\ble\be [\b[d\bda\bay\bys\bs]\b] [\b[d\bda\bat\bte\be]\b] [\b[p\bpr\bre\bef\bfi\bix\bx .\b..\b..\b.]\b] Show the HF DX Spotter Table
+
+
+ Show the HF DX Spotter table for the list of prefixes for the last
+ <days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a <date> (default:
+ today).
+
+ If there are no prefixes then it will show the table for your country.
+
+ Remember that some countries have more than one "DXCC country" in them
+ (eg G :-), to show them (assuming you are not in G already which is
+ specially treated in the code) you must list all the relevant prefixes
+
+
+
+ sh/hftable g gm gd gi gj gw gu
+
+
+
+ Note that the prefixes are converted into country codes so you don't
+ have to list all possible prefixes for each country.
+
+ If you want more or less days than the default simply include the
+ number you require:-
+
+
+
+ sh/hftable 20 pa
+
+
+
+ If you want to start at a different day, simply add the date in some
+ recognizable form:-
+
+
+
+ sh/hftable 2 25nov02
+ sh/hftable 2 25-nov-02
+ sh/hftable 2 021125
+ sh/hftable 2 25/11/02
+
+
+
+ This will show the stats for your DXCC for that CQWW contest weekend.
+
+ You can specify either prefixes or full callsigns (so you can see how
+ you did against all your mates). You can also say 'all' which will
+ then print the worldwide statistics.
+
+
+
+ sh/hftable all
+
+
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.8
\b87
\b7.
\b. s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/m
\bmo
\boo
\bon
\bn [
\b[n
\bnd
\bda
\bay
\bys
\bs]
\b] [
\b[<
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>|
\b|<
\b<c
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bls
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn>
\b>]
\b]
+
+ s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/m
\bmo
\boo
\bon
\bn [
\b[n
\bnd
\bda
\bay
\bys
\bs]
\b] [
\b[<
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>|
\b|<
\b<c
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bls
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn>
\b>]
\b] Show Moon rise and set times
+
+
+ Show the Moon rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or
+ callsigns, together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun
+ currently at those locations.
+
+ If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times
+ for your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or
+ SET/QRA), together with the current azimuth and elevation.
+
+ In addition, it will show the illuminated fraction of the moons disk.
+
+ If all else fails it will show the Moonrise and set times for the node
+ that you are connected to.
+
+ For example:-
+
+
+
+ SH/MOON
+ SH/MOON G1TLH W5UN
+
+
+
+ You can also use this command to see into the past or the future, so
+ if you want to see yesterday's times then do:-
+
+
+
+ SH/MOON -1
+
+
+
+ or in three days time:-
+
+
+
+ SH/MOON +3 W9
+
+
+
+ Upto 366 days can be checked both in the past and in the future.
+
+ Please note that the rise and set times are given as the UT times of
+ rise and set on the requested UT day.
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.8
\b88
\b8.
\b. s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/m
\bmu
\buf
\bf <
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b> [
\b[<
\b<h
\bho
\bou
\bur
\brs
\bs>
\b>]
\b][
\b[l
\blo
\bon
\bng
\bg]
\b]
+
+ s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/m
\bmu
\buf
\bf <
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b> [
\b[<
\b<h
\bho
\bou
\bur
\brs
\bs>
\b>]
\b][
\b[l
\blo
\bon
\bng
\bg]
\b] Show the likely propagation to a
+ prefix
+
+
+ This command allow you to estimate the likelihood of you contacting a
+ station with the prefix you have specified. The output assumes a
+ modest power of 20dBW and receiver sensitivity of -123dBm (about
+ 0.15muV/10dB SINAD)
+
+ The result predicts the most likely operating frequencies and signal
+ levels for high frequency (shortwave) radio propagation paths on
+ specified days of the year and hours of the day. It is most useful for
+ paths between 250 km and 6000 km, but can be used with reduced
+ accuracy for paths shorter or longer than this.
+
+ The command uses a routine MINIMUF 3.5 developed by the U.S. Navy and
+ used to predict the MUF given the predicted flux, day of the year,
+ hour of the day and geographic coordinates of the transmitter and
+ receiver. This routine is reasonably accurate for the purposes here,
+ with a claimed RMS error of 3.8 MHz, but much smaller and less complex
+ than the programs used by major shortwave broadcasting organizations,
+ such as the Voice of America.
+
+ The command will display some header information detailing its
+ assumptions, together with the locations, latitude and longitudes and
+ bearings. It will then show UTC (UT), local time at the other end
+ (LT), calculate the MUFs, Sun zenith angle at the midpoint of the path
+ (Zen) and the likely signal strengths. Then for each frequency for
+ which the system thinks there is a likelihood of a circuit it prints a
+ value.
+
+ The value is currently a likely S meter reading based on the
+ conventional 6dB / S point scale. If the value has a '+' appended it
+ means that it is 1/2 an S point stronger. If the value is preceeded by
+ an 'm' it means that there is likely to be much fading and by an 's'
+ that the signal is likely to be noisy.
+
+ By default SHOW/MUF will show the next two hours worth of data. You
+ can specify anything up to 24 hours worth of data by appending the no
+ of hours required after the prefix. For example:-
+
+
+
+ SH/MUF W
+
+
+
+ produces:
+
+ RxSens: -123 dBM SFI: 159 R: 193 Month: 10 Day: 21
+ Power : 20 dBW Distance: 6283 km Delay: 22.4 ms
+ Location Lat / Long Azim
+ East Dereham, Norfolk 52 41 N 0 57 E 47
+ United-States-W 43 0 N 87 54 W 299
+ UT LT MUF Zen 1.8 3.5 7.0 10.1 14.0 18.1 21.0 24.9 28.0 50.0
+ 18 23 11.5 -35 mS0+ mS2 S3
+ 19 0 11.2 -41 mS0+ mS2 S3
+
+
+
+ indicating that you will have weak, fading circuits on top band and
+ 80m but usable signals on 40m (about S3).
+
+ inputing:-
+
+
+
+ SH/MUF W 24
+
+
+
+ will get you the above display, but with the next 24 hours worth of
+ propagation data.
+
+
+
+ SH/MUF W L 24
+ SH/MUF W 24 Long
+
+
+
+ Gives you an estimate of the long path propagation characterics. It
+ should be noted that the figures will probably not be very useful, nor
+ terrible accurate, but it is included for completeness.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.8\b89\b9.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/n\bne\bew\bwc\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn [\b[<\b<n\bno\bod\bde\be>\b>]\b]
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/n\bne\bew\bwc\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn [\b[<\b<n\bno\bod\bde\be>\b>]\b] Show all the nodes and users visible
+
+
+ This command allows you to see all the users that can be seen and the
+ nodes to which they are connected.
+
+ This command produces essentially the same information as
+ SHOW/CONFIGURATION except that it shows all the duplication of any
+ routes that might be present It also uses a different format which may
+ not take up quite as much space if you don't have any loops.
+
+ BE WARNED: the list that is returned can be VERY long
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.9\b90\b0.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/n\bne\bew\bwc\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn/\b/n\bno\bod\bde\be
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/n\bne\bew\bwc\bco\bon\bnf\bfi\big\bgu\bur\bra\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn/\b/n\bno\bod\bde\be Show all the nodes connected locally
+
+
+ Show all the nodes connected to this node in the new format.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.9\b91\b1.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/p\bpr\bre\bef\bfi\bix\bx <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b>
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/p\bpr\bre\bef\bfi\bix\bx <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b> Interrogate the prefix database
+
+
+ This command takes the <callsign> (which can be a full or partial
+ callsign or a prefix), looks up which internal country number it is
+ and then displays all the relevant prefixes for that country together
+ with the internal country no, the CQ and ITU regions.
+
+ See also SHOW/DXCC
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.9\b92\b2.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/q\bqr\bra\ba <\b<l\bla\bat\bt>\b> <\b<l\blo\bon\bng\bg>\b>
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/q\bqr\bra\ba <\b<l\bla\bat\bt>\b> <\b<l\blo\bon\bng\bg>\b> Convert lat/long to a QRA Grid locator
+
+
+ This is a multipurpose command that allows you either to calculate the
+ distance and bearing between two locators or (if only one locator is
+ given on the command line) the distance and beraing from your station
+ to the locator. For example:-
+
+
+
+ SH/QRA IO92QL
+ SH/QRA JN06 IN73
+
+
+
+ The first example will show the distance and bearing to the locator
+ from yourself, the second example will calculate the distance and
+ bearing from the first locator to the second. You can use 4 or 6
+ character locators.
+
+ It is also possible to convert a latitude and longitude to a locator
+ by using this command with a latitude and longitude as an argument,
+ for example:-
+
+
+
+ SH/QRA 52 41 N 0 58 E
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.9\b93\b3.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/q\bqr\bra\ba <\b<l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bto\bor\br>\b> [\b[<\b<l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bto\bor\br>\b>]\b]
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/q\bqr\bra\ba <\b<l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bto\bor\br>\b> [\b[<\b<l\blo\boc\bca\bat\bto\bor\br>\b>]\b] Show distance between QRA Grid locators
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.9\b94\b4.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/q\bqr\brz\bz <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b>
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/q\bqr\brz\bz <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b> Show any callbook details on a callsign
+
+
+ This command queries the QRZ callbook server on the internet and
+ returns any information available for that callsign. This service is
+ provided for users of this software by http://www.qrz.com
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.9\b95\b5.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/r\bro\bou\but\bte\be <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b> .\b..\b..\b.
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/r\bro\bou\but\bte\be <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b> .\b..\b..\b. Show the route to the callsign
+
+
+ This command allows you to see to which node the callsigns specified
+ are connected. It is a sort of inverse sh/config.
+
+
+ sh/route n2tly
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.9\b96\b6.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/s\bsa\bat\bte\bel\bll\bli\bit\bte\be <\b<n\bna\bam\bme\be>\b> [\b[<\b<h\bho\bou\bur\brs\bs>\b> <\b<i\bin\bnt\bte\ber\brv\bva\bal\bl>\b>]\b]
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/s\bsa\bat\bte\bel\bll\bli\bit\bte\be <\b<n\bna\bam\bme\be>\b> [\b[<\b<h\bho\bou\bur\brs\bs>\b> <\b<i\bin\bnt\bte\ber\brv\bva\bal\bl>\b>]\b] Show tracking data
+
+
+ Show the tracking data from your location to the satellite of your
+ choice from now on for the next few hours.
+
+ If you use this command without a satellite name it will display a
+ list of all the satellites known currently to the system.
+
+ If you give a name then you can obtain tracking data of all the passes
+ that start and finish 5 degrees below the horizon. As default it will
+ give information for the next three hours for every five minute
+ period.
+
+ You can alter the number of hours and the step size, within certain
+ limits.
+
+ Each pass in a period is separated with a row of '-----' characters
+
+ So for example:-
+
+
+
+ SH/SAT AO-10
+ SH/SAT FENGYUN1 12 2
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.9\b97\b7.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/s\bst\bta\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn [\b[<\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b> .\b..\b.]\b]
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/s\bst\bta\bat\bti\bio\bon\bn [\b[<\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bls\bsi\big\bgn\bn>\b> .\b..\b.]\b] Show information about a callsign
+
+
+ Show the information known about a callsign and whether (and where)
+ that callsign is connected to the cluster.
+
+
+
+ SH/ST G1TLH
+
+
+
+ If no callsign is given then show the information for yourself.
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.9
\b98
\b8.
\b. s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/s
\bsu
\bun
\bn [
\b[n
\bnd
\bda
\bay
\bys
\bs]
\b] [
\b[<
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>|
\b|<
\b<c
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bls
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn>
\b>]
\b]
+
+ s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/s
\bsu
\bun
\bn [
\b[n
\bnd
\bda
\bay
\bys
\bs]
\b] [
\b[<
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>|
\b|<
\b<c
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bls
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn>
\b>]
\b] Show sun rise and set times
+
+
+ Show the sun rise and set times for a (list of) prefixes or callsigns,
+ together with the azimuth and elevation of the sun currently at those
+ locations.
+
+ If you don't specify any prefixes or callsigns, it will show the times
+ for your QTH (assuming you have set it with either SET/LOCATION or
+ SET/QRA), together with the current azimuth and elevation.
+
+ If all else fails it will show the sunrise and set times for the node
+ that you are connected to.
+
+ For example:-
+
+
+
+ SH/SUN
+ SH/SUN G1TLH K9CW ZS
+
+
+
+ You can also use this command to see into the past or the future, so
+ if you want to see yesterday's times then do:-
+
+
+
+ SH/SUN -1
+
+
+
+ or in three days time:-
+
+
+
+ SH/SUN +3 W9
+
+
+
+ Upto 366 days can be checked both in the past and in the future.
+
+ Please note that the rise and set times are given as the UT times of
+ rise and set on the requested UT day.
+
+ 1
\b12
\b2.
\b.9
\b99
\b9.
\b. s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\be [
\b[<
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>|
\b|<
\b<c
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bls
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn>
\b>]
\b]
+
+ s
\bsh
\bho
\bow
\bw/
\b/t
\bti
\bim
\bme
\be [
\b[<
\b<p
\bpr
\bre
\bef
\bfi
\bix
\bx>
\b>|
\b|<
\b<c
\bca
\bal
\bll
\bls
\bsi
\big
\bgn
\bn>
\b>]
\b] Show the local time
+
+
+ If no prefixes or callsigns are given then this command returns the
+ local time and UTC as the computer has it right now. If you give some
+ prefixes then it will show UTC and UTC + the local offset (not
+ including DST) at the prefixes or callsigns that you specify.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b10\b00\b0.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/u\bus\bsd\bdb\bb [\b[c\bca\bal\bll\bl .\b..\b.]\b]
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/u\bus\bsd\bdb\bb [\b[c\bca\bal\bll\bl .\b..\b.]\b] Show information held on the FCC Call database
+
+
+ Show the City and State of a Callsign held on the FCC database if his
+ is being run on this system, eg:-
+
+
+
+ sh/usdb k1xx
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b10\b01\b1.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/v\bvh\bhf\bfs\bst\bta\bat\bts\bs [\b[d\bda\bay\bys\bs]\b] [\b[d\bda\bat\bte\be]\b]
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/v\bvh\bhf\bfs\bst\bta\bat\bts\bs [\b[d\bda\bay\bys\bs]\b] [\b[d\bda\bat\bte\be]\b] Show the VHF DX Statistics
+
+
+ Show the VHF DX spots breakdown by band for the last <days> no of days
+ (default is 31), starting from a date (default: today).
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b10\b02\b2.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/v\bvh\bhf\bft\bta\bab\bbl\ble\be [\b[d\bda\bay\bys\bs]\b] [\b[d\bda\bat\bte\be]\b] [\b[p\bpr\bre\bef\bfi\bix\bx .\b..\b..\b.]\b]
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/v\bvh\bhf\bft\bta\bab\bbl\ble\be [\b[d\bda\bay\bys\bs]\b] [\b[d\bda\bat\bte\be]\b] [\b[p\bpr\bre\bef\bfi\bix\bx .\b..\b..\b.]\b] Show the VHF DX Spotter Table
+
+
+ Show the VHF DX Spotter table for the list of prefixes for the last
+ <days> no of days (default is 31), starting from a date (default:
+ today).
+
+ If there are no prefixes then it will show the table for your country.
+
+ Remember that some countries have more than one "DXCC country" in them
+ (eg G :-), to show them (assuming you are not in G already which is
+ specially treated in the code) you must list all the relevant prefixes
+
+
+
+ sh/vhftable g gm gd gi gj gw gu
+
+
+
+ Note that the prefixes are converted into country codes so you don't
+ have to list all possible prefixes for each country.
+
+ If you want more or less days than the default simply include the
+ number you require:-
+
+
+
+ sh/vhftable 20 pa
+
+
+
+ If you want to start at a different day, simply add the date in some
+ recognizable form:-
+
+
+
+ sh/vhftable 2 25nov02
+ sh/vhftable 2 25-nov-02
+ sh/vhftable 2 021125
+ sh/vhftable 2 25/11/02
+
+
+
+ This will show the stats for your DXCC for that CQWW contest weekend.
+
+ You can specify either prefixes or full callsigns (so you can see how
+ you did against all your mates). You can also say 'all' which will
+ then print the worldwide statistics.
+
+
+
+ sh/vhftable all
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b10\b03\b3.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by Show last 10 WCY broadcasts
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b10\b04\b4.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by <\b<n\bn>\b>
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by <\b<n\bn>\b> Show last <n> WCY broadcasts
+
+
+ Display the most recent WCY information that has been received by the
+ system
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b10\b05\b5.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv Show last 10 WWV broadcasts
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b10\b06\b6.\b. s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv <\b<n\bn>\b>
+
+ s\bsh\bho\bow\bw/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv <\b<n\bn>\b> Show last <n> WWV broadcasts
+
+
+ Display the most recent WWV information that has been received by the
+ system
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b10\b07\b7.\b. s\bsy\bys\bso\bop\bp
+
+ s\bsy\bys\bso\bop\bp Regain your privileges if you login remotely
+
+
+ The system automatically reduces your privilege level to that of a
+ normal user if you login in remotely. This command allows you to
+ regain your normal privilege level. It uses the normal system: five
+ numbers are returned that are indexes into the character array that is
+ your assigned password (see SET/PASSWORD). The indexes start from
+ zero.
+
+ You are expected to return a string which contains the characters
+ required in the correct order. You may intersperse those characters
+ with others to obscure your reply for any watchers. For example (and
+ these values are for explanation :-):
+
+
+
+ password = 012345678901234567890123456789
+ > sysop
+ 22 10 15 17 3
+
+
+
+ you type:-
+
+
+ aa2bbbb0ccc5ddd7xxx3n
+ or 2 0 5 7 3
+ or 20573
+
+
+
+ They will all match. If there is no password you will still be offered
+ numbers but nothing will happen when you input a string. Any match is
+ case sensitive.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b10\b08\b8.\b. t\bta\bal\blk\bk <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> >\b> <\b<n\bno\bod\bde\be>\b> [\b[<\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b>]\b]
+
+ t\bta\bal\blk\bk <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> >\b> <\b<n\bno\bod\bde\be>\b> [\b[<\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b>]\b] Send a text message to another station
+ via a node
+
+
+ Send a short message to any other station that is visible on the
+ cluster system. You can send it to anyone you can see with a
+ SHOW/CONFIGURATION command, they don't have to be connected locally.
+
+ The second form of TALK is used when other cluster nodes are connected
+ with restricted information. This usually means that they don't send
+ the user information usually associated with logging on and off the
+ cluster.
+
+ If you know that G3JNB is likely to be present on GB7TLH, but you can
+ only see GB7TLH in the SH/C list but with no users, then you would use
+ the second form of the talk message.
+
+ If you want to have a ragchew with someone you can leave the text
+ message out and the system will go into 'Talk' mode. What this means
+ is that a short message is sent to the recipient telling them that you
+ are in a go to the station that you asked for.
+
+ All the usual announcements, spots and so on will still come out on
+ your terminal.
+
+ If you want to do something (such as send a spot) you preceed the
+ normal command with a '/' character, eg:-
+
+
+
+ /DX 14001 G1TLH What's a B class licensee doing on 20m CW?
+ /HELP talk
+
+
+
+ To leave talk mode type:
+
+
+
+ /EX
+
+
+
+ If you are in 'Talk' mode, there is an extention to the '/' command
+ which allows you to send the output to all the people you are talking
+ to. You do with the '//' command. For example:-
+
+
+
+ //sh/hftable
+
+
+
+ will send the hftable as you have it to all the people you are
+ currently talking to.
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b10\b09\b9.\b. t\bta\bal\blk\bk <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> [\b[<\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b>]\b]
+
+ t\bta\bal\blk\bk <\b<c\bca\bal\bll\bl>\b> [\b[<\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b>]\b] Send a text message to another station
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b11\b10\b0.\b. t\bty\byp\bpe\be <\b<f\bfi\bil\ble\bea\bar\bre\bea\ba>\b>/\b/<\b<n\bna\bam\bme\be>\b>
+
+ t\bty\byp\bpe\be <\b<f\bfi\bil\ble\bea\bar\bre\bea\ba>\b>/\b/<\b<n\bna\bam\bme\be>\b> Look at the contents of a file in one of the
+ fileareas
+
+
+ Type out the contents of a file in a filearea. So, for example, in
+ filearea 'bulletins' you want to look at file 'arld051' you would
+ enter:-
+
+
+ TYPE bulletins/arld051
+
+
+
+ See also SHOW/FILES to see what fileareas are available and a list of
+ content.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b11\b11\b1.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\ban\bnn\bno\bou\bun\bnc\bce\be Stop announce messages coming out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b11\b12\b2.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\ban\bnn\bnt\bta\bal\blk\bk
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/a\ban\bnn\bnt\bta\bal\blk\bk Stop talk like announce messages on your terminal
+
+
+ The announce system on legacy cluster nodes is used as a talk
+ substitute because the network is so poorly connected. If you:
+
+
+
+ unset/anntalk
+
+
+
+ you will suppress several of these announces, you may miss the odd
+ useful one as well, but you would probably miss them anyway in the
+ welter of useless ones.
+
+
+
+ set/anntalk
+
+
+
+ allows you to see them again. This is the default.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b11\b13\b3.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/b\bbe\bee\bep\bp
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/b\bbe\bee\bep\bp Stop beeps for DX and other messages on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b11\b14\b4.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/d\bdx\bx
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/d\bdx\bx Stop DX messages coming out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b11\b15\b5.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/d\bdx\bxg\bgr\bri\bid\bd
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/d\bdx\bxg\bgr\bri\bid\bd Stop QRA Grid Squares on the end of DX announcements
+
+
+ A standard feature which is enabled in version 1.43 and above is that
+ if the spotter's grid square is known it is output on the end of a DX
+ announcement (there is just enough room). Some user programs cannot
+ cope with this. You can use this command to reset (or set) this
+ feature.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b11\b16\b6.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/e\bec\bch\bho\bo
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/e\bec\bch\bho\bo Stop the cluster echoing your input
+
+
+ If you are connected via a telnet session, different implimentations
+ of telnet handle echo differently depending on whether you are
+ connected via port 23 or some other port. You can use this command to
+ change the setting appropriately.
+
+ The setting is stored in your user profile.
+
+ YOU DO NOT NEED TO USE THIS COMMAND IF YOU ARE CONNECTED VIA AX25.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b11\b17\b7.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/e\bem\bma\bai\bil\bl
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/e\bem\bma\bai\bil\bl Stop personal msgs being forwarded by email
+
+
+ If any personal messages come in for your callsign then you can use
+ these commands to control whether they are forwarded onto your email
+ address. To enable the forwarding do something like:-
+
+
+
+ SET/EMAIL mike.tubby@somewhere.com
+
+
+
+ You can have more than one email address (each one separated by a
+ space). Emails are forwarded to all the email addresses you specify.
+
+ You can disable forwarding by:-
+
+
+
+ UNSET/EMAIL
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b11\b18\b8.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/h\bhe\ber\bre\be
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/h\bhe\ber\bre\be Tell the system you are absent from your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b11\b19\b9.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\blo\bog\bgi\bin\bni\bin\bnf\bfo\bo
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/l\blo\bog\bgi\bin\bni\bin\bnf\bfo\bo Inform when a station logs out locally
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b12\b20\b0.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/p\bpr\bri\biv\bvi\bil\ble\beg\bge\be
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/p\bpr\bri\biv\bvi\bil\ble\beg\bge\be Remove any privilege for this session
+
+
+ You can use this command to 'protect' this session from unauthorised
+ use. If you want to get your normal privilege back you will need to
+ either logout and login again (if you are on a console) or use the
+ SYSOP command.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b12\b21\b1.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/p\bpr\bro\bom\bmp\bpt\bt
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/p\bpr\bro\bom\bmp\bpt\bt Set your prompt back to default
+
+
+ This command will set your user prompt to exactly the string that you
+ say. The point of this command to enable a user to interface to
+ programs that are looking for a specific prompt (or else you just want
+ a different fixed prompt).
+
+
+
+ SET/PROMPT clx >
+
+
+
+ UNSET/PROMPT will undo the SET/PROMPT command and set you prompt back
+ to normal.
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b12\b22\b2.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/t\bta\bal\blk\bk
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/t\bta\bal\blk\bk Stop TALK messages coming out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b12\b23\b3.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bwc\bcy\by Stop WCY messages coming out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b12\b24\b4.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bww\bwv\bv Stop WWV messages coming out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b12\b25\b5.\b. u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bwx\bx
+
+ u\bun\bns\bse\bet\bt/\b/w\bwx\bx Stop WX messages coming out on your terminal
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b12\b26\b6.\b. w\bwh\bho\bo
+
+ w\bwh\bho\bo Show who is physically connected
+
+
+
+ This is a quick listing that shows which callsigns are connected and
+ what sort of connection they have
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b12\b27\b7.\b. w\bwx\bx <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b>
+
+ w\bwx\bx <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b> Send a weather message to local users
+
+
+
+ 1\b12\b2.\b.1\b12\b28\b8.\b. w\bwx\bx f\bfu\bul\bll\bl <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b>
+
+ w\bwx\bx f\bfu\bul\bll\bl <\b<t\bte\bex\bxt\bt>\b> Send a weather message to all cluster users
+
+
+
projects / spider.git / commitdiff